Section 1. Short title
This Act may be cited as the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024.
Section 2. Table of contents
The table of contents for this Act is as follows:
(1) Purpose
The purpose of the amendments made by this subsection is to promote culturally and linguistically appropriate data collection, analysis, and reporting by race, ethnicity, sex, primary language, sexual orientation, disability status, gender identity, age, and socioeconomic status in federally supported health programs.
(A) In general
Section 1707(g)(1) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300u–6(g)(1)) is amended to read as follows:
(A) The term racial and ethnic minority group means a group of individuals who are any of the following:
(i) American Indian or Alaska Native.
(ii) Asian.
(iii) Black or African American.
(iv) Hispanic or Latino.
(v) Middle Eastern or North African.
(vi) Native Hawaiian or Pacific Islander.
(B) The terms listed in clauses (i) through (vi) of subparagraph (A) shall have the meanings given such terms for purposes of the Revisions to OMB's Statistical Policy Directive No. 15: Standards for Maintaining, Collecting, and Presenting Federal Data on Race and Ethnicity (89 Fed. Reg. 22182; March 29, 2024).
(B) References
Except as otherwise specified, any reference to the term racial and ethnic minority group in any Federal regulation, guidance, order, or document for establishment or implementation of any federally conducted or supported health care or public health program, activity, or survey shall be treated as having the definition given to such term in section 1707(g) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300u–6(g)).
(C) Similar terminology
Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall—
(i) identify all regulations, guidance, orders, and documents of the Department of Health and Human Services for establishment or implementation of a health care or public health program, activity, or survey that use, without a definition, terminology that is similar to the term racial and ethnic minority group; and
(ii) take such actions as may be necessary to clarify whether the definition of the term racial and ethnic minority group in section 1707(g)(1) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300u–6(g)(1)), as amended by subparagraph (A), applies to such terminology.
(4) Office of Minority Health duties
Section 1707(b)(6) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300u–6(b)(6)) is amended by inserting and, to the extent practicable, subgroups of racial and ethnic minority groups after the health status of each minority group.
(5) Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology
Section 3001 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300jj–11) is amended—
(A) in subsection (b)—
(i) in paragraph (10), by striking and at the end;
(ii) in paragraph (11), by striking the period at the end and inserting; and; and
(iii) by adding at the end the following:
(12) ensures the interoperability of health information systems among federally conducted or supported health care or public health programs, State health agencies, and social service agencies.
(iii) ; and
(B) by amending clause (vii) in subsection (c)(3)(A) to read as follows:
(vii) Strategies to enhance the use of health information technology in improving the quality of health care; reducing medical errors; reducing health disparities and ensuring the provision of equitable health services; improving public health; increasing prevention and coordination with community resources; ensuring interoperability among federally conducted or supported health care or public health programs, State health agencies, and social service agencies; and improving the continuity of care among health care settings.
(6) Data collection, analysis, and quality
Section 3101 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300kk) is amended—
(A) in subsections (a)(1)(A), (a)(1)(C), (a)(2)(B), and (a)(2)(E), by striking and disability status and inserting sexual orientation, gender identity, age, disability status, and socioeconomic status;
(B) in subsection (a)(1), by amending subparagraph (D) to read as follows:
(D) data for additional population groups if such groups can be aggregated into the data collection standards described under paragraph (2).
(C) in subsection (a)(2)—
(i) in subparagraph (C)—
(I) in clause (i), by striking and at the end;
(II) in clause (ii)—
(aa) by striking is a minor or legally incapacitated and inserting is a minor, requires assistance with communication in speech or writing, or is legally incapacitated; and
(bb) by striking the semicolon at the end and inserting; and; and
(III) by adding at the end the following:
(iii) collects data in a manner that is culturally and linguistically appropriate and does not include questions unrelated to, or that could potentially deter, care, such as questions related to immigration status;
(ii) in subparagraph (D)(iii), by striking and at the end;
(iii) in subparagraph (E), by striking the period at the end and inserting; and; and
(iv) by adding at the end the following:
(F) use, where practicable, the standards developed by the Health and Medicine Division of the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine (formerly known as the Institute of Medicine) in the 2009 publication titled Race, Ethnicity, and Language Data: Standardization for Health Care Quality Improvement.
(iv) ; and
(D) in subsection (a)(3), by amending subparagraph (B) to read as follows:
(B) develop interoperability and security systems for data management among federally conducted or supported health care or public health programs, State health agencies, and social service agencies.
(1) Recommendations by the Data Council
The Data Council of the Department of Health and Human Services, in consultation with the Director of the National Center for Health Statistics, the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health, the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Women’s Health, the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid, the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology, and other appropriate public and private entities and officials, shall make recommendations to the Secretary of Health and Human Services concerning how to—
(A) implement the amendments made by this section, while minimizing the cost and administrative burdens of data collection and reporting on all parties, including patients and providers;
(B) expand awareness among Federal agencies, States, territories, Indian Tribes, counties, municipalities, health providers, health plans, and the general public that data collection, analysis, and reporting by race, ethnicity, sex, primary language, sexual orientation, gender identity, age, socioeconomic status, and disability status is legal and necessary to ensure equity and nondiscrimination in the quality of health care services;
(C) ensure that future patient record systems follow Federal standards promulgated under the HITECH Act (42 U.S.C. 201 note) for the collection and meaningful use of electronic health data on race, ethnicity, sex, primary language, sexual orientation, gender identity, age, socioeconomic status, and disability status;
(D) improve health and health care data collection and analysis for more population groups if such groups can be aggregated into minimum race and ethnicity categories, including exploring the feasibility of enhancing collection efforts in States, counties, and municipalities for racial and ethnic groups that comprise a significant proportion of the population of the State, county, or municipality;
(E) provide researchers with greater access to racial, ethnic, primary language, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, age, socioeconomic status, and disability status data, subject to all applicable privacy and confidentiality requirements, including HIPAA privacy and security law as defined in section 3009(a) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300jj–19(a));
(F) ensure the cultural and linguistic competence of entities that receive Federal support to collect and report data pursuant to the amendments made by subsection (a); and
(G) safeguard and prevent the misuse of data collected under section 3101 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300kk), as amended by subsection (a)(6).
(2) Rules of construction
Nothing in this section shall be construed to—
(A) permit the use of information collected under this section or any provision amended by this section in a manner that would adversely affect any individual providing any such information; or
(B) diminish any requirements on health care providers to collect data, including such requirements in effect on or after the date of enactment of this Act.
(3) Technical assistance for the analysis of health disparity data
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, and in coordination with the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation, the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, the Director of the National Center for Health Statistics, the Director of the National Institutes of Health, and the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology, shall provide technical assistance to agencies of the Department of Health and Human Services in meeting Federal standards for health disparity data collection and for analysis of racial, ethnic, and other disparities in health and health care in programs conducted or supported by such agencies by—
(A) identifying appropriate quality assurance mechanisms to monitor for health disparities;
(B) specifying the clinical, diagnostic, or therapeutic measures which should be monitored;
(C) developing new quality measures relating to racial and ethnic disparities and their overlap with other disparity factors in health and health care;
(D) identifying the level at which data analysis should be conducted;
(E) sharing data with external organizations for research and quality improvement purposes; and
(F) identifying and addressing issues relating to the interoperability of Federal- and State-level health information systems which undermine the ability of health-related programs collecting data under this section to achieve the purpose described in subsection (a)(1).
(c) Additional amendments to the Public Health Service Act
Title XXXIV of the Public Health Service Act, as added by titles II and III of this Act, is further amended by inserting after subtitle B the following:
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality and in consultation with the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health, the Director of the National Institutes of Health, the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation, the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology, and the Director of the National Center for Health Statistics, shall establish a technical assistance program under which the Secretary provides grants to eligible entities to assist such entities in complying with section 3101.
(b) Types of assistance
A grant provided under this section may be used to—
(1) enhance or upgrade computer technology that will facilitate collection, analysis, and reporting of racial, ethnic, primary language, sexual orientation, sex, gender identity, socioeconomic status, and disability status data;
(2) improve methods for health data collection and analysis, including additional population groups if such groups can be aggregated into the race and ethnicity categories outlined by standards developed under section 3101;
(3) develop mechanisms for submitting collected data subject to any applicable privacy and confidentiality regulations;
(4) develop educational programs to inform health plans, health providers, health-related agencies, and the general public that data collection and reporting by race, ethnicity, primary language, sexual orientation, sex, gender identity, disability status, and socioeconomic status are legal and essential for eliminating health and health care disparities; and
(5) develop educational programs to train health providers, health care organizations, health plans, health-related agencies, and frontline health care workers on how to collect and report disaggregated data in a culturally and linguistically appropriate manner.
(c) Eligible entity
To be eligible for grants under this section, an entity shall be a State, territory, Indian Tribe, municipality, county, health provider, health care organization, or health plan making a demonstrated effort to bring data collections into compliance with section 3101.
(1) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the National Center for Health Statistics, and other officials within the Department of Health and Human Services as the Secretary determines appropriate, shall develop and implement a sustainable national strategy for oversampling underrepresented populations within the categories of race, ethnicity, sex, primary language, sexual orientation, disability status, gender identity, and socioeconomic status as determined appropriate by the Secretary in Federal health surveys and program data collections. Such national strategy shall include a strategy for oversampling of Middle Easterners and North Africans, Asian Americans, Native Hawaiians, and Pacific Islanders.
(2) Consultation
In developing and implementing a national strategy, as described in paragraph (1), not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this section, the Secretary shall—
(A) consult with representatives of community groups, nonprofit organizations, nongovernmental organizations, and government agencies working with underrepresented populations;
(B) solicit the participation of representatives from other Federal departments and agencies, including subagencies of the Department of Health and Human Services; and
(C) consult on, and use as models, the 2014 National Health Interview Survey oversample of Native Hawaiian and Pacific Islander populations, the 2016 Behavioral Risk Factor Survey of Health Risk Behaviors Among Arab Adults Within the State of Michigan, and the 2017 Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System oversample of American Indian and Alaska Native communities.
(b) Progress report
Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this section, the Secretary shall submit to the Congress a progress report, which shall include the national strategy required by subsection (a)(1).
(d) Report to Congress
Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall submit a report to Congress on the implementation of this section, including the amendments made by this section.
Section 1002. Elimination of prerequisite of direct appropriations for data collection and analysis
Section 3101 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300kk), as amended by section 1001(a), is further amended—
(1) by striking subsection (h); and
(2) by redesignating subsection (i) as subsection (h).
Section 1003. Collection of data for the Medicare program
Part A of title XI of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1301 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(1) In general
The Commissioner of Social Security (in this section referred to as the Commissioner), in consultation with the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (in this section referred to as the Administrator), shall collect data on the race, ethnicity, sex, primary language, sexual orientation, gender identity, socioeconomic status, and disability status of all applicants for social security benefits under title II or Medicare benefits under title XVIII.
(A) In general
In collecting data under paragraph (1), the Commissioner shall at least use the standards for data collection developed under section 3101 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300kk) or the standards developed by the Office of Management and Budget, whichever is more disaggregated.
(B) No standards available
In the event there are no standards for the demographic groups listed under paragraph (1), the Commissioner shall consult with stakeholder groups representing the various identities as well as with the Office of Minority Health within the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services to develop appropriate standards.
(3) Data for additional population groups
Where practicable, the data collected by the Commissioner under paragraph (1) shall include data for additional population groups if such groups can be aggregated into the race and ethnicity categories outlined by the data collection standards described in paragraph (2)(A).
(4) Collection of data for minors and legally incapacitated individuals
With respect to the collection of the data described in paragraph (1) of applicants who are under 18 years of age or otherwise legally incapacitated, the Commissioner shall require that—
(A) such data be collected from the parent or legal guardian of such an applicant; and
(B) the primary language of the parent or legal guardian of such an applicant or recipient be used in collecting the data.
(5) Quality of data
The Commissioner shall periodically review the quality and completeness of the data collected under paragraph (1) and make adjustments as necessary to improve both.
(6) Transmission of data
Upon enrollment for Medicare benefits under title XVIII, the Commissioner shall transmit the demographic data of an individual as collected under paragraph (1) to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.
(7) Analysis and reporting of data
With respect to the data transmitted under paragraph (6), the Administrator, in consultation with the Commissioner, shall—
(A) require that such data be uniformly analyzed and that such analysis be reported at least annually to Congress;
(B) incorporate such data in other analysis and reporting on health disparities and the provision of inequitable health care services by a health care provider, as appropriate;
(C) make such data available to researchers, under the protections outlined in paragraph (8);
(D) provide opportunities to individuals enrolled for Medicare benefits under title XVIII to submit updated data; and
(E) ensure that the provision of assistance or benefits to an applicant is not denied or otherwise adversely affected because of the failure of the applicant to provide any of the data collected under paragraph (1).
(8) Protection of data
The Commissioner shall ensure (through the promulgation of regulations or otherwise) that all data collected pursuant to paragraph (1) is protected—
(A) under the same privacy protections as the Secretary applies to health data under the regulations promulgated under section 264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (relating to the privacy of individually identifiable health information and other protections); and
(B) from all inappropriate internal use by any entity that collects, stores, or receives the data, including use of such data in determinations of eligibility (or continued eligibility) in health plans, and from other inappropriate uses, as defined by the Secretary.
(b) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section shall be construed to permit the use of information collected under this section in a manner that would adversely affect any individual providing any such information.
(c) Technical assistance
The Secretary may, either directly or by grant or contract, provide technical assistance to enable any entity to comply with the requirements of this section or with regulations implementing this section.
(a) In general
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall revise the regulations promulgated under part C of title XI of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320d et seq.) (relating to the collection of data on demographics in a health-related transaction) to require—
(1) the use, at a minimum, of standards for data collection on race, ethnicity, sex, primary language, sexual orientation, gender identity, age, disability status, and socioeconomic status developed under section 3101 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300kk), as amended by section 1001(a)(6); and
(2) in consultation with the Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology, the designation of the appropriate racial, ethnic, primary language, disability, sex, and other code sets as required for claims and enrollment data.
(b) Dissemination
The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall disseminate the new standards developed under subsection (a) to all entities that are subject to the regulations described in such subsection and provide technical assistance with respect to the collection of the data involved.
(c) Compliance
The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall require that entities comply with the new standards developed under subsection (a) not later than 2 years after the final promulgation of such standards.
Section 1005. National Center for Health Statistics
Section 306(n) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 242k(n)) is amended—
(1) in paragraph (1), by striking 2003 and inserting 2025;
(2) in paragraph (2), in the first sentence, by striking 2003 and inserting 2025; and
(3) in paragraph (3), by striking 2002 and inserting 2025.
(a) Repository of Government data
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, in coordination with the officials referenced in subsection (b), shall establish a centralized electronic repository of Federal Government data on factors related to the health and well-being of the population of the United States.
(b) Collection; submission
Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act, and January 31 of each year thereafter, each department, agency, and office of the Federal Government that has collected data on race, ethnicity, sex, primary language, sexual orientation, gender identity, age, disability status, or socioeconomic status during the preceding calendar year shall submit such data to the repository of Federal Government data established under subsection (a).
(c) Analysis; public availability; reporting
Not later than April 30, 2024, and April 30 of each year thereafter, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation, the Assistant Secretary for Health, the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, the Director of the National Center for Health Statistics, the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, the Director of the National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities, and the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health, shall—
(1) prepare and make available datasets for public use that relate to disparities in health status, health care access, health care quality, health outcomes, public health, the provision of equitable health services, and other areas of health and well-being by factors that include race, ethnicity, sex, primary language, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability status, age, and socioeconomic status;
(2) ensure that these datasets are publicly identified on the repository established under subsection (a) as disparities data; and
(3) submit a report to the Congress on the availability and use of such data by public stakeholders.
(b) Eligible entity
In this section, the term eligible entity means an entity that has an accredited public health, health policy, or health services research program and is any of the following:
(1) A part B institution, as defined in section 322 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1061).
(2) A Hispanic-serving institution, as defined in section 502 of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1101a).
(3) A Tribal College or University, as defined in section 316 of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1059c).
(4) An Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institution, as defined in section 371(c) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1067q(c)).
(a) In general
Chapter V of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 351 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 505G (21 U.S.C. 355h) the following:
(a) Preapproval studies
If there is evidence of a racial or ethnic disparity in safety or effectiveness with respect to a drug or biological product, then—
(A) in the case of a drug, the investigations required under section 505(b)(1)(A) shall include adequate and well-controlled investigations of the disparity; or
(B) in the case of a biological product, the evidence required under section 351(a) of the Public Health Service Act for approval of a biologics license application for the biological product shall include adequate and well-controlled investigations of the disparity; and
(2) if the investigations described in subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (1) confirm that there is such a disparity, the labeling of the drug or biological product shall include appropriate information about the disparity.
(1) In general
If there is evidence of a racial or ethnic disparity in safety or effectiveness with respect to a drug for which there is an approved application under section 505 of this Act or of a biological product for which there is an approved license under section 351 of the Public Health Service Act, the Secretary may by order require the holder of the approved application or license to conduct, by a date specified by the Secretary, postmarket studies to investigate the disparity.
(2) Labeling
If the Secretary determines that the postmarket studies confirm that there is a disparity described in paragraph (1), the labeling of the drug or biological product shall include appropriate information about the disparity.
(3) Study design
The Secretary may, in an order under paragraph (1), specify all aspects of the design of the postmarket studies required under such paragraph for a drug or biological product, including the number of studies and study participants, and the other demographic characteristics of the study participants.
(4) Modifications of study design
The Secretary may, by order and as necessary, modify any aspect of the design of a postmarket study required in an order under paragraph (1) after issuing such order.
(5) Study results
The results from a study required under paragraph (1) shall be submitted to the Secretary as a supplement to the drug application or biologics license application.
(1) In general
A drug for which an application has been submitted or approved under section 505(j) shall not be considered ineligible for approval under that section or misbranded under section 502 on the basis that the labeling of the drug omits information relating to a disparity on the basis of racial or ethnic background as to the safety or effectiveness of the drug, whether derived from investigations or studies required under this section or derived from other sources, when the omitted information is protected by patent or by exclusivity under section 505(j)(5)(F).
(2) Labeling
Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the Secretary may require that the labeling of a drug approved under section 505(j) that omits information relating to a disparity on the basis of racial or ethnic background as to the safety or effectiveness of the drug include a statement of any appropriate contraindications, warnings, or precautions related to the disparity that the Secretary considers necessary.
(d) Definition
In this section, the term evidence of a racial or ethnic disparity in safety or effectiveness, with respect to a drug or biological product, includes—
(1) evidence that there is a disparity on the basis of racial or ethnic background as to safety or effectiveness of a drug or biological product in the same chemical class as the drug or biological product;
(2) evidence that there is a disparity on the basis of racial or ethnic background in the way the drug or biological product is metabolized; and
(3) other evidence as the Secretary may determine appropriate.
(b) Enforcement
Section 502 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 352) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(hh) If it is a drug and the holder of the approved application under section 505 or license under section 351 of the Public Health Service Act for the drug has failed to complete the investigations or studies required under section 505H, or comply with any other requirement of such section 505H.
(c) Drug fees
Section 736(a)(1)(A)(ii) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 379h(a)(1)(A)(ii)) is amended by inserting after are not required the following:, including postmarket studies required under section 505H,.
Section 1009. Improving health data regarding Native Hawaiians and Pacific Islanders
Part B of title III of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 243 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 317V (42 U.S.C. 247b–24) the following:
(a) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Insular area
The term insular area means Guam, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, American Samoa, the United States Virgin Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, the Republic of Palau, or the Republic of the Marshall Islands.
(2) Native Hawaiians and Pacific Islanders (NHPI)
The term Native Hawaiians and Pacific Islanders or NHPI means people having origins in any of the original peoples of American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, Guam, Hawaii, the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Republic of Palau, or any other Pacific Island.
(3) NHPI stakeholder groups
The term NHPI stakeholder group includes each of the following:
(A) Community group
A group of NHPI who are organized at the community level, and may include a church group, social service group, national advocacy organization, or cultural group.
(B) Nonprofit, nongovernmental organization
A group of NHPI with a demonstrated history of addressing NHPI issues, including a NHPI coalition.
(C) Designated organization
An entity established to represent NHPI populations and which has statutory responsibilities to provide, or has community support for providing, health care.
(D) Government representatives of NHPI populations
Representatives from Hawaii, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, Guam, the Republic of Palau, and the Republic of the Marshall Islands.
(1) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the National Center for Health Statistics of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (referred to in this section as NCHS), shall conduct a preliminary health survey in order to identify the major areas and regions in the continental United States, Hawaii, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, Guam, the Republic of Palau, and the Republic of the Marshall Islands in which NHPI people reside.
(2) Contents
The health survey described in paragraph (1) shall include health data and any other data the Secretary determines to be—
(A) useful in determining health status and health care needs of NHPI populations; or
(B) required for developing or implementing the national strategy under subsection (c).
(3) Methodology
Methodology for the health survey described in paragraph (1), including plans for designing questions, implementation, sampling, and analysis, shall be developed in consultation with NHPI stakeholder groups.
(4) Timeframe
The survey required under this subsection shall be completed not later than 18 months after the date of enactment of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024.
(1) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the NCHS and other agencies within the Department of Health and Human Services as the Secretary determines appropriate, shall develop and implement a sustainable national strategy for identifying and evaluating the health status and health care needs of NHPI populations living in the continental United States, Hawaii, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, Guam, the Republic of Palau, and the Republic of the Marshall Islands.
(2) Consultation
In developing and implementing a national strategy, as described in paragraph (1), not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024, the Secretary—
(A) shall consult with representatives of NHPI stakeholder groups; and
(B) may solicit the participation of representatives from other Federal agencies.
(d) Progress report
Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a progress report, which shall include the national strategy described in subsection (c)(1).
(1) In general
The Secretary shall seek to enter into an agreement with the Health and Medicine Division of the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine to conduct a study, with input from stakeholders in insular areas, on each of the following:
(A) The standards and definitions of health care applied to health care systems in insular areas and the appropriateness of such standards and definitions.
(B) The status and performance of health care systems in insular areas, evaluated based upon standards and definitions, as the Secretary determines appropriate.
(C) The effectiveness of donor aid in addressing health care needs and priorities in insular areas.
(D) The progress toward implementation of recommendations of the Committee on Health Care Services in the United States—Associated Pacific Basin that are set forth in the 1998 report entitled Pacific Partnerships for Health: Charting a New Course.
(2) Report
An agreement described in paragraph (1) shall require the Health and Medicine Division to submit to the Secretary and to Congress, not later than 2 years after the date of the enactment of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024, a report containing a description of the results of the study conducted under paragraph (1), including the conclusions and recommendations of the Health and Medicine Division for each of the items described in subparagraphs (A) through (D) of such paragraph.
Section 1010. Clarification of simplified administrative reporting requirement
Section 11(a) of the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2020(a)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(5) Simplified administrative reporting requirement
With respect to any obligation of a State agency to comply with the notification requirement under paragraph (2) of section 421(e) of the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996 (8 U.S.C. 1631(e)), notwithstanding the requirement to include in that notification the names of the sponsor and the sponsored alien involved, the State agency shall be considered to have complied with the notification requirement if the State agency submits to the Attorney General a report that includes the aggregate number of exceptions granted by the State agency under paragraph (1) of that section.
(a) Skilled nursing Facilities Quality Reporting
Section 1819 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395i–3) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(l) Requirements relating to reporting during public health emergencies
During a public health emergency declared by the Secretary pursuant to section 319 of the Public Health Service Act, a skilled nursing facility shall, not later than 1 year after the first day of such declaration, and monthly thereafter during the application of such declaration, submit to the Secretary the following information, with respect to such facility and the residents of such facility:
(1) Information described in section 483.80(g)(1) of title 42, Code of Federal Regulations.
(2) The age, race, ethnicity, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, socioeconomic status, disability status, and preferred language of the residents of such skilled nursing facility.
(1) Demographic information
The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall post the following information with respect to skilled nursing facilities (as defined in section 1819(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395i–3(a))), congregate care settings (including skilled nursing facilities, assisted living facilities, prisons and jails, residential behavioral health care and psychiatric facilities, and facilities providing services for aging adults and people with disabilities), and nursing facilities (as defined in section 1919(a) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396r(a))) on the Nursing Home Compare website (as described in section 1819(i) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395i–3(i))), or a successor website, aggregated by State:
(A) The age, race, ethnicity, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, socioeconomic status, disability status, and preferred language of the residents of such skilled nursing facilities, congregate care settings (including skilled nursing facilities, assisted living facilities, prisons and jails, residential behavioral health care and psychiatric facilities, and facilities providing services for aging adults and people with disabilities), and nursing facilities with suspected or confirmed infections, including residents previously treated for COVID–19.
(B) The age, race, ethnicity, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, socioeconomic status, disability status, and preferred language relating to total deaths and public health emergency-related deaths among residents of such skilled nursing facilities, congregate settings (including skilled nursing facilities, assisted living facilities, prisons and jails, residential behavioral health care and psychiatric facilities, and facilities providing services for aging adults and people with disabilities), and nursing facilities.
(2) Confidentiality
Any information reported under this subsection that is made available to the public shall be made so available in a manner that protects the identity of residents of skilled nursing facilities, congregate care settings (including skilled nursing facilities, assisted living facilities, prisons and jails, residential behavioral health care and psychiatric facilities, and facilities providing services for aging adults and people with disabilities), and nursing facilities.
(3) Implementation
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary of Health and Human Services may implement the provisions of this subsection by program instruction or otherwise.
(c) Equitable data collection and disclosure regarding pandemics
Part A of title XI of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1301 et seq.) as amended by section 1003, is further amended by adding at the end the following new section:
(a) In general
Not later than 60 days after the Secretary submits to Congress written notification of the determination that a disease or disorder presents a public health emergency or that a public health emergency otherwise exists, subject to subsections (b) and (c), the Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services and in consultation with the Director of the Indian Health Service, shall collect and make publicly available on the website of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, and update every day during a pandemic, data collected across all surveillance systems relating to a public health emergency declared under section 319 of the Public Health Service Act that is caused by a disease (as determined by the Secretary), disaggregated by race, ethnicity, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, age, preferred language, socioeconomic status, disability status, and county. Such data shall include the following:
(1) Data relating to all testing for the pathogen or pathogens causing the pandemic, including the number of individuals tested and the number of tests that were positive.
(2) Data relating to treatment for the pathogen causing the pandemic, including hospitalizations and intensive care unit admissions.
(3) Data relating to pandemic outcomes, including total fatalities and case fatality rates (expressed as the proportion of individuals who were infected with the pathogen causing the pandemic and died from the pathogen).
(4) In the case a vaccine is developed in response to a pandemic, data relating to such vaccination, including—
(A) the number of vaccines administered;
(B) the number of vaccinations offered, accepted, and refused;
(C) the most common reasons for refusal; and
(D) the percentage of vaccine doses allocated and administered to each priority group.
(b) Application of certain standards with respect to data collection
To the extent practicable, data collected under subsection (a) shall follow standards developed by the Department of Health and Human Services Office of Minority Health and be collected, analyzed, and reported in accordance with the standards promulgated by the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation under title XXXI of the Public Health Service Act.
(c) Privacy
In publishing data pursuant to subsection (a), the Secretary shall take all necessary steps to protect the privacy of individuals whose information is included in such data, including—
(1) complying with privacy protections provided under the regulations promulgated under section 264(c) of the Health Insurance and Accountability Act of 1996; and
(2) protections from all inappropriate internal use by an entity that collects, stores, or receives the data, including use of such data in determinations of eligibility (or continued eligibility) in health plans, and from inappropriate uses.
(1) Publicly available summary
Not later than 60 days after the date on which the Secretary of Health and Human Services certifies that a public health emergency declared under section 319 of the Public Health Service Act has ended, the Secretary shall make publicly available on the website of the Department of Health and Human Services a summary of the final statistics related to such emergency.
(2) Report to Congress
Not later than 60 days after the date on which the Secretary of Health and Human Services certifies that a public health emergency declared under section 319 of the Public Health Service Act has ended, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions and the Committee on Finance of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce and the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives a report—
(A) describing the testing, hospitalization, mortality rates, vaccination rates, and preferred language of patients associated with the pandemic by race and ethnicity, rural and urban areas (as defined in section 1886(d)(2)(D) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(d)(2)(D))), and congregate care settings (including skilled nursing facilities, assisted living facilities, prisons and jails, residential behavioral health care and psychiatric facilities, and facilities providing services for aging adults and people with disabilities) and noncongregate care settings (as such terms are defined by the Secretary); and
(B) proposing evidenced-based response strategies to safeguard the health of these communities in future pandemics.
(a) In general
Not later than 30 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary) shall establish a commission, to be known as the Commission on Ensuring Data for Health Equity (referred to in this section as the Commission) to provide clear and robust guidance to improve the collection, analysis, and use of demographic data in responding to future public health emergencies.
(1) Membership
The Commission shall be composed of—
(A) the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response;
(B) the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention;
(C) the Director of the National Institutes of Health;
(D) the Commissioner of Food and Drugs;
(E) the Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency;
(F) the Director of the National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities;
(G) the Director of the Indian Health Service;
(H) the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services;
(I) the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality;
(J) the Surgeon General;
(K) the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration;
(L) the Director of the Office of Minority Health;
(M) the Director of the Office on Women’s Health;
(N) the Chairperson of the National Council on Disability;
(O) at least 4 State, local, territorial, and Tribal public health officials representing departments of public health, or an Urban Indian health representative, who shall represent jurisdictions from different regions of the United States with relatively high concentrations of historically marginalized populations and rural populations, to be appointed by the Secretary;
(P) the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology;
(Q) at least 3 independent individuals with expertise on racially and ethnically diverse representation with knowledge or field experience with community-based participatory research on racial and ethnic disparities in public health, to be appointed by the Secretary; and
(R) at least 4 individuals with expertise on health equity and demographic data disparities with knowledge of, or field experience in, language, disability status, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, or socioeconomic status.
(2) Chairperson
The Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response shall serve as the Chairperson of the Commission.
(c) Duties
The Commission shall—
(1) examine barriers to collecting, analyzing, and using demographic data in public health;
(2) determine how to best use such data to promote health equity across the United States and reduce racial, Tribal, and other demographic disparities in health outcomes;
(A) gather available data related to treatment of individuals with disabilities during the COVID–19 pandemic and other public health emergencies, including access to vaccinations, denial of treatment for preexisting conditions, removal or denial of disability related equipment (including ventilators and continuous positive airway pressure (commonly referred to as CPAP) machines), and data on completion of do-not-resuscitate orders; and
(B) identify barriers to obtaining accurate and timely data related to treatment of such individuals;
(4) solicit input from public health officials, community-connected organizations, health care providers, State and local agency officials, Tribal officials, and other experts on barriers to, and best practices for, collecting demographic data; and
(5) recommend policy changes that the data indicates are necessary to reduce demographic disparities in health outcomes.
(d) Report
Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Commission shall submit to Congress, and publish on the website of the Department of Health and Human Services, a report containing—
(1) the findings of the Commission pursuant to subsection (c);
(2) to the extent possible, an analysis of—
(A) racial and other demographic disparities in COVID–19 mortality, including an analysis of comorbidities and case fatality rates;
(B) sex, sexual orientation, and gender identity disparities in COVID–19 treatment and mortality; and
(C) Federal Government policies that disparately exacerbate the COVID–19 impact, and recommendations to improve racial and other demographic disparities in health outcomes;
(3) an analysis of COVID–19 treatment of individuals with disabilities, including equity of access to treatment and equipment and intersections of disability status with other demographic factors, including race;
(4) an analysis of what demographic data is currently being collected, the accuracy of that data and any gaps, how this data is currently being used to inform efforts to combat COVID–19, and what resources are needed to supplement existing public health data collection; and
(5) the Commission’s recommendations with respect to—
(A) how to enhance State, local, territorial, and Tribal capacity to conduct public health research on COVID–19 and in future public health emergencies, with a focus on expanded capacity to analyze data on disparities correlated with race, ethnicity, income, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, age, disability status, specific geographic areas, and other relevant demographic characteristics;
(B) how to collect, process, and disclose to the public the data described in subparagraph (A) in a way that maintains individual privacy while helping direct the State, local, and Tribal response to public health emergencies;
(C) how to improve demographic data collection related to COVID–19 and other public health emergencies in the short-term and long-term, including how to continue to grow and value the Tribal sovereignty of data and information concerning urban and rural Tribal communities;
(D) how to improve transparency and equity of treatment for individuals with disabilities during the COVID–19 public health emergency and future public health emergencies; and
(E) how to support State, local, and Tribal capacity to eliminate barriers to vaccinations, testing, and treatment during the COVID–19 public health emergency and future public health emergencies.
(1) Additional staff
The Chairperson of the Commission may appoint and fix the pay of additional staff to the Commission as the Chairperson considers appropriate.
(2) Applicability of certain civil service laws
The staff of the Commission may be appointed without regard to the provisions of title 5, United States Code, governing appointments in the competitive service, and may be paid without regard to the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of that title relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates.
(3) Detailees
Any Federal Government employee may be detailed to the Commission without reimbursement from the Commission, and the detailee shall retain the rights, status, and privileges of his or her regular employment without interruption.
(f) Coordination with other efforts
The Secretary shall, in establishing the Commission under this section, take such steps as may be necessary to ensure that the work of the Commission does not overlap with, or otherwise duplicate, other Federal Government efforts with respect to ensuring health equity in data collection in public health emergencies.
(a) In general
Not later than 30 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary) shall establish a Task Force to be known as the Task Force on Preventing AI and Algorithmic Bias in Health Care (referred to in this section as the Task Force) to provide clear and robust guidance on how to ensure that the development and integration of artificial intelligence and algorithmic technologies within the health care service delivery process does not exacerbate health disparities and inequities, expands access to health care services, and improves health care delivery.
(1) Membership
The Task Force shall be composed of—
(A) the Chief Information Officer of the Department of Health and Human Services;
(B) the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention;
(C) the Director of the National Institutes of Health;
(D) the Commissioner of Food and Drugs;
(E) the Administrator of the Federal Emergency Management Agency;
(F) the Director of the National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities;
(G) the Director of the Indian Health Service;
(H) the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services;
(I) the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality;
(J) the Surgeon General;
(K) the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration;
(L) the Director of the Office of Minority Health;
(M) the Director of the Office on Women’s Health;
(N) the Chairperson of the National Council on Disability;
(O) the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology;
(P) at least 4 State, local, territorial, and Tribal public health officials representing departments of public health, or an Urban Indian health representative, who shall represent jurisdictions from different regions of the United States with relatively high concentrations of historically marginalized populations, to be appointed by the Secretary;
(Q) at least 3 independent individuals with expertise on racially and ethnically diverse representation with knowledge or field experience with community-based participatory research on racial and ethnic disparities in public health, to be appointed by the Secretary; and
(R) at least 4 individuals with expertise on health equity and demographic data disparities with knowledge of, or field experience in, language, disability status, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, or socioeconomic status.
(2) Chairperson
The Chief Information Officer of the Department of Health and Human Services (or the Chief Information Officer’s designee) shall serve as the Chairperson of the Task Force.
(c) Duties
The Task Force shall—
(1) examine artificial intelligence and algorithms in the health care service sector, including the health care delivery process relative to the use of autonomous human decision makers;
(2) identify the risks of health care system utilization of artificial intelligence and algorithms in terms of civil rights, civil liberties, and discriminatory bias in health care access, quality, and outcomes; and
(3) prepare and submit the report under subsection (d).
(d) Report
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Task Force shall—
(1) submit a written report of the findings of the examination under subsection (c)(1) and recommendations to Congress with respect to implementation of artificial intelligence and algorithms in health care delivery and mitigation of the risks associated with that implementation; and
(2) publish such report on the website of the Department of Health and Human Services.
(e) Public comment
Not later than 60 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Task Force shall publish in the Federal Register a notice providing for a public comment period on the duties and activities of the Task Force of not less than 90 days, beginning on the date of that publication.
(1) Additional staff
The Chairperson of the Task Force may appoint and fix the pay of additional staff to the Task Force as the Chairperson considers appropriate.
(2) Applicability of certain civil service laws
The staff of the Task Force may be appointed without regard to the provisions of title 5, United States Code, governing appointments in the competitive service, and may be paid without regard to the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of that title relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates.
(3) Detailees
Any Federal Government employee may be detailed to the Task Force without reimbursement from the Task Force, and the detailee shall retain the rights, status, and privileges of his or her regular employment without interruption.
(a) Study required
The Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary) shall conduct or support a comprehensive study regarding the unique health patterns and outcomes of Middle Eastern and North African (referred to in this section as MENA) populations.
(b) Requirements for study
The comprehensive study under subsection (a) shall include an enumeration of MENA populations across the United States, disaggregated by subpopulation, and with respect to each such population and subpopulation—
(1) the rates of—
(A) obesity, diabetes, sickle cell anemia, stroke, asthma, pneumonia, lung cancer, HIV/AIDS, HPV, high cholesterol, high blood pressure, and chronic heart, lung, and kidney disease;
(B) morbidity and mortality, including the rates of morbidity and mortality associated with the health conditions listed in subparagraph (A);
(C) mental health and substance use disorders; and
(D) domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault, sexual harassment, and stalking;
(2) analysis of—
(A) the rates described in paragraph (1);
(B) the leading causes of pregnancy-associated morbidity and mortality; and
(C) access to health care facilities and the associated outcomes of care;
(3) analysis, enumeration, or quantification of any other health or health-related parameters the Secretary may determine necessary; and
(4) analysis of the relationship between the health factors, outcomes, and conditions described in paragraphs (1) through (3) and the implementation of Federal health programs.
(c) Consultation
The Secretary shall—
(1) carry out this section in consultation, as appropriate, with the Director of the Census Bureau, the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Director of the National Institutes of Health, the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use, and other stakeholders (including community-based organizations); and
(2) determine through such consultation the subpopulations to be used for purposes of disaggregation of data pursuant to subsection (b).
(d) Online portal
Upon conclusion of the comprehensive study under this section, the Secretary shall establish a public online portal to catalogue the results of the study, its underlying data, and information in the report submitted pursuant to subsection (e).
(1) Interim report
Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report outlining the challenges associated with, and progress towards implementing health data collection for MENA populations as a distinct category and the plan for completing a comprehensive study regarding the unique health patterns and outcomes of MENA populations.
(2) Final report
Not later than 30 days after the conclusion of the comprehensive study under this section, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report describing—
(A) the results of the study conducted under this section; and
(B) the rulemakings and other actions the agencies described in subsection (c)(1) can undertake to more equitably include MENA individuals in their programs.
(f) Privacy
The Secretary shall not include any personally identifiable information on the online portal under subsection (d) or in a report under subsection (e).
(g) Definition of Middle Eastern and North African; MENA
In this section, the terms Middle Eastern and North African or MENA, with respect to individuals or populations, includes individuals and populations who identify with or belong to one or more nationalities or ethnic groups originating in a country (or portion thereof) in the Middle Eastern and North African region (such as Lebanese, Iranians, Egyptians, Moroccans, Yemenis, Chaldeans, Imazighen, Kurds, Palestinians, and Yazidis).
Section 2001. Definitions
In this title, the definitions in section 3400 of the Public Health Service Act, as added by section 2004, shall apply.
(a) Purpose
Consistent with the goals provided in Executive Order 13166 (42 U.S.C. 2000d–1 note; relating to improving access to services for persons with limited English proficiency), it is the purpose of this section—
(1) to improve Federal agency performance regarding access to federally conducted and federally assisted programs and activities for individuals with limited English proficiency;
(2) to require each Federal agency to examine the services it provides and develop and implement a system by which individuals with limited English proficiency can obtain culturally competent services and meaningful access to those services consistent with, and without substantially burdening, the fundamental mission of the agency;
(3) to require each Federal agency to translate any English language written material prepared for the general public into the top 15 non-English languages in the United States (according to the most recent data from the American Community Survey or its replacement) within established timelines described in subsection (b)(2)(C)(v);
(4) to require each Federal agency to ensure that recipients of Federal financial assistance provide culturally competent services and meaningful access to applicants and beneficiaries who are individuals with limited English proficiency;
(5) to ensure that recipients of Federal financial assistance take reasonable steps, consistent with the guidelines set forth in the Guidance to Federal Financial Assistance Recipients Regarding Title VI Prohibition Against National Origin Discrimination Affecting Limited English Proficient Persons (67 Fed. Reg. 41455 (June 18, 2002)), to ensure culturally and linguistically appropriate access to their programs and activities by individuals with limited English proficiency; and
(6) to ensure compliance with title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000d et seq.) and section 1557 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18116) (prohibiting health care providers and organizations from discriminating in the provision of services).
(1) In general
Not later than 120 days after the date of enactment of this Act, each Federal agency providing financial assistance to, or administering, a health program or activity described in section 2003(a) shall prepare a plan or update a plan to improve culturally and linguistically appropriate access to such program or activity with respect to individuals with limited English proficiency. Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, each such Federal agency shall ensure that such plan is fully implemented.
(2) Plan requirement
Each plan under paragraph (1) shall include—
(A) the steps the agency will take to ensure that individuals with limited English proficiency have access to each health program or activity supported or administered by the agency;
(B) the policies and procedures for identifying, assessing, and meeting the culturally and linguistically appropriate language needs of its beneficiaries that are individuals with limited English proficiency served by such program or activity;
(C) the steps the agency will take for such program or activity to be culturally and linguistically appropriate by—
(i) providing a range of language assistance options;
(ii) giving notice to individuals with limited English proficiency of the right to competent language services;
(iii) training staff (at least annually);
(iv) monitoring and assessing the quality of the language services (at least annually); and
(v) translating any English language written material prepared for the general public into the top 15 non-English languages in the United States (according to the most recent data from the American Community Survey or its replacement) within established timelines that ensure that high-quality, culturally competent translated material is provided promptly within not more than 15 calendar days in general and within not more than 7 calendar days in the case of any national emergency or State disaster declaration;
(D) the steps the agency will take for such program or activity to provide reasonable accommodations necessary for individuals with limited English proficiency, including those individuals with a communication disability, to understand communications from the agency;
(E) the steps the agency will take to ensure that applications, forms, and other significant documents for such program or activity are competently translated into the primary language of a client that is an individual with limited English proficiency where such materials are needed to improve access of such client to such program or activity;
(F) the resources the agency will provide to improve cultural and linguistic appropriateness to assist recipients of Federal funds to improve access to health care-related programs and activities for individuals with limited English proficiency;
(G) the resources the agency will provide to ensure that competent language assistance is provided to patients that are individuals with limited English proficiency by interpreters or trained bilingual staff;
(H) the resources the agency will provide to ensure that family, particularly minor children, and friends are not used to provide interpretation services, except as permitted under section 1557 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18116); and
(I) the steps the agency will take and resources the agency will provide to ensure that individuals know their rights, including the ability to file a complaint.
(3) Submission of plan to DOJ
Each agency that is required to prepare a plan under paragraph (1) shall—
(A) consult with populations who are directly impacted by policies in the plan and their representatives in the development of the plan; and
(B) when the plan is finalized, send a copy of such plan to the Attorney General, to serve as the central repository of all such plans.
(a) Applicability
This section shall apply to any health program or activity—
(1) of which any part is receiving Federal financial assistance, including credits, subsidies, or contracts of insurance; or
(2) that is carried out (including indirectly through contracts, subcontracts, or other support) by an executive agency or any entity established under title I of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18001 et seq.) (or amendments made thereby).
(b) Standards
Each program or activity described in subsection (a)—
(1) shall implement strategies to recruit, retain, and promote individuals at all levels to maintain a diverse staff and leadership that can provide culturally and linguistically appropriate health care to patient populations of the service area of the program or activity;
(2) shall educate and train governance, leadership, and workforce at all levels and across all disciplines of the program or activity in culturally and linguistically appropriate policies and practices on an ongoing basis at least yearly;
(3) shall offer and provide language assistance, including trained and competent bilingual staff and interpreter services, to individuals with limited English proficiency or who have other communication needs, at no cost to the individual at all points of contact, and during all hours of operation, to facilitate timely access to health care services and health care-related services;
(4) shall for each language group consisting of individuals with limited English proficiency that constitutes 5 percent or 500 individuals, whichever is less, of the population of persons eligible to be served or likely to be affected or encountered in the service area of the program or activity, make available at a fifth grade reading level—
(A) easily understood patient-related materials, including print and multimedia materials, in the language of such language group;
(B) information or notices about termination of benefits in such language;
(C) signage; and
(D) any other documents or types of documents designated by the Secretary;
(5) shall develop and implement clear goals, policies, operational plans, and management, accountability, and oversight mechanisms to provide culturally and linguistically appropriate services and infuse them throughout the planning and operations of the program or activity;
(6) shall conduct initial and ongoing, at least annually, organizational assessments of culturally and linguistically appropriate services-related activities and integrate valid linguistic, competence-related National Standards for Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Services (CLAS) measures into the internal audits, performance improvement programs, patient satisfaction assessments, continuous quality improvement activities, and outcomes-based evaluations of the program or activity and develop ways to standardize assessments;
(7) shall ensure that, consistent with the privacy protections provided for under the regulations promulgated under section 264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. 1320d–2 note; Public Law 104–191), data on an individual required to be collected pursuant to section 3101 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300kk), including the individual’s alternative format preferences and policy modification needs, are—
(A) collected in health records;
(B) integrated into the management information systems of the program or activity;
(C) reported in such a way as to be interoperable with health information systems at the Federal and State levels; and
(D) periodically updated;
(8) shall maintain a current demographic, cultural, and epidemiological profile of the community, conduct regular assessments of community health assets and needs, and use the results of such assessments to accurately plan for and implement services that respond to the cultural and linguistic characteristics of the service area of the program or activity;
(9) shall develop participatory, collaborative partnerships with community-based organizations and utilize a variety of formal and informal mechanisms to facilitate community and patient involvement in designing, implementing, and evaluating policies and practices to ensure culturally and linguistically appropriate service-related activities;
(10) shall ensure that conflict and grievance resolution processes are culturally and linguistically appropriate and capable of identifying, preventing, and resolving cross-cultural conflicts or complaints by patients;
(11) shall annually—
(A) make available to the public—
(i) information about the progress and successful innovations of the program or activity in implementing the standards under this section; and
(ii) translated materials of such information that is culturally and linguistically appropriate to the communities served under this section; and
(B) provide public notice in such communities about the availability of such information; and
(12) shall, if requested, regularly make available to the head of each Federal entity from which Federal funds are provided, information about the progress and successful innovations of the program or activity in implementing the standards under this section as required by the head of such entity.
(c) Comments accepted through notice and comment rulemaking
An executive agency carrying out a program or activity described in subsection (a)—
(1) shall ensure that comments with respect to such program or activity that are accepted through notice and comment rulemaking are accepted in all languages;
(2) may not require such comments to be submitted only in English; and
(3) shall ensure that any such comments that are not submitted in English are considered, during the agency’s review of such comments, equally as such comments that are submitted in English.
Section 2004. Culturally and linguistically appropriate health care in the Public Health Service Act
The Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 201 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(a) In general
In this title:
(1) Bilingual
The term bilingual, with respect to an individual, means an individual who has a sufficient degree of proficiency in 2 languages.
(2) Community health worker
The term community health worker means a frontline health worker who is a trusted member of the community in which the worker serves or who has an unusually close understanding of the community served that enables the worker to build trusted relationships, serve as a liaison between health and social services and the community, facilitate access to services, and improve the quality and cultural competence of service delivery.
(3) Cultural
The term cultural means relating to integrated patterns of human behavior that include the language, thoughts, communications, actions, customs, beliefs, values, age, and institutions of racial, ethnic, religious, or social groups, including lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer, and questioning individuals, and individuals with physical and mental disabilities.
(4) Culturally and linguistically appropriate
The term culturally and linguistically appropriate means being respectful of and responsive to the cultural and linguistic needs of all individuals.
(5) Effective communication
The term effective communication means an exchange of information between the provider of health care or health care-related services and the recipient of such services who is limited in English proficiency, or has a communication impairment such as a hearing, vision, speaking, or cognitive disability, that enables access to, understanding of, and benefit from health care or health care-related services, and full participation in the development of the treatment plan of the recipient.
(6) Grievance resolution process
The term grievance resolution process means all aspects of dispute resolution including filing complaints, grievance and appeal procedures, and court action.
(7) Health care group
The term health care group means a group of physicians organized, at least in part, for the purposes of providing physician services under the Medicaid program under title XIX of the Social Security Act, the State Children's Health Insurance Program under title XXI of such Act, or the Medicare program under title XVIII of such Act, including a provider of services under part B of such title XVIII, and may include a hospital, a hospice provider, a palliative care provider, and any other individual or entity furnishing services covered under any such program that is affiliated with the health care group.
(8) Health care
The term health care includes all health care needed throughout the life cycle and the end of life.
(9) Health care services
The term health care services means services that address physical and mental health conditions, as well as conditions impacted by social determinants of health, in all care settings throughout the life cycle and the end of life.
(11) Health educator
The term health educator includes a professional with a baccalaureate degree who is responsible for designing, implementing, and evaluating individual and population health promotion, health education (including education on end-of-life care options), end-of-life care, or chronic disease prevention programs.
(12) Indian; Indian Tribe
The terms Indian and Indian Tribe have the meanings given such terms in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act.
(13) Individual with a disability
The term individual with a disability means any individual who has a disability as defined for the purpose of section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973.
(14) Individual with limited English proficiency
The term individual with limited English proficiency means an individual who self-identifies on the Census as speaking English less than very well.
(15) Integrated health care delivery system
The term integrated health care delivery system means an interdisciplinary system that brings together providers from the primary health, mental health, substance use disorder, hospice and palliative care, and related disciplines to improve the health outcomes of an individual and the community. Such providers may include hospitals, health, mental health, or substance use prevention and treatment clinics and providers, home health agencies, home- and community-based services providers, congregate settings (including any skilled nursing facilities, assisted living facilities, prisons and jails, residential behavioral health care and psychiatric facilities, and facilities providing services for aging adults and individuals with disabilities), ambulatory surgery centers, rehabilitation centers, employed, independent, or contracted physicians, and oral health care providers.
(16) Interpreting; interpretation
The terms interpreting and interpretation mean the transmission of a spoken, written, or signed message from one language or format into another, faithfully, accurately, and objectively.
(17) Language access
The term language access means the provision of language services to an individual with limited English proficiency or an individual with communication disabilities designed to enhance that individual’s access to, understanding of, or benefit from health care services or health care-related services.
(18) Language assistance services
The term language assistance services includes—
(A) oral language assistance, including interpretation in non-English languages provided in person or remotely by a qualified interpreter for an individual with limited English proficiency, and the use of qualified bilingual or multilingual staff to communicate directly with individuals with limited English proficiency;
(B) written translation, performed by a qualified translator, of written content in paper or electronic form into languages other than English; and
(C) taglines.
(19) Minority populations
The term minority populations means individuals of racial and ethnic minority groups, individuals of sexual and gender minority groups, and individuals with a disability.
(20) Onsite interpretation
The term onsite interpretation means a method of interpreting or interpretation for which the interpreter is in the physical presence of the provider of health care services or health care-related services and the recipient of such services who is limited in English proficiency or has a communication impairment such as an impairment in hearing, vision, or learning.
(21) Qualified individual with a disability
The term qualified individual with a disability means, with respect to a health program or activity, an individual with a disability who, with or without reasonable modifications to policies, practices, or procedures, the removal of architectural, communication, or transportation barriers, or the provision of auxiliary aids and services, meets the essential eligibility requirements for the receipt of aids, benefits, or services offered or provided by the health program or activity.
(22) Qualified interpreter for an individual with a disability
The term qualified interpreter for an individual with a disability, with respect to an individual with a disability—
(A) means an interpreter for such individual who by means of a remote interpreting service or an onsite appearance—
(i) adheres to generally accepted interpreter ethics principles, including client confidentiality; and
(ii) is able to interpret effectively, accurately, and impartially, both receptively and expressively, using any necessary specialized vocabulary, terminology, and phraseology; and
(B) may include—
(i) sign language interpreters;
(ii) oral transliterators, which are individuals who represent or spell in the characters of another alphabet; and
(iii) cued language transliterators, which are individuals who represent or spell by using a small number of handshapes.
(23) Qualified interpreter for an individual with limited English proficiency
The term qualified interpreter for an individual with limited English proficiency means an interpreter who by means of a remote interpreting service or an onsite appearance—
(A) adheres to generally accepted interpreter ethics principles, including client confidentiality;
(B) has demonstrated proficiency in speaking and understanding both spoken English and one or more other spoken languages; and
(C) is able to interpret effectively, accurately, and impartially, both receptively and expressly, to and from such languages and English, using any necessary specialized vocabulary, terminology, and phraseology.
(24) Qualified translator
The term qualified translator means a translator who—
(A) adheres to generally accepted translator ethics principles, including client confidentiality;
(B) has demonstrated proficiency in writing and understanding both written English and one or more other written non-English languages; and
(C) is able to translate effectively, accurately, and impartially to and from such languages and English, using any necessary specialized vocabulary, terminology, and phraseology.
(25) Racial and ethnic minority group
The term racial and ethnic minority group has the meaning given such term in section 1707(g).
(26) Secretary
The term Secretary means the Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.
(27) Sexual and gender minority group
The term sexual and gender minority group includes lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender populations, as well as those whose sexual orientation, gender identity and expression, or reproductive development varies from traditional, societal, cultural, or physiological norms.
(28) Sight translation
The term sight translation means the transmission of a written message in one language into a spoken or signed message in another language, or an alternative format in English or another language.
(29) State
Notwithstanding section 2, the term State means each of the several States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.
(30) Telephonic interpretation
The term telephonic interpretation (also known as over the phone interpretation or OPI) means, with respect to interpretation for an individual with limited English proficiency, a method of interpretation in which the interpreter is not in the physical presence of the provider of health care services or health care-related services and such individual receiving such services, but the interpreter is connected via telephone.
(31) Translation
The term translation means the transmission of a written message in one language into a written or signed message in another language, and includes translation into another language or alternative format, such as large print font, Braille, audio recording, or CD.
(32) Underserved communities
The term underserved communities means populations sharing particular characteristics, or geographic communities, who have been systematically denied a full opportunity to participate in aspects of economic, social, and civic life, such as—
(A) Black, Latino, Indigenous, and Native American persons, Asian Americans, Native Hawaiians and Pacific Islanders, Middle Easterners and North Africans, and other persons of color;
(B) members of religious minorities;
(C) lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer persons;
(D) individuals with a disability;
(E) persons who live in rural areas; and
(F) persons otherwise adversely affected by persistent poverty or inequality.
(33) Video remote interpreting services
The term video remote interpreting services means the provision, in health care services or health care-related services, through a qualified interpreter for an individual with limited English proficiency, of video remote interpreting services that are—
(A) in real-time, full-motion video, and audio over a dedicated high-speed, wide-bandwidth video connection or wireless connection that delivers high-quality video images that do not produce lags, choppy, blurry, or grainy images, or irregular pauses in communication; and
(B) in a sharply delineated image that is large enough to display.
(34) Vital document
The term vital document includes applications for government programs that provide health care services, medical or financial consent forms, financial assistance documents, letters containing important information regarding patient instructions (such as prescriptions, referrals to other providers, and discharge plans) and participation in a program (such as a Medicaid managed care program), notices pertaining to the reduction, denial, or termination of services or benefits, notices of the right to appeal such actions, and notices advising individuals with limited English proficiency with communication disabilities of the availability of free language services, alternative formats, and other outreach materials.
(b) Reference
In any reference in this title to a regulatory provision applicable to a handicapped individual, the term handicapped individual in such provision shall have the same meaning as the term individual with a disability as defined in subsection (a).
(a) Establishment
The Secretary shall establish and support a center to be known as the Robert T. Matsui Center for Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Health Care (referred to in this section as the Center) to carry out each of the following activities:
(A) In general
The Center shall provide resources via the internet to identify and link health care providers to competent and qualified interpreter and translation services.
(B) Training
For purposes of providing the services described in subparagraph (A), the Center shall adopt a language access plan that includes training requirements for Center staff to provide such services.
(A) Vital documents
The Center shall provide, directly or through contract, to providers of health care services and health care-related services, at no cost to such providers and in a timely and reasonable manner, vital documents—
(i) which may be submitted by an entity described in subparagraph (C) for translation into non-English languages, or alternative formats, at a fifth-grade reading level; and
(ii) from competent translation services, the quality of which shall be monitored and reported publicly.
(B) Forms
For each form developed or revised by the Secretary that will be used by individuals with limited English proficiency in health care or health care-related settings, the Center shall, not later than 45 calendar days of the Secretary receiving final approval of the form from the Office of Management and Budget—
(i) translate the form, at a minimum, into the top 15 non-English languages in the United States according to the most recent data from the American Community Survey or its replacement; and
(ii) post all translated forms on the Center’s website.
(i) In general
An entity described in this subparagraph is—
(I) an entity that operates a health program or activity, any part of which receives Federal financial assistance;
(II) an entity established under title I of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act that administers a health program or activity; or
(III) the Department of Health and Human Services.
(ii) Health program or activity
For purposes of clause (i), the term health program or activity has the meaning given such term in section 92.4 of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations, as in effect on July 5, 2024.
(3) Toll-free customer service telephone number
The Center shall provide, through a toll-free number, a customer service line for individuals with limited English proficiency that is linked to the toll-free telephone number 1–800–MEDICARE and a toll-free telephone hotline provided for pursuant to section 1311(d)(4)(B) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act by an Exchange established under title I of such Act—
(A) to obtain information about federally conducted or funded health programs, including the Medicare program under title XVIII of the Social Security Act, the Medicaid program under title XIX of such Act, and the State Children's Health Insurance Program under title XXI of such Act, and coverage available through an Exchange established under title I of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, and other sources of free or reduced care including federally qualified health centers, entities receiving assistance under title X, and public health departments;
(B) to obtain assistance with applying for or accessing these programs and understanding Federal notices written in English; and
(C) to learn how to access language services.
(A) In general
The Center shall develop and maintain, and make available on the internet and in print, an information clearinghouse that includes the information described in subparagraphs (B) through (G)—
(i) to facilitate the provision of language services by providers of health care services and health care-related services to reduce medical errors;
(ii) to improve medical outcomes, improve cultural competence, reduce health care costs caused by miscommunication with individuals with limited English proficiency; and
(iii) to reduce or eliminate the duplication of efforts to translate materials.
(B) Document templates
The Center shall collect and evaluate for accuracy, develop, and make available templates for standard documents that are necessary for patients and consumers to access and make educated decisions about their health care, including templates for each of the following:
(i) Administrative and legal documents, including—
(I) intake forms;
(II) forms related to the Medicare program under title XVIII of the Social Security Act, the Medicaid program under title XIX of such Act, and the State Children's Health Insurance Program under title XXI of such Act, including eligibility information for such programs;
(III) forms informing patients of the compliance and consent requirements pursuant to the regulations under section 264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996; and
(IV) documents concerning informed consent, advanced directives, and waivers of rights.
(ii) Clinical information, such as how to take medications, how to prevent transmission of a contagious disease, and other prevention and treatment instructions.
(iii) Public health, patient education, and outreach materials, such as immunization notices, health warnings, or screening notices.
(iv) Additional health or health care-related materials as determined appropriate by the Director of the Center.
(C) Structure of forms
In operating the clearinghouse, the Center shall—
(i) ensure that the documents posted in English and non-English languages are culturally and linguistically appropriate;
(ii) allow public review of the documents before dissemination in order to ensure that the documents are understandable and culturally and linguistically appropriate for the target populations;
(iii) allow health care providers to customize the documents for their use;
(iv) facilitate access to such documents;
(v) provide technical assistance with respect to the access and use of such information; and
(vi) carry out any other activities the Secretary determines to be useful to fulfill the purposes of the clearinghouse.
(D) Language assistance programs
The Center shall provide for the collection and dissemination of information on current examples of language assistance programs and strategies to improve language services for individuals with limited English proficiency, including case studies using de-identified patient information, program summaries, and program evaluations.
(E) Culturally and linguistically appropriate materials
The Center shall provide, at no cost, to all health care providers and all providers of health care-related services, information relating to culturally and linguistically appropriate health care for minority populations residing in the United States, including—
(i) tenets of culturally and linguistically appropriate care;
(ii) culturally and linguistically appropriate self-assessment tools;
(iii) culturally and linguistically appropriate training tools;
(iv) strategic plans to increase cultural and linguistic appropriateness in different types of providers of health care services and health care-related services, including regional collaborations among health care organizations for health care services and health care-related services; and
(v) culturally and linguistically appropriate information for educators, practitioners, students, and researchers.
(F) Translation Glossaries
The Center shall—
(i) develop and publish on its website translation glossaries that provide standardized translations of commonly used terms and phrases utilized in documents translated by the Center; and
(ii) make such glossaries available—
(I) free of charge;
(II) in each language in which the Center translates forms under paragraph (2)(B);
(III) in alternative formats in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.); and
(IV) in paper format upon request.
(G) Information about progress
The Center shall—
(i) regularly collect and make publicly available information about the progress of entities receiving grants under section 3402 regarding successful innovations in implementing the requirements of this subsection; and
(ii) provide public notice in the entities’ communities about the availability of such information.
(b) Director
The Center shall be headed by a Director who shall be appointed by, and who shall report to, the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.
(c) Availability of language access
The Director of the Center shall collaborate with the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health, the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, and the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration to notify health care providers and health care organizations about the availability of language access services by the Center.
(d) Education
The Secretary, directly or through contract, shall undertake a national education campaign to inform providers, individuals with limited English proficiency, individuals with hearing or vision impairments, health professionals, graduate schools, community health centers, social service providers, and community-based organizations about—
(1) Federal and State laws and guidelines governing access to language services;
(2) the value of using trained and competent interpreters and the risks associated with using family members, friends, minors, and untrained bilingual staff;
(3) funding sources for developing and implementing language services; and
(4) promising practices to effectively provide language services.
(1) Grants
The Secretary shall award grants to eligible entities to enable such entities to design, implement, and evaluate innovative, cost-effective programs to improve culturally and linguistically appropriate access to health care services for individuals with limited English proficiency and communication disabilities.
(2) Coordination
In making grants under this section, and in the design and implementation of the program established under this section, the Secretary shall coordinate with, and ensure the participation of, other agencies including the Health Resources and Services Administration, the National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities at the National Institutes of Health, and the Office of Minority Health.
(b) Eligibility
To be eligible to receive a grant under subsection (a), an entity shall be—
(1) a city, county, Indian Tribe, State, or subdivision thereof;
(2) an organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and exempt from tax under section 501(a) of such Code;
(3) a community health, mental health, or substance use disorder center or clinic;
(4) a solo or group physician practice;
(5) an integrated health care delivery system;
(6) a public hospital;
(7) a health care group, university, or college; or
(8) any other entity designated by the Secretary.
(c) Application
An eligible entity seeking a grant under this section shall prepare and submit to the Secretary an application, at such time, in such manner, and containing such additional information as the Secretary may reasonably require.
(d) Use of funds
An entity shall use funds received through a grant under this section to—
(1) develop, implement, and evaluate models of providing competent interpretation services through onsite interpretation, telephonic interpretation, or video remote interpreting services;
(2) implement strategies to recruit, retain, and promote individuals at all levels of the organization to maintain a diverse staff and leadership that can promote and provide language services to patient populations of the service area of the entity;
(3) develop and maintain a needs assessment that identifies the current demographic, cultural, and epidemiological profile of the community to accurately plan for and implement language services needed in the service area of the entity;
(4) develop a strategic plan to implement language services;
(5) develop participatory, collaborative partnerships with communities encompassing the patient populations of individuals with limited English proficiency served by the grant to gain input in designing and implementing language services;
(6) develop and implement grievance resolution processes that are culturally and linguistically appropriate and capable of identifying, preventing, and resolving complaints by individuals with limited English proficiency;
(7) develop short-term medical and mental health interpretation training courses and incentives for bilingual health care staff who are asked to provide interpretation services in the workplace;
(8) develop formal training programs, including continued professional development and education programs as well as supervision, for individuals interested in becoming dedicated health care interpreters and culturally and linguistically appropriate providers;
(9) provide staff language training instruction, which shall include information on the practical limitations of such instruction for nonnative speakers;
(10) develop policies that address compensation in salary for staff who receive training to become either a staff interpreter or bilingual provider;
(11) develop other language assistance services as determined appropriate by the Secretary;
(12) develop, implement, and evaluate models of improving cultural competence, including cultural competence programs for community health workers;
(13) ensure that, consistent with the privacy protections provided for under the regulations promulgated under section 264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and any applicable State privacy laws, data on the individual patient or recipient’s race, ethnicity, and primary language are collected (and periodically updated) in health records and integrated into the organization’s information management systems or any similar system used to store and retrieve data; and
(14) ensure that culturally competent care and language assistance are available to individuals with limited English proficiency.
(e) Priority
In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall give priority to entities that primarily engage in providing direct care and that have developed partnerships with community organizations or with agencies with experience in improving language access.
(1) By grantees
An entity that receives a grant under this section shall submit to the Secretary an evaluation that describes, in the manner and to the extent required by the Secretary, the activities carried out with funds received under the grant, and how such activities improved access to health care services and health care-related services and the quality of health care for individuals with limited English proficiency. Such evaluation shall be collected and disseminated through the Robert T. Matsui Center for Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Health Care established under section 3401. The Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality shall notify grantees of the availability of technical assistance for the evaluation and provide such assistance upon request.
(2) By Secretary
The Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality shall evaluate or arrange with other individuals or organizations to evaluate projects funded under this section.
(a) In general
The Secretary shall expand research concerning language access in the provision of health care services.
(b) Eligibility
The Secretary may conduct the research described in subsection (a) or enter into contracts with other individuals or organizations to conduct such research.
(c) Use of funds
Research conducted under this section shall be designed to do one or more of the following:
(1) To identify the barriers to mental and behavioral services that are faced by individuals with limited English proficiency.
(2) To identify health care providers’ and health administrators’ knowledge and awareness of the barriers to quality health care services that are faced by individuals with limited English proficiency and communication disabilities.
(3) To identify optimal approaches for delivering language access.
(4) To identify best practices for data collection, including—
(A) the collection by providers of health care services and health care-related services of data on the race, ethnicity, and primary language of recipients of such services, taking into account existing research conducted by the Government or private sector;
(B) the development and implementation of data collection and reporting systems; and
(C) effective privacy safeguards for collected data.
(5) To develop a minimum data collection set for primary language.
(6) To evaluate the most effective ways in which the Secretary can create or coordinate, and subsidize or otherwise fund, telephonic interpretation services for health care providers, taking into consideration, among other factors, the flexibility necessary for such a system to accommodate variations in—
(A) provider type;
(B) languages needed and their frequency of use;
(C) type of encounter;
(D) time of encounter, including whether the encounter occurs during regular business hours and after hours; and
(E) location of encounter.
(b) Grant period
A grant awarded under this section is authorized for the period of 3 fiscal years beginning on October 1, 2024, and ending on September 30, 2027.
(c) Preference
In awarding a grant under this section, the Secretary shall give preference to a State—
(1) that has a high proportion of qualified LEP enrollees, as determined by the Secretary;
(2) that has a large number of qualified LEP enrollees, as determined by the Secretary;
(3) that has a high growth rate of the population of individuals with limited English proficiency, as determined by the Secretary; and
(4) that has a population of qualified LEP enrollees that is linguistically diverse, requiring interpreter services in at least 200 non-English languages.
(d) Use of funds
A State receiving a grant under this section shall use the grant funds to—
(1) ensure that all health care providers in the State participating in the State Medicaid plan have access to onsite interpreter services, for the purpose of enabling effective communication between such providers and qualified LEP enrollees during the furnishing of items and services and administrative interactions;
(2) establish, expand, procure, or contract for—
(A) a statewide health care information technology system that is designed to achieve efficiencies and economies of scale with respect to onsite interpreter services provided to health care providers in the State participating in the State Medicaid plan; and
(B) an entity to administer such system, the duties of which shall include—
(i) procuring and scheduling interpreter services for qualified LEP enrollees;
(ii) procuring and scheduling interpreter services for individuals with limited English proficiency seeking to enroll in the State Medicaid plan;
(iii) ensuring that interpreters receive payment for interpreter services rendered under the system; and
(iv) consulting regularly with organizations representing LEP consumers, interpreters, and health care providers; and
(3) develop mechanisms to establish, improve, and strengthen the competency of the medical interpretation workforce that serves qualified LEP enrollees in the State, including a national certification process that is valid, credible, and vendor-neutral.
(e) Application
To receive a grant under this section, a State shall submit an application at such time and containing such information as the Secretary may require, which shall include the following:
(1) A description of the language access needs of individuals in the State enrolled in the State Medicaid plan.
(2) A description of the extent to which the program will—
(A) use the grant funds for the purposes described in subsection (d);
(B) meet the health care needs of rural populations of the State; and
(C) collect information that accurately tracks the language services requested by consumers as compared to the language services provided by health care providers in the State participating in the State Medicaid plan.
(3) A description of how the program will be evaluated, including a proposal for collaboration with organizations representing interpreters, consumers, and individuals with limited English proficiency.
(f) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Qualified LEP enrollee
The term qualified LEP enrollee means an individual—
(A) who is limited English proficient; and
(B) who is enrolled in a State Medicaid plan.
(2) State
The term State has the meaning given the term in section 1101(a)(1) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1301(a)(1)), for purposes of title XIX of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.).
(3) State Medicaid plan
The term State Medicaid plan means a State plan under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.) or a waiver of such a plan.
(4) United States
The term United States has the meaning given the term in section 1101(a)(2) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1301(a)(2)), for purposes of title XIX of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.).
(g) Continuation past demonstration
Any State receiving a grant under this section must agree to directly pay for language services in Medicaid for all Medicaid providers by the end of the grant period.
(2) Availability of funds
Amounts appropriated pursuant to the authorization in paragraph (1) are authorized to remain available without fiscal year limitation.
(3) Increased Federal financial participation
Section 1903(a)(2)(E) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396b(a)(2)(E)) is amended by inserting (or, in the case of a State that was awarded a grant under section 2005 of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024, 100 percent for each quarter occurring during the grant period specified in subsection (b) of such section) after 75 percent.
(i) Limitation
No Federal funds awarded under this section may be used to provide interpreter services from a location outside the United States.
(a) Direct graduate medical education
Section 1886(h)(4) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(h)(4)) is amended by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(L) Treatment of culturally and linguistically appropriate training
In determining a hospital’s number of full-time equivalent residents for purposes of this subsection, all the time that is spent by an intern or resident in an approved medical residency training program for education and training in culturally and linguistically appropriate service delivery, which shall include all medically underserved populations (as defined in section 330(b)(3) of the Public Health Service Act), shall be counted toward the determination of full-time equivalency.
(b) Indirect medical education
Section 1886(d)(5)(B) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(d)(5)(B)) is amended by adding at the end the following new clause:
(xiv) The provisions of subparagraph (L) of subsection (h)(4) shall apply under this subparagraph in the same manner as they apply under such subsection.
(c) Effective date
The amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) shall apply with respect to payments made to hospitals on or after the date that is 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act.
(A) In general
Not later than 6 months after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services (in this subsection referred to as the Secretary), acting through the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services and in consultation with the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation (as referred to in section 1115A of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1315a)), shall establish a demonstration program under which the Secretary shall award grants to eligible Medicare service providers to provide culturally and linguistically appropriate services to Medicare beneficiaries who are limited English proficient, including beneficiaries who live in diverse and underserved communities.
(B) Application of innovation rules
The demonstration project under subparagraph (A) shall be conducted in a manner that is consistent with the applicable provisions of subsections (b), (c), and (d) of section 1115A of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1315a).
(C) Number of grants
To the extent practicable, the Secretary shall award not less than 24 grants under this subsection.
(D) Grant period
Except as provided in paragraph (2)(D), each grant awarded under this subsection shall be for a 3-year period.
(2) Eligibility requirements
To be eligible for a grant under this subsection, an entity must meet the following requirements:
(A) Medicare provider
The entity must be—
(i) a provider of services under part A of title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395c et seq.);
(ii) a provider of services under part B of such title (42 U.S.C. 1395j et seq.);
(iii) a Medicare Advantage organization offering a Medicare Advantage plan under part C of such title (42 U.S.C. 1395w–21 et seq.); or
(iv) a PDP sponsor offering a prescription drug plan under part D of such title (42 U.S.C. 1395w–101 et seq.).
(B) Underserved communities
The entity must serve a community that, with respect to necessary language services for improving access and utilization of health care among individuals who are limited English proficient, is disproportionally underserved.
(C) Application
The entity must prepare and submit to the Secretary an application, at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such additional information as the Secretary may require.
(D) Reporting
In the case of a grantee that received a grant under this subsection in a previous year, such grantee is only eligible for continued payments under a grant under this subsection if the grantee met the reporting requirements under paragraph (9) for such year. If a grantee fails to meet the requirements of such paragraph for the first year of a grant, the Secretary may terminate the grant and solicit applications from new grantees to participate in the demonstration program.
(3) Distribution
To the extent feasible, the Secretary shall award—
(A) at least 10 grants to providers of services described in paragraph (2)(A)(i);
(B) at least 10 grants to service providers described in paragraph (2)(A)(ii);
(C) at least 10 grants to organizations described in paragraph (2)(A)(iii); and
(D) at least 10 grants to sponsors described in paragraph (2)(A)(iv).
(A) Variation among grantees
In awarding grants under this subsection, the Secretary shall select grantees to ensure the following:
(i) The grantees provide many different types of language services.
(ii) The grantees serve Medicare beneficiaries who speak different languages, and who, as a population, have differing needs for language services.
(iii) The grantees serve Medicare beneficiaries in both urban and rural settings.
(iv) The grantees represent each Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services region, as defined by the Secretary.
(v) The grantees serve Medicare beneficiaries in at least 2 large metropolitan statistical areas with diverse populations, including diversity in race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability status, and socioeconomic status.
(B) Priority for partnerships with community organizations and agencies
In awarding grants under this subsection, the Secretary shall give priority to eligible entities that have a partnership with 1 or more of the following entities that have experience in providing language services:
(i) A community organization.
(ii) A consortium of community organizations, State agencies, and local agencies.
(A) In general
Subject to subparagraph (E), a grantee may only use grant funds received under this subsection to pay for the provision of competent language services to Medicare beneficiaries who are individuals who are limited English proficient to supplement existing Medicare requirements.
(B) Competent language services defined
For purposes of this subsection, the term competent language services means—
(i) interpreter and translation services that—
(I) subject to the exceptions under subparagraph (C)—
(aa) if the grantee operates in a State that has statewide health care interpreter standards, meet the State standards currently in effect; or
(bb) if the grantee operates in a State that does not have statewide health care interpreter standards, utilize competent interpreters who follow the National Council on Interpreting in Health Care’s Code of Ethics and Standards of Practice and comply with the requirements of section 1557 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18116) as published in the Federal Register on May 18, 2016, 81 Fed. Reg. 31375; and
(II) in the case of interpreter services, are provided through—
(aa) onsite interpretation;
(bb) telephonic interpretation; or
(cc) video interpretation; and
(ii) the direct provision of health care or health care-related services by a competent bilingual health care provider.
(i) In general
The requirements of subparagraph (B)(i)(I) do not apply, with respect to interpreter and translation services and a grantee—
(I) in the case of a Medicare beneficiary who is limited English proficient, if—
(aa) such beneficiary has been informed, in the beneficiary’s primary language, of the availability of free interpreter and translation services and the beneficiary instead requests that a family member, friend, or other person provide such services; and
(bb) the grantee documents such request in the beneficiary’s medical record; or
(II) subject to clause (ii), in the case of a medical emergency where the delay directly associated with obtaining a competent interpreter or translation services would jeopardize the health of the patient.
(ii) Clarification
Clause (i)(II) shall not be construed to exempt emergency rooms or similar entities that regularly provide health care services in medical emergencies to patients who are individuals who are limited English proficient from any applicable legal or regulatory requirements related to providing competent interpreter and translation services without undue delay.
(D) Medicare Advantage organizations and PDP sponsors
A grantee that is a Medicare Advantage organization or a prescription drug plan sponsor must provide at least 50 percent of the grant funds that the grantee receives under this subsection directly to the entity’s network providers (including all health providers and pharmacists) for the purpose of providing support for such providers to provide competent language services to Medicare beneficiaries who are individuals who are limited English proficient.
(E) Administrative and reporting costs
A grantee may use up to 10 percent of the grant funds to pay for administrative costs associated with the provision of competent language services and for reporting required under paragraph (9).
(A) In general
Payments to grantees under this subsection shall be calculated based on the estimated numbers of Medicare beneficiaries who are limited English proficient in a grantee’s service area utilizing—
(i) data on the numbers of English learners who speak English less than very well from the most recently available data from the Bureau of the Census or other State-based study the Secretary determines is likely to yield accurate data regarding the number of such individuals in such service area; or
(ii) data provided by the grantee, if the grantee routinely collects data on the primary language of the Medicare beneficiaries that the grantee serves and the Secretary determines that the data is accurate and shows a greater number of individuals who are limited English proficient than would be estimated using the data under clause (i).
(B) Discretion of Secretary
Subject to subparagraph (C), the amount of payment made to a grantee under this subsection may be modified annually at the discretion of the Secretary, based on changes in the data under subparagraph (A) with respect to the service area of a grantee for the year.
(C) Limitation on amount
The amount of a grant made under this subsection to a grantee may not exceed $500,000 for the period under paragraph (1)(D).
(7) Assurances
Grantees under this subsection shall, as a condition of receiving a grant under this subsection—
(A) ensure that clinical and support staff receive appropriate ongoing education and training in linguistically appropriate service delivery;
(B) ensure the linguistic competence of bilingual providers;
(C) offer and provide appropriate language services at no additional charge to each patient who is limited English proficient for all points of contact between the patient and the grantee, in a timely manner during all hours of operation;
(D) notify Medicare beneficiaries of their right to receive language services in their primary language at least annually;
(E) post signage in the primary languages commonly used by the patient population in the service area of the organization; and
(F) ensure that—
(i) primary language data are collected for recipients of language services and such data are consistent with standards developed under title XXXIV of the Public Health Service Act, as added by section 2002 of this Act, to the extent such standards are available upon the initiation of the demonstration program; and
(ii) consistent with the privacy protections provided under the regulations promulgated pursuant to section 264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. 1320d–2 note), if the recipient of language services is a minor or is incapacitated, primary language data must also be collected on the parent or legal guardian of such recipient.
(8) No Cost Sharing
Medicare beneficiaries who are limited English proficient shall not have to pay cost sharing or co-payments for competent language services provided under this demonstration program.
(9) Reporting Requirements for grantees
Not later than the end of each calendar year, a grantee that receives funds under this subsection in such year shall submit to the Secretary a report that includes the following information:
(A) The number of Medicare beneficiaries to whom competent language services are provided, disaggregated by age and entitlement basis (on the basis of age, disability, or determination of end stage renal disease).
(B) The primary languages of those Medicare beneficiaries.
(C) The types of language services provided to such beneficiaries.
(D) Whether such language services were provided by employees of the grantee or through a contract with external contractors or agencies.
(E) The types of interpretation services provided to such beneficiaries, and the approximate length of time such service is provided to such beneficiaries.
(F) The costs of providing competent language services.
(G) An account of the training or accreditation of bilingual staff, interpreters, and translators providing services funded by the grant under this subsection.
(10) Evaluation and report to Congress
Not later than 1 year after the completion of a 3-year grant under this subsection, the Secretary shall conduct an evaluation of the demonstration program under this subsection and shall submit to the Congress a report that includes the following:
(A) An analysis of the patient outcomes and the costs of furnishing care to the Medicare beneficiaries who are individuals who are limited English proficient participating in the project as compared to such outcomes and costs for such Medicare beneficiaries not participating, based on the data provided under paragraph (9) and any other information available to the Secretary.
(B) The effect of delivering language services on—
(i) Medicare beneficiary access to care and utilization of services;
(ii) the efficiency and cost-effectiveness of health care delivery;
(iii) patient satisfaction with respect to both health service delivery and language assistance;
(iv) health outcomes; and
(v) the provision of culturally appropriate services provided to such beneficiaries.
(C) The extent to which bilingual staff, interpreters, and translators providing services under such demonstration were trained or accredited and the nature of accreditation or training needed by type of provider, service, or other category as determined by the Secretary to ensure the provision of high-quality interpretation, translation, or other language services to Medicare beneficiaries if such services are expanded pursuant to section 1115A(c) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1315a(c)).
(D) Recommendations, if any, regarding the extension of such project to the entire Medicare Program, subject to the provisions of such section 1115A(c).
(11) Appropriations
There is appropriated to carry out this subsection, in equal parts from the Federal Hospital Insurance Trust Fund under section 1817 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395i) and the Federal Supplementary Medical Insurance Trust Fund under section 1841 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395t), $16,000,000 for each fiscal year of the demonstration program.
(12) Limited English proficient defined
In this subsection, the term limited English proficient means individuals who self-identify on the Census as speaking English less than very well.
(1) Inclusion as rural health clinic services
Section 1861 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x) is amended—
(A) in subsection (aa)(1)—
(i) in subparagraph (C), by striking and at the end;
(ii) in subparagraph (D), by inserting and after the comma at the end; and
(iii) by inserting after subparagraph (D) the following new subparagraph:
(E) language assistance services as defined in subsection (nnn),
(iii) ; and
(B) by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(nnn) Language assistance services and related terms
The term language assistance services means language access or language assistance services (as those terms are defined in section 3400 of the Public Health Service Act) furnished by a qualified interpreter for an individual with limited English proficiency or a qualified translator (as those terms are defined in such section 3400) to an individual with limited English proficiency (as defined in such section 3400).
(2) Coverage
Section 1832(a)(2) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395k(a)(2)) is amended—
(A) in subparagraph (I), by striking and at the end;
(B) in subparagraph (J), by striking the period at the end and inserting; and; and
(C) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(K) language assistance services (as defined in section 1861(nnn)).
(3) Payment
Section 1833(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395l(a)) is amended—
(A) in paragraph (9), by striking and at the end;
(B) in paragraph (10), by striking the period at the end and inserting; and; and
(C) by inserting after paragraph (10) the following new paragraph:
(11) in the case of language assistance services (as defined in section 1861(nnn)), 100 percent of the reasonable charges for such services, as determined in consultation with the Medicare Payment Advisory Commission.
(4) Waiver of budget neutrality
For the 3-year period beginning on the date of enactment of this section, the budget neutrality provision of section 1848(c)(2)(B)(ii) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–4(c)(2)(B)(ii)) shall not apply with respect to language assistance services (as defined in section 1861(nnn) of such Act).
(c) Medicare parts C and D; Medicare Advantage plans and prescription drug plans reporting requirement
Section 1857(e) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–27(e)) is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
(6) Reporting requirements relating to effective language services
A contract under this part shall require a Medicare Advantage organization (and, through application of section 1860D–12(b)(3)(D), a contract under section 1860D–12 shall require a PDP sponsor) to annually submit (for each year of the contract) a report that contains information on the internal policies and procedures of the organization (or sponsor) related to recruitment and retention efforts directed to workforce diversity and linguistically and culturally appropriate provision of services in each of the following contexts:
(A) The collection of data in a manner that meets the requirements of title I of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024, regarding the enrollee population.
(B) Education of staff and contractors who have routine contact with enrollees regarding the various needs of the diverse enrollee population.
(C) Evaluation of the language services programs and services offered by the organization (or sponsor) with respect to the enrollee population, such as through analysis of complaints or satisfaction survey results.
(D) Methods by which the plan provides to the Secretary information regarding the ethnic diversity of the enrollee population.
(E) The periodic provision of educational information to plan enrollees on the language services and programs offered by the organization (or sponsor).
(1) Payments to States
Section 1903(a)(2)(E) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396b(a)(2)(E)), as amended by section 2005(h)(3), is further amended by—
(A) striking 75 and inserting 95;
(B) striking translation or interpretation services and inserting language assistance services; and
(C) striking children of families and inserting individuals.
(2) State plan requirements
Section 1902(a)(10)(A) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)(10)(A)) is amended by striking and (30) and inserting (30), and (32).
(3) Definition of medical assistance
Section 1905(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d(a)) is amended—
(A) in paragraph (31), by striking and at the end;
(B) by redesignating paragraph (32) as paragraph (33); and
(C) by inserting after paragraph (31) the following new paragraph:
(32) language assistance services, as such term is defined in section 1861(nnn), provided in a timely manner to individuals with limited English proficiency as defined in section 3400 of the Public Health Service Act; and
(4) Use of deductions and cost sharing
Subsections (a)(2) and (b)(2) of section 1916 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396o) are each amended—
(A) in subparagraph (I), by striking or at the end;
(B) in subparagraph (J), by striking; and and inserting, or; and
(C) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(K) language assistance services described in section 1905(a)(32); and
(5) CHIP coverage requirements
Section 2103 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397cc) is amended—
(A) in subsection (a), in the matter before paragraph (1), by striking (5), (6), (7) and (8) and inserting (5) through (13);
(B) in subsection (c), by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
(13) Language assistance services
The child health assistance provided to a targeted low-income child shall include coverage of language assistance services, as such term is defined in section 1861(nnn), provided in a timely manner to individuals with limited English proficiency (as defined in section 3400 of the Public Health Service Act).
(B) ; and
(C) in subsection (e)(2)—
(i) in the heading, by striking preventive and inserting certain; and
(ii) by inserting language assistance services described in subsection (c)(12), before or for pregnancy-related assistance.
(6) Definition of child health assistance
Section 2110(a)(27) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397jj(a)(27)) is amended by striking transportation, translation, and outreach services and inserting transportation services, language assistance services as described in section 2103(c)(13), and outreach services.
(7) State data collection
Pursuant to the reporting requirement described in section 2107(b)(1) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397gg(b)(1)), the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall require that States collect data on—
(A) the primary language of individuals receiving child health assistance under title XXI of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397aa et seq.); and
(B) in the case of such individuals who are minors or incapacitated, the primary language of the individual’s parent or guardian.
(8) CHIP payments to States
Section 2105 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397ee) is amended—
(A) in subsection (a)(1)—
(i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking 75 and inserting 95; and
(ii) in subparagraph (D)(iv), by striking translation or interpretation services and inserting language assistance services; and
(B) in subsection (c)(2)(A), by inserting before the period at the end the following:, except that expenditures pursuant to clause (iv) of subparagraph (D) of such paragraph shall not count towards this total.
(A) In general
Subject to subparagraph (B), the Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this subsection as the Secretary) shall make payments (on a quarterly basis) directly to eligible entities to support the provision of language assistance services to individuals with limited English proficiency in an amount equal to an eligible entity’s eligible costs for providing such services for the quarter.
(B) Funding
Out of any funds in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, there are appropriated to the Secretary such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2025 through 2029.
(C) Relation to Medicaid DSH
Payments under this subsection shall not offset or reduce payments under section 1923 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396r–4), nor shall payments under such section be considered when determining uncompensated costs associated with the provision of language assistance services for the purposes of this subsection.
(A) In general
The Secretary shall establish a methodology to determine the average per person cost of language assistance services.
(B) Different entities
In establishing such methodology, the Secretary may establish different methodologies for different types of eligible entities.
(C) No individual claims
The Secretary may not require eligible entities to submit individual claims for language assistance services for individual patients as a requirement for payment under this subsection.
(3) Data collection instrument
For purposes of this subsection, the Secretary shall create a standard data collection instrument that is consistent with any existing reporting requirements by the Secretary or relevant accrediting organizations regarding the number of individuals to whom language access is provided.
(4) Guidelines
Not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall establish and distribute guidelines concerning the implementation of this subsection.
(A) Report to Secretary
Entities receiving payment under this subsection shall provide the Secretary with a quarterly report on how the entity used such funds. Such report shall contain aggregate (and may not contain individualized) data collected using the instrument under paragraph (3) and shall otherwise be in a form and manner determined by the Secretary.
(B) Report to Congress
Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, and every 2 years thereafter, the Secretary shall submit a report to Congress concerning the implementation of this subsection.
(6) Definitions
In this subsection:
(A) Eligible costs
The term eligible costs means, with respect to an eligible entity that provides language assistance services to limited English proficient individuals, the product of—
(i) the average per person cost of language assistance services, determined according to the methodology devised under paragraph (2); and
(ii) the number of individuals with limited English proficiency who are provided language assistance services by the entity and for whom no reimbursement is available for such services under the amendments made by subsection (a), (b), (c), or (d), or by private health insurance.
(B) Eligible entity
The term eligible entity means an entity that—
(i) is a Medicaid provider that is—
(I) a physician;
(II) a hospital with a low-income utilization rate (as defined in section 1923(b)(3) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396r–4(b)(3))) of greater than 25 percent;
(III) a Federally qualified health center (as defined in section 1905(l)(2)(B) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d(l)(2)(B)));
(IV) a hospice provider; or
(V) a palliative care provider;
(ii) not later than 6 months after the date of the enactment of this Act, provides language assistance services to not less than 8 percent of the entity’s total number of patients; and
(iii) prepares and submits an application to the Secretary, at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the Secretary may require, to ascertain the entity’s eligibility for funding under this subsection.
(C) Language assistance services
The term language assistance services has the meaning given such term in section 1861(nnn) of the Social Security Act, as added by subsection (b).
(f) Application of Civil Rights Act of 1964, section 1557 of the Affordable Care Act, and other laws
Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit otherwise existing obligations of recipients of Federal financial assistance under title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000d et seq.), section 1557 of the Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18116), or other laws that protect the civil rights of individuals.
(1) In general
Except as otherwise provided and subject to paragraph (2), the amendments made by this section shall take effect on January 1, 2025.
(2) Exception if State legislation required
In the case of a State plan for medical assistance under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.) or a State plan for child health assistance under title XXI of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1397aa et seq.) which the Secretary of Health and Human Services determines requires State legislation (other than legislation appropriating funds) in order for the plan to meet the additional requirement imposed by the amendments made by this section, such State plan shall not be regarded as failing to comply with the requirements of such title solely on the basis of its failure to meet this additional requirement before the first day of the first calendar quarter beginning after the close of the first regular session of the State legislature that begins after the date of the enactment of this Act. For purposes of the previous sentence, in the case of a State that has a 2-year legislative session, each year of such session shall be deemed to be a separate regular session of the State legislature.
(a) In general
The Secretary, in consultation with the Director of the National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities and the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health, shall award grants to eligible entities to improve health care for patient populations that have low health literacy.
(b) Eligibility
To be eligible to receive a grant under subsection (a), an entity shall—
(1) be a hospital, health center or clinic, health plan, or other health entity (including a nonprofit minority health organization or association); and
(2) prepare and submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may reasonably require.
(1) Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality
A grant under subsection (a) that is awarded through the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality shall be used—
(A) to define and increase the understanding of health literacy across all areas of health care, including end of life care;
(B) to investigate the correlation between low health literacy and health and health care;
(C) to clarify which aspects of health literacy have an effect on health outcomes; and
(D) for any other activity determined appropriate by the Director.
(2) Health Resources and Services Administration
A grant under subsection (a) that is awarded through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration shall be used to conduct demonstration projects for interventions for patients with low health literacy that may include—
(A) the development of new disease management and end of life care programs for patients with low health literacy;
(B) the tailoring of disease management programs and end of life care addressing mental, physical, oral, and behavioral health conditions for patients with low health literacy;
(C) the translation of written health materials for patients with low health literacy;
(D) the identification, implementation, and testing of low health literacy screening tools;
(E) the conduct of educational campaigns for patients and providers about low health literacy;
(F) the conduct of educational campaigns concerning health directed specifically at patients with mental disabilities, including those with cognitive and intellectual disabilities, designed to reduce the incidence of low health literacy among these populations, which shall have instructional materials in the plain language standards promulgated under the Plain Writing Act of 2010 (5 U.S.C. 301 note) for Federal agencies; and
(G) other activities determined appropriate by the Administrator.
(d) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Low health literacy
The term low health literacy means the inability of an individual to obtain, process, and understand basic health information and services needed to make appropriate health decisions.
(2) Secretary
The term Secretary means the Secretary of Health and Human Services—
(A) acting through the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, with respect to grants under subsection (c)(1); and
(B) acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration with respect to grants under subsection (c)(2).
(a) Covered entity; health program or activity
In this section:
(1) Covered entity
The term covered entity means an entity described in clause (i) of section 3401(a)(2)(C) of the Public Health Service Act, as added by section 2004.
(2) Health program or activity
The term health program or activity has the meaning given such term in clause (ii) of such section 3401(a)(2)(C).
(b) Requirements
A covered entity, in order to ensure the right of individuals with limited English proficiency to receive access to high-quality health care through the health program or activity, shall—
(1) ensure that appropriate clinical and support staff receive ongoing education and training in culturally and linguistically appropriate service delivery at least annually;
(2) offer and provide appropriate language assistance services at no additional charge to each patient that is an individual with limited English proficiency at all points of contact, in a timely manner during all hours of operation;
(3) notify patients of their right to receive language services in their primary language; and
(4) utilize only qualified interpreters for an individual with limited English proficiency or qualified translators, except as provided in subsection (c).
(c) Exemptions
The requirements of subsection (b)(4) shall not apply as follows:
(1) When a patient requests the use of family, friends, or other persons untrained in interpretation or translation if each of the following conditions are met:
(A) The interpreter requested by the patient is over the age of 18.
(B) The covered entity informs the patient in the primary language of the patient that he or she has the option of having the entity provide to the patient an interpreter and translation services without charge.
(C) The covered entity informs the patient that the entity may not require an individual with a limited English proficiency to use a family member or friend as an interpreter.
(D) The covered entity evaluates whether the person the patient wishes to use as an interpreter is competent. If the covered entity has reason to believe that such person is not competent as an interpreter, the entity provides its own interpreter to protect the covered entity from liability if the patient’s interpreter is later found not competent.
(E) If the covered entity has reason to believe that there is a conflict of interest between the interpreter and patient, the covered entity may not use the patient’s interpreter.
(F) The covered entity has the patient sign a waiver, witnessed by at least 1 individual not related to the patient, that includes the information stated in subparagraphs (A) through (E) and is translated into the patient’s primary language.
(2) When a medical emergency exists and the delay directly associated with obtaining competent interpreter or translation services would jeopardize the health of the patient, but only until a competent interpreter or translation service is available.
(d) Rule of construction
Subsection (c)(2) shall not be construed to mean that emergency rooms or similar entities that regularly provide health care services in medical emergencies are exempt from legal or regulatory requirements related to competent interpreter services.
(a) Report
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, and annually thereafter, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall seek to enter into a contract with the National Academy of Medicine for the preparation and publication of a report that describes Federal efforts to ensure that all individuals with limited English proficiency have meaningful access to health care services and health care-related services that are culturally and linguistically appropriate. Such report shall include—
(1) a description and evaluation of the activities carried out under this Act;
(2) a description and analysis of best practices, model programs, guidelines, and other effective strategies for providing access to culturally and linguistically appropriate health care services;
(3) recommendations on the development and implementation of policies and practices by providers of health care services and health care-related services for individuals with limited English proficiency, including people with cognitive, hearing, vision, or print impairments;
(4) recommend guidelines or standards for health literacy and plain language, informed consent, discharge instructions, and written communications, and for improvement of health care access;
(5) a description of the effect of providing language services on quality of health care and access to care; and
(6) a description of the costs associated with or savings related to the provision of language services.
(b) Eligible entity
In this section, the term eligible entity means—
(1) a State; or
(2) a community-based organization that predominantly employs and serves racial and ethnic minority groups (as defined in section 1707(g) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300u–6(g)).
(c) Application
An eligible entity that desires to receive a grant under this section shall apply by submitting to the Secretary of Education an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
(d) Use of grant
An eligible entity shall use grant funds provided under this section to—
(1) develop and implement a plan for assuring the availability of ESL instruction, free of charge, to the community served by the eligible entity, that effectively integrates information about the nature of the United States health care system, how to access care, and any special language skills that may be required for individuals with limited English proficiency to access and regularly negotiate the health care system effectively;
(2) develop a plan for making ESL instruction available free to charge to individuals with limited English proficiency in the community served by the eligible entity who are seeking instruction, including, where appropriate, through the use of public-private partnerships; and
(3) provide ESL instruction to individuals with limited English proficiency in the community served by the eligible entity.
(e) Supplement, not supplant
An eligible entity awarded a grant under this section shall use funds made available under this section to supplement, and not supplant, other Federal, State, and local funds that would otherwise be expended to carry out activities under this section.
(f) Duties of the Secretary
The Secretary of Education shall—
(1) collect and make publicly available annual data on how much Federal, State, and local governments spend annually on ESL instruction;
(2) collect data from eligible entities awarded a grant under this section to identify the unmet needs of individuals with limited English proficiency for appropriate ESL instruction, including—
(A) the preferred written and spoken language of such individuals;
(B) the availability of enrollment in ESL instruction programs in the communities served by each eligible entity awarded a grant under this section, including the extent of waiting lists for ESL instruction, how many programs maintain waiting lists, and, for programs that do not have waiting lists, the reasons why such a list is unnecessary or otherwise not maintained;
(C) the availability of programs to geographically isolated communities;
(D) the impact of course enrollment policies, including open enrollment, on the availability of ESL instruction;
(E) the number of individuals with limited English proficiency and the number of individuals enrolled in ESL instruction programs in the communities served by each eligible entity awarded a grant under this section;
(F) the effectiveness of the ESL instruction provided through grants awarded under this section in meeting the needs of individuals receiving such instruction; and
(G) an assessment of the need for programs that integrate job training and ESL instruction, to assist individuals with limited English proficiency in obtaining better jobs;
(3) determine the cost and most appropriate methods of making ESL instruction available to all individuals with limited English proficiency in the United States who are seeking instruction; and
(4) not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, issue a report to Congress that—
(A) assesses the information collected in paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) and makes recommendations on steps that should be taken to realize the goal of making ESL instruction available to all individuals with limited English proficiency in the United States who are seeking instruction; and
(B) evaluates the impact of the grant program authorized under this section on the accessibility of, and ability to effectively negotiate, the health care system for individuals with limited English proficiency who have received ESL instruction funded by a grant under this section.
(1) Immunity
A person injured by a violation of this title (including an amendment made by this title) by a State may bring a civil action in the appropriate Federal court for such injury in accordance with this section.
(2) Remedies
In a civil action under this section for a violation of this title, such remedies shall be available as would be available in a civil action for such violation against any party other than a State.
(b) Rule of construction
Nothing in this title may be construed to limit otherwise existing obligations of recipients of Federal financial assistance under title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000d et seq.) or any other Federal statute.
(a) Essential benefits
Section 1302(b)(1) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18022(b)(1)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(K) Language access services, including oral interpretation and written translations.
(1) In general
Section 36B(c)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by redesignating clauses (iii) and (iv) as clauses (iv) and (v), respectively, and by inserting after clause (ii) the following new clause:
(iii) Coverage must include language access and services
Except as provided in clause (iv), an employee shall not be treated as eligible for minimum essential coverage if such coverage consists of an eligible employer-sponsored plan (as defined in section 5000A(f)(2)) and the plan does not provide coverage for language access services, including oral interpretation and written translations.
(A) Section 36B(c)(2)(C) of such Code is amended by striking clause (iii) each place it appears in clauses (i) and (ii) and inserting clause (iv).
(B) Section 36B(c)(2)(C)(iv) of such Code, as redesignated by this subsection, is amended by striking (i) and (ii) and inserting (i), (ii), and (iii).
(c) Quality Reporting
Section 2717(a)(1) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300gg–17(a)(1)) is amended—
(1) by striking and at the end of subparagraph (C);
(2) by striking the period at the end of subparagraph (D) and inserting; and; and
(3) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(E) reduce health disparities through the provision of language access services, including oral interpretation and written translations.
(d) Regulations regarding internal claims and appeals and external review processes for health plans and health insurance issuers
The Secretary of the Treasury, the Secretary of Labor, and the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall amend the regulations in section 54.9815–2719(e) of title 26, Code of Federal Regulations (or successor regulations), section 2590.715–2719(e) of title 29, Code of Federal Regulations (or successor regulations), and section 147.136(e) of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations (or successor regulations), respectively, to require group health plans and health insurance issuers offering group or individual health insurance coverage to which such sections apply—
(1) to provide oral interpretation services without any threshold requirements;
(2) to provide in the English versions of all notices a statement prominently displayed in not less than 15 non-English languages clearly indicating how to access the language services provided by the plan or issuer; and
(3) with respect to the requirements for providing relevant notices in a culturally and linguistically appropriate manner in the applicable non-English languages, to apply a threshold that 5 percent of the population, or not less than 500 individuals, in the county is literate only in the same non-English language in order for the language to be considered an applicable non-English language.
(e) Data collection and reporting
The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall—
(1) amend the single streamlined application form developed pursuant to section 1413 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18083) to collect the preferred spoken and written language for each household member applying for coverage under a qualified health plan through an Exchange under title I of such Act (42 U.S.C. 18001 et seq.);
(2) require navigators, certified application counselors, and other individuals assisting with enrollment to collect and report requests for language assistance; and
(3) require the toll-free telephone hotlines established pursuant to section 1311(d)(4)(B) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18031(d)(4)(B)) to submit an annual report documenting the number of language assistance requests, the types of languages requested, the range and average wait time for a consumer to speak with an interpreter, the number of complaints and any steps the hotline, and any entity contracting with the Secretary to provide language services, have taken to actively address some of the consumer complaints.
(f) Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall not apply to plans beginning prior to the date of the enactment of this Act.
Section 2014. Medically underserved populations
Section 330(b)(3) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254b(b)(3)) is amended to read as follows:
(3) Medically underserved population
The term medically underserved population means—
(A) the population of an urban or rural area designated by the Secretary as—
(i) an area with a shortage of personal health services; or
(ii) a population group having a shortage of such services; or
(B) a population of individuals, not confined to a particular urban or rural area, who are designated by the Secretary as having a shortage of personal health services due to a specific demographic trait.
Section 3001. Amendment to the Public Health Service Act
Title XXXIV of the Public Health Service Act, as added by section 2004, is amended by adding at the end the following:
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Bureau of Health Workforce of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall award a grant to an entity determined appropriate by the Secretary for the establishment of a national working group on workforce diversity.
(b) Representation
In establishing the national working group under subsection (a):
(1) The grantee shall ensure that the group has representatives of each of the following:
(A) The Health Resources and Services Administration.
(B) The Department of Health and Human Services Data Council.
(C) The Office of Minority Health of the Department of Health and Human Services.
(D) The Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration.
(E) The Bureau of Labor Statistics of the Department of Labor.
(F) The National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities.
(G) The Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.
(H) The National Academy of Medicine.
(I) The Indian Health Service.
(J) The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.
(K) The Department of Education.
(L) Institutions described in section 371(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965.
(M) Consumer organizations.
(N) Health professional associations, including those that represent underrepresented minority populations.
(O) Researchers in the area of health workforce.
(P) Health workforce accreditation entities.
(Q) Private (including nonprofit) foundations that have sponsored workforce diversity initiatives.
(R) Local and State health departments.
(S) Representatives of community members to be included on admissions committees for health profession schools pursuant to subsection (c)(9).
(T) National community-based organizations that serve as a national intermediary to their rural or urban affiliate members and have demonstrated capacity to train health care professionals.
(U) The Veterans Health Administration.
(V) Other entities determined appropriate by the Secretary.
(2) The grantee shall ensure that, in addition to the representatives under paragraph (1), the working group has not less than 5 health professions students representing various health profession fields and levels of training.
(c) Activities
The working group established under subsection (a) shall convene at least twice each year to complete the following activities:
(1) Review public and private health workforce diversity initiatives.
(2) Identify successful health workforce diversity programs and practices.
(3) Examine challenges relating to the development and implementation of health workforce diversity initiatives.
(4) Draft a national strategic work plan for health workforce diversity, including recommendations for public and private sector initiatives.
(5) Develop a framework and methods for the evaluation of current and future health workforce diversity initiatives.
(6) Develop recommended standards for workforce diversity that could be applicable to all health professions programs and programs funded under this Act.
(7) Develop guidelines to train health professionals to care for a diverse population.
(8) Develop a workforce data collection or tracking system to identify where health professionals of racial and ethnic minority groups practice.
(9) Develop a strategy for the inclusion of community members on admissions committees for health profession schools.
(10) Help with monitoring of standards for diversity, equity, and inclusion.
(11) Other activities determined appropriate by the Secretary.
(d) Annual report
Not later than 1 year after the establishment of the working group under subsection (a), and annually thereafter, the working group shall prepare and make available to the general public for comment, an annual report on the activities of the working group. Such report shall include the recommendations of the working group for improving health workforce diversity.
(e) Coordination with other efforts
In providing for the establishment of the working group under subsection (a), the Secretary shall take such steps as may be necessary to ensure that the work of the working group does not overlap with, or otherwise duplicate, other Federal Government efforts with respect to ensuring health equity in data collection in public health emergencies.
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health, and in collaboration with the Bureau of Health Workforce within the Health Resources and Services Administration and the National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities, shall establish a technical clearinghouse on health workforce diversity within the Office of Minority Health and coordinate current and future clearinghouses related to health workforce diversity.
(b) Information and services
The clearinghouse established under subsection (a) shall offer the following information and services:
(1) Information on the importance of health workforce diversity.
(2) Statistical information relating to representation of underrepresented minority populations in health and allied health professions and occupations.
(3) Model health workforce diversity practices and programs, including integrated models of care.
(4) Admissions policies that promote health workforce diversity and are in compliance with Federal and State laws.
(5) Retainment policies that promote completion of health profession degrees for underserved populations.
(6) Lists of scholarship, loan repayment, and loan cancellation grants as well as fellowship information for underserved populations for health professions schools.
(7) Foundation and other large organizational initiatives relating to health workforce diversity.
(c) Consultation
In carrying out this section, the Secretary shall consult with non-Federal entities which may include health professional associations representing minority populations and sections of major health professional associations representing minority populations to ensure the adequacy and accuracy of information.
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration and the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall award grants to eligible entities that demonstrate a commitment to health workforce diversity.
(b) Eligibility
To be eligible to receive a grant under subsection (a), an entity shall—
(1) be an educational institution or entity that historically produces or trains meaningful numbers of underrepresented health professionals of minority populations, including—
(A) part B institutions, as defined in section 322 of the Higher Education Act of 1965;
(B) historically Black professional or graduate institutions eligible for grants under section 326 of such Act;
(C) Hispanic-serving health professions schools;
(D) Hispanic-serving institutions, as defined in section 502 of such Act;
(E) Tribal Colleges or Universities, as defined in section 316 of such Act;
(F) Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institutions, as defined in section 371(c) of such Act;
(G) institutions that have programs to recruit and retain underrepresented health professionals of minority populations, in which a significant number of the enrolled participants are from minority populations;
(H) health professional associations, which may include health professional associations representing underrepresented minority populations; and
(I) institutions, including national and regional community-based organizations with demonstrated commitment to a diversified workforce—
(i) located in communities with predominantly underrepresented minority populations;
(ii) with whom partnerships have been formed for the purpose of increasing workforce diversity; and
(iii) in which at least 20 percent of the enrolled participants are from underrepresented minority populations; and
(2) submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
(c) Use of funds
Amounts received under a grant under subsection (a) shall be used to expand existing workforce diversity programs, implement new workforce diversity programs, or evaluate existing or new workforce diversity programs, including with respect to mental health care professions. Such programs shall enhance diversity by considering status as a member of a minority population as part of an individualized consideration of qualifications. Possible activities may include—
(1) educational outreach programs relating to opportunities in the health professions;
(2) scholarship, fellowship, grant, loan repayment, and loan cancellation programs;
(3) postbaccalaureate programs;
(4) academic enrichment programs, particularly targeting those who would not be competitive for health professions schools;
(5) supporting workforce diversity in kindergarten through 12th grade and other health pipeline programs;
(6) mentoring programs;
(7) internship or rotation programs involving hospitals, health systems, health plans, and other health entities;
(8) community partnership development for purposes relating to workforce diversity; or
(9) leadership training.
(d) Reports
Not later than 1 year after receiving a grant under this section, and annually for the term of the grant, a grantee shall submit to the Secretary a report that summarizes and evaluates all activities conducted under the grant.
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the National Institutes of Health, the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, and the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall award grants that expand existing opportunities for scientists and researchers and promote the inclusion of underrepresented minority populations in the health professions.
(b) Research funding
The head of each agency listed in subsection (a) shall establish or expand existing programs to provide research funding to scientists and researchers in training. Under such programs, the head of each such entity shall give priority in allocating research funding to support health research in traditionally underserved communities, including underrepresented minority populations, and research classified as community or participatory.
(c) Data collection
The head of each agency listed in subsection (a) shall collect data on the number (expressed as an absolute number and a percentage) of underrepresented applicants from minority populations, and applicants from populations that are not minority populations, who receive and are denied agency funding at every stage of review. Such data shall be reported annually to the Secretary and the appropriate committees of Congress.
(d) Student loan reimbursement
The Secretary shall establish a student loan reimbursement program to provide student loan reimbursement assistance to researchers who focus on racial and ethnic disparities in health. The Secretary shall promulgate regulations to define the scope and procedures for the program under this subsection.
(e) Student loan cancellation
The Secretary shall establish a student loan cancellation program to provide student loan cancellation assistance to researchers who focus on racial and ethnic disparities in health. Students participating in the program shall make a minimum 5-year commitment to work at an accredited health professions school. The Secretary shall promulgate additional regulations to define the scope and procedures for the program under this subsection.
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use, the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, and the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, shall establish a program to award grants to universities and other institutions to enter into agreements with eligible individuals under which—
(1) the university or institution supports the eligible individual’s career in a nonresearch-related health and wellness profession; and
(2) the eligible individual commits to performing a period of obligated service in such a career to serve, or to work on health issues affecting, underserved communities, such as communities of racial and ethnic minority groups.
(b) Eligible individuals
To be an eligible individual for purposes of subsection (a), an individual shall be a student in a health professions school, a graduate of such a school who is working in a health profession, an individual working in a health or wellness profession (including mental and behavioral health), or a faculty member of such a school.
(c) Application
To seek a grant under this section, a university or other institution shall submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
(d) Use of funds
A university or other institution receiving a grant under this section shall use the grant for agreements described in subsection (a). Such agreements may—
(1) support an eligible individual’s health activities or projects that involve underserved communities, including communities of racial and ethnic minority groups;
(2) support an eligible individual’s health-related career advancement activities;
(3) pay, or reimburse for payment of, student loans or training or credentialing costs for eligible individuals who are health professionals and are focused on health issues affecting underserved communities, including communities of racial and ethnic minority groups; and
(4) establish and promote leadership training programs for eligible individuals to decrease health disparities and to increase cultural competence with the goal of increasing diversity in leadership positions.
(e) Definition
In this section, the term career in a nonresearch-related health and wellness profession means employment or intended employment in the field of public health, health policy, health management, health administration, medicine, nursing, pharmacy, psychology, social work, psychiatry, other mental and behavioral health, allied health, community health, social work, or other fields determined appropriate by the Secretary, other than in a position that involves research.
(a) In general
The Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (in this section referred to as the Director), in collaboration with the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health and the Director of the National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities, shall award grants to eligible entities to expand research on the link between health workforce diversity and quality health care.
(b) Eligibility
To be eligible to receive a grant under subsection (a), an entity shall—
(1) be a clinical, public health, or health services research entity or other entity determined appropriate by the Director; and
(2) submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
(c) Use of funds
Amounts received under a grant awarded under subsection (a) shall be used to support research that investigates the effect of health workforce diversity on—
(1) language access;
(2) cultural competence;
(3) patient satisfaction;
(4) timeliness of care;
(5) safety of care;
(6) effectiveness of care;
(7) efficiency of care;
(8) patient outcomes;
(9) community engagement;
(10) resource allocation;
(11) organizational structure;
(12) compliance of care; or
(13) other topics determined appropriate by the Director.
(d) Priority
In awarding grants under subsection (a), the Director shall give individualized consideration to all relevant aspects of the applicant’s background. Consideration of prior research experience involving the health of underserved communities shall be such a relevant aspect.
(a) Establishment
The Secretary, acting through the Office of Minority Health, in collaboration with the National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities, the Office for Civil Rights, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, the Health Resources and Services Administration, and other appropriate public and private entities, shall establish and coordinate a health and health care disparities education program to support, develop, and implement educational initiatives and outreach strategies that inform health care professionals and the public about the existence of and methods to reduce racial and ethnic disparities in health and health care.
(b) Activities
The Secretary, through the education program established under subsection (a), shall, through the use of public awareness and outreach campaigns targeting the general public and the medical community at large—
(1) disseminate scientific evidence for the existence and extent of racial and ethnic disparities in health care, including disparities that are not otherwise attributable to known factors such as access to care, patient preferences, or appropriateness of intervention, as described in the 2002 report of the National Academy of Medicine (formerly the Institute of Medicine) entitled Unequal Treatment: Confronting Racial and Ethnic Disparities in Health Care, as well as the impact of disparities related to age, disability status, socioeconomic status, sex, gender identity, and sexual orientation on racial and ethnic minority groups;
(2) disseminate new research findings to health care providers and patients to assist them in understanding, reducing, and eliminating health and health care disparities;
(3) disseminate information about the impact of linguistic and cultural barriers on health care quality and the obligation of health providers who receive Federal financial assistance to ensure that individuals with limited English proficiency have access to language access services;
(4) disseminate information about the importance and legality of racial, ethnic, disability status, socioeconomic status, sex, gender identity, and sexual orientation, and primary language data collection, analysis, and reporting;
(5) design and implement specific educational initiatives to health care providers relating to health and health care disparities;
(6) assess the impact of the programs established under this section in raising awareness of health and health care disparities and providing information on available resources; and
(7) design and implement specific educational initiatives to educate the health care workforce relating to unconscious bias.
Section 3002. Hispanic-serving institutions, historically Black colleges and universities, historically Black professional or graduate institutions, Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institutions, Tribal Colleges, regional community-based organizations, and national minority medical associations
Part B of title VII of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 293 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration and in consultation with the Secretary of Education, shall award grants to Hispanic-serving institutions, historically Black colleges and universities, historically Black professional or graduate institutions eligible for grants under section 326 of the Higher Education Act of 1965, Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institutions, Tribal Colleges or Universities, regional community-based organizations, and national minority medical associations, for counseling, mentoring, and providing information on financial assistance to prepare underrepresented minority individuals to enroll in and graduate from health professional schools and to increase services for underrepresented minority students including—
(1) mentoring with underrepresented health professionals;
(2) providing financial assistance information for continued education and applications to health professional schools; and
(3) retaining existing enrolled underrepresented minority students in a health professions school.
(b) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institution
The term Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institution has the meaning given such term in section 320(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965.
(2) Hispanic-serving institution
The term Hispanic-serving institution means an entity that—
(A) is a school or program for which there is a definition under section 799B;
(B) has an enrollment of full-time equivalent students that is made up of at least 9 percent Hispanic students;
(C) has been effective in carrying out programs to recruit Hispanic individuals to enroll in and graduate from the school;
(D) has been effective in recruiting and retaining Hispanic faculty members;
(E) has a significant number of graduates who are providing health services to medically underserved populations or to individuals in health professional shortage areas; and
(F) is a Hispanic Center of Excellence in Health Professions Education designated under section 736(d)(2).
(3) Historically Black college and university
The term historically Black college and university has the meaning given the term part B institution as defined in section 322 of the Higher Education Act of 1965.
(4) Tribal college or university
The term Tribal College or University has the meaning given such term in section 316(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965.
(c) Certain loan repayment programs
In carrying out the National Health Service Corps Loan Repayment Program established under subpart III of part D of title III and the loan repayment program under section 317F, the Secretary shall ensure, notwithstanding such subpart or section, that loan repayments of not less than $50,000 per year per person are awarded for repayment of loans incurred for enrollment or participation of underrepresented minority individuals in health professional schools and other health programs described in this section.
Section 3003. Loan repayment program of Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
Section 317F(c)(1) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 247b–7(c)(1)) is amended by striking $500,000 for fiscal year 1994, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1995 through 2002 and inserting such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal years 2025 through 2029.
Section 3004. Cooperative agreements for online degree programs at schools of public health and schools of allied health
Part D of title VII of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 294 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 755 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 294e) the following:
(a) Cooperative agreements
The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, in consultation with the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, and the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health, shall enter into cooperative agreements with schools of public health and schools of allied health to design and implement online degree programs.
(b) Priority
In entering into cooperative agreements under this section, the Secretary shall give priority to any school of public health or school of allied health that has an established track record of serving medically underserved communities.
(c) Requirements
As a condition of entering into a cooperative agreement with the Secretary under this section, a school of public health or school of allied health shall agree to design and implement an online degree program that meets the following restrictions:
(1) Enrollment of individuals who have obtained a secondary school diploma or its recognized equivalent.
(2) Maintaining a significant enrollment of underrepresented minority or disadvantaged students.
(3) Achieving a high completion rate of enrolled underrepresented minority or disadvantaged students.
(d) Period of cooperative agreements
The period during which payments are made through a cooperative agreement entered into under this section may not exceed 3 years.
(a) Sense of Congress
It is the sense of Congress that the National Health Care Workforce Commission established by section 5101 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 294q) should, in carrying out its assigned duties under that section, give attention to the needs of racial and ethnic minority groups, individuals with lower socioeconomic status, individuals with mental, developmental, and physical disabilities, lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer, and questioning populations, and individuals who are members of multiple minority or special population groups.
Section 3006. Scholarship and fellowship programs
Subtitle B of title XXXIV of the Public Health Service Act, as added by section 3001, is further amended by inserting after section 3417 the following:
(a) In general
The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, in collaboration with the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration and the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health, shall award grants to eligible entities to increase awareness among secondary and postsecondary students of career opportunities in the health professions.
(b) Eligibility
To be eligible to receive a grant under subsection (a), an entity shall—
(1) be a clinical, public health, or health services organization, community-based or nonprofit entity, or other entity determined appropriate by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention;
(2) serve a health professional shortage area, as determined by the Secretary;
(3) work with students, including those from racial and ethnic minority groups, that have expressed an interest in the health professions; and
(4) submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
(c) Use of funds
Grant awards under subsection (a) shall be used to support internships that will increase awareness among students of non-research-based, career opportunities in the following health professions:
(1) Medicine.
(2) Nursing.
(3) Public health.
(4) Pharmacy.
(5) Health administration and management.
(6) Health policy.
(7) Psychology.
(8) Dentistry.
(9) International health.
(10) Social work.
(11) Allied health.
(12) Psychiatry.
(13) Hospice care.
(14) Community health, patient navigation, and peer support.
(15) Other professions determined appropriate by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
(d) Priority
In awarding grants under subsection (a), the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention shall give priority to those entities that—
(1) serve a high proportion of individuals from disadvantaged backgrounds;
(2) have experience in health disparity elimination programs;
(3) facilitate the entry of disadvantaged individuals into institutions of higher education; and
(4) provide counseling or other services designed to assist disadvantaged individuals in successfully completing their education at the postsecondary level.
(1) In general
Subject to paragraph (2), an entity receiving a grant under this section may use the funds made available through such grant to award stipends for educational and living expenses to students participating in the internship supported by the grant.
(2) Limitations
A stipend awarded under paragraph (1) to an individual—
(A) may not be provided for a period that exceeds 6 months; and
(B) may not exceed $20 per day for an individual (notwithstanding any other provision of law regarding the amount of a stipend).
(a) In general
The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, in collaboration with the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health, shall award scholarships to eligible individuals under subsection (b) who seek a career in public health.
(b) Eligibility
To be eligible to receive a scholarship under subsection (a), an individual shall—
(1) have interest, knowledge, or skill in public health research or public health practice, or other health professions as determined appropriate by the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention;
(2) reside in a health professional shortage area as determined by the Secretary;
(3) demonstrate promise for becoming a leader in public health;
(4) secure admission to a 4-year institution of higher education; and
(5) submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
(c) Use of funds
Amounts received under an award under subsection (a) shall be used to support opportunities for students to become public health professionals.
(d) Priority
In awarding grants under subsection (a), the Director shall give priority to those students that—
(1) are from disadvantaged backgrounds;
(2) have secured admissions to an institution described in section 371(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965; and
(3) have identified a health professional as a mentor at their institution described in subsection (b)(4) and an academic advisor to assist in the completion of their baccalaureate degree.
(e) Scholarships
The Secretary may approve payment of scholarships under this section for such individuals for any period of education in student undergraduate tenure, except that such a scholarship may not be provided to an individual for more than 4 years, and such a scholarship may not exceed $10,000 per academic year for an individual (notwithstanding any other provision of law regarding the amount of a scholarship).
(a) In general
The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, in collaboration with the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health, the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use, and the Director of the Indian Health Service, shall award research fellowships to eligible individuals under subsection (b) to conduct research that will examine gender and health disparities and to pursue a career in the health professions.
(b) Eligibility
To be eligible to receive a fellowship under subsection (a), an individual shall—
(1) have experience in health research or public health practice;
(2) reside in a health professional shortage area designated by the Secretary under section 332;
(3) have expressed an interest in the health professions;
(4) demonstrate promise for becoming a leader in the field of women’s sexual and reproductive health, including family planning;
(5) secure admission to a health professions school or graduate program with an emphasis in gender studies; and
(6) submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
(c) Use of funds
A fellowship awarded under subsection (a) to an eligible individual under subsection (b) shall be used to support an opportunity for the individual to become a researcher and advance the research base on the intersection between gender and health.
(d) Priority
In awarding fellowships under subsection (a), the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention shall give priority to those applicants that—
(1) are from disadvantaged backgrounds; and
(2) have identified a mentor and academic advisor who will assist in the completion of their graduate or professional degree and have secured a research assistant position with a researcher working in the area of gender and health.
(e) Fellowships
The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention may approve fellowships for individuals under this section for any period of education in the student’s graduate or health profession tenure, except that such a fellowship may not be provided to an individual for more than 3 years, and such a fellowship may not exceed $18,000 per academic year for an individual (notwithstanding any other provision of law regarding the amount of a fellowship).
(a) In general
The Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, in collaboration with the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health, shall award research fellowships to eligible individuals under subsection (b) to advance their understanding of international health.
(b) Eligibility
To be eligible to receive a fellowship under subsection (a), an individual shall—
(1) have educational experience in the field of international health;
(2) reside in a health professional shortage area as determined by the Secretary;
(3) demonstrate promise for becoming a leader in the field of international health;
(4) be in the fourth year of a 4-year institution of higher education or a recent graduate of a 4-year institution of higher education; and
(5) submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
(c) Use of funds
A fellowship awarded under subsection (a) to an eligible individual under subsection (b) shall be used to support an opportunity for the individual to become a health professional and to advance the knowledge of the individual about international issues relating to health care access and quality.
(d) Priority
In awarding fellowships under subsection (a), the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality shall give priority to eligible individuals under subsection (b) that—
(1) are from a disadvantaged background; and
(2) have identified a mentor at a health professions school or institution, an academic advisor to assist in the completion of their graduate or professional degree, and an advisor from an international health non-governmental organization, private volunteer organization, or other international institution or program that focuses on increasing health care access and quality for residents in developing countries.
(e) Fellowships
A fellowship awarded under this section may not—
(1) be provided to an eligible individual for more than a period of 6 months;
(2) be awarded to a graduate of a 4-year institution of higher education that has not been enrolled in such institution for more than 1 year; or
(3) exceed $4,000 per academic year (notwithstanding any other provision of law regarding the amount of a fellowship).
(a) In general
The Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, and the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, in collaboration with the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health, shall award grants to eligible entities under subsection (b) to expose entering graduate students to the health professions.
(b) Eligibility
To be eligible to receive a grant under subsection (a), an entity shall—
(1) be a clinical, public health, or health services organization, community-based, academic, or nonprofit entity, or other entity determined appropriate by the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality;
(2) serve in a health professional shortage area designated by the Secretary under section 332;
(3) work with students obtaining a degree in the health professions; and
(4) submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
(c) Use of funds
Amounts received under a grant awarded under subsection (a) shall be used to support opportunities that expose students to non-research-based health professions, including—
(1) public health policy;
(2) health care and pharmaceutical policy;
(3) health care administration and management;
(4) health economics; and
(5) other professions determined appropriate by the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration.
(d) Priority
In awarding grants under subsection (a), the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, and the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, in collaboration with the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health, shall give priority to entities that—
(1) have experience with health disparity elimination programs;
(2) facilitate training in the fields described in subsection (c); and
(3) provide counseling or other services designed to assist students in successfully completing their education at the postsecondary level.
(1) In general
Subject to paragraph (2), an entity receiving a grant under this section may use the funds made available through such grant to award stipends for educational and living expenses to students participating in the opportunities supported by the grant.
(2) Limitations
A stipend awarded under paragraph (1) to an individual—
(A) may not be provided for a period that exceeds 2 months; and
(B) may not exceed $100 per day (notwithstanding any other provision of law regarding the amount of a stipend).
(a) In general
The Secretary shall award grants to national minority medical or health professional associations to develop leadership fellowship programs for underrepresented health professionals in order to—
(1) assist such professionals in becoming future leaders in public health and health care delivery institutions; and
(2) increase diversity in decision-making positions that can improve the health of underserved communities.
(b) Use of funds
A leadership fellowship program supported under this section shall—
(1) focus on training mid-career physicians and health care executives who have documented leadership experience and a commitment to public health services in underserved communities; and
(2) support Federal public health policy and budget programs, and priorities that impact health equity, through activities such as didactic lectures and leader site visits.
(c) Period of grants
The period during which payments are made under a grant awarded under subsection (a) may not exceed 3 years.
Section 3007. McNair Postbaccalaureate Achievement Program
Section 402E of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a–15) is amended by striking subsection (g) and inserting the following:
(g) Collaboration in health profession diversity training programs
The Secretary shall coordinate with the Secretary of Health and Human Services to ensure that there is collaboration between the goals of the program under this section and programs of the Health Resources and Services Administration that promote health workforce diversity. The Secretary of Education shall take such measures as may be necessary to encourage students participating in projects assisted under this section to consider health profession careers.
(h) Funding
From amounts appropriated pursuant to the authority of section 402A(g), the Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, allocate funds for projects authorized by this section in an amount that is not less than $31,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2025 through 2029.
(a) DGME determinations
Section 1886(h)(4) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(h)(4)), as amended by section 2006(a), is amended—
(1) in subparagraph (E), by striking Subject to subparagraphs (J) and (K), such rules and inserting Subject to subparagraphs (J), (K), and (M), such rules;
(2) in subparagraph (J), by striking Such rules and inserting Subject to subparagraph (M), such rules;
(3) in subparagraph (K), by striking In determining and inserting Subject to subparagraph (M), in determining; and
(4) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(M) Treatment of certain residents and interns
For purposes of cost-reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2025, in determining the hospital’s number of full-time equivalent residents for purposes of this paragraph, all time spent by an intern or resident in an approved medical residency training program shall be counted toward the determination of full-time equivalency if the hospital—
(i) is recognized as a subsection (d) hospital;
(ii) is recognized as a subsection (d) Puerto Rico hospital;
(iii) is reimbursed under a reimbursement system authorized under section 1814(b)(3); or
(iv) is a provider-based hospital outpatient department.
(b) IME determinations
Section 1886(d)(5)(B)(xi) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(d)(5)(B)(xi)) is amended—
(1) in subclause (II), by striking In determining and inserting Subject to subclause (IV), in determining;
(2) in subclause (III), by striking In determining and inserting Subject to subclause (IV), in determining; and
(3) by inserting after subclause (III) the following new subclause:
(IV) For purposes of cost-reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 2025, the provisions of subparagraph (M) of subsection (h)(4) shall apply under this subparagraph in the same manner as they apply under such subsection.
(a) Grants
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting jointly with the Secretary of Education and the Secretary of Labor, shall make grants to eligible institutions of higher educations for the purposes of—
(1) in accordance with subsection (b), developing capacity—
(A) to build an evidence base for successful strategies for increasing local health equity; and
(B) to serve as national models of driving local health equity; and
(2) in accordance with subsection (c), developing a strategic partnership with the community in which the institution is located.
(b) Developing capacity for increasing local health equity
As a condition of receipt of a grant under subsection (a), an institution of higher education shall agree to use such grant to build an evidence base for successful strategies for increasing local health equity, and to serve as a national model of driving local health equity, by supporting—
(1) resources to strengthen institutional metrics and capacity to execute institution-wide health workforce goals that can serve as models for increasing health equity in communities across the United States;
(2) collaborations among a cohort of institutions in implementing systemic change, partnership development, and programmatic efforts supportive of health equity goals across disciplines and populations; and
(3) enhanced or newly developed data systems and research infrastructure capable of informing current and future workforce efforts and building a foundation for a broader research agenda targeting urban health disparities.
(c) Strategic partnerships
As a condition of receipt of a grant under subsection (a), an institution of higher education shall agree to use the grant to develop a strategic partnership with the community in which such institution is located for the purposes of—
(1) strengthening connections between such institution and the community—
(A) to improve evaluation of, and address, the health and health workforce needs of such community; and
(B) to engage such community in health workforce development;
(2) developing, enhancing, or accelerating innovative undergraduate and graduate programs in the biomedical sciences and health professions; and
(3) strengthening pipeline programs in the biomedical sciences and health professions, including by developing partnerships between institutions of higher education and elementary schools and secondary schools to recruit the next generation of health professionals earlier in the pipeline to a health care career.
(d) Definition of eligible institution of higher education
For purposes of this section, the term eligible institution of higher education includes—
(1) a program authorized under section 317(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059d(a)); and
(2) a professional or graduate institution described in section 326 of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1063b).
(a) Establishment
There is established in the Health Resources and Services Administration of the Department of Health and Human Services a Health Professions Workforce Fund to provide for expanded and sustained national investment in the health professions and nursing workforce development programs under titles VII and title VIII of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 292 et seq.; 42 U.S.C. 296 et seq.).
(1) In general
There is authorized to be appropriated, and there is appropriated, out of any monies in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, to the Health Professions Workforce Fund—
(A) $392,000,000 for fiscal year 2025;
(B) $412,000,000 for fiscal year 2026;
(C) $432,000,000 for fiscal year 2027;
(D) $454,000,000 for fiscal year 2028;
(E) $476,000,000 for fiscal year 2029;
(F) $500,000,000 for fiscal year 2030;
(G) $525,000,000 for fiscal year 2031; and
(H) $552,000,000 for fiscal year 2032.
(2) Health professions education programs
For the purpose of carrying out health professions education programs authorized under title VII of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 292 et seq.), in addition to any other amounts authorized to be appropriated for such purpose, there is authorized to be appropriated out of any monies in the Health Professions Workforce Fund, the following:
(A) $265,000,000 for fiscal year 2025.
(B) $278,000,000 for fiscal year 2026.
(C) $292,000,000 for fiscal year 2027.
(D) $307,000,000 for fiscal year 2028.
(E) $322,000,000 for fiscal year 2029.
(F) $338,000,000 for fiscal year 2030.
(G) $355,000,000 for fiscal year 2031.
(H) $373,000,000 for fiscal year 2032.
(3) Nursing workforce development programs
For the purpose of carrying out nursing workforce development programs authorized under title VIII of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 296 et seq.), in addition to any other amounts authorized to be appropriated for such purpose, there is authorized to be appropriated out of any monies in the Health Professions Workforce Fund, the following:
(A) $127,000,000 for fiscal year 2025.
(B) $134,000,000 for fiscal year 2026.
(C) $140,000,000 for fiscal year 2027.
(D) $147,000,000 for fiscal year 2028.
(E) $154,000,000 for fiscal year 2029.
(F) $162,000,000 for fiscal year 2030.
(G) $170,000,000 for fiscal year 2031.
(H) $179,000,000 for fiscal year 2032.
(a) Support for nursing education and the future nursing workforce
Part D of title VIII of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 296p et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, may award grants to schools of nursing for—
(1) increasing the number of faculty and students at such schools in order to enhance the preparedness of the United States for, and the ability of the United States to address and quickly respond to, public health emergencies declared under section 319 and pandemics; or
(2) the enhancement and modernization of nursing education programs.
(b) Priority
In selecting grant recipients under this section, the Secretary shall give priority to schools of nursing that—
(1) are located in a medically underserved community;
(2) are located in a health professional shortage area as defined under section 332(a); or
(3) are institutions of higher education listed under section 371(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965.
(c) Consideration
In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary, to the extent practicable, may ensure equitable distribution of awards among the geographic regions of the United States.
(d) Use of funds
A school of nursing that receives a grant under this section may use the funds awarded through such grant for activities that include—
(1) enhancing enrollment and retention of students at such school, with a priority for students from disadvantaged backgrounds (including racial or ethnic groups underrepresented in the nursing workforce), individuals from rural and underserved areas, low-income individuals, and first generation college students (as defined in section 402A(h)(3) of the Higher Education Act of 1965);
(2) creating, supporting, or modernizing educational programs and curriculum at such school;
(3) retaining current faculty, and hiring new faculty, with an emphasis on faculty from racial or ethnic groups who are underrepresented in the nursing workforce;
(4) modernizing infrastructure at such school, including audiovisual or other equipment, personal protective equipment, simulation and augmented reality resources, telehealth technologies, and virtual and physical laboratories;
(5) partnering with a health care facility, nurse-managed health clinic, community health center, or other facility that provides health care in order to provide educational opportunities for the purpose of establishing or expanding clinical education;
(6) enhancing and expanding nursing programs that prepare nurse researchers and scientists;
(7) establishing nurse-led intradisciplinary and interprofessional educational partnerships; and
(8) other activities that the Secretary determines further the development, improvement, and expansion of schools of nursing.
(e) Reports from entities
Each school of nursing awarded a grant under this section shall submit an annual report to the Secretary on the activities conducted under such grant, and other information as the Secretary may require.
(f) Report to Congress
Not later than 5 years after the date of the enactment of this section, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives a report that provides a summary of the activities and outcomes associated with grants made under this section. Such report shall include—
(1) a list of schools of nursing receiving grants under this section, including the primary geographic location of any school of nursing that was improved or expanded through such a grant;
(2) the total number of students who are enrolled at or who have graduated from any school of nursing that was improved or expanded through a grant under this section, which such statistic shall—
(A) to the extent such information is available, be deidentified and disaggregated by race, ethnicity, age, sex, geographic region, disability status, and other relevant factors; and
(B) include an indication of the number of such students who are from racial or ethnic groups underrepresented in the nursing workforce, such students who are from rural or underserved areas, such students who are low-income students, and such students who are first generation college students (as defined in section 402A(h)(3) of the Higher Education Act of 1965);
(3) to the extent such information is available, the effects of the grants awarded under this section on retaining and hiring of faculty, including any increase in diverse faculty, the number of clinical education partnerships, the modernization of nursing education infrastructure, and other ways this section helps address and quickly respond to public health emergencies and pandemics;
(4) recommendations for improving the grants awarded under this section; and
(5) any other considerations as the Secretary determines appropriate.
(b) Strengthening nurse education
The heading of part D of title VIII of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 296p et seq.) is amended by striking Basic.
Section 3012. Sense of Congress relating to graduate medical education
It is the sense of Congress that eliminating the limit of the number of residency positions that receive some level of Medicare support under section 1886(h) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(h)), also referred to as the Medical graduate medical education cap, is critical to—
(1) ensuring an appropriate supply of physicians to meet the health care needs in the United States;
(2) facilitating equitable access for all who seek health care;
(3) increasing the racial and ethnic diversity of physicians in the United States; and
(4) mitigating disparities in health and health care.
(2) Eligibility
To be eligible to receive a grant under this section, an entity shall—
(A) be a clinical, public health, or health services organization, a community-based or nonprofit entity, an academic institution, a faith-based organization, a State, county, or local government, an area health education center, or another entity determined appropriate by the Secretary; and
(B) submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
(a) Study
The Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a study on strategies for increasing the diversity of the health professional workforce. Such study shall include an analysis of strategies for increasing the number of health professionals from rural, lower income, and underrepresented minority communities, including which strategies are most effective for achieving such goal.
(b) Report
Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General shall submit to Congress a report on the study conducted under subsection (a), together with recommendations for such legislation and administrative action as the Comptroller General determines appropriate.
(1) In general
Section 220(c) of the Immigration and Nationality Technical Corrections Act of 1994 (Public Law 103–416; 8 U.S.C. 1182 note) is amended by striking September 30, 2015 and inserting the date that is 3 years after the date of the enactment of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024.
(2) Effective date
The amendment made by paragraph (1) shall take effect as if enacted on September 30, 2018.
(b) Retaining physicians who have practiced in medically underserved communities
Section 201(b)(1) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1151(b)(1)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(i) Alien physicians who have completed service requirements of a waiver requested under section 203(b)(2)(B)(ii), including—
(I) alien physicians who completed such service before the date of the enactment of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024; and
(II) the spouse or children of an alien physician described in subclause (I).
(ii) Nothing in this subparagraph may be construed—
(I) to prevent the filing of a petition with the Secretary of Homeland Security for classification under section 204(a) or the filing of an application for adjustment of status under section 245 by an alien physician described in clause (i)(I) before the date on which such alien physician completed the service described in section 214(l) or worked full-time as a physician for an aggregate of 5 years at the location identified in the section 214(l) waiver or in an area or areas designated by the Secretary of Health and Human Services as having a shortage of health care professionals; or
(II) to permit the Secretary of Homeland Security to grant a petition or application described in subclause (I) until the alien has satisfied all of the requirements of the waiver received under section 214(l).
(1) Exceptions to 2-year foreign residency requirement
Section 214(l)(1) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1184(l)(1)) is amended—
(A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking Attorney General and inserting Secretary of Homeland Security;
(B) in subparagraph (A), by striking Director of the United States Information Agency and inserting Secretary of State;
(C) in subparagraph (B), by inserting, except as provided in paragraphs (7) and (8) before the semicolon at the end;
(D) in subparagraph (C), by amending clauses (i) and (ii) to read as follows:
(i) the alien demonstrates a bona fide offer of full-time employment at a health facility or health care organization, which employment has been determined by the Secretary of Homeland Security to be in the public interest; and
(ii) the alien—
(I) has accepted employment with the health facility or health care organization in a geographic area or areas which are designated by the Secretary of Health and Human Services as having a shortage of health care professionals;
(II) begins employment by the later of the date that is—
(aa) 120 days after receiving such waiver;
(bb) 120 days after completing graduate medical education or training under a program approved pursuant to section 212(j)(1); or
(cc) 120 days after receiving nonimmigrant status or employment authorization, if the alien or the alien’s employer petitions for such nonimmigrant status or employment authorization not later than 120 days after the date on which the alien completes his or her graduate medical education or training under a program approved pursuant to section 212(j)(1); and
(III) agrees to continue to work for a total of not less than 3 years in the status authorized for such employment under this subsection, except as provided in paragraph (8); and
(D) ; and
(E) in subparagraph (D), in the matter preceding clause (i), by inserting except as provided in paragraph (8), before in the case.
(2) Allowable visa status for physicians fulfilling waiver requirements in medically underserved areas
Section 214(l)(2)(A) of such Act (8 U.S.C. 1184(l)(2)(A)) is amended to read as follows:
(A) Upon the request of an interested Federal agency or an interested State agency for recommendation of a waiver under this section by a physician who is maintaining valid nonimmigrant status under section 101(a)(15)(J) and received a favorable recommendation by the Secretary of State, the Secretary of Homeland Security may adjust the status of such physician to any status authorized for employment under this Act. The numerical limitations set forth in subsection (g)(1)(A) shall not apply to any alien whose status is adjusted pursuant to this subparagraph.
(3) Violation of agreements
Section 214(l)(3)(A) of such Act (8 U.S.C. 1184(l)(3)(A)) is amended by inserting substantial requirement of an before agreement entered into.
(4) Physician employment in underserved areas
Section 214(l) of such Act, as amended by this subsection, is further amended by adding at the end the following:
(A) If an interested State agency denies an application for a waiver under paragraph (1)(B) from a physician pursuing graduate medical education or training pursuant to section 101(a)(15)(J) because the State has requested the maximum number of waivers permitted for that fiscal year, the physician’s nonimmigrant status shall be extended for up to 6 months if the physician agrees to seek a waiver under this subsection (except for paragraph (1)(D)(ii)) to work for an employer described in paragraph (1)(C) in a State that has not yet requested the maximum number of waivers.
(B) Such physician shall be authorized to work only for the employer referred to in subparagraph (A) during the period beginning on the date on which a new waiver application is filed with such State and ending on the earlier of—
(i) the date on which the Secretary of Homeland Security denies such waiver; or
(ii) the date on which the Secretary approves an application for adjustment of status under paragraph (2)(A) pursuant to the approval of such waiver.
(5) Contract requirements
Section 214(l) of such Act, as amended by this subsection, is further amended by adding at the end the following:
(5) An alien granted a waiver under paragraph (1)(C) shall enter into an employment agreement with the contracting health facility or health care organization that—
(A) specifies—
(i) the maximum number of on-call hours per week (which may be a monthly average) that the alien will be expected to be available; and
(ii) the compensation the alien will receive for on-call time;
(B) specifies—
(i) whether the contracting facility or organization—
(I) has secured medical malpractice liability protection for the alien under section 224(g) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 233(g); or
(II) will pay the alien's malpractice insurance premiums; and
(ii) the amount of such liability protection that will be provided;
(C) describes all of the work locations that the alien will work and includes a statement that the contracting facility or organization will not add additional work locations without the approval of the Federal agency or State agency that requested the waiver; and
(D) does not include a non-compete provision.
(6) An alien granted a waiver under this subsection whose employment relationship with a health facility or health care organization terminates under paragraph (1)(C)(ii) during the 3-year service period required under paragraph (1) shall be considered to be maintaining lawful status in an authorized period of stay during the 120-day period referred to in items (aa) and (bb) of subclause (III) of paragraph (1)(C)(ii) or the 45-day period referred to in subclause (III)(cc) of such paragraph.
(6) Recapturing waiver slots lost to other States
Section 214(l) of such Act, as amended by this subsection, is further amended by adding at the end the following:
(7) If a recipient of a waiver under this subsection terminates the recipient’s employment with a health facility or health care organization pursuant to paragraph (1)(C)(ii), including termination of employment because of circumstances described in paragraph (1)(C)(ii)(III), and accepts new employment with such a facility or organization in a different State, the State from which the alien is departing may be granted an additional waiver by the Secretary of State for use in the fiscal year in which the alien’s employment was terminated.
(7) Exception To 3-year work requirement
Section 214(l) of such Act, as amended by this subsection, is further amended by adding at the end the following:
(8) The 3-year work requirement set forth in subparagraphs (C) and (D) of paragraph (1) shall not apply if—
(i) the Secretary of Homeland Security determines the existence of extenuating circumstances, including violations by the employer of the employment agreement with the alien or of labor and employment laws, which justify a lesser period of employment at such facility or organization; and
(ii) the alien demonstrates, not later than 120 days after the employment termination date (unless the Secretary determines that extenuating circumstances would justify an extension), another bona fide offer of employment at a health facility or health care organization in a geographic area or areas designated by the Secretary of Health and Human Services as having a shortage of health care professionals, for the remainder of such 3-year period;
(i) the interested State agency that requested the waiver attests to the existence of extenuating circumstances, including violations by the employer of the employment agreement with the alien or of labor and employment laws, which justify a lesser period of employment at such facility or organization; and
(ii) the alien demonstrates, not later than 120 days after the employment termination date (unless the Secretary determines that extenuating circumstances would justify an extension), another bona fide offer of employment at a health facility or health care organization in a geographic area or areas designated by the Secretary of Health and Human Services as having a shortage of health care professionals, for the remainder of such 3-year period; or
(C) the alien—
(i) elects not to pursue a determination of extenuating circumstances pursuant to subparagraph (A) or (B);
(ii) terminates the alien’s employment relationship with the health facility or health care organization at which the alien was employed;
(iii) demonstrates, not later than 45 days after the employment termination date, another bona fide offer of employment at a health facility or health care organization in a geographic area or areas, in the State that requested the alien’s waiver, which are designated by the Secretary of Health and Human Services as having a shortage of health care professionals; and
(iv) agrees to be employed for the remainder of such 3-year period, and 1 additional year for each termination under clause (ii).
(1) In general
Section 214(l) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1184(l)), as amended by subsection (c), is further amended by adding at the end the following:
(i) All States shall be allotted a total of 35 waivers under paragraph (1)(B) for a fiscal year if 90 percent of the waivers available to the States receiving at least 5 waivers were used in the previous fiscal year.
(ii) When an allotment occurs under clause (i), all States shall be allotted an additional 5 waivers under paragraph (1)(B) for each subsequent fiscal year if 90 percent of the waivers available to the States receiving at least 5 waivers were used in the previous fiscal year. If the States are allotted 45 or more waivers for a fiscal year, the States will only receive an additional increase of 5 waivers the following fiscal year if 95 percent of the waivers available to the States receiving at least 1 waiver were used in the previous fiscal year.
(B) Any increase in allotments under subparagraph (A) shall be maintained indefinitely, unless in a fiscal year the total number of such waivers granted is 5 percent lower than in the last year in which there was an increase in the number of waivers allotted pursuant to this paragraph, in which case—
(i) the number of waivers allotted shall be decreased by 5 for all States beginning in the next fiscal year; and
(ii) each additional 5 percent decrease in such waivers granted from the last year in which there was an increase in the allotment, shall result in an additional decrease of 5 waivers allotted for all States, provided that the number of waivers allotted for all States shall not drop below 30.
(2) Academic medical centers
Section 214(l)(1)(D) of such Act, as amended by subsection (c)(1)(E), is further amended—
(A) in clause (ii), by striking and at the end;
(B) in clause (iii), by striking the period at the end and inserting; and; and
(C) by adding at the end the following:
(iv) in the case of a request by an interested State agency—
(I) the head of such agency determines that the alien is to practice medicine in, or be on the faculty of a residency program at, an academic medical center (as defined in section 411.355(e)(2) of title 42, Code of Federal Regulations, or a similar successor regulation), without regard to whether such facility is located within an area designated by the Secretary of Health and Human Services as having a shortage of health care professionals; and
(II) the head of such agency determines that—
(aa) the alien physician’s work is in the public interest; and
(bb) the grant of such waiver would not cause the number of the waivers granted on behalf of aliens for such State for a fiscal year to exceed 3 (within the limitation in subparagraph (B) and subject to paragraph (6)), in accordance with the conditions of this clause.
(1) Dual intent for physicians seeking graduate medical training
Section 214(b) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1184(b)) is amended by striking and other than a nonimmigrant described in any provision of section 101(a)(15)(H)(i) except subclause (b1) of such section) and inserting a nonimmigrant described in any provision of section 101(a)(15)(H)(i) (except subclause (b1) of such section), and an alien coming to the United States to receive graduate medical education or training as described in section 212(j) or to take examinations required to receive graduate medical education or training as described in section 212(j)).
(A) Practice and geographic area
Section 203(b)(2)(B)(ii)(I) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1153(b)(2)(B)(ii)(I)) is amended by striking items (aa) and (bb) and inserting the following:
(aa) the alien physician agrees to work on a full-time basis practicing primary care, specialty medicine, or a combination thereof, in an area or areas designated by the Secretary of Health and Human Services as having a shortage of health care professionals, or at a health care facility under the jurisdiction of the Secretary of Veterans Affairs; or
(bb) the alien physician is pursuing such waiver based upon service at a facility or facilities that serve patients who reside in a geographic area or areas designated by the Secretary of Health and Human Services as having a shortage of health care professionals (without regard to whether such facility or facilities are located within such an area) and a Federal agency, or a local, county, regional, or State department of public health determines the alien physician’s work was or will be in the public interest.
(B) Five-year service requirement
Section 203(b)(2)(B)(ii) of such Act, as amended by subparagraph (A), is further amended—
(i) by moving subclauses (II), (III), and (IV) 4 ems to the left; and
(ii) in subclause (II)—
(I) by inserting (aa) after (II); and
(II) by adding at the end the following:
(bb) The 5-year service requirement described in item (aa) shall begin on the date on which the alien physician begins work in the shortage area in any legal status and not on the date on which an immigrant visa petition is filed or approved. Such service shall be aggregated without regard to when such service began and without regard to whether such service began during or in conjunction with a course of graduate medical education.
(cc) An alien physician shall not be required to submit an employment contract with a term exceeding the balance of the 5-year commitment yet to be served or an employment contract dated within a minimum time period before filing a visa petition under this subsection.
(dd) An alien physician shall not be required to file additional immigrant visa petitions upon a change of work location from the location approved in the original national interest immigrant petition.
(3) Technical clarification regarding advanced degree for physicians
Section 203(b)(2)(A) of such Act is amended by adding at the end the following: An alien physician holding a foreign medical degree that has been deemed sufficient for acceptance by an accredited United States medical residency or fellowship program is a member of the professions holding an advanced degree or its equivalent..
(5) Applicability of section 212(e) to spouses and children of J–1 exchange visitors
A spouse or child of an exchange visitor described in section 101(a)(15)(J) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(15)(J)) shall not be subject to the requirements under section 212(e) of such Act (8 U.S.C. 1182(e)).
(f) Annual Conrad State 30 J–1 Visa Waiver Program statistical report
The Director of U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Service shall submit an annual report to Congress and to the Secretary of Health and Human Services that identifies the number of aliens admitted during the most recently concluded fiscal year as a result of the Conrad State 30 J–1 Visa Waiver Program established under sections 212(e) and 214(l) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1182(e) and 1184(l)), broken down by State.
Section 3016. Grants for schools of medicine and schools of osteopathic medicine in underserved areas
Subpart II of part C of title VII of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 293m et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(a) In general
The Secretary may award grants to institutions of higher education (including consortiums of such institutions) for the establishment, improvement, or expansion of a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, or a branch campus of a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine.
(b) Priority
In selecting grant recipients under this section, the Secretary shall give priority to any institution of higher education (or consortium of such institutions) that—
(1) proposes to use the grant for the establishment of a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, or a branch campus of a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, in an area—
(A) in which—
(i) no other such school is based; or
(ii) in the case in which the school of medicine or osteopathic medicine proposed to be established would be a minority-serving institution, no other minority-serving institution that includes a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine is based; and
(B) that is a medically underserved community or a health professional shortage area; or
(2) is a minority-serving institution described in section 371(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 or an institution or program described in section 326(e) of such Act.
(c) Considerations
In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary, to the extent practicable, may ensure equitable distribution of awards among the geographical regions of the United States.
(d) Use of funds
An institution of higher education (or a consortium of such institutions)—
(1) shall use grant amounts received under this section to—
(A) recruit, enroll, and retain medical students who are pursuing a degree of doctor of medicine or doctor of osteopathy, including individuals who are from disadvantaged backgrounds (including racial and ethnic groups underrepresented among medical students and health professions), individuals from rural and underserved areas, low-income individuals, and first generation college students, at a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine or a branch campus of a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine; and
(B) develop, implement, and expand curriculum that emphasizes care for rural and underserved populations, including accessible and culturally and linguistically appropriate care and services, at such school or branch campus; and
(2) may use grant amounts received under this section to—
(A) plan and construct—
(i) a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, or a branch campus of a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, in an area in which no other such school is based; or
(ii) a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, or a branch campus of a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, that will be a minority-serving institution, in an area in which no other such school that is a minority-serving institution is based;
(B) plan, develop, and meet criteria for accreditation for a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine or a branch campus of a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine;
(C) hire faculty, including faculty from racial and ethnic groups who are underrepresented among the medical and other health professions, and other staff to serve at such a school or branch campus;
(D) support educational programs at such a school or branch campus;
(E) modernize and expand infrastructure at such a school or branch campus; and
(F) support other activities that the Secretary determines further the establishment, improvement, or expansion of a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine or a branch campus of a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine.
(e) Application
To be eligible to receive a grant under subsection (a), an institution of higher education (or a consortium of such institutions), shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require, including a description of the institution’s or consortium's planned activities described in subsection (d).
(1) Reports from entities
Each institution of higher education, or consortium of such institutions, awarded a grant under this section shall submit an annual report to the Secretary on the activities conducted under such grant, and other information as the Secretary may require.
(2) Report to Congress
Not later than 5 years after the date of enactment of this section and every 5 years thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives a report that provides a summary of the activities and outcomes associated with grants made under this section. Such reports shall include—
(A) a list of awardees, including their primary geographic location, and location of any school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, or a branch campus of a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine that was established, improved, or expanded under this program;
(B) the total number of students (including the number of students from racial and ethnic groups underrepresented among medical students and health professions, low-income students, and first generation college students) who—
(i) are enrolled at or who have graduated from any school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, or a branch campus of a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, that was established, improved, or expanded under this program, deidentified and disaggregated by race, ethnicity, age, sex, geographic region, disability status, and other relevant factors, to the extent such information is available; and
(ii) who subsequently participate in an accredited internship or medical residency program upon graduation from any school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, or a branch campus of a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, that was established, improved, or expanded under this program, deidentified and disaggregated by race, ethnicity, age, sex, geographic region, disability status, medical specialty pursued, and other relevant factors, to the extent such information is available;
(C) the effects of such program on the health care provider workforce, including any impact on demographic representation disaggregated by race, ethnicity, and sex, and the fields or specialties pursued by students who have graduated from any school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, or a branch campus of a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, that was established, improved, or expanded under this program;
(D) the effects of such program on health care access in underserved areas, including medically underserved communities and health professional shortage areas; and
(E) recommendations for improving the program described in this section, and any other considerations as the Secretary determines appropriate.
(3) Public availability
The Secretary shall make reports submitted under paragraph (2) publicly available on the website of the Department of Health and Human Services.
(g) Definitions
In this section:
(A) In general
The term branch campus, with respect to a school of medicine or osteopathic medicine, means an additional location of such school that is geographically apart and independent of the main campus, at which the school offers at least 50 percent of the program leading to a degree of doctor of medicine or doctor of osteopathy that is offered at the main campus.
(B) Independence from main campus
For purposes of subparagraph (A), the location of a school described in such subparagraph shall be considered to be independent of the main campus described in such subparagraph if the location—
(i) is permanent in nature;
(ii) offers courses in educational programs leading to a degree, certificate, or other recognized educational credential;
(iii) has its own faculty and administrative or supervisory organization; and
(iv) has its own budgetary and hiring authority.
(2) First generation college student
The term first generation college student has the meaning given such term in section 402A(h)(3) of the Higher Education Act of 1965.
(3) Health professional shortage area
The term health professional shortage area has the meaning given such term in section 332(a).
(4) Institution of higher education
The term institution of higher education has the meaning given such term in section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965.
(5) Medically underserved community
The term medically underserved community has the meaning given such term in section 799B(6).
Section 4000. Definition
In this title and the amendments made by this title, the term health care includes all health care needed throughout the life cycle and the end of life.
Section 4001. Protecting protected areas
Section 287 of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1357) is amended—
(1) by striking the Service each place such term appears and inserting the Department of Homeland Security;
(2) by striking Attorney General each place such term appears and inserting Secretary of Homeland Security;
(3) in subsection (f)(1), by striking Commissioner and inserting Director of U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services;
(4) in subsection (h)—
(A) by striking of the Immigration and Nationality Act; and
(B) by striking of such Act; and
(5) by adding at the end the following:
(1) In this subsection:
(A) The term appropriate congressional committees means—
(i) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate;
(ii) the Committee on the Judiciary of the Senate;
(iii) the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives; and
(iv) the Committee on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives.
(B) The term enforcement action —
(i) means an apprehension, arrest, inspection interview, request for identification, search, seizure, service of charging documents or subpoenas, or surveillance for the purposes of immigration enforcement; and
(ii) includes an enforcement action at, or focused on, a protected area that is part of a joint case led by another law enforcement agency.
(C) The term exigent circumstances means a situation involving—
(i) the imminent risk of death, violence, or physical harm to any person or property, including a situation implicating terrorism or the national security of the United States;
(ii) the immediate arrest or pursuit of a dangerous felon, terrorist suspect, or other individual presenting an imminent danger; or
(iii) the imminent risk of destruction of evidence that is material to an ongoing criminal case.
(D) The term prior approval means—
(i) in the case of officers and agents of U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, prior written approval to carry out an enforcement action involving a specific individual or individuals authorized by—
(I) the Assistant Director of Operations, Homeland Security Investigations;
(II) the Executive Associate Director, Homeland Security Investigations;
(III) the Assistant Director for Field Operations, Enforcement and Removal Operations; or
(IV) the Executive Associate Director for Field Operations, Enforcement and Removal Operations;
(ii) in the case of officers and agents of U.S. Customs and Border Protection, prior written approval to carry out an enforcement action involving a specific individual or individuals authorized by—
(I) a Chief Patrol Agent;
(II) the Director of Field Operations;
(III) the Director of Air and Marine Operations; or
(IV) the Internal Affairs Special Agent in Charge; and
(iii) in the case of other Federal, State, or local law enforcement officers, to carry out an enforcement action involving a specific individual or individuals authorized by—
(I) the head of the Federal agency carrying out the enforcement action; or
(II) the head of the State or local law enforcement agency carrying out the enforcement action.
(E) The term protected area includes all of the physical space located within 1,000 feet of—
(i) any medical treatment or mental health care facility, including any hospital, doctor’s office, health clinic, alcohol or drug prevention, counseling, or treatment facilities, syringe exchange services, vaccination, treatment, or testing sites, emergent or urgent care facility, sites that serve pregnant individuals, or community health centers;
(ii) any public or private school, including any known and licensed day care facility, preschool, sites of early childhood programs, primary school, secondary school, postsecondary school (including colleges and universities), or other institution of learning (including vocational or trade schools);
(iii) any scholastic or education-related activity or event or before or after school program, including field trips and interscholastic events;
(iv) any school bus or school bus stop;
(v) any place where children gather, such as a playground, a recreation center, a library, a foster care facility, or a group home for children;
(vi) any physical structure of an organization or subdivision of government that—
(I) assists children, pregnant women, victims of crime or abuse, or individuals with significant mental or physical disabilities;
(II) provides social services and assistance, including homeless shelters, community-based organizations, facilities that serve disabled persons, drug or alcohol counseling and treatment facilities, food banks or food pantries, and other places providing emergency and disaster services or assistance with food and nutrition, housing affordability and income or other services funded by State or local government, charitable giving, the Special Supplemental Nutrition Program for Women, Infants, and Children (WIC), Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), Social Security, or the United States Housing Act; or
(III) provides hospice, palliative, or other available end-of-life care services to terminally ill persons;
(vii) any church, synagogue, mosque, or other place of worship or religious study, including buildings rented for the purpose of religious services, retreats, counseling, workshops, instruction, and education;
(viii) any Federal, State, or local courthouse, including the office of an individual’s legal counsel or representative, and a probation, parole, or supervised release office;
(ix) the site of a funeral, grave-side ceremony, rosary, wedding, or other religious ceremony or observance;
(x) any public demonstration, such as a march, a rally, or a parade;
(xi) any domestic violence shelter, rape crisis center, child advocacy center, supervised visitation center, family justice center, or victim services provider;
(xii) any congressional district office;
(xiii) indoor and outdoor premises of a State department of motor vehicles;
(xiv) a place where disaster or emergency response and relief is provided, including evacuation routes, places where shelter or emergency supplies, food, or water are distributed, or places where registration for disaster-relief assistance or family reunification is underway; or
(xv) any other location specified by the Secretary of Homeland Security for purposes of this subsection.
(A) An enforcement action may not take place at, or be focused on, a protected area unless—
(i) the action involves exigent circumstances; and
(ii) prior approval for the enforcement action was obtained.
(B) If an enforcement action is initiated pursuant to subparagraph (A) and the exigent circumstances permitting the enforcement action cease, the enforcement action shall be discontinued until such exigent circumstances reemerge.
(C) If an enforcement action is carried out in violation of this subsection—
(i) no information resulting from the enforcement action may be entered into the record or received into evidence in a removal proceeding resulting from the enforcement action; and
(ii) the noncitizen who is the subject of such removal proceeding may file a motion for the immediate termination of the removal proceeding.
(A) This subsection shall apply to any enforcement action by officers or agents of the Department of Homeland Security, including—
(i) officers or agents of U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement;
(ii) officers or agents of U.S. Customs and Border Protection; and
(iii) any individual designated to perform immigration enforcement functions pursuant to subsection (g).
(B) While carrying out an enforcement action within a protected area, officers and agents referred to in subparagraph (A) shall make every effort—
(i) to limit the time spent in the protected area;
(ii) to limit the enforcement action in the protected area to the person or persons for whom prior approval was obtained; and
(iii) to conduct themselves discreetly.
(C) If, while carrying out an enforcement action that is not initiated in or focused on a protected area, officers or agents are led into a protected area, and no exigent circumstance and prior approval with respect to the protected area, such officers or agents shall—
(i) cease before taking any further enforcement action;
(ii) conduct themselves in a discreet manner;
(iii) maintain surveillance on an individual; and
(iv) immediately consult their supervisor in order to determine whether such enforcement action should be discontinued.
(D) The limitations under this paragraph shall not apply to the transportation of an individual apprehended at or near a land or sea border to a hospital or health care provider for the purpose of providing medical care to such individual.
(A) Each official specified in subparagraph (B) shall ensure that the employees under his or her supervision receive annual training regarding compliance with—
(i) the requirements under this subsection with respect to enforcement actions at or focused on protected areas and enforcement actions that lead officers or agents to a protected area; and
(ii) the requirements under section 239 of this Act and section 384 of the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act of 1996 (8 U.S.C. 1367).
(B) The officials specified in this subparagraph are—
(i) the Chief Counsel of each Field Office of U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement;
(ii) each Field Office Director of U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement;
(iii) each Special Agent in Charge of U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement;
(iv) each Chief Patrol Agent of U.S. Customs and Border Protection;
(v) the Director of Field Operations of U.S. Customs and Border Protection;
(vi) the Director of Air and Marine Operations of U.S. Customs and Border Protection;
(vii) the Internal Affairs Special Agent in Charge of U.S. Customs and Border Protection; and
(viii) the chief law enforcement officer of each State or local law enforcement agency that enters into a written agreement with the Department of Homeland Security pursuant to subsection (g).
(5) Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024, the Secretary of Homeland Security shall modify the Notice to Appear form (Form I–862)—
(A) to provide the subject of an enforcement action with information, written in plain language, summarizing the restrictions against enforcement actions at protected areas (as described in this subsection) and the remedies available to the individual if such action violates such restrictions;
(B) to ensure that the information provided pursuant to subparagraph (A) is accessible to an individual with limited English proficiency; and
(C) to ensure that the subject of an enforcement action is not permitted to verify that the officers or agents that carried out such action complied with the restrictions set forth in this subsection.
(A) The Director of U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement and the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall each submit an annual report to the appropriate congressional committees that includes the information set forth in subparagraph (B) with respect to the respective agency.
(B) Each report submitted pursuant to subparagraph (A) shall include, with respect to the submitting agency during the reporting period—
(i) the number of enforcement actions that were carried out at, or focused on, a protected area;
(ii) the number of enforcement actions in which officers or agents were subsequently led to a protected area; and
(iii) for each enforcement action described in clause (i) or (ii)—
(I) the date on which such action occurred;
(II) the specific site, city, county, and State in which such action occurred;
(III) if the site of the enforcement action was in a protected area—
(aa) the identification of the protected area;
(bb) the reasons such action was taken in such area;
(cc) if such action was taken without prior approval, certification that notification to headquarters of a submitting agency was provided after such action took place; and
(dd) a report describing what occurred during and immediately after such action;
(IV) the components of the agency involved in the enforcement action;
(V) a description of the enforcement action, including the nature of the criminal activity of its intended target;
(VI) the number of individuals, if any, arrested or taken into custody;
(VII) the number of collateral arrests, if any, and the reasons for each such arrest;
(VIII) a certification whether the location administrator of a protected area was contacted before, during, or after the enforcement action; and
(IX) the percentage of all of the staff members and supervisors reporting to the officials listed in paragraph (4)(B) who completed the training required under paragraph (4)(A).
(7) Nothing in the subsection may be construed—
(A) to affect the authority of Federal, State, or local law enforcement agencies—
(i) to enforce generally applicable Federal or State criminal laws unrelated to immigration; or
(ii) to protect residents from imminent threats to public safety; or
(B) to limit or override the protections provided in—
(i) section 239; or
(ii) section 384 of the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act of 1996 (8 U.S.C. 1367).
(a) Repeal
Subsections (i)(22) and (x) of section 1903 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396b) are each repealed.
(1) State payments for medical assistance
Section 1902 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a) is amended—
(A) by amending paragraph (46) of subsection (a) to read as follows:
(46) provide that information is requested and exchanged for purposes of income and eligibility verification in accordance with a State system which meets the requirements of section 1137 of this Act;
(B) in subsection (e)(13)(A)(i)—
(i) in the matter preceding subclause (I), by striking sections 1902(a)(46)(B) and 1137(d) and inserting section 1137(d); and
(ii) in subclause (IV), by striking 1902(a)(46)(B) or; and
(C) by striking subsection (ee).
(2) Repeal
Subsection (c) of section 6036 of the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 (42 U.S.C. 1396b note) is repealed.
(c) Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act.
(1) In general
Sections 402, 403, 411, 412, 421, and 422 of the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996 (8 U.S.C. 1612, 1613, 1621, 1622, 1631, and 1632) are repealed.
(2) Conforming amendments
Title IV of the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996 (8 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.) is amended—
(A) in section 401(b)(5) (8 U.S.C. 1611(b)(5)), by striking the program defined in section 402(a)(3)(A) (relating to the supplemental security income program) and inserting the Supplemental Security Income Program under title XVI of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1381 et seq.);
(B) in section 404(a) (8 U.S.C. 1614(a)), by striking, 402, or 403;
(C) in section 413 (8 U.S.C. 1625)—
(i) by striking A State and inserting the following:
(a) State or local public benefit defined
In this section, the term State or local public benefit —
(1) except as provided in paragraphs (2) and (3), means—
(A) any grant, contract, loan, professional license, or commercial license provided by an agency of a State or local government or by appropriated funds of a State or local government; and
(B) any retirement, welfare, health, disability, public or assisted housing, postsecondary education, food assistance, unemployment benefit, or any other similar benefit for which payments or assistance are provided to an individual, household, or family eligibility unit by an agency of a State or local government or by appropriated funds of a State or local government;
(2) does not apply—
(A) to any contract, professional license, or commercial license for a nonimmigrant whose visa for entry is related to such employment in the United States, or to a citizen of a freely associated state, if section 141 of the applicable compact of free association approved in Public Law 99–239 or 99–658 (or a successor provision) is in effect;
(B) with respect to benefits for an alien who as a work authorized nonimmigrant or as an alien lawfully admitted for permanent residence under the Immigration and Nationality Act qualified for such benefits and for whom the United States under reciprocal treaty agreements is required to pay benefits, as determined by the Secretary of State, after consultation with the Attorney General; or
(C) to the issuance of a professional license to, or the renewal of a professional license by, a foreign national not physically present in the United States; and
(3) does not include any Federal public benefit.
(b) Proof of eligibility requirement
A State
(i) ; and
(ii) in subsection (b), as redesignated, by striking (as defined in section 411(c));
(D) in section 432(d) (8 U.S.C. 1642(d)), by striking (as defined in section 411(c)) and inserting (as defined in section 413(a));
(E) in section 435 (8 U.S.C. 1645), by striking (as provided under section 403); and
(F) in section 436 (8 U.S.C. 1646)—
(i) by striking the food stamp program (as defined in section 402(a)(3)(B)) and inserting the supplemental nutrition assistance program established under the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.); and
(ii) by striking the supplemental security income program (as defined in section 402(a)(3)(A)) and inserting the Supplemental Security Income Program under title XVI of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1381 et seq.).
(b) Qualified noncitizens
Title IV of the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996 (8 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.) is amended—
(1) in the title header, by striking Aliens and inserting Noncitizens;
(2) in the header of section 401 (8 U.S.C. 1611), by striking Aliens who are not qualified aliens and inserting Noncitizens who are not qualified noncitizens;
(3) by striking qualified alien each place such term appears and inserting qualified noncitizen;
(4) by striking qualified aliens each place such term appears and inserting qualified noncitizens;
(5) by striking qualified alien’s each place such term appears and inserting qualified noncitizen’s;
(6) by striking an alien each place such term appears and inserting a noncitizen;
(7) by striking alien each place such term appears and inserting noncitizen;
(8) by striking aliens each place such term appears and inserting noncitizens; and
(9) by striking alien’s each place such term appears and inserting noncitizen’s.
(c) Access to basic services for lawfully residing noncitizens
Section 431 of the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996 (8 U.S.C. 1641) is amended—
(1) by striking subsection (b) and inserting the following:
(b) Qualified noncitizen
For purposes of this title, the term qualified noncitizen means a noncitizen who, at the time the noncitizen applies for, receives, or attempts to receive a Federal public benefit, is lawfully present in the United States.
(2) in subsection (c)—
(A) in the header, by striking qualified aliens and inserting qualified noncitizens;
(B) in paragraph (3), by striking or at the end;
(C) in paragraph (4), by striking the period at the end and inserting; or; and
(D) by inserting after paragraph (4) the following:
(5) a noncitizen—
(A) in a category that was treated as lawfully present for purposes of section 1101 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 (42 U.S.C. 18001);
(B) who met the requirements of section 402(a)(2)(D) of the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996 (8 U.S.C. 1612(a)(2)(D)) on or before January 1, 2021;
(C) who is granted special immigrant juvenile status as described by section 101(a)(27)(J) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(27)(J));
(D) who has a pending, bona fide application for nonimmigrant status under section 101(a)(15)(U) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1101(1)(15)(U));
(E) who was granted relief under the Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals program; or
(F) who is not described in subparagraphs (A) through (E), is not a citizen of the United States, resides in a State or territory of the United States, and is authorized by Federal law to be present in the United States.
(D) ; and
(3) by adding at the end the following:
(d) Noncitizen
In this title, the term noncitizen means any individual who is not a citizen of the United States.
(d) Child nutrition programs
Section 742 of the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996 (8 U.S.C. 1615) is amended—
(1) in subsection (a)—
(A) in the header by striking School lunch and breakfast programs and inserting Child nutrition programs;
(B) by striking the school lunch program and inserting any program; and
(C) by striking the school breakfast program under section 4 of the and inserting any program under; and
(2) in subsection (b), by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
(1) In general
A State may not deny benefits under programs established under the provisions of law described in paragraph (2) on the basis of an individual’s citizenship or immigration status.
(e) Exclusion of medical assistance expenditures for citizens of Freely Associated States
Section 1108(h) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1308(h)) is amended—
(1) by striking Expenditures and inserting:
(1) In general
Expenditures
(1) ; and
(2) by adding at the end the following:
(2) Exception
With respect to eligibility for benefits under a State plan approved under title XIX (other than medical assistance described in section 401(b)(1)(A) of the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996 (8 U.S.C. 1611(b)(1)(A))), paragraph (1) shall not apply to any individual who lawfully resides in 1 of the 50 States or in the District of Columbia in accordance with the Compacts of Free Association between the Government of the United States and the Governments of the Federated States of Micronesia, the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and the Republic of Palau and shall not apply, at the option of the Governor of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, or American Samoa as communicated to the Secretary of Health and Human Services in writing, to any individual who lawfully resides in the respective territory in accordance with such Compacts.
(f) Children's Health Insurance Program
Effective January 1, 2025, section 2107(e)(1) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397gg(e)(1)) is amended—
(1) by striking subparagraph (P); and
(2) by redesignating subparagraphs (Q), (R), (S), (T), and (U) as subparagraphs (P), (Q), (R), (S), and (T), respectively.
(1) Supplemental food assistance program
The Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.) is amended—
(A) in section 5 (7 U.S.C. 2014)—
(i) in subsection (d)(10), by striking (k) and inserting (j);
(ii) by striking subsection (i); and
(iii) by redesignating subsections (j), (k), (l), (m), and (n) as subsections (i), (j), (k), (l), and (m), respectively;
(B) in section 6 (7 U.S.C. 2015)—
(i) in subsection (f), by striking an alien lawfully admitted for permanent and all that follows through the end of the subsection and inserting a noncitizen who is lawfully present in the United States.; and
(ii) in subsection (s)(2), by striking (i), (k), (l), (m), and (n) and inserting (j), (k), (l), and (m); and
(C) in section 11(e)(2)(B)(v)(II) (7 U.S.C. 2020(e)(2)(B)(v)(II)) by striking aliens and inserting noncitizens.
(2) Medicaid
Section 1903(v) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396b(v)) is amended—
(A) in paragraph (1), by striking admitted for and all that follows and inserting present in the United States.; and
(B) by striking paragraph (4).
(3) Housing assistance
Section 214(a) of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C. 1436a(a)) is amended—
(A) by redesignating paragraphs (6) and (7) as paragraphs (7) and (8), respectively; and
(B) by inserting after paragraph (5) the following:
(6) a qualified noncitizen (as defined in section 431 of the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996 (8 U.S.C. 1641));
(4) Assistance not treated as debt absent fraud
Section 213A of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1183a) is amended—
(A) in subsection (a)(3)—
(i) in subparagraph (A), by striking (as provided under section 403 of the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996); and
(ii) in subparagraph (B), in the undesignated matter following clause (ii), by striking (as provided under section 403 of the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996); and
(B) in subsection (b)(1)(A) is amended by striking benefit, and inserting benefit by fraud,.
(h) Federal agency guidance
Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, each Federal agency affected by any of the amendments made by this section shall issue guidance with respect to the implementation of such amendments.
(i) Effective date
Except as otherwise provided in this section, the amendments made by this section—
(1) shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act; and
(2) shall apply to services furnished on or after the date that is 180 days after the date on which any guidance is issued pursuant to subsection (h).
(a) In general
Section 36B(b)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended to read as follows:
(A) Applicable percentage
The applicable percentage for any taxable year shall be the percentage such that the applicable percentage for any taxpayer whose household income is within an income tier specified in the following table shall increase, on a sliding scale in a linear manner, from the initial premium percentage to the final premium percentage specified in such table for such income tier:
(A) Applicable percentage
In the case of household income (expressed as a percent of poverty line) within the following income tier: The initial premium percentage is— The final premium percentage is— Up to 150 percent 0.0 0.0 150 percent up to 200 percent 0.0 3.0 200 percent up to 250 percent 3.0 4.0 250 percent up to 300 percent 4.0 6.0 300 percent up to 400 percent 6.0 8.5 400 percent and higher 8.5 8.5.
(b) Conforming amendments
Section 36B(c)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended—
(1) by striking but does not exceed 400 percent in subparagraph (A), and
(2) by striking subparagraph (E).
(c) Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2023.
(2) Cost-sharing reductions
Section 1402 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18071) is amended—
(A) by striking subsection (e); and
(B) by redesignating subsections (f) and (g) as subsections (e) and (f), respectively.
(3) Basic health program eligibility
Section 1331(e)(1)(B) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18051(e)(1)(B)) is amended by striking lawfully present in the United States,.
(4) Restrictions on Federal payments
Section 1412 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18082) is amended—
(A) by striking subsection (d); and
(B) by redesignating subsection (e) as subsection (d).
(5) Requirement to maintain minimum essential coverage
Section 5000A(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended—
(A) by striking paragraph (3); and
(B) by redesignating paragraph (4) as paragraph (3).
(1) Establishment of program
Section 1411(a) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18081(a)) is amended—
(A) by striking paragraph (1); and
(B) by redesignating paragraphs (2), (3), and (4) as paragraphs (1), (2), and (3), respectively.
(2) Qualified individuals
Section 1312(f) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18032(f)) is amended—
(A) in the heading, by striking; access limited to citizens and lawful residents; and
(B) by striking paragraph (3).
(c) Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall apply to years, plan years, and taxable years, as applicable, beginning after December 31, 2024.
(1) In general
For purposes of eligibility under any of the provisions described in paragraph (2), all individuals granted federally authorized presence in the United States shall be considered to be lawfully present in the United States.
(2) Provisions described
The provisions described in this paragraph are the following:
(A) Exchange eligibility
Section 1411 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18031).
(B) Reduced cost-sharing eligibility
Section 1402 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18071).
(D) Medicaid and chip eligibility
Titles XIX and XXI of the Social Security Act, including under section 1903(v) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396b(v)).
(A) In general
Paragraph (1) shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act.
(B) Transition through special enrollment period
In the case of an individual described in paragraph (1) who, before the first day of the first annual open enrollment period under subparagraph (B) of section 1311(c)(6) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18031(c)(6)) beginning after the date of enactment of this Act, is granted federally authorized presence in the United States and who, as a result of such subsection, qualifies for a subsidy under a provision described in subparagraph (B) or (C) of paragraph (2), the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall establish a special enrollment period under subparagraph (C) of such section 1311(c)(6) during which such individual may enroll in qualified health plans through Exchanges under title I of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and qualify for such a subsidy. For such an individual who has been granted federally authorized presence in the United States as of the date of enactment of this Act, such special enrollment period shall begin not later than 90 days after such date of enactment. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as affecting the authority of the Secretary to establish additional special enrollment periods under such subparagraph (C).
(A) In general
Section 1902(a)(10)(A)(ii) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)(10)(A)(ii)) is amended—
(i) in subclause (XXII), by striking or at the end;
(ii) in subclause (XXIII), by striking the semicolon and inserting; or; and
(iii) by adding at the end the following new subclause:
(XXIV) who would be eligible under the State plan (or waiver of such plan) under this title if they were citizens of the United States;
(B) Conforming amendment
Section 1905(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d(a)) is amended, in the matter preceding paragraph (1)—
(i) in the matter designated as clause (xvi), by striking or at the end;
(ii) in the matter designated as clause (xvii), by adding or at the end; and
(iii) by inserting after the matter designated as clause (xvii) the following:
(xviii) individuals described in section 1902(a)(10)(A)(ii)(XXIV),
(2) CHIP
Title XXI of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397aa et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 2112 the following new section:
Section 2112A. State option to provide coverage for individuals without lawful presence
A State may elect through an amendment to its State child health plan under section 2102 to treat an individual as a targeted low-income child or a targeted low-income pregnant woman for purposes of this title if such individual would otherwise be included as such a child or such a pregnant woman (as applicable) under such plan if the individual were a citizen of the United States.
(3) Nonapplication of eligibility prohibition
Section 401(a) of the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. 1611(a)) is amended by adding at the end the following new sentence: The preceding sentence shall not apply with respect to a noncitizen’s eligibility under a State plan (or waiver of such plan) under title XIX of the Social Security Act or under a State child health plan (or waiver of such plan) under title XXI of such Act to the extent that such State has elected to make such individual so eligible pursuant to section 1902(a)(10)(A)(ii)(XXIV) or 2112A of such Act, respectively..
(1) In general
Nothing in this section, including the amendments made by this section, shall prevent lawfully present noncitizens who are ineligible for full benefits under the Medicaid program under title XIX of the Social Security Act from securing a credit for which such lawfully present noncitizens would be eligible under section 36B(c)(1)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and under the Medicaid provisions for lawfully present noncitizens, as in effect on the date prior to the date of enactment of this Act.
(2) Definition
For purposes of paragraph (1), the term full benefits means, with respect to an individual and State, medical assistance for all services covered under the State plan under title XIX of the Social Security Act that is not less in amount, duration, or scope, or is determined by the Secretary of Health and Human Services to be substantially equivalent to the medical assistance available for an individual described in section 1902(a)(10)(A)(i) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)(10)(A)(i)).
(a) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services (in this section referred to as the Secretary) shall—
(1) conduct a study, in accordance with the standards under section 3101 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300kk), on the demographic characteristics of the population of individuals who do not have health insurance or oral health coverage; and
(2) predict, based on such study, the demographic characteristics of the population of individuals who would remain without health insurance after the end of any annual open enrollment or any special enrollment period or upon enactment and implementation of any legislative changes to the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Public Law 111–148) that affect the number of persons eligible for health insurance.
(1) In general
Not later than 12 months after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall submit to the Congress the results of the study under subsection (a)(1) and the prediction made under subsection (a)(2).
(2) Reporting of demographic characteristics
The Secretary shall—
(A) report the demographic characteristics under paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (a) on the basis of racial and ethnic minority group (as defined in section 1707(g)(1) of the Public Health Service Act), and stratify the reporting on each racial and ethnic minority group by other demographic characteristics that can impact access to health insurance, such as sexual orientation, gender identity, primary language, disability status, sex, socioeconomic status, age group, citizenship, and immigration status, in a manner consistent with title I of this Act, including the amendments made by such title; and
(B) not use such report, or any information gathered in preparing such report—
(i) to engage in or anticipate any deportation or immigration related enforcement action by any entity, including the Department of Homeland Security; or
(ii) for the exploitation of, or discrimination against, communities of color or the LGBTQ+ population.
(a) In general
As soon as possible after the date of enactment of this Act the Secretary of Health and Human Services (in this section referred to as the Secretary) shall—
(1) directly or by contract, establish a program that offers eligible individuals the opportunity to enroll in health benefits coverage that meets the requirements described in subsection (c) and any requirements applicable to such coverage pursuant to subsection (d); and
(2) ensure that such program is administered consistent with the requirements of section 431.10(c)(2) of title 42, Code of Federal Regulations.
(b) Definition of eligible individual
In this section, the term eligible individual means an individual who—
(1) is described in section 1902(a)(10)(A)(i)(VIII) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)(10)(A)(i)(VIII));
(2) resides in a State that—
(A) does not expend amounts for medical assistance under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.) for all individuals described in such section; and
(B) did not expend amounts for medical assistance under such title for all such individuals as of the date of enactment of this Act; and
(3) would not be eligible for medical assistance under such State's plan for medical assistance under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.), or a waiver of such plan, as such plan or waiver was in effect on such date.
(c) Health benefits coverage requirements
The requirements described in this subsection with respect to health benefits coverage are the following:
(1) Essential health benefits
At a minimum, the coverage meets the minimum standards required under paragraph (5) of section 1937(b) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396u–7(b)) for benchmark coverage described in paragraph (1) of such section or benchmark equivalent coverage described in paragraph (2) of such section.
(d) Application of requirements and provisions of title XIX of the Social Security Act
The Secretary shall specify that—
(1) any requirement applicable to the furnishing of medical assistance under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.) by States that have elected to make medical assistance available to individuals described in section 1902(a)(10)(A)(i)(VIII) of such title (42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)(10)(A)(i)(VIII)) that does not conflict with the requirements specified in subsection (c) applies to the program established under this section; and
(2) other provisions of such title apply to such program.
(e) No State mandate
Nothing in this section shall be construed as requiring a State to make expenditures related to the program established under this section and the Secretary shall not impose any such requirement.
(f) Funding
There are appropriated to the Secretary for each fiscal year beginning with fiscal year 2025 from any funds in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such sums as are necessary to carry out this section.
(a) In general
Section 1905(ii)(1) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d(ii)(1)) is amended—
(1) by striking 8-quarter period and inserting 40-quarter period; and
(2) by striking 5 percentage points and inserting 10 percentage points.
(b) Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall take effect as if included in the enactment of section 9814 of the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (Public Law 117–2).
(1) In general
Section 1108 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1308) is amended—
(A) in subsection (f), in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking subsections (g) and (h) and inserting subsections (g), (h), and (j);
(B) in subsection (g)(2), in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by inserting subsection (j) and after subject to;
(C) in subsection (i), by striking paragraph (4); and
(D) by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(j) Sunset of medicaid funding limitations for puerto rico, the virgin islands, guam, the northern mariana islands, and american samoa
Subsections (f) and (g) shall not apply to Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa beginning with fiscal year 2025.
(A) Section 1902(j) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(j)) is amended by striking, the limitation in section 1108(f),,.
(B) Section 1903(u) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396b(u)) is amended by striking paragraph (4).
(3) Effective date
The amendments made by this subsection shall apply beginning with fiscal year 2025.
(b) Elimination of specific Federal medical assistance percentage (FMAP) limitation for Puerto Rico
Section 1905 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d) is amended—
(1) in subsection (b), in the first sentence, by inserting for fiscal years before fiscal year 2026 after American Samoa; and
(2) in subsection (ff)(2), by striking 2027 and inserting 2025.
(c) Permitting medicaid DSH allotments for territories
Section 1923(f) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396r–4(f)) is amended—
(1) in paragraph (6), by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(i) Fiscal year 2025
For fiscal year 2025, the DSH allotment for Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa shall bear the same ratio to $300,000,000 as the ratio of the number of individuals who are low-income or uninsured and residing in such respective territory (as estimated from time to time by the Secretary) bears to the sums of the number of such individuals residing in all of the territories.
(ii) Subsequent fiscal year
For each subsequent fiscal year, the DSH allotment for each such territory is subject to an increase in accordance with paragraph (3).
(1) ; and
(2) in paragraph (9), by inserting before the period at the end the following:, and includes, beginning with fiscal year 2025, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa.
(a) In general
Section 303 of the Social Security Amendments of 1972 (86 Stat. 1484) is amended by striking subsection (b).
(1) Definition of state
Section 1101(a)(1) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1301(a)(1)) is amended by striking the 5th sentence and inserting the following: Such term when used in title XVI includes Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin Islands, Guam, and American Samoa..
(2) Elimination of limit on total payments to the territories
Section 1108 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1308) is amended—
(A) in the section heading, by striking; limitation on total payments;
(B) by striking subsection (a); and
(C) in subsection (c), by striking paragraphs (2) and (4) and redesignating paragraphs (3) and (5) as paragraphs (2) and (4), respectively.
(3) United States nationals treated the same as citizens
Section 1614(a)(1)(B) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1382c(a)(1)(B)) is amended—
(A) in clause (i)(I), by inserting or national, after citizen;
(B) in clause (i)(II), by adding; or at the end; and
(C) in clause (ii), by inserting or national after citizen.
(4) Territories included in geographic meaning of United States
Section 1614(e) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1382c(e)) is amended by striking and the District of Columbia and inserting, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin Islands, Guam, and American Samoa.
(d) Effective date
This section and the amendments made by this section shall take effect on the 1st day of the 1st Federal fiscal year that begins 1 year or more after the date of the enactment of this Act.
(a) In general
Section 1862(b)(1)(C) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395y(b)(1)(C)) is amended—
(1) in the last sentence, by inserting, and before January 1, 2025 after prior to such date); and
(2) by adding at the end the following new sentence: Effective for items and services furnished on or after January 1, 2025 (with respect to periods beginning on or after the date that is 42 months prior to such date), clauses (i) and (ii) shall be applied by substituting 42-month for 12-month each place it appears..
(b) Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act. For purposes of determining an individual’s status under section 1862(b)(1)(C) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395y(b)(1)(C)), as amended by subsection (a), an individual who is within the coordinating period as of the date of enactment of this Act shall have that period extended to the full 42 months described in the last sentence of such section, as added by the amendment made by subsection (a)(2).
(a) Definition of Indian
Section 1304 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18024) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(f) Indian
In this title:
(1) In general
The term Indian means—
(A) an Indian, a California Indian, or an Urban Indian (as those terms are defined in section 4 of the Indian Health Care Improvement Act (25 U.S.C. 1603)); or
(B) an individual who is of Indian descent and a member of an Indian community served by a local facility or program of the Indian Health Service.
(2) Inclusions
The term Indian includes the following individuals:
(A) A member of a federally recognized Indian Tribe.
(B) A resident of an urban center who meets 1 or more of the following criteria:
(i) A member of a Tribe, band, or other organized group of Indians, including those Tribes, bands, or groups terminated since 1940 and those recognized as of the date of enactment of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024 or later by the State in which they reside, or being a descendant, in the first or second degree, of any such member.
(ii) An Eskimo or Aleut or other Alaska Native.
(iii) An individual who is determined to be an Indian under regulations promulgated by the Secretary.
(C) An individual who is considered by the Secretary of the Interior to be an Indian for any purpose.
(D) An individual who is considered by the Secretary to be an Indian for purposes of eligibility for services provided by the Indian Health Service, including as a California Indian, Eskimo, Aleut, or other Alaska Native.
(1) Affordable choices of health benefit plans
Section 1311(c)(6)(D) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18031(c)(6)(D)) is amended by striking (as defined in section 4 of the Indian Health Care Improvement Act).
(2) Reduced cost-sharing for individuals enrolling in qualified health plans
Section 1402(d) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18071(d)) is amended—
(A) in paragraph (1), in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking (as defined in section 4(d) of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450b(d))); and
(B) in paragraph (2), in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by striking (as so defined).
(3) Exemption from penalty for not maintaining minimum essential coverage
Section 5000A(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by striking paragraph (3) and inserting the following:
(3) Indians
Any applicable individual who is an Indian (as defined in section 1304(f) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act).
(c) Effective date of IRC amendment
The amendment made by subsection (b)(3) shall apply to taxable years beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act.
(a) Part A
Section 1818(a)(3)(B) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395i–2(a)(3)(B)) is amended by striking an alien and all that follows through under this section and inserting an individual who is lawfully present in the United States.
(b) Part B
Section 1836(a)(2)(B) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395o(a)(2)(B)) is amended by striking an alien and all that follows through under this part and inserting an individual who is lawfully present in the United States.
(1) In general
Title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following new section:
(a) In general
Effective beginning January 1, 2025, in the case of a Medicare Cost Assistance Program eligible individual (as defined in subsection (b)(1)), the Secretary shall provide Medicare cost assistance for the following costs incurred with respect to the individual:
(1) Premiums under section 1818.
(2) Premiums under section 1839.
(3) Coinsurance under this title (including coinsurance described in section 1813).
(4) Deductibles established under this title (including those described in section 1813 and section 1833(b)).
(5) The difference between the amount that is paid under section 1833(a) and the amount that would be paid under such section if any reference to a percent less than 100 percent therein were deemed a reference to 100 percent.
(1) Medicare Cost Assistance Program eligible individual defined
The term Medicare Cost Assistance Program eligible individual means an individual who—
(A) is eligible for, and is receiving, medical assistance for the payment of medicare cost-sharing under a State Medicaid program pursuant to clause (i), (iii), or (iv) of section 1902(a)(10)(E) as of December 31, 2024; or
(i) is entitled to hospital insurance benefits under part A (including an individual entitled to such benefits pursuant to an enrollment under section 1818); and
(ii) has income at or below 200 percent of the poverty line applicable to a family of the size involved.
(A) In general
The determination of whether an individual is a Medicare Cost Assistance Program eligible individual shall be determined by the Commissioner of Social Security (referred to in this section as the Commissioner) jointly with the determination of whether an individual is a subsidy eligible individual described in section 1860D–14(a)(3). Such determination shall be made with respect to eligibility for Medicare cost assistance under this section and premium and cost-sharing subsidies under section 1860D–14 upon application of an individual for a determination with respect to eligibility for either such assistance or such subsidies. There are authorized to be appropriated to the Social Security Administration such sums as may be necessary for the determination of eligibility under this paragraph.
(B) Effective period
Determinations under this paragraph with respect to eligibility for each of such assistance or such subsidies shall be effective beginning with the month in which the individual applies for a determination described in subparagraph (A) and shall remain in effect until such time as the Secretary determines the individual is no longer eligible as determined under subparagraph (C)(ii).
(C) Redeterminations
With respect to eligibility determinations under this paragraph—
(i) redeterminations shall be made at the same time with respect to eligibility for Medicare cost assistance under this section and cost-sharing subsidies under section 1860D–14, but not more frequently than once every 12 months;
(ii) a redetermination shall automatically determine that an individual remains eligible for such assistance or subsidies unless—
(I) the Commissioner has information indicating that the individual's circumstances have changed such that the individual is no longer eligible for such assistance or subsidies;
(II) the Commissioner sends notice to the individual regarding such information that requests a response either confirming or correcting such information; and
(III) the individual either confirms such information or fails to provide documentation indicating that such circumstances have not changed within 60 days of receiving the notice described in subclause (II);
(iii) the Commissioner shall establish procedures for appeals of such determinations that are similar to the procedures described in the third sentence of section 1631(c)(1)(A); and
(iv) judicial review of the final decision of the Commissioner made after a hearing shall be available to the same extent, and with the same limitations, as provided in subsections (g) and (h) of section 205.
(D) Treatment of medicaid beneficiaries
The Secretary shall provide that individuals who are full-benefit dual eligible individuals (as defined in section 1935(c)(6)) or who are recipients of supplemental security income benefits under title XVI shall be treated as a Medicare Cost Assistance Program eligible individual and, in the case of such individual who is a part D eligible individual, a subsidy eligible individual described in section 1860D–14(a)(3).
(i) In general
The Secretary shall develop and distribute a simplified application form for use by individuals in applying for Medicare cost assistance under this section and premium and cost-sharing subsidies under section 1860D–14. Such form shall be easily readable based on culturally fluid language for all demographics beyond just the various languages offered. An audio version, digital version, and photo-voice option should also be provided for all learners. The Secretary shall provide for the translation of such application form into at least the 10 languages (other than English) that are most often used by individuals applying for hospital insurance benefits under section 226 or 226A and shall make the translated forms available to the Commissioner of Social Security.
(ii) Consultation
In developing the form under clause (i), the Secretary shall consult with beneficiary groups.
(3) Income determinations
For purposes of applying this section—
(A) in the case of an individual who is not treated as a Medicare Cost Assistance Program eligible individual or a subsidy eligible individual under paragraph (2)(D), income shall be determined in the manner described under section 1612 for purposes of the supplemental security income program, except that support and maintenance furnished in kind shall not be counted as income; and
(B) the term poverty line has the meaning given such term in section 673(2) of the Community Services Block Grant Act (42 U.S.C. 9902(2)), including any revision required by such section.
(1) In general
In the case in which the payment for Medicare cost assistance for a Medicare Cost Assistance Program eligible individual with respect to an item or service is reduced or eliminated, the individual shall not have any legal liability to make payment to a provider of services (as defined in section 1861(u)), a supplier (as defined in section 1861(d)), or to an organization described in section 1903(m)(1)(A) for the service, and any lawful sanction that may be imposed upon a provider of services, a supplier, or such an organization for excess charges under this title or title XIX shall apply to the imposition of any charge imposed upon the individual in such case.
(2) Clarification
This paragraph shall not be construed as preventing payment of any medicare cost assistance by a medicare supplemental policy or an employer retiree health plan on behalf of an individual.
(1) In general
The Secretary shall establish procedures for the administration of the program under this section.
(2) Funding
For purposes of carrying out this section, the Secretary shall make payments from the Federal Hospital Insurance Trust Fund under section 1817 and the Federal Supplementary Medical Insurance Trust Fund under section 1841, in such proportion as the Secretary determines appropriate, of such amounts as the Secretary determines necessary to provide Medicare cost assistance under this section.
(e) References to medicare cost-Sharing
Effective beginning January 1, 2025, any reference to medicare cost-sharing described in section 1905(p) shall be deemed a reference to Medicare cost assistance under this section.
(f) Outreach efforts
For provisions relating to outreach efforts to increase awareness of the availability of Medicare cost assistance, see section 1144.
(B) Special enrollment period
Section 1837 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395p) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(1) In general
Effective beginning January 1, 2025, the Secretary shall establish special enrollment periods for Medicare Cost Assistance Program eligible individuals (as defined in section 1899C(b)(1)).
(2) Coverage period
In the case of an individual who enrolls during the special enrollment period provided under paragraph (1), the coverage period under this part shall—
(A) begin on the first day of the first month in which the individual applies for a determination under section 1899C(b)(2)(A); and
(B) remain in effect until such time as the Secretary determines the individual is no longer eligible as determined under section 1899C(b)(2)(C)(ii).
(i) Part A
Section 1818(g) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395i–2(g)) is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
(3) Sunset
This subsection shall not apply on or after January 1, 2025.
(ii) Part B
Section 1843(h) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395v(h)) is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
(4) Sunset with respect to qualified medicare beneficiaries
This subsection shall not apply with respect to qualified medicare beneficiaries on or after January 1, 2025.
(3) Public awareness campaign
Section 1144 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320b–14) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(1) In general
The Commissioner shall conduct a public awareness campaign to educate Medicare beneficiaries on the availability of Medicare cost assistance for low-income individuals under section 1899C.
(2) Coordination
In carrying out the public awareness campaign under paragraph (1), the Commissioner shall coordinate with State health insurance assistance programs described in subsection (a)(1)(A) of section 119 of the Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008 (42 U.S.C. 1395b–3 note), the Administrator of the Administration for Community Living, and the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.
(3) Funding
There is appropriated to the Commissioner, out of any funds in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, $10,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2025 through 2029, to provide grants to State health insurance assistance programs to carry out outreach and education activities under the public awareness campaign pursuant to this subsection.
(1) Ending most Medicare cost-Sharing benefits under Medicaid
Section 1902(a)(10) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)(10)) is amended—
(A) by inserting for calendar quarters beginning before January 1, 2025, before for making each place it appears in clauses (i), (iii), and (iv) of subparagraph (E); and
(B) in the matter following subparagraph (G)—
(i) by inserting furnished during calendar quarters beginning before January 1, 2025 after (described in section 1905(p)(3));
(ii) by striking (XV) and inserting, (XV);
(iii) by striking and (XVIII) and inserting, (XVIII);
(iv) by striking and (XIX) and inserting (XIX); and
(v) by inserting, and (XX) no medical assistance for medicare cost-sharing, other than medical assistance for medicare cost-sharing for qualified disabled and working individuals described in section 1905(s), shall be made available after January 1, 2025 before the semicolon at the end.
(i) Section 1903(i) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396b(i)), as amended by section 4002, is amended—
(I) in paragraph (26), by striking or at the end;
(II) in paragraph (27), by striking the period at the end and inserting; or; and
(III) by inserting after paragraph (27) the following new paragraph:
(28) with respect to any amount expended for medical assistance for medicare cost-sharing (other than medical assistance for medicare cost-sharing for qualified disabled and working individuals described in section 1905(s)) furnished during calendar quarters beginning on or after January 1, 2025.
(ii) Section 1905(a) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d(a)) is amended, in the first sentence, by inserting furnished during calendar quarters beginning before January 1, 2025 after medicare cost-sharing.
(iii) Section 1933(g) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396u–3(g)) is amended—
(I) in paragraph (2)(Q), by striking paragraph (4), for each subsequent year and inserting paragraphs (4) and (5), for each subsequent year before 2025; and
(II) by adding at the end the following:
(5) Sunset
No individual shall be selected to be a qualifying individual for any calendar year or period under this section beginning on or after January 1, 2025, and no State allocation shall be made for any fiscal year or period under this section beginning on or after January 1, 2025.
(iv) Section 1935(a) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396u–5(a)) is amended—
(I) in paragraph (2)(A), by striking make determinations and inserting prior to January 1, 2025, make determinations; and
(II) in paragraph (3), by inserting prior to January 1, 2025, before the State shall.
(1) Expanding access
Section 1860D–14 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–114) is amended—
(A) in subsection (a)—
(i) in paragraph (1), in the matter preceding subparagraph (A)—
(I) by striking 150 percent and inserting 200 percent; and
(II) by striking and who meets the resources requirement described in paragraph (3)(D) (or, with respect to a plan year beginning on or after January 1, 2025, paragraph (3)(E)) or who is covered under this paragraph under paragraph (3)(B)(i);
(ii) by striking paragraph (2);
(iii) in paragraph (3)—
(I) in subparagraph (A)—
(aa) in clause (i), by adding and at the end;
(bb) in clause (ii)—
(AA) by striking 150 percent and inserting 200 percent; and
(BB) by striking; and at the end and inserting a period; and
(cc) by striking clause (iii);
(II) by striking subparagraphs (B) and (C) and inserting the following:
(B) Determinations
For provisions relating to joint determinations with respect to eligibility for Medicare cost assistance under section 1899C and premium and cost-sharing subsidies under this section, see section 1899C(b)(2).
(C) Income determinations
For purposes of applying this section—
(i) in the case of an individual who is not treated as a Medicare cost-sharing assistance eligible individual and a subsidy eligible individual under section 1899C(b)(2)(D), income shall be determined in the manner described under section 1612 for purposes of the supplemental security income program, except that support and maintenance furnished in kind shall not be counted as income; and
(ii) the term poverty line has the meaning given such term in section 673(2) of the Community Services Block Grant Act (42 U.S.C. 9902(2)), including any revision required by such section.
(II) ; and
(III) by striking subparagraphs (D), (E), and (G); and
(iv) in paragraph (4)—
(I) in subparagraph (A)—
(aa) by striking (A) Copayment for lowest income dual eligible individuals.—;
(bb) by redesignating clauses (i) and (ii) as subparagraphs (A) and (B), respectively and indenting appropriately; and
(cc) by moving the flush text at the end 2 ems to the left; and
(II) by striking subparagraph (B); and
(B) in subsection (c)(1), in the second sentence, by striking subsections (a)(1)(D) and (a)(2)(E) and inserting subsection (a)(1)(D).
(2) Treatment of reduction of cost-sharing for individuals receiving home and community-based services
Section 1860D–14(a)(1)(D)(i) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–114(a)(1)(D)(i)) is amended—
(A) by striking who would be such an institutionalized individual or couple, if the full-benefit dual eligible individual were not; and
(B) by striking or subsection (c) or (d) of section 1915 or under a State plan amendment under subsection (i) of such section and inserting, section 1115A, section 1915, or under a State plan amendment.
(3) Effective date
The amendments made by this subsection shall apply to plan year 2025 and subsequent plan years.
(1) In general
Section 1905(p)(2)(A) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d(p)(2)(A)) is amended by striking shall be at least the percent provided under subparagraph (B) (but not more than 100 percent) of the official poverty line and all that follows through the period at the end and inserting the following:
(1) In general
shall be—
(i) before January 1, 2025, at least the percent provided under subparagraph (B) (but not more than 100 percent) of the official poverty line (as defined by the Office of Management and Budget, and revised annually in accordance with section 673(2) of the Community Services Block Grant Act (42 U.S.C. 9902(2)) applicable to a family of the size involved; and
(ii) on or after January 1, 2025, equal to 135 percent of the official poverty line (as so defined and revised) applicable to a family of the size involved.
(2) Not counting in-kind support and maintenance as income
Section 1905(p)(2)(D) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d(p)(2)(D)) is amended by adding at the end the following new clause:
(iii) In determining income under this subsection, support and maintenance furnished in kind shall not be counted as income.
(1) Eligibility of individuals with incomes below 150 percent of FPL
Section 1902(a)(10)(E) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)(10)(E)) is amended—
(A) by adding and at the end of clause (ii);
(B) in clause (iii)—
(i) by striking and 120 percent in 1995 and years thereafter and inserting 120 percent in 1995 and years thereafter before 2025, and 200 percent in 2025 and years thereafter; and
(ii) by striking and at the end; and
(C) by striking clause (iv).
(2) References
Section 1905(p)(1) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d(p)(1)) is amended by adding at and below subparagraph (C) the following flush sentence:
(2) References
The term specified low-income medicare beneficiary means an individual described in section 1902(a)(10)(E)(iii).
(A) The first sentence of section 1905(b) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d(b)) is amended by striking “and section 1933(d)”.
(B) Section 1933 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396u–3) is repealed.
(c) 100 percent FMAP
Section 1905 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d) is amended—
(1) in subsection (b), by striking and (ii) and inserting (ii), and (kk); and
(2) amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(1) In general
Notwithstanding subsection (b), with respect to expenditures described in paragraph (2) the Federal medical assistance percentage shall be equal to 100 percent.
(2) Expenditures described
The expenditures described in this paragraph are expenditures made on or after January 1, 2025, for medical assistance for medicare cost-sharing provided to any individual under clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of section 1902(a)(10)(E) who would not have been eligible for medicare cost-sharing under any such clause under the income or resource eligibility standards in effect on October 1, 2018.
(1) In general
Section 1860D–14(a)(3) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–114(a)(3)) is amended—
(A) by striking subparagraph (D);
(B) by redesignating subparagraphs (E) through (G) as subparagraphs (D) through (F), respectively; and
(C) in the heading of subparagraph (D), as so redesignated, by striking Alternative resource and inserting Resource.
(2) Clarification of certain rules relating to income and resource determinations
Section 1860D–14(a)(3) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–114(a)(3)), as amended by paragraph (1), is amended by striking subparagraph (F) and inserting the following new subparagraphs:
(F) Resource exclusions
In determining the resources of an individual (and the eligible spouse of the individual, if any) under section 1613 for purposes of subparagraph (D)—
(i) no part of the value of any life insurance policy shall be taken into account;
(ii) no part of the value of any vehicle shall be taken into account;
(iii) there shall be excluded an amount equal to $1,500 each with respect to any individual or eligible spouse of an individual who attests that some of the resources of such individual or spouse will be used to meet the burial and related expenses of such individual or spouse; and
(iv) no balance in, or benefits received under, an employee pension benefit plan (as defined in section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002)) shall be taken into account.
(G) Family size
In determining the size of the family of an individual for purposes of determining the income eligibility of such individual under this section, an individual's family shall consist of—
(i) the individual;
(ii) the individual's spouse who lives in the same household as the individual (if any); and
(iii) any other individuals who—
(I) are related to the individual whose income eligibility is in question or such individual's spouse who lives in the same household;
(II) are living in the same household as such individual; and
(III) are dependent on such individual or such individual's spouse who is living in the same household for at least one-half of their financial support.
(3) Conforming amendments
Section 1860D–14(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–114(a)) is amended—
(A) in paragraph (1), in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by inserting (as determined under paragraph (3)(G)) after family of the size involved; and
(B) in paragraph (3), as amended by paragraphs (1) and (2)—
(i) in subparagraph (A), in the matter preceding clause (i), by striking subparagraph (F) and inserting subparagraph (E);
(ii) in subparagraph (A)(ii), by inserting (as determined under subparagraph (G)) after family of the size involved;
(iii) in subparagraph (A)(iii), by striking or (E);
(iv) in subparagraph (B)(v), in the matter preceding subclause (I), by striking subparagraph (F) and inserting subparagraph (E); and
(v) in subparagraph (D)(i), in the matter preceding subclause (I), by striking subject to the life insurance policy exclusion provided under subparagraph (G) and inserting subject to the resource exclusions provided under subparagraph (F).
(1) Application of Medicaid spousal impoverishment resource allowance to MSP and LIS resource eligibility
Section 1905(p)(1)(C) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d(p)(1)(C)) is amended to read as follows:
(C) whose resources (as determined under section 1613 for purposes of the supplemental security income program subject to the resource exclusions under subparagraph (F) of section 1860D–14(a)(3)) do not exceed—
(i) in the case of an individual with a spouse, an amount equal to the sum of the first amount specified in subsection (f)(2)(A)(i) of section 1924 (as adjusted under subsection (g) of such section) and the amount specified in subsection (f)(2)(A)(ii)(II) of such section (as so adjusted); or
(ii) in the case of an individual who does not have a spouse, an amount equal to ½ of the amount described in clause (i).
(2) Application to QDWIs
Section 1905(s)(3) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d(s)(3)) is amended to read as follows:
(3) whose resources (as determined under section 1613 for purposes of the supplemental security income program subject to the resource exclusions under subparagraph (F) of section 1860D–14(a)(3)) do not exceed—
(A) in the case of an individual with a spouse, the amount in effect for the year under clause (i) of subsection (p)(1)(C); and
(B) in the case of an individual who does not have a spouse, the amount in effect for the year under clause (ii) of subsection (p)(1)(C); and
(3) Application to LIS
Clause (i) of section 1860D–14(a)(3)(D) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–114(a)(3)(D)), as redesignated and amended by subsection (d)(1), is amended to read as follows:
(i) In general
The resources requirement of this subparagraph is that an individual's resources (as determined under section 1613 for purposes of the supplemental security income program subject to the resource exclusions provided under subparagraph (F)) do not exceed the amount in effect for the year under section 1905(p)(1)(C)(ii).
(A) In general
Section 1902(e)(8) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(e)(8)) is amended by striking after the end of the month in which the determination first occurs and inserting in or after the third month before the month in which the individual makes application for assistance.
(B) Process for submitting claims during retroactive eligibility period
Section 1902(e)(8) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(e)(8)) is further amended by adding at the end the following: The Secretary shall provide for a process under which claims for medical assistance under the State plan may be submitted for services furnished to such an individual during such 3-month period before the month in which the individual made application for assistance..
(C) Conforming amendment
Section 1905(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d(a)) is amended, in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking or, in the case of medicare cost-sharing with respect to a qualified medicare beneficiary described in subsection (p)(1), if provided after the month in which the individual becomes such a beneficiary.
(2) State option for 12-month continuous eligibility for SLMBs and QWDIs
Section 1902(e)(12) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(e)(12)) is amended—
(A) by redesignating subparagraphs (A) and (B) as clauses (i) and (ii), respectively;
(B) by inserting (A) after (12); and
(C) by adding at the end the following:
(B) At the option of the State, the plan may provide that an individual who is determined to be eligible for benefits under a State plan approved under this title under any of the following eligibility categories, or who is redetermined to be eligible for such benefits under any of such categories, shall be considered to meet the eligibility requirements met on the date of application and shall remain eligible for those benefits until the end of the 12-month period following the date of the determination or redetermination of eligibility, except that a State may provide for such determinations more frequently, but not more frequently than once every 6 months for an individual:
(i) A specified low-income medicare beneficiary described in subsection (a)(10)(E)(iii) of this section who is determined eligible for medicare cost-sharing described in section 1905(p)(3)(A)(ii).
(ii) A qualified disabled and working individual described in section 1905(s) who is determined eligible for medicare cost-sharing described in section 1905(p)(3)(A)(i).
(3) State option to use Express Lane eligibility for the Medicare Savings Program
Section 1902(e)(13)(A) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(e)(13)(A)) is amended by adding at the end the following new clause:
(I) In general
At the option of the State, the State may apply the provisions of this paragraph with respect to determining eligibility under this title for an eligible individual (as defined in subclause (II)). In applying this paragraph in the case of a State making such an option, any reference in this paragraph to a child with respect to this title (other than a reference to child health assistance) shall be deemed to be a reference to an eligible individual.
(II) Eligible individual defined
In this clause, the term eligible individual means any of the following:
(aa) A qualified medicare beneficiary described in section 1905(p)(1) for purposes of determining eligibility for medicare cost-sharing (as defined in section 1905(p)(3)).
(bb) A specified low-income medicare beneficiary described in subsection (a)(10)(E)(iii) of this section for purposes of determining eligibility for medicare cost-sharing described in section 1905(p)(3)(A)(ii).
(cc) A qualified disabled and working individual described in section 1905(s) for purposes of determining eligibility for medicare cost-sharing described in section 1905(p)(3)(A)(i).
(g) Medicaid treatment of certain Medicare providers
Section 1902(n) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(n)) is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
(4) A State plan shall not deny a claim from a provider or supplier with respect to medicare cost-sharing described in subparagraph (B), (C), or (D) of section 1905(p)(3) for an item or service which is eligible for payment under title XVIII on the basis that the provider or supplier does not have a provider agreement in effect under this title or does not otherwise serve all individuals entitled to medical assistance under this title. The State shall create a mechanism through which providers or suppliers that do not otherwise have provider agreements with the State can bill the State for medicare cost-sharing for qualified medicare beneficiaries.
(h) Eligibility for other programs
Section 1905(p) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d(p)) is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
(7) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any medical assistance for some or all medicare cost-sharing under this title shall not be considered income or resources in determining eligibility for, or the amount of assistance or benefits provided under, any other public benefit provided under Federal law or the law of any State or political subdivision thereof.
(i) Treatment of qualified Medicare beneficiaries, specified low-Income Medicare beneficiaries, and other dual eligibles as medicare beneficiaries
Section 1862 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395y) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(p) Treatment of Qualified Medicare Beneficiaries (QMBs), Specified Low-Income Medicare Beneficiaries (SLMBs), and Other Dual Eligibles
Nothing in this title shall be construed as authorizing a provider of services or supplier to discriminate (through a private contractual arrangement or otherwise) against an individual who is otherwise entitled to services under this title on the basis that the individual is a qualified medicare beneficiary (as defined in section 1905(p)(1)), a specified low-income medicare beneficiary, or is otherwise eligible for medical assistance for medicare cost-sharing or other benefits under title XIX.
(A) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services (in this subsection referred to as the Secretary) shall use amounts made available under subparagraph (B) to make grants to States for State health insurance assistance programs receiving assistance under section 4360 of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 1395b–4).
(B) Funding
For purposes of making grants under this subsection, the Secretary shall provide for the transfer, from the Federal Hospital Insurance Trust Fund under section 1817 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395i) and the Federal Supplementary Medical Insurance Trust Fund under section 1841 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395t), in the same proportion as the Secretary determines under section 1853(f) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–23(f)), of $50,000,000 to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services Program Management Account for each of the fiscal years 2025 through 2029, to remain available until expended.
(2) Amount of grants
The amount of a grant to a State under this subsection from the total amount made available under paragraph (1) shall be equal to the sum of the amount allocated to the State under paragraph (3)(A) and the amount allocated to the State under subparagraph (3)(B).
(A) Allocation based on percentage of low-income beneficiaries
The amount allocated to a State under this subparagraph from 2/3 of the total amount made available under paragraph (1) shall be based on the number of individuals who meet the requirement under subsection (a)(3)(A)(ii) of section 1860D–14 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–114) but who have not enrolled to receive a subsidy under such section 1860D–14 relative to the total number of individuals who meet the requirement under such subsection (a)(3)(A)(ii) in each State, as estimated by the Secretary.
(B) Allocation based on percentage of rural beneficiaries
The amount allocated to a State under this subparagraph from 1/3 of the total amount made available under paragraph (1) shall be based on the number of part D eligible individuals (as defined in section 1860D–1(a)(3)(A) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–101(a)(3)(A))) residing in a rural area relative to the total number of such individuals in each State, as estimated by the Secretary.
(4) Portion of grant based on percentage of low-income beneficiaries to be used to provide outreach to individuals who may be subsidy eligible individuals or eligible for the Medicare Savings Program
Each grant awarded under this subsection with respect to amounts allocated under paragraph (3)(A) shall be used to provide outreach to individuals who may be subsidy eligible individuals (as defined in section 1860D–14(a)(3)(A) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–114(a)(3)(A))) or eligible for the program of medical assistance for payment of the cost of medicare cost-sharing under the Medicaid program pursuant to sections 1902(a)(10)(E) and 1933 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)(10)(E), 1396u–3).
(1) In general
Except as provided in paragraph (2), the amendments and repeal made by this section take effect on January 1, 2025, and, with respect to title XIX of the Social Security Act, apply to calendar quarters beginning on or after January 1, 2025.
(2) Exception for State legislation
In the case of a State plan for medical assistance under title XIX of the Social Security Act which the Secretary of Health and Human Services determines requires State legislation (other than legislation appropriating funds) in order for the plan to meet the additional requirements imposed by the amendments and repeal made by this section, the State plan shall not be regarded as failing to comply with the requirements of such title solely on the basis of its failure to meet these additional requirements before the first day of the first calendar quarter beginning after the close of the first regular session of the State legislature that begins after the date of the enactment of this Act. For purposes of the previous sentence, in the case of a State that has a 2-year legislative session, each year of such session shall be deemed to be a separate regular session of the State legislature.
(a) In general
The third sentence of section 1905(b) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d(b)) is amended by striking for the 8 fiscal year quarters beginning with the first fiscal year quarter beginning after the date of the enactment of the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021, and inserting and.
(b) Effective date
The amendment made by this section shall apply to medical assistance provided on or after the date of enactment of this Act.
(a) In general
The third sentence of section 1905(b) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d(b)) is amended by striking, for such 8 fiscal year quarters.
(b) Effective date
The amendment made by this section shall apply to medical assistance provided on or after the date of enactment of this Act.
Section 4110. Repeal of requirement for estate recovery under the Medicaid program
Section 1917 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396p) is amended—
(1) in subsection (a)—
(A) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
(1) No lien may be imposed against the property of any individual prior to his death on account of medical assistance paid or to be paid on his behalf under the State plan, except pursuant to the judgment of a court on account of benefits incorrectly paid on behalf of such individual.
(B) by striking paragraph (2);
(C) in paragraph (3), by striking (1)(B) and inserting (1); and
(D) by redesignating paragraph (3) as paragraph (2); and
(2) by amending subsection (b) to read as follows:
(b) Adjustment or recovery of medical assistance correctly paid under a State plan
No adjustment or recovery of any medical assistance correctly paid on behalf of an individual under the State plan may be made.
(a) Special enrollment period for individuals incarcerated at time of Medicare eligibility
Section 1837(i) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395p(i)) is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
(A) In the case of an individual who—
(i) at the time the individual first satisfies paragraph (1) or (2) of section 1836(a), is incarcerated; or
(ii) has elected not to enroll (or to be deemed enrolled) under this section during the individual’s initial enrollment period;
(A) there shall be a special enrollment period described in subparagraph (B).
(B) The special enrollment period referred to in subparagraph (A) is the 6-month period beginning on the first day after which the individual is no longer incarcerated.
(c) Conforming amendment
Section 1818(d)(5) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395i–2(d)(5)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(D) In the case of an individual who is a person who is excluded from coverage pursuant to section 1862(a)(3) by reason of custody under penal authority, the amount of the monthly premium for such individual shall be zero for any month in which such individual is in custody under penal authority.
(a) Coverage of pregnancy
The Director of the Office of Personnel Management shall issue such regulations as are necessary to ensure that pregnancy is considered a change in family status and a qualifying life event for an individual who is eligible to enroll, but is not enrolled, in a health benefits plan under chapter 89 of title 5, United States Code.
(b) Effective date
The requirement in paragraph (1) shall apply with respect to any contract entered into under section 8902 of title 5, United States Code, on or after the date that is 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act.
Section 4113. Continuation of Medicaid income eligibility standard for pregnant individuals and infants
Section 1902(l)(2)(A) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(l)(2)(A)) is amended—
(1) in clause (i), by striking and not more than 185 percent;
(2) in clause (ii)—
(A) in subclause (I), by striking and after the comma;
(B) in subclause (II), by striking the period at the end and inserting, and; and
(C) by adding at the end the following:
(III) January 1, 2025, is the percentage provided under clause (v).
(C) ; and
(3) by adding at the end the following new clause:
(v) The percentage provided under clause (ii) for medical assistance provided on or after January 1, 2025, with respect to individuals described in subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (1) shall not be less than—
(I) the percentage specified for such individuals by the State in an amendment to its State plan (whether approved or not) as of January 1, 2014; or
(II) if no such percentage is specified as of January 1, 2014, the percentage established for such individuals under the State’s authorizing legislation or provided for under the State’s appropriations as of that date.
Section 4201. Amendment to the Public Health Service Act
Title XXXIV of the Public Health Service Act, as amended by titles I, II, and III of this Act, is further amended by inserting after subtitle C the following:
(a) In general
The Secretary, in collaboration with the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, and the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, shall award grants to eligible entities for the conduct of demonstration projects to improve the quality of and access to health care.
(b) Eligibility
To be eligible to receive a grant under subsection (a), an entity shall—
(1) be a health center, hospital, health plan, health system, community clinic, hospice or palliative care provider, or other health entity determined appropriate by the Secretary—
(A) that, by legal mandate or explicitly adopted mission, provides patients with access to services regardless of their ability to pay;
(B) that provides care or treatment for a substantial number of patients who are uninsured, are receiving assistance under a State plan under title XIX of the Social Security Act (or under a waiver of such plan), or are members of vulnerable populations, as determined by the Secretary; and
(i) with respect to which, not less than 50 percent of the entity’s patient population is made up of racial and ethnic minority groups; or
(ii) that—
(I) serves a disproportionate percentage of local patients who are from a racial and ethnic minority group, or has a patient population at least 50 percent of which is composed of individuals with limited English proficiency; and
(II) provides an assurance that amounts received under the grant will be used only to support quality improvement activities in the racial and ethnic minority group served; and
(2) prepare and submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
(c) Priority
In awarding grants under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give priority to eligible entities that—
(1) demonstrate an intent to operate as part of a health care partnership, network, collaborative, coalition, or alliance where each member entity contributes to the design, implementation, and evaluation of the proposed intervention; or
(2) intend to use funds to carry out systemwide changes with respect to health care quality improvement, including—
(A) improved systems for data collection and reporting;
(B) innovative collaborative or similar processes;
(C) group programs with behavioral or self-management interventions;
(D) case management services;
(E) physician or patient reminder systems;
(F) educational interventions;
(G) comprehensive and patient-centric health care;
(H) creation and distribution of education materials on available health care options; or
(I) other activities determined appropriate by the Secretary.
(d) Use of funds
An entity shall use amounts received under a grant under subsection (a) to support the implementation and evaluation of health care quality improvement activities or minority health and health care disparity reduction activities that include—
(1) with respect to health care systems, activities relating to improving—
(A) patient safety;
(B) timeliness of care;
(C) effectiveness of care;
(D) efficiency of care;
(E) patient centeredness;
(F) health information technology;
(G) accessibility and availability of information on health care;
(H) comprehensiveness of health care; and
(I) patient involvement and choice in health care; and
(2) with respect to patients, activities relating to—
(A) staying healthy;
(B) getting well, mentally and physically;
(C) living effectively with illness or disability;
(D) preparing for end of life and ensuring that end-of-life care is accessible and available, as well as coping with end-of-life issues; and
(E) shared decision making.
(e) Common data systems
The Secretary shall provide financial and other technical assistance to grantees under this section for the development of common data systems.
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall designate centers of excellence at public hospitals, and other health systems serving large numbers of patients from minority populations, that—
(1) meet the requirements of section 3441(b)(1);
(2) demonstrate excellence in providing care to minority populations; and
(3) demonstrate excellence in reducing disparities in health and health care.
(b) Requirements
A hospital or health system that serves as a center of excellence under subsection (a) shall—
(1) design, implement, and evaluate programs and policies relating to the delivery of care in racially, ethnically, and linguistically diverse populations;
(2) provide training and technical assistance to other hospitals and health systems relating to the provision of high-quality health care to minority populations; and
(3) develop activities for graduate or continuing medical education that institutionalize a focus on cultural competence training for health care providers.
(a) In general
The Secretary shall provide direct financial assistance to designated health care providers and community health centers in American Samoa, Guam, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the United States Virgin Islands, Puerto Rico, and Hawaii for the purposes of reconstructing and improving health care facilities and services in a culturally competent and sustainable manner.
(b) Eligibility
To be eligible to receive direct financial assistance under subsection (a), an entity shall be a public health facility or community health center located in American Samoa, Guam, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the United States Virgin Islands, Puerto Rico, or Hawaii that—
(1) is owned or operated by—
(A) the Government of American Samoa, Guam, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the United States Virgin Islands, Puerto Rico, or Hawaii or a unit of local government; or
(B) a nonprofit organization; and
(A) provides care or treatment for a substantial number of patients who are uninsured, are receiving assistance under title XVIII of the Social Security Act or under a State plan under title XIX of such Act (or under a waiver of such plan), or are members of a vulnerable population, as determined by the Secretary; or
(B) serves a disproportionate percentage of local patients that are from a racial and ethnic minority group.
(c) Report
Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this title and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to the Congress and the President a report that includes an assessment of health resources and facilities serving populations in American Samoa, Guam, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the United States Virgin Islands, Puerto Rico, and Hawaii. In preparing such report, the Secretary shall—
(1) consult with and obtain information on all health care facilities needs from the entities receiving direct financial assistance under subsection (a);
(2) include all amounts of Federal assistance received by each such entity in the preceding fiscal year;
(3) review the total unmet needs of health care facilities serving American Samoa, Guam, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the United States Virgin Islands, Puerto Rico, and Hawaii, including needs for renovation and expansion of existing facilities;
(4) include a strategic plan for addressing the needs of each such population identified in the report; and
(5) evaluate the effectiveness of the care provided by measuring patient outcomes and cost measures.
(a) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Border area
The term border area means the United States-Mexico Border Area, as defined in section 8 of the United States-Mexico Border Health Commission Act (22 U.S.C. 290n–6).
(2) Eligible entity
The term eligible entity means an entity that is located in the border area and is any of the following:
(A) A State, local government, or Tribal government.
(B) A public institution of higher education.
(C) A nonprofit health organization.
(D) A community health center.
(E) A community clinic that is a health center receiving assistance under section 330 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254b).
(F) A nonprofit organization serving immigrants.
(c) Application
An eligible entity that desires a grant under subsection (b) shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require and demonstrating the entity’s capacity to provide culturally and linguistically appropriate services to border area residents.
(d) Use of funds
An eligible entity that receives a grant under subsection (b) shall use the grant funds for—
(1) programs relating to—
(A) maternal and child health;
(B) primary care and preventative health;
(C) public health and public health infrastructure;
(D) musculoskeletal health and obesity;
(E) health education and promotion;
(F) oral health;
(G) mental and behavioral health;
(H) substance use disorders;
(I) health conditions that have a high prevalence in the border area;
(J) medical and health services research;
(K) workforce training and development;
(L) community health workers, patient navigators, and promotores;
(M) health care infrastructure problems in the border area (including planning and construction grants);
(N) health disparities in the border area;
(O) environmental health;
(P) outreach and enrollment services with respect to Federal programs (including programs authorized under titles XIX and XXI of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.; 42 U.S.C. 1397aa et seq.));
(Q) end-of-life care; and
(R) addressing social determinants of health; and
(2) other programs determined appropriate by the Secretary.
(e) Supplement, not supplant
Amounts provided to an eligible entity awarded a grant under subsection (b) shall be used to supplement and not supplant other funds available to the eligible entity to carry out the activities described in subsection (d).
(1) In general
Section 1834(l)(8) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395m(l)(8)) is amended—
(A) in subparagraph (B)—
(i) by striking owned and; and
(ii) by inserting (including when such services are provided by the entity under an arrangement with the hospital) after hospital; and
(B) by striking the comma at the end of subparagraph (B) and all that follows and inserting a period.
(2) Effective date
The amendments made by this subsection shall apply to services furnished on or after January 1, 2025.
(1) In general
Section 1820(c)(2) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395i–4(c)(2)) is amended—
(A) in subparagraph (B)(iii), by striking provides not more than and inserting subject to subparagraph (F), provides not more than; and
(B) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(i) In general
A State may elect to treat a facility, with respect to the designation of the facility for a cost reporting period, as satisfying the requirement of subparagraph (B)(iii) relating to a maximum number of acute care inpatient beds if the facility elects, in accordance with a method specified by the Secretary and before the beginning of the cost reporting period, to meet the requirement under clause (ii).
(ii) Alternate requirement
The requirement under this clause, with respect to a facility and a cost reporting period, is that the total number of inpatient bed days described in subparagraph (B)(iii) during such period will not exceed 7,300. For purposes of this subparagraph, an individual who is an inpatient in a bed in the facility for a single day shall be counted as one inpatient bed day.
(iii) Withdrawal of election
The option described in clause (i) shall not apply to a facility for a cost reporting period if the facility (for any two consecutive cost reporting periods during the previous 5 cost-reporting periods) was treated under such option and had a total number of inpatient bed days for each of such two cost reporting periods that exceeded the number specified in such clause.
(2) Effective date
The amendments made by paragraph (1) shall apply to cost reporting periods beginning on or after the date of the enactment of this Act.
(1) In general
Not later than 9 months after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services (in this section referred to as the Secretary) shall conduct pilot projects under title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.) for the purpose of providing incentives to home health agencies to utilize home monitoring and communications technologies that—
(A) enhance health and health care outcomes for Medicare beneficiaries; and
(B) reduce expenditures under such title.
(A) Urban and Rural
The Secretary shall conduct the pilot projects under this section in both urban and rural areas.
(B) Site in a small State
The Secretary shall conduct at least 3 of the pilot projects in a State with a population of less than 1,000,000.
(3) Definition of home health agency
In this section, the term home health agency has the meaning given that term in section 1861(o) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(o)).
(b) Medicare beneficiaries within the scope of projects
The Secretary shall specify the criteria for identifying those Medicare beneficiaries who shall be considered within the scope of the pilot projects under this section for purposes of the application of subsection (c) and for the assessment of the effectiveness of the home health agency in achieving the objectives of this section. Such criteria may provide for the inclusion in the projects of Medicare beneficiaries who begin receiving home health services under title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.) after the date of the implementation of the projects.
(1) Performance targets
The Secretary shall establish for each home health agency participating in a pilot project under this section a performance target using one of the following methodologies, as determined appropriate by the Secretary:
(A) Adjusted historical performance target
The Secretary shall establish for the agency—
(i) a base expenditure amount equal to the average total payments made to the agency under parts A and B of title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.) for Medicare beneficiaries determined to be within the scope of the pilot project in a base period determined by the Secretary; and
(ii) an annual per capita expenditure target for such beneficiaries, reflecting the base expenditure amount adjusted for risk and adjusted growth rates.
(B) Comparative performance target
The Secretary shall establish for the agency a comparative performance target equal to the average total payments under such parts A and B during the pilot project for comparable individuals in the same geographic area that are not determined to be within the scope of the pilot project.
(2) Incentive
Subject to paragraph (3), the Secretary shall pay to each participating home care agency an incentive payment for each year under the pilot project equal to a portion of the Medicare savings realized for such year relative to the performance target under paragraph (1).
(3) Limitation on expenditures
The Secretary shall limit incentive payments under this section in order to ensure that the aggregate expenditures under title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.) (including incentive payments under this subsection) do not exceed the amount that the Secretary estimates would have been expended if the pilot projects under this section had not been implemented.
(e) Report to Congress
Not later than 5 years after the date that the first pilot project under this section is implemented, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report on the pilot projects. Such report shall contain a detailed description of issues related to the expansion of the projects under subsection (f) and recommendations for such legislation and administrative actions as the Secretary considers appropriate.
(f) Expansion
If the Secretary determines that any of the pilot projects under this section enhance health outcomes for Medicare beneficiaries and reduce expenditures under title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.), the Secretary may initiate comparable projects in additional areas.
(g) Incentive payments have no effect on other Medicare payments to agencies
An incentive payment under this section—
(1) shall be in addition to the payments that a home health agency would otherwise receive under title XVIII of the Social Security Act for the provision of home health services; and
(2) shall have no effect on the amount of such payments.
Section 4205. Community health center collaborative access expansion
Section 330(r)(4) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254b(r)(4)) is amended—
(1) in subparagraph (A), by striking primary health care services each place it appears and inserting primary health care and other mental, dental, and physical health services; and
(2) in subparagraph (B)—
(A) in clause (i), by striking and at the end;
(B) in clause (ii), by striking the period at the end and inserting; and; and
(C) by adding at the end the following:
(iii) in the case of a rural health clinic described in such subparagraph—
(I) that such clinic provides, to the extent possible, enabling services, such as transportation and language assistance (including translation and interpretation); and
(II) that the primary health care and other services described in such subparagraph are subject to full reimbursement according to the prospective payment system for Federally qualified health center services under section 1834(o) of the Social Security Act.
(a) In general
For purposes of expediting the provision of telehealth services, for which payment is made under the Medicare Program established under title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.). across State lines, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall, in consultation with representatives of States, physicians, health care practitioners, and patient advocates, encourage and facilitate the adoption of provisions allowing for multistate practitioner practice across State lines.
(b) Definitions
In subsection (a):
(1) Telehealth service
The term telehealth service has the meaning given that term in subparagraph (F) of section 1834(m)(4) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395m(m)(4)).
(2) Physician, practitioner
The terms physician and practitioner have the meaning given those terms in subparagraphs (D) and (E), respectively, of section 1834(m)(4) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395m(m)(4)).
(3) Medicare program
The term Medicare Program means the program of health insurance administered by the Secretary of Health and Human Services under title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.).
Section 4207. Scoring of preventive health savings
Section 202 of the Congressional Budget and Impoundment Control Act of 1974 (2 U.S.C. 602) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(1) Determination by the Director
Upon a request by the chairman or ranking minority member of the Committee on the Budget of the Senate, or by the chairman or ranking minority member of the Committee on the Budget of the House of Representatives, the Director shall determine if a proposed measure would result in reductions in budget outlays in budgetary outyears through the use of preventive health and preventive health services.
(2) Projections
If the Director determines that a measure would result in substantial reductions in budget outlays as described in paragraph (1), the Director—
(A) shall include, in any projection prepared by the Director, a description and estimate of the reductions in budget outlays in the budgetary outyears and a description of the basis for such conclusions; and
(B) may prepare a budget projection that includes some or all of the budgetary outyears, notwithstanding the time periods for projections described in subsection (e) and sections 308, 402, and 424.
(3) Definitions
As used in this subsection—
(A) the term budgetary outyears means the 2 consecutive 10-fiscal-year periods beginning with the first fiscal year that is 10 years after the budget year provided for in the most recently agreed to concurrent resolution on the budget; and
(B) the term preventive health means an action that focuses on the health of the public, individuals, and defined populations in order to protect, promote, and maintain health, wellness, and functional ability, and prevent disease, disability, and premature death that is demonstrated by credible and publicly available epidemiological projection models, incorporating clinical trials or observational studies in humans, to avoid future health care costs.
Section 4208. Sense of Congress on maintenance of effort provisions regarding children’s health
It is the sense of the Congress that—
(1) the maintenance of effort provisions added to sections 1902 and 2105(d) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a; 42 U.S.C. 1397ee(d)) by sections 2001(b) and 2101(b) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act were intended to maintain the eligibility standards for the Medicaid program under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.) and Children’s Health Insurance Program under title XXI of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1397aa et seq.) to protect vulnerable and disabled adults, children, and senior citizens, many of whom are also members of communities of color;
(2) the maintenance of effort provisions for children’s coverage have been extended by the Congress through September 30, 2029;
(3) the maintenance of effort provisions ensure the continued success of the Medicaid program and Children’s Health Insurance Program and were intended to specifically protect vulnerable and disabled children, many of whom are also members of communities of color; and
(4) the maintenance of effort provisions must be strictly enforced and proposals to weaken or waive the maintenance of effort provisions must not be considered.
(a) In general
Pursuant to section 1707A of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300u–6a), the Offices of Minority Health established within the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Health Resources and Services Administration, the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, the Food and Drug Administration, and the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, are offices that, regardless of change in the structure of the Department of Health and Human Services, shall report to the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
(b) Sense of Congress
It is the sense of the Congress that the Offices of Minority Health referred to in subsection (a) play a critical role in addressing health disparities and should be adequately funded and given a prominent role in evaluating and establishing health policies and programs.
(a) Establishment and functions
Subchapter I of chapter 73 of title 38, United States Code, is amended by inserting after section 7308 the following new section:
(a) Establishment
There is established in the Department within the Office of the Under Secretary for Health an office to be known as the Office of Minority Health (in this section referred to as the Office).
(b) Head
The Director of the Office of Minority Health shall be the head of the Office. The Director of the Office of Minority Health shall be appointed by the Under Secretary for Health from among individuals qualified to perform the duties of the position.
(c) Functions
The functions of the Office are as follows:
(1) To establish short-range and long-range goals and objectives and coordinate all other activities within the Veterans Health Administration that relate to disease prevention, health promotion, health care services delivery, health and health care education, health care quality, and health care research concerning veterans who are members of a racial or ethnic minority group.
(2) To support research, demonstrations, and evaluations to test new and innovative models for the discharge of activities described in paragraph (1).
(3) To increase knowledge and understanding of health risk factors for veterans who are members of a racial or ethnic minority group.
(4) To develop mechanisms that support better health care information dissemination, education, prevention, and services delivery to veterans from disadvantaged backgrounds, including veterans who are members of a racial or ethnic minority group.
(5) To enter into contracts or agreements with appropriate public and nonprofit private entities to develop and carry out programs to provide bilingual or interpretive services to assist veterans who are members of a racial or ethnic minority group and who lack proficiency in speaking the English language in accessing and receiving health care services through the Veterans Health Administration.
(6) To carry out programs to improve access to health care services through the Veterans Health Administration for veterans with limited proficiency in speaking the English language, including the development and evaluation of demonstration and pilot projects for that purpose.
(7) To advise the Under Secretary for Health on matters relating to the development, implementation, and evaluation of health professions education in decreasing disparities in health care outcomes between veterans who are members of a racial or ethnic minority group and other veterans, including cultural competency as a method of eliminating such health disparities.
(8) To perform such other functions and duties as the Secretary or the Under Secretary for Health considers appropriate.
(d) Definitions
In this section:
(1) The term racial or ethnic minority group means any of the following:
(A) American Indians (including Alaska Natives, Eskimos, and Aleuts).
(B) Asian Americans.
(C) Native Hawaiians and Pacific Islanders.
(D) Blacks.
(E) Hispanics.
(2) The term Hispanic means individuals whose origin is from Mexico, Puerto Rico, Cuba, Central or South America, or any other Spanish-speaking country.
(b) Clerical amendment
The table of sections at the beginning of such subchapter is amended by inserting after the item relating to section 7308 the following new item:
(a) In general
Not later than January 1, 2025, the Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a study on how amendments made by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Public Law 111–148) and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (Public Law 111–152) to titles XVIII and XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.; 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.) relating to disproportionate share hospital adjustment payments under Medicare and Medicaid (and subsequent amendments made with respect to such payments) affect the timely access to health care services for low-income patients. Such study shall—
(1) evaluate and examine whether States electing to make medical assistance available under section 1902(a)(10)(A)(i)(VIII) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)(10)(A)(i)(VIII)) (including States making such an election through a waiver of the State plan) to individuals described in such section mitigate the need for payments to disproportionate share hospitals under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(d)(5)(F)) and section 1923 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396r–4), including the impact of such States electing to make medical assistance available to such individuals on—
(A) the number of individuals in the United States who are without health insurance and the distribution of such individuals in relation to areas primarily served by disproportionate share hospitals; and
(B) the low-income utilization rate of such hospitals and the resulting fiscal sustainability of such hospitals;
(2) evaluate the appropriate level and distribution of such payments among such disproportionate share hospitals for purposes of—
(A) sufficiently accounting for the level of uncompensated care provided by such hospitals to low-income patients; and
(B) providing timely access to health care services for individuals in medically underserved areas; and
(3) assess, with respect to such disproportionate share hospitals—
(A) the role played by such hospitals in providing critical access to emergency, inpatient, and outpatient health services, including end-of-life services, as well as the location of such hospitals in relation to medically underserved areas; and
(B) the extent to which such hospitals satisfy the requirements established for charitable hospital organizations under section 501(r) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 with respect to community health needs assessments, financial assistance policy requirements, limitations on charges, and billing and collection requirements.
(1) Report to Congress
Not later than 180 days after the date on which the study under subsection (a) is completed, the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Finance of the Senate a report that contains—
(A) the results of the study;
(B) recommendations to Congress for any legislative changes to the payments to disproportionate share hospitals under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(d)(5)(F)) and section 1923 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396r–4) that are needed to ensure access to health services for low-income patients that—
(i) are based on the number of individuals without health insurance, the amount of uncompensated care provided by such hospitals, and the impact of reduced payment levels on low-income communities; and
(ii) takes into account any reports submitted by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of Health and Human Services, to congressional committees regarding the costs incurred by charitable hospital organizations for charity care, bad debt, nonreimbursed expenses for services provided to individuals under the Medicare program under title XVIII of the Social Security Act and the Medicaid program under title XIX of such Act, and any community benefit activities provided by such organizations.
(2) Report to the Secretary of Health and Human Services
Not later than 180 days after the date on which the study under subsection (a) is completed, the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to the Secretary of Health and Human Services a report that contains—
(A) the results of the study; and
(B) any recommendations for purposes of assisting in the development of the methodology for the adjustment of payments to disproportionate share hospitals, as required under section 1886(r) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(r)) and the reduction of such payments under section 1923(f)(7) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396r–4(f)(7)), taking into account the reports referred to in paragraph (1)(B)(ii).
(a) In general
Section 1861 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x), as amended by section 2007(b)(1), is amended by adding at the end of the following new subsection:
(1) The term rural community hospital means a hospital (as defined in subsection (e)) that—
(A) is located in a rural area (as defined in section 1886(d)(2)(D)) or treated as being so located pursuant to section 1886(d)(8)(E);
(B) subject to paragraph (2), has less than 51 acute care inpatient beds, as reported in its most recent cost report;
(C) makes available 24-hour emergency care services;
(D) subject to paragraph (3), has a provider agreement in effect with the Secretary and is open to the public as of January 1, 2010; and
(E) applies to the Secretary for such designation.
(2) For purposes of paragraph (1)(B), beds in a psychiatric or rehabilitation unit of the hospital which is a distinct part of the hospital shall not be counted.
(3) Paragraph (1)(D) shall not be construed to prohibit any of the following from qualifying as a rural community hospital:
(A) A replacement facility (as defined by the Secretary in regulations in effect on January 1, 2012) with the same service area (as defined by the Secretary in regulations in effect on such date).
(B) A facility obtaining a new provider number pursuant to a change of ownership.
(C) A facility which has a binding written agreement with an outside, unrelated party for the construction, reconstruction, lease, rental, or financing of a building as of January 1, 2012.
(4) Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as prohibiting a critical access hospital from qualifying as a rural community hospital if the critical access hospital meets the conditions otherwise applicable to hospitals under subsection (e) and section 1866.
(5) Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as prohibiting a rural community hospital participating in the demonstration program under section 410A of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 (42 U.S.C. 1395ww note; Public Law 108–173) from qualifying as a rural community hospital if the rural community hospital meets the conditions otherwise applicable to hospitals under subsection (e) and section 1866.
(1) Inpatient hospital services
Section 1814 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395f) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(m) Payment for Inpatient Services Furnished in Rural Community Hospitals
The amount of payment under this part for inpatient hospital services furnished in a rural community hospital, other than such services furnished in a psychiatric or rehabilitation unit of the hospital which is a distinct part, is, at the election of the hospital in the application referred to in section 1861(ooo)(1)(E)—
(1) 101 percent of the reasonable costs of providing such services, without regard to the amount of the customary or other charge, or
(2) the amount of payment provided for under the prospective payment system for inpatient hospital services under section 1886(d).
(2) Outpatient services
Section 1834 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395m) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(aa) Payment for outpatient services furnished in rural community hospitals
The amount of payment under this part for outpatient services furnished in a rural community hospital is, at the election of the hospital in the application referred to in section 1861(ooo)(1)(E)—
(1) 101 percent of the reasonable costs of providing such services, without regard to the amount of the customary or other charge and any limitation under section 1861(v)(1)(U), or
(2) the amount of payment provided for under the prospective payment system for covered OPD services under section 1833(t).
(3) Exemption from 30-percent reduction in reimbursement for bad debt
Section 1861(v)(1)(T) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(v)(1)(T)) is amended in the matter preceding clause (i) by inserting (other than for a rural community hospital) after In determining such reasonable costs for hospitals.
(c) Beneficiary cost-Sharing for outpatient services
Section 1834(aa) of the Social Security Act (as added by subsection (b)(2)) is amended—
(1) by redesignating paragraphs (1) and (2) as subparagraphs (A) and (B), respectively;
(2) by inserting (1) after (aa); and
(3) by adding at the end the following:
(2) The amounts of beneficiary cost-sharing for outpatient services furnished in a rural community hospital under this part shall be as follows:
(A) For items and services that would have been paid under section 1833(t) if furnished by a hospital, the amount of cost-sharing determined under paragraph (8) of such section.
(B) For items and services that would have been paid under section 1833(h) if furnished by a provider of services or supplier, no cost-sharing shall apply.
(C) For all other items and services, the amount of cost-sharing that would apply to the item or service under the methodology that would be used to determine payment for such item or service if provided by a physician, provider of services, or supplier, as the case may be.
(1) Part A payment
Section 1814(b) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395f(b)) is amended in the matter preceding paragraph (1) by inserting other than inpatient hospital services furnished by a rural community hospital, after critical access hospital services,.
(2) Part B payment
Section 1833(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395l(a)), as amended by section 2207(b)(3), is amended—
(A) by striking and at the end of paragraph (10);
(B) by striking the period at the end of paragraph (11) and inserting; and; and
(C) by adding at the end the following:
(12) in the case of outpatient services furnished by a rural community hospital, the amounts described in section 1834(aa).
(A) Consultation with State agencies
Section 1863 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395z) is amended by striking and (dd)(2) and inserting (dd)(2), and (ooo)(1).
(B) Provider agreements
Section 1866(a)(2)(A) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395cc(a)(2)(A)) is amended by inserting section 1834(aa)(2), after section 1833(b),.
(e) Effective Date
The amendments made by this section shall apply to items and services furnished on or after the date that is 30 days after the date of the enactment of this Act.
(1) Establishment
Not later than 6 months after the date of the enactment of this section, the Secretary of Health and Human Services (in this section referred to as the Secretary) shall establish a commission to be known as the Rural Health Quality Advisory Commission (in this section referred to as the Commission).
(A) National plan
The Commission shall develop, coordinate, and facilitate implementation of a national plan for rural health quality improvement. The national plan shall—
(i) identify objectives for rural health quality improvement;
(ii) identify strategies to eliminate known gaps in rural health system capacity and improve rural health quality; and
(iii) provide recommendations for Federal programs to identify opportunities for strengthening and aligning policies and programs to improve rural health quality.
(B) Demonstration projects
The Commission shall design demonstration projects to recommend to the Secretary to test alternative models for rural health quality improvement, including with respect to both personal and population health.
(C) Monitoring
The Commission shall monitor progress toward the objectives identified pursuant to subparagraph (A)(i).
(A) Number
The Commission shall be composed of 11 members appointed by the Secretary.
(B) Selection
The Secretary shall select the members of the Commission from among individuals with significant rural health care and health care quality expertise, including expertise in clinical health care, health care quality research, end-of-life care, population or public health, or purchaser organizations.
(5) Staff
Upon the request of the Commission, the Secretary may detail, on a reimbursable basis, any of the personnel of the Office of Rural Health Policy of the Health Resources and Services Administration, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, or the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services to the Commission to assist in carrying out this subsection.
(6) Reports to congress
Not later than 1 year after the establishment of the Commission, and annually thereafter, the Commission shall submit a report to the Congress on rural health quality. Each such report shall include the following:
(A) An inventory of relevant programs and recommendations for improved coordination and integration of policy and programs.
(B) An assessment of achievement of the objectives identified in the national plan developed under paragraph (2) and recommendations for realizing such objectives.
(C) Recommendations on Federal legislation, regulations, or administrative policies to enhance rural health quality and outcomes.
(1) In general
Not later than 270 days after the date of the enactment of this section, the Secretary, in consultation with the Rural Health Quality Advisory Commission, the Office of Rural Health Policy of the Health Resources and Services Administration, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, and the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, shall make grants to eligible entities for a total of 5 demonstration projects to implement and evaluate methods for improving the quality of health care in rural communities. Each such demonstration project shall include—
(A) alternative community models that—
(i) will achieve greater integration of personal and population health services; and
(ii) address safety, effectiveness, patient- or community-centeredness, timeliness, efficiency, and equity (the 6 aims identified by the National Academy of Medicine (formerly known as the Institute of Medicine) in its report entitled Crossing the Quality Chasm: A New Health System for the 21st Century released on March 1, 2001);
(B) innovative approaches to the financing and delivery of health care services to achieve rural health quality and accessibility goals for patients; and
(C) development of quality improvement support structures to assist rural health systems and professionals in the provision of health care (such as workforce support structures, quality monitoring and reporting, clinical care protocols, and information technology applications).
(2) Eligible entities
In this subsection, the term eligible entity means a consortium that—
(A) shall include—
(i) at least one health care provider or health care delivery system located in a rural area; and
(ii) at least one organization representing multiple community stakeholders; and
(B) may include other partners such as rural research centers.
(3) Consultation
In developing the program for awarding grants under this subsection, the Secretary shall consult with the Administrator of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, rural health care providers, rural health care researchers, and private and nonprofit groups (including national associations) which are undertaking similar efforts.
(4) Expedited waivers
The Secretary shall expedite the processing of any waiver that—
(A) is authorized under title XVIII or XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.; 42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.); and
(B) is necessary to carry out a demonstration project under this subsection.
(5) Demonstration project sites
The Secretary shall ensure that the 5 demonstration projects funded under this subsection are conducted at a variety of sites representing the diversity of rural communities in the United States.
(6) Duration
Each demonstration project under this subsection shall be for a period of 4 years.
(7) Independent evaluation
The Secretary shall enter into an arrangement with an entity that has experience working directly with rural health systems for the conduct of an independent evaluation of the program carried out under this subsection.
(8) Report
Not later than 1 year after the conclusion of all of the demonstration projects funded under this subsection, the Secretary shall submit a report to the Congress on the results of such projects. The report shall include—
(A) an evaluation of patient access to care, patient outcomes, and an analysis of the cost-effectiveness of each such project; and
(B) recommendations on Federal legislation, regulations, or administrative policies to enhance rural health quality and outcomes.
(1) In general
Out of funds in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, there are appropriated to the Secretary to carry out this section $30,000,000 for the period of fiscal years 2025 through 2029.
(A) In general
Except as provided in subparagraph (B), funds appropriated under paragraph (1) shall remain available for expenditure through fiscal year 2028.
(B) Report
For purposes of carrying out subsection (b)(8), funds appropriated under paragraph (1) shall remain available for expenditure through fiscal year 2029.
(3) Reservation
Of the amount appropriated under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall reserve—
(A) $5,000,000 to carry out subsection (a); and
(B) $25,000,000 to carry out subsection (b), of which—
(i) 2 percent shall be for the provision of technical assistance to grant recipients; and
(ii) 5 percent shall be for the independent evaluation under subsection (b)(7).
Section 4223. Rural health care services
Section 330A of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254c) is amended to read as follows:
(a) Purpose
The purpose of this section is to provide for grants—
(1) under subsection (b), to promote rural health care services outreach;
(2) under subsection (c), to provide for the planning and implementation of integrated health care networks in rural areas;
(3) under subsection (d), to assist rural communities in the Delta Region to reduce health disparities and to promote and enhance health system development; and
(4) under subsection (e), to provide for the planning and implementation of small rural health care provider quality improvement activities.
(1) Grants
The Director of the Office of Rural Health Policy of the Health Resources and Services Administration (referred to in this section as the Director) may award grants to eligible entities to promote rural health care services outreach by expanding the delivery of health care services to include new and enhanced services in rural areas. The Director may award the grants for periods of not more than 3 years.
(2) Eligibility
To be eligible to receive a grant under this subsection for a project, an entity—
(A) shall be a rural public or rural nonprofit private entity, a facility that qualifies as a rural health clinic under title XVIII of the Social Security Act, a public or nonprofit entity existing exclusively to provide services to migrant and seasonal farm workers in rural areas, or a Tribal government whose grant-funded activities will be conducted within federally recognized Tribal areas;
(B) shall represent a consortium composed of members—
(i) that include 3 or more independently owned health care entities; and
(ii) that may be nonprofit or for-profit entities; and
(C) shall not previously have received a grant under this subsection for the same or a similar project, unless the entity is proposing to expand the scope of the project or the area that will be served through the project.
(3) Applications
To be eligible to receive a grant under this subsection, an eligible entity shall prepare and submit to the Director an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Director may require, including—
(A) a description of the project that the eligible entity will carry out using the funds provided under the grant;
(B) a description of the manner in which the project funded under the grant will meet the health care needs of rural populations in the local community or region to be served;
(C) a plan for quantifying how health care needs will be met through identification of the target population and benchmarks of service delivery or health status, such as—
(i) quantifiable measurements of health and health care status improvement for projects focusing on health promotion; or
(ii) benchmarks of increased access to primary and end-of-life care, including tracking factors such as the number and type of primary and end-of-life care visits, identification of a medical home, or other general measures of such access;
(D) a description of how the local community or region to be served will be involved in the development and ongoing operations of the project;
(E) a plan for sustaining the project after Federal support for the project has ended;
(F) a description of how the project will be evaluated;
(G) the administrative capacity to submit annual performance data electronically as specified by the Director; and
(H) other such information as the Director determines to be appropriate.
(A) In general
The Director may award rural health network development grants to eligible entities to promote, through planning and implementation, the development of integrated health care networks that have combined the functions of the entities participating in the networks in order to—
(i) achieve efficiencies and economies of scale;
(ii) expand access to, coordinate, and improve the quality of the health care delivery system through development of organizational efficiencies;
(iii) implement health information technology to achieve efficiencies, reduce medical errors, and improve quality;
(iv) coordinate care and manage chronic and terminal illness; and
(v) strengthen the rural health care system as a whole and across all facets of the health care delivery system, including end-of-life care, in such a manner as to show a quantifiable return on investment to the participants in the network.
(B) Grant periods
The Director may award such a rural health network development grant—
(i) for a period of 3 years for implementation activities; or
(ii) for a period of 1 year for planning activities to assist in the initial development of an integrated health care network, if the proposed participants in the network do not have a history of collaborative efforts and a 3-year grant would be inappropriate.
(2) Eligibility
To be eligible to receive a grant under this subsection, an entity—
(A) shall be a rural public or rural nonprofit private entity, a facility that qualifies as a rural health clinic under title XVIII of the Social Security Act, a public or nonprofit entity existing exclusively to provide services to migrant and seasonal farm workers in rural areas, or a Tribal government whose grant-funded activities will be conducted within federally recognized Tribal areas;
(B) shall represent a network composed of participants—
(i) that include 3 or more independently owned health care entities; and
(ii) that may be nonprofit or for-profit entities; and
(C) shall not previously have received a grant under this subsection (other than a 1-year grant for planning activities) for the same or a similar project.
(3) Applications
To be eligible to receive a grant under this subsection, an eligible entity, in consultation with the appropriate State office of rural health or another appropriate State entity, shall prepare and submit to the Director an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Director may require, including—
(A) a description of the project that the eligible entity will carry out using the funds provided under the grant;
(B) an explanation of the reasons why Federal assistance is required to carry out the project;
(C) a description of—
(i) the history of collaborative activities carried out by the participants in the network;
(ii) the degree to which the participants are ready to integrate their functions; and
(iii) how the local community or region to be served will benefit from and be involved in the activities carried out by the network;
(D) a description of how the local community or region to be served will experience increased access to quality health care services across the continuum of care as a result of the integration activities carried out by the network, including a description of—
(i) return on investment for the community and the network members; and
(ii) other quantifiable performance measures that show the benefit of the network activities;
(E) a plan for sustaining the project after Federal support for the project has ended;
(F) a description of how the project will be evaluated;
(G) the administrative capacity to submit annual performance data electronically as specified by the Director; and
(H) other such information as the Director determines to be appropriate.
(1) Grants
The Director may award grants to eligible entities to support reduction of health disparities, improve access to health care, and enhance rural health system development in the Delta Region.
(2) Eligibility
To be eligible to receive a grant under this subsection, an entity shall be a rural public or rural nonprofit private entity, a facility that qualifies as a rural health clinic under title XVIII of the Social Security Act, a public or nonprofit entity existing exclusively to provide services to migrant and seasonal farm workers in rural areas, or a Tribal government whose grant-funded activities will be conducted within federally recognized Tribal areas.
(3) Applications
To be eligible to receive a grant under this subsection, an eligible entity shall prepare and submit to the Director an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Director may require, including—
(A) a description of the project that the eligible entity will carry out using the funds provided under the grant;
(B) an explanation of the reasons why Federal assistance is required to carry out the project;
(C) a description of the manner in which the project funded under the grant will meet the health care needs of the Delta Region;
(D) a description of how the local community or region to be served will experience increased access to quality health care services as a result of the activities carried out by the entity;
(E) a description of how health disparities will be reduced or the health system will be improved;
(F) a plan for sustaining the project after Federal support for the project has ended;
(G) a description of how the project will be evaluated including process and outcome measures related to the quality of care provided or how the health care system improves its performance;
(H) a description of how the grantee will develop an advisory group made up of representatives of the communities to be served to provide guidance to the grantee to best meet community need; and
(I) other such information as the Director determines to be appropriate.
(1) Grants
The Director may award grants to provide for the planning and implementation of small rural health care provider quality improvement activities. The Director may award the grants for periods of 1 to 3 years.
(2) Eligibility
To be eligible for a grant under this subsection, an entity—
(A) shall be—
(i) a rural public or rural nonprofit private health care provider or provider of health care services, such as a rural health clinic; or
(ii) another rural provider or network of small rural providers identified by the Director as a key source of local care; and
(B) shall not previously have received a grant under this subsection for the same or a similar project.
(3) Preference
In awarding grants under this subsection, the Director shall give preference to facilities that qualify as rural health clinics under title XVIII of the Social Security Act.
(4) Applications
To be eligible to receive a grant under this subsection, an eligible entity shall prepare and submit to the Director an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Director may require, including—
(A) a description of the project that the eligible entity will carry out using the funds provided under the grant;
(B) an explanation of the reasons why Federal assistance is required to carry out the project;
(C) a description of the manner in which the project funded under the grant will assure continuous quality improvement in the provision of services by the entity;
(D) a description of how the local community or region to be served will experience increased access to quality health care services as a result of the activities carried out by the entity;
(E) a plan for sustaining the project after Federal support for the project has ended;
(F) a description of how the project will be evaluated including process and outcome measures related to the quality of care provided; and
(G) other such information as the Director determines to be appropriate.
(1) Prohibited uses of funds
An entity that receives a grant under this section may not use funds provided through the grant—
(A) to build or acquire real property; or
(B) for construction.
(2) Coordination with other agencies
The Director shall coordinate activities carried out under grant programs described in this section, to the extent practicable, with Federal and State agencies and nonprofit organizations that are operating similar grant programs, to maximize the effect of public dollars in funding meritorious proposals.
(g) Report
Not later than September 30, 2025, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report on the progress and accomplishments of the grant programs described in subsections (b), (c), (d), and (e).
(h) Definition of Delta Region
In this section, the term Delta Region has the meaning given to the term region in section 382A of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act (7 U.S.C. 2009aa).
(a) References
Any reference in a law, regulation, document, paper, or other record of the United States to the Director of the Indian Health Service shall be deemed to be a reference to the Assistant Secretary of the Indian Health Service.
(b) Executive Schedule
Section 5315 of title 5, United States Code, is amended, in the matter relating to the Assistant Secretaries of Health and Human Services, by striking (6) and inserting (7), 1 of whom shall be the Assistant Secretary of the Indian Health Service.
(c) Conforming amendment
Section 5316 of title 5, United States Code, is amended by striking Director, Indian Health Service, Department of Health and Human Services..
Section 4232. Extension of full Federal medical assistance percentage to Indian health care providers
Section 1905(a)(9) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d(a)(9)) is amended to read as follows:
(9) clinic services furnished by or under the direction of a physician, without regard to whether the clinic itself is administered by a physician, including—
(A) such services furnished outside the clinic by clinic personnel to an eligible individual who does not reside in a permanent dwelling or does not have a fixed home or mailing address; and
(B) such services furnished outside the clinic by any Indian Health Service facility, a health program or facility operated by a tribe or tribal organization under the Indian Self-Determination Act (Public Law 93–638), or an urban Indian organization receiving funds under title V of the Indian Health Care Improvement Act;
Section 4233. Conferring with urban Indian organizations
Section 514 of the Indian Health Care Improvement Act (25 U.S.C. 1660d) is amended by striking subsection (b) and inserting the following:
(b) Requirement
The Secretary shall ensure that the Service and other agencies and offices of the Department and the Department of Veterans Affairs confer, to the maximum extent practicable, with urban Indian organizations in carrying out—
(1) this Act; and
(2) other provisions of law relating to Indian health care.
(a) In general
Section 1311(c)(1)(B) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18031(c)(1)(B)) is amended by inserting before the semicolon the following: and the ability of such provider to provide care in a language other than English either through the provider speaking such language or by the provider having a qualified interpreter for an individual with limited English proficiency (as defined in section 3400 of such Act) who speaks such language available during office hours.
(b) Effective date
The amendment made by subsection (a) shall not apply to any plan beginning on or prior to the date that is 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act.
(a) Essential community providers
Section 1311(c)(1)(C) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18031(c)(1)(C)) is amended—
(1) by inserting (i) after (C); and
(2) by adding at the end the following new clauses:
(ii) not later than January 1, 2025, increase the percentage of essential community providers as described in clause (i) included in its network by 10 percent annually (based on the level in the plan for 2023) until 90 percent of all federally qualified health centers and 75 percent of all other such essential community providers in the contract service area are in-network; and
(iii) include at least one essential community provider in each of the essential community provider categories described in section 156.235(a)(2)(ii)(B) of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations (as in effect on the date of enactment of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024), in each county in the service area, where available;
(b) Reporting requirements
Section 1311(e)(3) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18031(e)(3)) is amended by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(E) Data on essential community providers
The Secretary shall require qualified health plans to submit annually to the Secretary data on the percentage of essential community providers as described in clause (ii) of subsection (c)(1)(C), by county, that contract with each qualified health plan offered in that county and the percentage of such essential community providers, by category as described in clause (iii) of such subsection, that contract with each qualified health plan offered in that county. Such data shall be made available to the general public.
(1) Medicare
Section 1852(d)(1) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–22(d)(1)) is amended—
(A) by striking and at the end of subparagraph (D);
(B) by striking the period at the end of subparagraph (E) and inserting; and; and
(C) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(F) the plan meets the requirements of clauses (ii) and (iii) of section 1311(c)(1)(C) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (relating to inclusion in networks of essential community providers).
(2) Medicaid
Section 1932(b)(5) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396u–2(b)(5)) is amended—
(A) by striking and at the end of subparagraph (A);
(B) by striking the period at the end of subparagraph (B) and inserting; and; and
(C) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(C) meets the requirements of clauses (ii) and (iii) of section 1311(c)(1)(C) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (relating to inclusion in networks of essential community providers) with respect to services offered in the service area involved.
(a) In general
Section 1311(c)(1)(B) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18031(c)(1)(B)), as amended by section 4241(a), is further amended—
(1) by inserting (i) after (B); and
(2) by adding at the end the following new clauses:
(ii) meet such network adequacy standards as the Secretary may establish with regard to—
(I) appointment wait time;
(II) travel time and distance to health care provider facilities and providers by public and private transit;
(III) hours of operation to accommodate individuals who cannot come to provider appointments during standard business hours;
(IV) availability of health care options for patients; and
(V) other network adequacy standards to ensure that care through these plans is accessible to diverse communities, including individuals with limited English proficiency as defined in section 3400 of such Act; and
(iii) provide coverage for services for enrollees through out-of-network providers at no additional cost to the enrollees in cases where in-network providers are unable to comply with the standards established under subclause (III) or (IV) of clause (ii) for such services and the out-of-network providers can deliver such services in compliance with such standards;
(b) Effective date
The amendments made by subsection (a) shall not apply to plans beginning on or prior to the date that is 1 year after the date of the enactment of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024.
(1) GAO reports
Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to Congress—
(A) a report on the Alaska Dental Health Aide Therapists program and the Dental Therapist and Advanced Dental Therapist programs in Minnesota, to assess the effectiveness of dental therapists in—
(i) improving access to timely dental care among communities of color;
(ii) providing high-quality care;
(iii) providing culturally competent care; and
(iv) providing accessible care to people with disabilities;
(B) a report on State variations in the use of dental hygienists and the effectiveness of expanding the scope of practice for dental hygienists in—
(i) improving access to timely dental care among communities of color;
(ii) providing high-quality care;
(iii) providing culturally competent care; and
(iv) providing accessible care to people with disabilities; and
(C) a report on the use of telehealth services to enhance services provided by dental hygienists and therapists, including recommendations for any modifications to the Medicare program under title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.) and the Medicaid program under title XIX of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.) to better provide for telehealth consultations in conjunction with therapists’ and hygienists’ care.
(2) HRSA report on dental shortage areas
Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall submit to Congress a report which details geographic dental access shortages and the preparedness of dental providers to offer culturally and linguistically appropriate, affordable, accessible, and timely services.
(b) Expansion of dental health aid therapists in Tribal and urban Indian communities
Section 119 of the Indian Health Care Improvement Act (25 U.S.C. 1616l) is amended—
(1) in subsection (d)—
(A) by striking paragraph (2) and inserting the following:
(2) Requirements; exclusion
Subject to paragraphs (3) and (4), in establishing a national program under paragraph (1), the Secretary—
(A) shall not reduce the amounts provided for the Community Health Aide Program described in subsections (a) and (b);
(B) shall exclude dental health aide therapist services from services covered under that Program; and
(C) shall include urban Indian organizations.
(A) ; and
(B) in paragraph (3)—
(i) in the paragraph heading, by striking or tribal organization and inserting, tribal organization, or urban Indian organization; and
(ii) in each of subparagraphs (A) and (B), by striking or tribal organization and inserting, tribal organization, or urban Indian organization; and
(2) in subsection (e), by striking or a tribal organization and inserting a tribal organization, or an urban Indian organization.
(1) Coverage
Section 1861(s)(2) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(s)(2)) is amended—
(A) in subparagraph (JJ), by inserting and at the end; and
(B) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(KK) dental and oral health services (as defined in subsection (ppp));
(2) Dental and oral health services defined
Section 1861 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x), as amended by sections 2007(b) and 4221(a), is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(1) The term dental and oral health services means services (as defined by the Secretary) that are necessary to prevent disease and promote oral health, restore oral structures to health and function, and treat emergency conditions, including—
(A) routine diagnostic and preventive care such as dental cleanings, exams, and x-rays;
(B) basic dental services such as fillings and extractions;
(C) major dental services such as root canals, crowns, and dentures;
(D) emergency dental care; and
(E) other necessary services related to dental and oral health (as defined by the Secretary).
(2) For purposes of paragraph (1), such term shall include mobile and portable oral health services (as defined by the Secretary) that—
(A) are provided for the purpose of overcoming mobility, transportation, and access barriers for individuals; and
(B) satisfy the standards and certification requirements established under section 1902(a)(82) for the State in which the services are provided.
(3) Payment and coinsurance
Section 1833(a)(1) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395l(a)(1)) is amended—
(A) by striking and before (HH); and
(B) by inserting before the semicolon at the end the following: and (II) with respect to dental and oral health services (as defined in section 1861(ppp)), the amount paid shall be (i) in the case of such services that are preventive, 100 percent of the lesser of the actual charge for the services or the amount determined under the payment basis determined under section 1848, and (ii) in the case of all other such services, 80 percent of the lesser of the actual charge for the services or the amount determined under the payment basis determined under section 1848.
(4) Payment under physician fee schedule
Section 1848(j)(3) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–4(j)(3)) is amended by inserting, (2)(KK), after (including administration of the health risk assessment).
(5) Dentures
Section 1861(s)(8) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(s)(8)) is amended—
(A) by striking (other than dental) and inserting (including dentures); and
(B) by striking internal body.
(6) Repeal of ground for exclusion
Section 1862(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395y) is amended by striking paragraph (12).
(7) Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall apply to services furnished on or after January 1, 2026.
(I) Requirement
Section 1902(a)(10)(A) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)(10)(A)) is amended by inserting (10), before (13)(B),.
(aa) In general
Section 1902(a)(10)(C)(iv) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)(10)(C)(iv)) is amended by inserting (10), before (13)(B).
(bb) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section or the amendments made by this section shall be construed to limit the access of an individual residing in an institutional setting to dental and oral health services (as such term is defined in section 1905(ll) of the Social Security Act, as added by paragraph (2)(B)).
(III) Effective date
The amendments made by clauses (i) and (ii) shall apply with respect to expenditures for medical assistance in calendar quarters beginning on or after January 1, 2026.
(ii) Benchmark coverage
Section 1937(b)(5) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396u–7(b)(5)) is amended by striking the period and inserting, and, beginning January 1, 2026, coverage of dental and oral health services (as such term is defined in section 1905(ll))..
(iii) Optional application to territories
Section 1902(j) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(j)) is amended—
(I) by striking this title, the Secretary and inserting “this title—
(1) in the case of a State other than the 50 States and the District of Columbia the requirement under subsection (a)(10)(A) to provide the care and services listed in paragraph (10) of section 1905(a) shall be optional; and
(2) the Secretary
(I) ; and
(II) by striking the second comma after section 1108(f).
(B) Definition of dental and oral health services
Section 1905 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d), as amended by section 4107(c), is amended—
(i) in subsection (a)(10), by inserting and dental and oral health services (as defined in subsection (ll)) after dental services; and
(ii) by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(ll) Dental and oral health services
For purposes of subsection (a)(10), the term dental and oral health services means dentures and denture services, implants and implant services, and services necessary to prevent oral disease and promote oral health, restore oral structures to health and function, reduce oral pain, and treat emergency oral conditions, that are furnished by a provider who is legally authorized to furnish such items and services under State law (or the State regulatory mechanism provided by State law).
(i) In general
Section 1905(a)(10) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d(a)(10)), as amended by paragraph (2), is amended by striking dental services and.
(ii) Effective date
The amendment made by subparagraph (A) shall take effect on January 1, 2026.
(2) State option for additional dental and oral health benefits
Section 1905(a)(13) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d(a)(13)) is amended by inserting the following new subparagraph after subparagraph (C):
(D) at State option, such items and services related to dental and oral health services (as defined in subsection (ll)) that are in addition to those identified in such subsection (ll) as the State may specify;
(A) Medicaid
Section 1905 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d), as amended by paragraph (1), is further amended—
(i) in subsection (b), by striking and (kk) and inserting (kk), and (mm);
(ii) in subsection (ff), by striking and (ii) and inserting, (ii), and (mm); and
(iii) by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(A) 50 States and DC
Notwithstanding subsection (b), in the case of a State that is 1 of the 50 States or the District of Columbia, during the 12-quarter period that begins on January 1, 2026, the Federal medical assistance percentage shall be equal to 100 percent with respect to amounts expended by the State for medical assistance for dental and oral health services authorized under paragraph (10) of subsection (a). In no case may the application of this subparagraph result in the Federal medical assistance percentage determined for a State with respect to expenditures described in this subparagraph exceeding 100 percent.
(i) In general
Notwithstanding subsection (b), in the case of a State that is Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, or American Samoa, during a period described in clause (ii), the Federal medical assistance percentage shall be equal to 100 percent with respect to amounts expended by the State for medical assistance for any item or service that is included in dental and oral health services authorized under paragraph (10) of subsection (a). In no case may the application of this clause result in the Federal medical assistance percentage determined for a State with respect to expenditures described in this clause exceeding 100 percent.
(ii) Period described
A period described in this clause is, with respect to an item or service described in clause (i) and a State described in such clause, the 12-quarter period that begins with the first quarter beginning on or after January 1, 2026, in which such item or service is first covered under the State plan or under a waiver of such plan.
(2) Exclusions
The Federal medical assistance percentage specified in paragraph (1) shall not apply to amounts expended for medical assistance during any period for—
(A) additional items and services authorized under paragraph (13)(D) of subsection (a); or
(B) items and services furnished to an individual if, as of the date of enactment of this subsection, medical assistance was available to such individual for such items and services or medicare cost-sharing under the State plan or a waiver of such plan.
(B) Exclusion of amounts attributable to increased FMAP from territorial caps
Section 1108 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1308), as amended by section 4101, is amended—
(i) in subsection (f), in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking (h), and (j) and inserting (h), (j), and (k); and
(ii) by adding at the end the following:
(k) Exclusion from caps of amounts attributable to increased FMAP for coverage of dental and oral health services
Any additional amount paid to Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, and American Samoa for expenditures for medical assistance that is attributable to an increase in the Federal medical assistance percentage applicable to such expenditures under section 1905(mm) shall not be taken into account for purposes of applying payment limits under subsections (f) and (g).
(e) Oral health services as an essential health benefit
Section 1302(b) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18022(b)), as amended by section 2013(a), is further amended—
(1) in paragraph (1)—
(A) in subparagraph (J), by striking oral and; and
(B) by adding at the end the following:
(L) Oral health services for children and adults.
(B) ; and
(2) by adding at the end the following:
(6) Oral health services
For purposes of paragraph (1)(L), the term oral health services means services (as defined by the Secretary) that are necessary to prevent any oral disease and promote oral health, restore oral structures to health and function, and treat emergency oral conditions.
(2) Telehealth
For purposes of alternative dental health care providers and other dental care providers who are licensed to provide clinical care, dental services provided under the demonstration program under this subsection may be administered by such providers through telehealth-enabled collaboration and supervision when appropriate and feasible.
(3) Alternative dental health care providers defined
In this subsection, the term alternative dental health care providers has the meaning given that term in section 340G–1(a)(2) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 256g–1(a)(2)).
(2) Telehealth
For purposes of alternative dental health care providers and other dental care providers who are licensed to provide clinical care, dental services provided under the demonstration program under this subsection may be administered by such providers through telehealth-enabled collaboration and supervision when appropriate and feasible.
(3) Definitions
In this subsection:
(A) Active status
The term active status has the meaning given that term in section 101(d) of title 10, United States Code.
(B) Alternative dental health care providers
The term alternative dental health care providers has the meaning given that term in section 340G–1(a)(2) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 256g–1(a)(2)).
(2) Telehealth
For purposes of alternative dental health care providers and other dental care providers who are licensed to provide clinical care, dental services provided under the demonstration program under this subsection may be administered by such providers through telehealth-enabled collaboration and supervision when appropriate and feasible.
(3) Alternative dental health care providers defined
In this subsection, the term alternative dental health care providers has the meaning given that term in section 340G–1(a)(2) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 256g–1(a)(2)).
(2) Telehealth
For purposes of alternative dental health care providers and other dental care providers who are licensed to provide clinical care, dental services provided under the demonstration program under this subsection may be administered by such providers through telehealth-enabled collaboration and supervision when appropriate and feasible.
(3) Definitions
In this subsection:
(A) Alternative dental health care providers defined
The term alternative dental health care providers has the meaning given that term in section 340G–1(a)(2) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 256g–1(a)(2)).
(B) Indian Health Care Improvement Act
The terms Indian tribe, tribal organization, and Urban Indian organization have the meaning given the terms in section 4 of the Indian Health Care Improvement Act (25 U.S.C. 1603).
Section 4252. Oral health literacy and awareness campaign
The Public Health Service Act is amended by inserting after section 340G–1 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 256g–1) the following:
(a) Campaign
The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall establish a public education campaign (referred to in this subsection as the campaign) across all relevant programs of the Health Resources and Services Administration (including the health center program, oral health workforce programs, maternal and child health programs, the Ryan White HIV/AIDS Program, and rural health programs) to increase oral health literacy and awareness.
(b) Strategies
In carrying out the campaign, the Secretary shall identify oral health literacy and awareness strategies that are evidence based and focused on oral health care education, including education on prevention of oral disease such as early childhood and other caries, periodontal disease, and oral cancer.
(c) Focus
The Secretary shall design the campaign to communicate directly with specific populations, including children, pregnant women, parents, the elderly, individuals with disabilities, and ethnic and racial minority populations, including Indians, Alaska Natives, and Native Hawaiians, in a culturally and linguistically appropriate manner.
(d) Outcomes
In carrying out the campaign, the Secretary shall include a process for measuring outcomes and effectiveness.
(e) Report to Congress
Not later than 3 years after the date of enactment of this section, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate a report on the outcomes and effectiveness of the campaign.
(1) In general
Section 2103(c)(6) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397cc(c)(6)) is amended—
(A) in subparagraph (A), by inserting, subject to subparagraph (D), after shall include;
(B) in subparagraph (B), by striking A State and inserting Subject to subparagraph (D), a State; and
(C) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(D) No lifetime or annual limits on dental benefits
A State shall not establish lifetime or annual limits on the dollar value of benefits for dental services provided under the State child health plan to a targeted low-income child, and, in the case that the State elects to provide pregnancy-related assistance pursuant to section 2112, to a targeted low-income pregnant woman (as defined in section 2112(d)), including benefits for such services that are provided through dental coverage that is otherwise equivalent to a benchmark dental package described in subparagraph (C).
(2) Effective date
The amendments made by this subsection shall take effect on the date that is 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act.
(1) In general
Section 2110(b)(5) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397jj(b)(5)) is amended—
(A) in the paragraph header, by striking Option and inserting Requirement;
(B) in subparagraph (A), by striking may waive and inserting shall waive; and
(C) in subparagraph (C)—
(i) in the subparagraph header, by striking Conditions and inserting Requirements; and
(ii) by striking may not offer dental-only supplemental coverage under this paragraph unless the State satisfies the following conditions and inserting shall offer dental-only supplemental coverage under this paragraph in accordance with the following requirements.
(2) Effective date
The amendments made by this subsection shall take effect on the date that is 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act.
(1) In general
The Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (in this section referred to as the Administrator) shall require that a clinician or other professional participating in any pay-for-reporting or value-based payment program stratify clinical quality measures by disparity variables, including race, ethnicity, sex, primary language, disability status, sexual orientation, gender identity, and socioeconomic status. A clinician or other professional may use existing demographic data collection fields in certified electronic health record technology (as defined in section 1848(o)(4) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–4(o)(4))) to carry out such data stratification under the preceding sentence. Such stratified data will assist clinicians and other professionals in the identification of disparities obscured in aggregated data and assist with the provision of interventions that target reducing those disparities.
(2) Clinician
In assessing performance in any value-based payment program, the Administrator shall incorporate a clinician or other professional’s performance in reducing disparities across race, ethnicity, sex, primary language, disability status, sexual orientation, gender identity, and socioeconomic status. Linking performance payments to the reduction of health care disparities across such variables will assist in holding clinicians and other professionals accountable for providing quality care that can lead to decreased health inequities.
(3) Requirement of adoption of cert
All entities, clinicians, or other professionals participating in the Quality Payment Program of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services shall be required to adopt 2015 certified electronic health record technology (as so defined) as a condition of participating in such program.
(b) Quality improvement activities
The Administrator, upon yearly review of the Quality Payment Program, shall add quality improvement activities that implement the Culturally and Linguistically Accessible Standards (CLAS) as Improvement Activities under the Quality Payment Program.
(a) In general
The Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation established under section 1115A of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1315a) (in this section referred to as the CMI) shall establish a dedicated fund to identify, test, evaluate, and scale delivery and payment models under the applicable titles (as defined in subsection (a)(4)(B) of such section) that target health disparities among racial and ethnic minorities, including models that support high-value nonmedical services that address socially determined barriers to health in all stages of the life cycle through end-of-life, including English proficiency status, low health and health care literacy, lack of access to health care planning, including end-of-life care planning, case management, transportation, enrollment assistance needs, stable and affordable housing, utility assistance, employment and career development, and nutrition and food security which will help to reduce disparities and impact the overall cost of care.
(c) Pilot programs
The CMI shall prioritize the testing of models under such section 1115A that include partnerships with entities, including community-based organizations or other nonprofit entities, to help address socially determined barriers to health and health care.
(d) Alternatives
Any model tested by the CMI under such 1115A shall include measures to assess and track the impact of the model on health disparities, using existing measures such as the Healthcare Disparities and Cultural Competency Measures endorsed by the entity with a contract under section 1890(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395aaa(a)), and stratified by race, ethnicity, English proficiency, gender identity, sexual orientation, and disability status.
(a) In general
In carrying out the duties under this subtitle, the CMI shall consult clinical and analytical experts with expertise in medicine and health care management, specifically such experts with expertise in—
(1) the health care needs of minority, rural, and underserved populations; and
(2) the financial needs of safety net, community-based, rural, and critical access providers, including federally qualified health centers.
(b) Open door forums
The CMI shall use open door forums or other mechanisms to seek external feedback from interested parties and incorporate that feedback into the development of models.
(a) In general
Any pay-for-performance or alternative payment model that is developed and tested by the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation established under section 1115A of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1315a), or any other agency of the Department of Health and Human Services with respect to the programs under titles XVIII, XIX, or XXI of such Act, shall be assessed for potential impact on safety net, community-based, and critical access providers, including Federally qualified health centers.
(b) New models
The rollout of any such models shall include training and additional up front resources for community-based and safety net providers to enable those providers to participate in the model.
Section 4305. Improving access to care for Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries
Section 1115A of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1315a) is amended—
(1) in subsection (a)—
(A) in the last sentence of paragraph (1), by inserting advance health equity and before improve the coordination; and
(B) in the first sentence of paragraph (3)—
(i) by inserting (including the Office of Minority Health of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, the Office of Rural Health Policy of the Health Resources and Services Administration, and the Office on Women’s Health of the Department of Health and Human Services) after relevant Federal agencies; and
(ii) by striking experts with expertise in medicine and inserting experts with expertise in medicine, the causes of health disparities and the social determinants of health, and;
(2) in subsection (b)—
(A) in paragraph (2)—
(i) in subparagraph (A)—
(I) by inserting the following after the first sentence: Prior to selecting a model under this paragraph, the Secretary shall consult with the Office of Minority Health of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, the Office of Rural Health Policy of the Health Resources and Services Administration, and the Office on Women’s Health of the Department of Health and Human Services to ensure that models under consideration address health disparities and social determinants of health as appropriate for populations to be cared for under the model.;
(II) by inserting and, for models for which testing begins on or after January 1, 2025, address health equity as well as improving access to care received by individuals receiving benefits under such title after applicable title; and
(III) by adding at the end the following: The models selected under this subparagraph shall include the social determinants of health payment model described in subsection (h), the testing of which shall begin not later than December 31, 2025.; and
(ii) in subparagraph (C), by adding at the end the following new clauses:
(ix) Whether the model will affect access to care from providers and suppliers caring for high risk patients or operating in underserved areas.
(x) Whether the model has the potential to reduce health disparities, including minority and rural health disparities.
(B) in paragraph (3)(B)—
(i) in clause (i), by inserting or health equity after quality of care;
(ii) in clause (ii), by inserting or increasing health inequities after quality of care; and
(iii) in clause (iii), by inserting or health equity after quality of care; and
(C) in paragraph (4)(A)—
(i) in clause (i), by striking; and and inserting a semicolon;
(ii) in clause (ii), by striking the period and inserting; and; and
(iii) by adding at the end the following new clause:
(iii) for models for which testing begins on or after January 1, 2025, the extent to which the model improves health equity.
(3) in subsection (c)—
(A) in paragraph (1)—
(i) in subparagraph (A), by inserting or, beginning on or after January 1, 2025, increasing health inequities before the semicolon; and
(ii) in subparagraph (B), by inserting or, beginning on or after January 1, 2025, health equity after patient care; and
(B) in paragraph (3), by inserting or increase health disparities experienced by beneficiaries, including low-income, minority, or rural beneficiaries, or that such expansion would improve health equity before the period;
(4) in subsection (g), by adding at the end the following:
(4) For reports submitted after the date of enactment of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024, each such report shall include information on the following:
(1) The interventions that address social determinants of health, health disparities, or health equity in payment models selected by the CMI for testing under this section.
(2) Estimated Federal savings achieved through reducing disparities, including rural and minority health disparities, improving health equity, or addressing social determinants of health.
(3) The effectiveness of interventions in mitigating negative health outcomes and higher costs associated with social determinants of health within models selected by the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation for testing.
(4) Other areas determined appropriate by the Secretary.
(4) ; and
(5) by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(a) In general
The Secretary may, at the request of an eligible community partnership described in subsection (b)(1), designate an eligible area described in subsection (b)(2) as a health empowerment zone for the purpose of eligibility for a grant under section 4402.
(1) Eligible community partnership
A community partnership is eligible to submit a request under this section if the partnership—
(A) demonstrates widespread public support from key individuals and entities in the eligible area, including members of the target community, State and local governments, nonprofit organizations including national and regional intermediaries with demonstrated capacity to serve low-income urban communities, and community and industry leaders, for designation of the eligible area as a health empowerment zone; and
(B) includes representatives of—
(i) a broad cross-section of stakeholders and residents from communities in the eligible area experiencing disproportionate disparities in health status and health care; and
(ii) organizations, facilities, and institutions that have a history of working within and serving such communities.
(2) Eligible area
An area is eligible to be designated as a health empowerment zone under this section if one or more communities in the area experience disproportionate disparities in health status and health care. In determining whether a community experiences such disparities, the Secretary shall consider data collected by the Department of Health and Human Services focusing on the following areas:
(A) Access to affordable, high-quality health care services.
(B) The prevalence of disproportionate rates of certain illnesses or diseases including the following:
(i) Arthritis, osteoporosis, chronic back conditions, and other musculoskeletal diseases.
(ii) Cancer.
(iii) Chronic kidney disease.
(iv) Diabetes.
(v) Injury (intentional and unintentional).
(vi) Violence (intimate and nonintimate).
(vii) Maternal and paternal illnesses and diseases.
(viii) Infant mortality.
(ix) Mental illness and other disabilities.
(x) Substance use disorder treatment and prevention, including underage drinking.
(xi) Nutrition, obesity, and overweight conditions.
(xii) Heart disease.
(xiii) Hypertension.
(xiv) Cerebrovascular disease or stroke.
(xv) Tuberculosis.
(xvi) HIV/AIDS and other sexually transmitted infections.
(xvii) Viral hepatitis.
(xviii) Asthma.
(xix) Tooth decay and other oral health issues.
(C) Within the community, the historical and persistent presence of conditions that have been found to contribute to health disparities including any such conditions respecting any of the following:
(i) Poverty.
(ii) Educational status and the quality of community schools.
(iii) Income.
(iv) Access to high-quality affordable health care.
(v) Work and work environment.
(vi) Environmental conditions in the community, including with respect to clean water, clean air, and the presence or absence of pollutants.
(vii) Language and English proficiency.
(viii) Access to affordable healthy food.
(ix) Access to ethnically and culturally diverse health and human service providers and practitioners.
(x) Access to culturally and linguistically competent health and human services and health and human service providers.
(xi) Health-supporting infrastructure.
(xii) Health insurance that is adequate and affordable.
(xiii) Race, racism, and bigotry (conscious and unconscious).
(xiv) Sexual orientation.
(xv) Health and health care literacy.
(xvi) Place of residence (such as urban areas, rural areas, and reservations of Indian Tribes).
(xvii) Stress.
(1) Request
A request under subsection (a) shall—
(A) describe the bounds of the area to be designated as a health empowerment zone and the process used to select those bounds;
(B) demonstrate that the partnership submitting the request is an eligible community partnership described in subsection (b)(1);
(C) demonstrate that the area is an eligible area described in subsection (b)(2);
(D) include a comprehensive assessment of disparities in health status and health care experience by one or more communities in the area;
(E) set forth—
(i) a vision and a set of values for the area; and
(ii) a comprehensive and holistic set of goals to be achieved in the area through designation as a health empowerment zone; and
(F) include a strategic plan and an action plan for achieving the goals described in subparagraph (E)(ii).
(2) Approval
Not later than 60 days after the receipt of a request for designation of an area as a health empowerment zone under this section, the Secretary shall approve or disapprove the request.
(d) Minimum number
The Secretary—
(1) shall designate not more than 110 health empowerment zones under this section; and
(2) of such zones designated under paragraph (1), shall designate at least one health empowerment zone in each of the several States, the District of Columbia, and each territory or possession of the United States.
Section 4402. Assistance to those seeking designation
At the request of any organization or entity seeking to submit a request under section 4401(a), the Secretary shall provide technical assistance, and may award a grant, to assist such organization or entity—
(1) to form an eligible community partnership described in section 4401(b)(1);
(2) to complete a health assessment, including an assessment of health disparities under section 4401(c)(1)(D); or
(3) to prepare and submit a request, including a strategic plan, in accordance with section 4401.
(a) Priority
In awarding a grant under subsection (b), a Federal official shall give priority to any applicant that—
(1) meets the eligibility criteria for the grant;
(2) proposes to use the grant for activities in a health empowerment zone; and
(3) demonstrates that such activities will directly and significantly further the goals of the strategic plan approved for such zone under section 4401.
(1) In general
Upon designating an eligible area as a health empowerment zone at the request of an eligible community partnership, the Secretary shall, subject to the availability of appropriations, make a grant to the community partnership for implementation of the strategic plan for such zone.
(2) Grant period
A grant under paragraph (1) for a health empowerment zone shall be for a period of 2 years and may be renewed, except that the total period of grants under paragraph (1) for such zone may not exceed 10 years.
(3) Limitation
In awarding grants under this subsection, the Secretary shall not give less priority to an applicant or reduce the amount of a grant because the Secretary rendered technical assistance or made a grant to the same applicant under section 4401.
(4) Reporting
The Secretary shall establish metrics for measuring the progress of grantees under this subsection and, based on such metrics, require each such grantee to report to the Secretary not less than every 6 months on the progress in implementing the strategic plan for the health empowerment zone.
Section 4404. Definition of Secretary
In this subtitle, the term Secretary means the Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration and the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health, and in cooperation with the Director of the Office of Community Services and the Director of the National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities.
(1) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, in consultation with the Director for Civil Rights and Health Equity, the Director of the National Institutes of Health, the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health, and the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall by regulation require all health care providers and facilities that are required under other provisions of law to report data on specific health outcomes to the Department of Health and Human Services in aggregate form, to disaggregate such data by demographic characteristics, including by race, national origin, sex (including sexual orientation and gender identity), disability, and age, as well as any other factor that the Secretary of Health and Human Services determines would be useful for determining a pattern of provision of inequitable health care.
(2) Proposed regulations
Not later than 90 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall issue proposed regulations to carry out paragraph (1).
(b) Repository
The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall—
(1) not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, establish a repository of the disaggregated data reported pursuant to subsection (a);
(2) subject to paragraph (3), make the data in such repository publicly available; and
(3) ensure that such repository does not contain any data that is individually identifiable.
(a) Equitable health care as value measurement
Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(b)(3)(B)(viii)) is amended by adding at the end the following new subclause:
(aa) Effective for payments beginning with fiscal year 2025, in expanding the number of measures under subclause (III), the Secretary shall adopt measures that relate to equitable health care furnished by hospitals in inpatient settings.
(bb) In carrying out this subclause, the Secretary shall solicit input and recommendations from individuals and groups representing communities of color and other protected classes and ensure measures adopted pursuant to this subclause account for social determinants of health, as defined in section 4505(e)(10) of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024.
(cc) For purposes of this subclause, the term equitable health care refers to the principle that high-quality care should be provided to all individuals and health care treatment and services should not vary on account of the real or perceived race, national origin, sex (including sexual orientation and gender identity), disability, or age of an individual, as well as any other factor that the Secretary determines would be useful for determining a pattern of provision of inequitable health care.
(b) Inclusion of equitable health care measures
Section 1886(o)(2)(B) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(o)(2)(B)) is amended by adding at the end the following new clause:
(iv) Inclusion of equitable health care measures
Beginning in fiscal year 2025, measures selected under subparagraph (A) shall include the equitable health care measures described in subsection (b)(3)(B)(viii)(XIII).
Section 4503. Provision of inequitable health care as a basis for permissive exclusion from Medicare and State health care programs
Section 1128(b) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320a–7(b)) is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
(A) In general
Subject to subparagraph (B), any health care provider that the Secretary determines has engaged in a pattern of providing inequitable health care (as defined in section 4505(e)(7) of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024) on the basis of race, national origin, sex (including sexual orientation and gender identity), disability, or age of an individual.
(B) Exception
For purposes of carrying out subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall not exclude any health care provider from participation in the Medicare program under title XVIII of the Social Security Act or the Medicaid program under title XIX of such Act if the exclusion of such health care provider would result in increased difficulty in access to health care services for underserved or low-income communities.
(a) Name of office
Beginning on the date of enactment of this Act, the Office for Civil Rights of the Department of Health and Human Services shall be known as the Office for Civil Rights and Health Equity of the Department of Health and Human Services. Any reference to the Office for Civil Rights of the Department of Health and Human Services in any law, regulation, map, document, record, or other paper of the United States shall be deemed to be a reference to the Office for Civil Rights and Health Equity.
(b) Head of office
The head of the Office for Civil Rights and Health Equity shall be the Director for Civil Rights and Health Equity, to be appointed by the President. Any reference to the Director of the Office for Civil Rights of the Department of Health and Human Services in any law, regulation, map, document, record, or other paper of the United States shall be deemed to be a reference to the Director for Civil Rights and Health Equity.
(1) In general
No health care provider may, on the basis, in whole or in part, of race, sex (including sexual orientation and gender identity), disability, age, or religion, subject an individual to the provision of inequitable health care.
(2) Notice of patient rights
The Secretary shall provide to each patient a notice of a patient’s rights under this section.
(A) In general
An aggrieved person may, not later than 1 year after an alleged violation of subsection (a) has occurred or concluded, file a complaint with the Director alleging provision of inequitable health care by a provider described in subsection (a).
(B) Complaint
A complaint submitted pursuant to subparagraph (A) shall be in writing and shall contain such information and be in such form as the Director requires.
(C) Oath or affirmation
The complaint and any answer made under this subsection shall be made under oath or affirmation, and may be reasonably and fairly modified at any time.
(A) In general
Upon the filing of a complaint under this subsection, the following procedures shall apply:
(i) Complainant notice
The Director shall serve notice upon the complainant acknowledging receipt of such filing and advising the complainant of the time limits and procedures provided under this section.
(ii) Respondent notice
The Director shall, not later than 30 days after receipt of such filing—
(I) serve on the respondent a notice of the complaint, together with a copy of the original complaint; and
(II) advise the respondent of the procedural rights and obligations of respondents under this section.
(iii) Answer
The respondent may file, not later than 60 days after receipt of the notice from the Director, an answer to such complaint.
(iv) Investigative duties
The Director shall—
(I) make an investigation of the alleged provision of inequitable health care; and
(II) complete such investigation within 180 days (unless it is impracticable to complete such investigation within 180 days) after the filing of the complaint.
(i) Pattern or practice
In the course of investigating the complaint, the Director may seek records of care provided to patients other than the complainant if necessary to demonstrate or disprove an allegation of provision of inequitable health care or to determine whether there is a pattern or practice of such care.
(iii) Inability to complete investigation
If the Director is unable to complete (or finds it is impracticable to complete) the investigation within 180 days after the filing of the complaint (or, if the Secretary takes further action under paragraph (6)(B) with respect to a complaint, within 180 days after the commencement of such further action), the Director shall notify the complainant and respondent in writing of the reasons involved.
(iv) Report to State licensing authorities
On concluding each investigation under this subparagraph, the Director shall provide to the appropriate State licensing authorities information specifying the results of the investigation.
(i) Final report
On completing each investigation under this paragraph, the Director shall prepare a final investigative report.
(ii) Modification of report
A final report under this subparagraph may be modified if additional evidence is later discovered.
(A) In general
During the period beginning on the date on which a complaint is filed under this subsection and ending on the date of final disposition of such complaint (including during an investigation under paragraph (2)(B)), the Director shall, to the extent feasible, engage in conciliation with respect to such complaint.
(B) Conciliation agreement
A conciliation agreement arising out of such conciliation shall be an agreement between the respondent and the complainant, and shall be subject to approval by the Director.
(C) Rights protected
The Director shall approve a conciliation agreement only if the agreement protects the rights of the complainant and other persons similarly situated.
(i) In general
Subject to clause (ii), the Secretary shall make available to the public a copy of a conciliation agreement entered into pursuant to this subsection unless the complainant and respondent otherwise agree, and the Secretary determines, that disclosure is not required to further the purposes of this subsection.
(ii) Limitation
A conciliation agreement that is made available to the public pursuant to clause (i) may not disclose individually identifiable health information.
(4) Failure to comply with conciliation agreement
Whenever the Director has reasonable cause to believe that a respondent has breached a conciliation agreement, the Director shall refer the matter to the Attorney General to consider filing a civil action to enforce such agreement.
(5) Written consent for disclosure of information
Nothing said or done in the course of conciliation under this subsection may be made public, or used as evidence in a subsequent proceeding under this subsection, without the written consent of the parties to the conciliation.
(A) In general
If the Director determines at any time following the filing of a complaint under this subsection that prompt judicial action is necessary to carry out the purposes of this subsection, the Director may recommend that the Attorney General promptly commence a civil action under subsection (d).
(B) Immediate suit
If the Director determines at any time following the filing of a complaint under this subsection that the public interest would be served by allowing the complainant to bring a civil action under subsection (c) in a State or Federal court immediately, the Director shall certify that the administrative process has concluded and that the complainant may file such a suit immediately.
(7) Annual report
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, and annually thereafter, the Director shall make publicly available a report detailing the activities of the Office for Civil Rights and Health Equity under this subsection, including—
(A) the number of complaints filed and the basis on which the complaints were filed;
(B) the number of investigations undertaken as a result of such complaints; and
(C) the disposition of all such investigations.
(i) In suit
A complainant under subsection (b) may commence a civil action to obtain appropriate relief with respect to an alleged violation of subsection (a), or for breach of a conciliation agreement under subsection (b), in an appropriate district court of the United States or State court—
(I) not sooner than the earliest of—
(aa) the date a conciliation agreement is reached under subsection (b);
(bb) the date of a final disposition of a complaint under subsection (b); or
(cc) 180 days after the first day of the alleged violation; and
(II) not later than 2 years after the final day of the alleged violation.
(ii) Statute of limitations
The computation of such 2-year period shall not include any time during which an administrative proceeding (including investigation or conciliation) under subsection (b) was pending with respect to a complaint under such subsection.
(B) Barring suit
If the Director has obtained a conciliation agreement under subsection (b) regarding an alleged violation of subsection (a), no action may be filed under this paragraph by the complainant involved with respect to the alleged violation except for the purpose of enforcing the terms of such an agreement.
(A) In general
In a civil action under paragraph (1), if the court finds that a violation of subsection (a) or breach of a conciliation agreement has occurred, the court may award to the plaintiff actual and punitive damages, and may grant as relief, as the court determines to be appropriate, any permanent or temporary injunction, temporary restraining order, or other order (including an order enjoining the defendant from engaging in a practice violating subsection (a) or ordering such affirmative action as may be appropriate).
(B) Fees and costs
In a civil action under paragraph (1), the court, in its discretion, may allow the prevailing party, other than the United States, a reasonable attorney’s fee and costs. The United States shall be liable for such fees and costs to the same extent as a private person.
(3) Intervention by Attorney General
Upon timely application, the Attorney General may intervene in a civil action under paragraph (1), if the Attorney General certifies that the case is of general public importance.
(A) Pattern or practice cases
The Attorney General may commence a civil action in any appropriate district court of the United States if the Attorney General has reasonable cause to believe that any health care provider covered by subsection (a)—
(i) is engaged in a pattern or practice that violates such subsection; or
(ii) is engaged in a violation of such subsection that raises an issue of significant public importance.
(B) Cases by referral
The Director may determine, based on a pattern of complaints, a pattern of violations, a review of data reported by a health care provider covered by subsection (a), or any other means, that there is reasonable cause to believe a health care provider is engaged in a pattern or practice that violates subsection (a). If the Director makes such a determination, the Director shall refer the related findings to the Attorney General. If the Attorney General finds that such reasonable cause exists, the Attorney General may commence a civil action in any appropriate district court of the United States.
(2) Enforcement of subpoenas
The Attorney General, on behalf of the Director, or another party at whose request a subpoena is issued under this subsection, may enforce such subpoena in appropriate proceedings in the district court of the United States for the district in which the person to whom the subpoena was addressed resides, was served, or transacts business.
(A) In general
In a civil action under paragraph (1), the court—
(i) may award such preventive relief, including a permanent or temporary injunction, temporary restraining order, or other order against the person responsible for a violation of subsection (a) as is necessary to assure the full enjoyment of the rights granted by this subsection;
(ii) may award such other relief as the court determines to be appropriate, including monetary damages, to aggrieved persons; and
(iii) may, to vindicate the public interest, assess punitive damages against the respondent—
(I) in an amount not exceeding $500,000, for a first violation; and
(II) in an amount not exceeding $1,000,000, for any subsequent violation.
(B) Fees and costs
In a civil action under this subsection, the court, in its discretion, may allow the prevailing party, other than the United States, a reasonable attorney’s fee and costs. The United States shall be liable for such fees and costs to the extent provided by section 2412 of title 28, United States Code.
(4) Intervention in civil actions
Upon timely application, any person may intervene in a civil action commenced by the Attorney General under paragraphs (1) and (2) if the action involves an alleged violation of subsection (a) with respect to which such person is an aggrieved person (including a person who is a complainant under subsection (b)) or a conciliation agreement to which such person is a party.
(e) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Aggrieved person
The term aggrieved person means—
(A) a person who believes that the person was or will be injured in violation of subsection (a); or
(B) the personal representative or estate of a deceased person who was injured in violation of subsection (a).
(2) Director
The term Director means the Director for Civil Rights and Health Equity of the Department of Health and Human Services.
(3) Disability
The term disability has the meaning given such term in section 3 of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12102).
(4) Conciliation
The term conciliation means the attempted resolution of issues raised by a complaint, or by the investigation of such complaint, through informal negotiations involving the complainant, the respondent, and the Secretary.
(5) Conciliation agreement
The term conciliation agreement means a written agreement setting forth the resolution of the issues in conciliation.
(6) Individually identifiable health information
The term individually identifiable health information means any information, including demographic information collected from an individual—
(A) that is created or received by a health care provider covered by subsection (a), health plan, employer, or health care clearinghouse;
(B) that relates to the past, present, or future physical or mental health or condition of, the provision of health care to, or the past, present, or future payment for the provision of health care to, the individual; and
(i) that identifies the individual; or
(ii) with respect to which there is a reasonable basis to believe that the information can be used to identify the individual.
(7) Provision of inequitable health care
The term provision of inequitable health care means the provision of any health care service, by a health care provider in a manner that—
(A) fails to meet a high-quality care standard, meaning the health care provider fails to—
(i) avoid harm to patients as a result of the health services that are intended to help the patient;
(ii) provide health services based on scientific knowledge to all and to all patients who benefit;
(iii) refrain from providing services to patients not likely to benefit;
(iv) provide care that is responsive to patient preferences, needs, and values; and
(v) avoids waits or delays in care; and
(B) is discriminatory in intent or effect based at least in part on a basis specified in subsection (a).
(8) Respondent
The term respondent means the person or other entity accused in a complaint of a violation of subsection (a).
(9) Secretary
The term Secretary means the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
(f) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section shall be construed as repealing or limiting the effect of title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000d et seq.), section 1557 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18116), section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794), or the Age Discrimination Act of 1975 (42 U.S.C. 6101 et seq.).
(1) In general
There is established the Federal Health Equity Commission (in this section referred to as the Commission).
(A) In general
The Commission shall be composed of—
(i) 8 voting members appointed under subparagraph (B); and
(ii) the nonvoting, ex officio members listed in subparagraph (C).
(B) Voting members
Not more than 4 of the members described in subparagraph (A)(i) shall at any one time be of the same political party. Such members shall have recognized expertise in and personal experience with racial and ethnic health inequities, health care needs of vulnerable and marginalized populations, and health equity as a vehicle for improving health status and health outcomes. Such members shall be appointed to the Commission as follows:
(i) 4 members of the Commission shall be appointed by the President.
(ii) 2 members of the Commission shall be appointed by the President pro tempore of the Senate, upon the recommendations of the majority leader and the minority leader of the Senate. Each member appointed to the Commission under this clause shall be appointed from a different political party.
(iii) 2 members of the Commission shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives upon the recommendations of the majority leader and the minority leader of the House of Representatives. Each member appointed to the Commission under this clause shall be appointed from a different political party.
(C) Ex officio member
The Commission shall have the following nonvoting, ex officio members:
(i) The Director for Civil Rights and Health Equity of the Department of Health and Human Services.
(ii) The Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health of the Department of Health and Human Services.
(iii) The Director of the National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities.
(iv) The Chairperson of the Advisory Committee on Minority Health established under section 1707(c) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300u–6(c)).
(3) Terms
The term of office of each member appointed under paragraph (2)(B) of the Commission shall be 6 years.
(A) Chairperson
The President shall, with the concurrence of a majority of the members of the Commission appointed under paragraph (2)(B), designate a Chairperson from among the members of the Commission appointed under such paragraph.
(i) Designation
The Speaker of the House of Representatives shall, in consultation with the majority leaders and the minority leaders of the Senate and the House of Representatives and with the concurrence of a majority of the members of the Commission appointed under paragraph (2)(B), designate a Vice Chairperson from among the members of the Commission appointed under such paragraph. The Vice Chairperson may not be a member of the same political party as the Chairperson.
(ii) Duty
The Vice Chairperson shall act in place of the Chairperson in the absence of the Chairperson.
(5) Removal of members
The President may remove a member of the Commission only for neglect of duty or malfeasance in office.
(6) Quorum
A majority of members of the Commission appointed under paragraph (2)(B) shall constitute a quorum of the Commission, but a lesser number of members may hold hearings.
(1) In general
The Commission shall—
(A) monitor and report on the implementation of this Act; and
(B) investigate, monitor, and report on progress towards health equity and the elimination of health disparities.
(2) Annual report
The Commission shall—
(A) submit to the President and Congress at least one report annually on health equity and health disparities; and
(B) include in such report—
(i) a description of actions taken by the Department of Health and Human Services and any other Federal agency related to health equity or health disparities; and
(ii) recommendations on ensuring equitable health care and eliminating health disparities.
(A) In general
The Commission or, at the direction of the Commission, any subcommittee or member of the Commission, may, for the purpose of carrying out this section, as the Commission or the subcommittee or member considers advisable—
(i) hold such hearings, meet and act at such times and places, take such testimony, receive such evidence, and administer such oaths; and
(ii) require, by subpoena or otherwise, the attendance and testimony of such witnesses and the production of such books, records, correspondence, memoranda, papers, documents, tapes, and materials.
(B) Limitation on hearings
The Commission may hold a hearing under subparagraph (A)(i) only if the hearing is approved—
(i) by a majority of the members of the Commission appointed under subsection (a)(2)(B); or
(ii) by a majority of such members present at a meeting when a quorum is present.
(A) Issuance
A subpoena issued under paragraph (1) shall—
(i) bear the signature of the Chairperson of the Commission; and
(ii) be served by any person or class of persons designated by the Chairperson for that purpose.
(B) Enforcement
In the case of contumacy or failure to obey a subpoena issued under paragraph (1), the United States district court for the district in which the subpoenaed person resides, is served, or may be found may issue an order requiring the person to appear at any designated place to testify or to produce documentary or other evidence.
(C) Noncompliance
Any failure to obey the order of the court may be punished by the court as a contempt of court.
(A) In general
Section 1821 of title 28, United States Code, shall apply to a witness requested or subpoenaed to appear at a hearing of the Commission.
(B) Expenses
The per diem and mileage allowances for a witness shall be paid from funds available to pay the expenses of the Commission.
(4) Postal services
The Commission may use the United States mails in the same manner and under the same conditions as other agencies of the Federal Government.
(5) Gifts
The Commission may accept, use, and dispose of gifts or donations of services or property.
(A) Director
There shall be a full-time staff director for the Commission who shall—
(i) serve as the administrative head of the Commission; and
(ii) be appointed by the Chairperson with the concurrence of the Vice Chairperson.
(B) Other personnel
The Commission may—
(i) appoint such other personnel as it considers advisable, subject to the provisions of title 5, United States Code, governing appointments in the competitive service, and the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of that title relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates; and
(ii) may procure temporary and intermittent services under section 3109(b) of title 5, United States Code, at rates for individuals not in excess of the daily equivalent paid for positions at the maximum rate for GS–15 of the General Schedule under section 5332 of title 5, United States Code.
(A) Non-Federal employees
Each member of the Commission who is not an officer or employee of the Federal Government shall be compensated at a rate equal to the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay prescribed for level IV of the Executive Schedule under section 5315 of title 5, United States Code, for each day (including travel time) during which the member is engaged in the performance of the duties of the Commission.
(B) Federal employees
Each member of the Commission who is an officer or employee of the Federal Government shall serve without compensation in addition to the compensation received for the services of the member as an office or employee of the Federal Government.
(C) Travel expenses
A member of the Commission shall be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, at rates authorized for an employee of an agency under subchapter I of chapter 57 of title 5, United States Code, while away from the home or regular place of business of the member in the performance of the duties of the Commission.
(3) Cooperation
The Commission may secure directly from any Federal department or agency such information as the Commission considers necessary to carry out this Act. Upon request of the Chairman of the Commission, the head of such department or agency shall furnish such information to the Commission.
(e) Permanent Commission
Section 1013 of title 5, United States Code, shall not apply to the Commission.
(a) In general
Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services (in this section referred to as the Secretary) shall award grants to hospitals to promote equitable health care treatment and services, and reduce disparities in care and outcomes.
(b) Consultation
In establishing the criteria for grants under this section and evaluating applications for such grants, the Secretary shall consult with the Director for Civil Rights and Health Equity of the Department of Health and Human Services.
(c) Use of funds
A hospital shall use funds received from a grant under this section to establish or expand programs to provide equitable health care to all patients and to ensure equitable health care outcomes. Such uses may include—
(1) providing explicit and implicit bias training to medical providers and staff;
(2) providing translation or interpretation services for patients;
(3) recruiting and training a diverse workforce;
(4) tracking data related to care and outcomes; and
(5) training on cultural sensitivity.
(d) Priority
In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall give priority to hospitals that have received disproportionate share hospital payments under section 1886(r) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(r)) or section 1923 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396r–4) with respect to fiscal year 2023.
(e) Supplement, not supplant
Grants awarded under this section shall be used to supplement, not supplant, any nongovernment efforts, or other Federal, State, or local funds provided to a recipient.
(f) Equitable health care defined
The term equitable health care has the meaning given such term in section 1886(b)(3)(B)(viii)(XIII)(cc) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(b)(3)(B)(viii)(XIII)(cc)), as added by section 4502(a).
Section 4601. Definitions
In this subtitle:
(1) Advisory Council
The term Advisory Council means the Pay for Equity Council convened under section 4603.
(2) Secretary
The term Secretary means the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
(3) Strategy
The term Strategy means the Pay for Equity Strategy set forth under section 4602.
(a) In general
The Secretary, in consultation with the heads of other appropriate Federal agencies, shall develop jointly with the Advisory Council and submit to the Committee on Finance of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce and the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives, and make publicly available on the internet website of the Department of Health and Human Services, a Pay for Equity Strategy.
(b) Contents
The Strategy shall establish goals for Federal programs, including those authorized under titles XVIII and XIX of the Social Security Act, to incentivize health equity, which may include at least—
(1) incorporating measures of equity into all payment models by 2026;
(2) tying a percentage of reimbursement in value-based payment models to equity measure performance by 2029; and
(3) increasing the number of safety net providers participating in value-based payment by a set percentage by 2031.
(c) Duties of the Secretary
The Secretary, in carrying out subsection (a), shall oversee the following:
(1) Collecting and making publicly available information submitted by the Advisory Council.
(2) Coordinating and assessing existing Federal Government programs and activities to assess capacity to meet equity goals.
(3) Providing technical assistance, as appropriate, such as disseminating identified best practices and information sharing based on reports developed as a result of this subtitle.
(d) Initial strategy; updates
The Secretary shall—
(1) not later than 18 months after the date of enactment of this Act, develop, publish, and submit to the Committee on Finance of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce and the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives the strategy outlined in subsection (a); and
(2) biennially update, publish, and submit to Congress an updated strategy to—
(A) reflect new developments, challenges, opportunities, and solutions; and
(B) review progress and, based on the results of such review, recommend priority actions for improving the implementation of such recommendations, as appropriate.
(e) Process for public input
The Secretary shall establish a process for public input to inform the development of, and updates to, the Strategy, including a process for the public to submit recommendations to the Advisory Council and an opportunity for public comment on the proposed Strategy.
(a) Convening
The Secretary shall convene a Pay for Equity Advisory Council to advise and provide recommendations, including identified best practices, to the Secretary on the Pay for Equity Strategy.
(1) In general
The members of the Advisory Council shall consist of—
(A) the appointed members under paragraph (2); and
(B) the Federal members under paragraph (3).
(2) Appointed members
In addition to the Federal members under paragraph (3), the Secretary shall appoint not more than 15 voting members of the Advisory Council who are not representatives of Federal departments or agencies and who shall include at least 1 representative of each of the following:
(A) Beneficiaries of Medicare and Medicaid.
(B) Safety net health care providers.
(C) Value-based payment experts.
(D) Other members with expertise and lived experience the Secretary deems appropriate.
(3) Federal members
The Federal members of the Advisory Council, who shall be nonvoting members, shall consist of the following:
(A) The Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (or the Administrator’s designee).
(B) The Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration.
(4) Diverse representation
The Secretary shall ensure that the membership of the Advisory Council reflects the diversity of individuals impacted by Federal health payment programs.
(c) Meetings
The Advisory Council shall meet quarterly during the 1-year period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act and at least 3 times during each year thereafter. Meetings of the Advisory Council shall be open to the public.
Section 5001. Grants to promote health for underserved communities
Part Q of title III of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280h et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(b) Use of Funds
Grants awarded pursuant to subsection (a) may be used to support the activities of community health workers, including such activities—
(1) to provide education and outreach regarding enrollment in health insurance including the State Children’s Health Insurance Program under title XXI of the Social Security Act, Medicare under title XVIII of such Act, and Medicaid under title XIX of such Act;
(2) to provide education and outreach in a community setting regarding health problems prevalent among medically underserved communities, and especially among racial and ethnic minority women, racial and ethnic minority children, adolescents, and lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer, nonbinary, gender-nonconforming, or questioning communities;
(3) to provide education and experiential learning opportunities and target risk factors and healthy behaviors that impede or contribute to achieving positive health outcomes, including—
(A) healthy nutrition;
(B) physical activity;
(C) overweight or obesity;
(D) tobacco use, including the use of e-cigarettes and vaping;
(E) alcohol and substance use;
(F) injury and violence;
(G) sexual health;
(H) mental health;
(I) musculoskeletal health and arthritis;
(J) prenatal and postnatal care;
(K) dental and oral health;
(L) understanding informed consent;
(M) stigma; and
(N) environmental hazards;
(4) to promote community wellness and awareness; and
(5) to provide education and refer target populations to appropriate health care agencies and community-based programs and organizations in order to increase access to quality health care services, including preventive health services.
(1) In general
Each eligible entity that desires to receive a grant under subsection (a) shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such additional information as the Secretary may require.
(2) Contents
Each application submitted pursuant to paragraph (1) shall—
(A) describe the activities for which assistance under this section is sought;
(B) contain an assurance that, with respect to each community health worker program receiving funds under the grant awarded, such program provides in-language training and supervision to community health workers to enable such workers to provide authorized program activities in (at least) the most commonly used languages within a particular geographic region;
(C) contain an assurance that the applicant will evaluate the effectiveness of community health worker programs receiving funds under the grant;
(D) contain an assurance that each community health worker program receiving funds under the grant will provide culturally competent services in the linguistic context most appropriate for the individuals served by the program;
(E) contain a plan to document and disseminate project descriptions and results to other States and organizations as identified by the Secretary; and
(F) describe plans to enhance the capacity of individuals to utilize health services and health-related social services under Federal, State, and local programs by—
(i) assisting individuals in establishing eligibility under the programs and in receiving the services or other benefits of the programs; and
(ii) providing other services, as the Secretary determines to be appropriate, which may include transportation and translation services.
(d) Priority
In awarding grants under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give priority to those applicants—
(1) who propose to target geographic areas that—
(i) have a high percentage of residents who are uninsured or underinsured (if the targeted geographic area is located in a State that has elected to make medical assistance available under section 1902(a)(10)(A)(i)(VIII) of the Social Security Act to individuals described in such section);
(ii) have a high percentage of underinsured residents in a particular geographic area (if the targeted geographic area is located in a State that has not so elected); or
(iii) have a high number of households experiencing extreme poverty; and
(B) have a high percentage of families for whom English is not their primary language or including smaller limited English-proficient communities within the region that are not otherwise reached by linguistically appropriate health services;
(2) with experience in providing health or health-related social services to individuals who are underserved with respect to such services; and
(3) with documented community activity and experience with community health workers.
(e) Collaboration with academic institutions
The Secretary shall encourage community health worker programs receiving funds under this section to collaborate with academic institutions, including minority-serving institutions. Nothing in this section shall be construed to require such collaboration.
(f) Quality assurance and cost-Effectiveness
The Secretary shall establish guidelines for ensuring the quality of the training and supervision of community health workers under the programs funded under this section and for ensuring the cost-effectiveness of such programs.
(g) Monitoring
The Secretary shall monitor community health worker programs identified in approved applications and shall determine whether such programs are in compliance with the guidelines established under subsection (f).
(h) Technical assistance
The Secretary may provide technical assistance to community health worker programs identified in approved applications with respect to planning, developing, and operating programs under the grant.
(1) In general
Not later than 4 years after the date on which the Secretary first awards grants under subsection (a), the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report regarding the grant project.
(2) Contents
The report required under paragraph (1) shall include the following:
(A) A description of the programs for which grant funds were used.
(B) The number of individuals served.
(C) An evaluation of—
(i) the effectiveness of these programs;
(ii) the cost of these programs; and
(iii) the impact of these programs on the health outcomes of the community residents.
(D) Recommendations for sustaining the community health worker programs developed or assisted under this section.
(E) Recommendations regarding training to enhance career opportunities for community health workers.
(j) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Community health worker
The term community health worker means an individual who promotes health or nutrition within the community in which the individual resides—
(A) by serving as a liaison between communities and health care agencies;
(B) by providing guidance and social assistance to community residents;
(C) by enhancing community residents’ ability to effectively communicate with health care providers;
(D) by providing culturally and linguistically appropriate health or nutrition education;
(E) by advocating for individual and community health, including dental, oral, mental, and environmental health, or nutrition needs;
(F) by taking into consideration the needs of the communities served, including the prevalence rates of risk factors that impede achieving positive healthy outcomes among pregnant, birthing, and postpartum people and children, especially among racial and ethnic minority pregnant, birthing, and postpartum people and children; or
(G) by providing referral and followup services.
(2) Community setting
The term community setting means a home or a community organization that serves a population.
(3) Eligible entity
The term eligible entity means—
(A) a unit of State, territorial, local, or Tribal government (including a federally recognized Tribe or Alaska Native village); or
(B) a community-based organization.
(4) Medically underserved community
The term medically underserved community means a community—
(A) that has a substantial number of individuals who are members of a medically underserved population, as defined by section 330(b)(3);
(B) a significant portion of which is a health professional shortage area as designated under section 332; and
(C) that includes populations that are linguistically isolated, such as geographic areas with a shortage of health professionals able to provide linguistically appropriate services.
(5) Support
The term support means the provision of training, supervision, and materials needed to effectively deliver the services described in subsection (b), reimbursement for services, and other benefits.
Section 5101. Pregnancy intention screening initiative demonstration program
Part P of title III of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280g et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(a) Program establishment
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall establish a demonstration program to facilitate the clinical adoption of pregnancy intention screening initiatives by health care and social services providers.
(b) Grants
The Secretary may carry out the demonstration program through awarding grants to eligible entities to implement pregnancy intention screening initiatives, collect data, and evaluate such initiatives.
(c) Eligible entities
To be eligible for a grant under this section, an entity shall—
(1) provide non-directive, comprehensive, medically accurate information; and
(2) be a community-based organization, voluntary health organization, public health department, community health center, or other interested public or private primary, behavioral, or other health care or social service provider or organization.
(d) Pregnancy intention screening initiative
For purposes of this section, the term pregnancy intention screening initiative means any initiative by an eligible entity to routinely screen people with respect to their pregnancy intentions and goals to either prevent unintended pregnancies or improve the likelihood of healthy pregnancies, in order to better provide health care that meets the contraceptive or pre-pregnancy needs and goals of such people.
(1) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall, by grant or contract, and after consultation as described in paragraph (2), conduct an evaluation of the demonstration program, with respect to pregnancy intention screening initiatives, conducted under this section. Such evaluation shall include:
(A) Assessment of the implementation of pregnancy intention screening protocols among a diverse group of patients and providers, including collecting data on the experiences and outcomes for diverse patient populations in a variety of clinical settings.
(B) Analysis of outcome measures that will facilitate effective and widespread adoption of such protocols by health care providers for inquiring about and responding to pregnancy goals of people with both contraceptive and pre-pregnancy care.
(C) Consideration of health inequities among the population served.
(D) Assessment of the equitable and voluntary application of such initiatives to minority and medically underserved communities.
(E) Assessment of the training, capacity, and ongoing technical assistance needed for providers to effectively implement such pregnancy intention screening protocols.
(F) Assessment of whether referral systems for selected protocols follow evidence-based standards that ensure access to comprehensive health services and appropriate follow-up care.
(G) Measuring through rigorous methods the effect of such initiatives on key health outcomes.
(2) Consultation with independent, expert advisory panel
In conducting the evaluation under paragraph (1), the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention shall consult with physicians, physician assistants, advanced practice registered nurses, nurse midwives, and other health care providers who specialize in women’s health, and other experts in public health, clinical practice, program evaluation, and research.
(3) Report
Not later than one year after the last day of the demonstration program under this section, the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention shall—
(A) submit to Congress a report on the results of the evaluation conducted under paragraph (1); and
(B) make the report publicly available.
(2) Limitation
Not more than 20 percent of funds appropriated to carry out this section pursuant to paragraph (1) for a fiscal year may be used for purposes of the evaluation under subsection (e).
(a) In general
The Secretary shall establish and implement a birth defects prevention and public awareness program, consisting of the activities described in subsections (b) and (c).
(b) Nationwide media campaign
In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary shall conduct or support a nationwide media campaign to increase awareness among health care providers and at-risk populations about pregnancy and breastfeeding information services.
(1) In general
In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary shall award grants to State or regional agencies or organizations for any of the following:
(A) Information services
The provision of, or campaigns to increase awareness about, pregnancy and breastfeeding information services.
(B) Surveillance and research
The conduct or support of—
(i) surveillance of or research on—
(I) maternal exposures and maternal health conditions that may influence the risk of birth defects, prematurity, or other adverse pregnancy outcomes; and
(II) maternal exposures that may influence health risks to a breastfed infant; or
(ii) networking to facilitate surveillance or research described in this subparagraph.
(2) Preference for certain States
The Secretary, in making any grant under this subsection, shall give preference to States, otherwise equally qualified, that have pregnancy and breastfeeding information services in place.
(3) Matching funds
The Secretary may only award a grant under this subsection to a State or regional agency or organization that agrees, with respect to the costs to be incurred in carrying out the grant activities, to make available (directly or through donations from public or private entities) non-Federal funds toward such costs in an amount equal to not less than 25 percent of the amount of the grant.
(4) Coordination
The Secretary shall ensure that activities funded through a grant under this subsection are coordinated, to the maximum extent practicable, with other birth defects prevention and environmental health activities of the Federal Government, including with respect to pediatric environmental health specialty units and children’s environmental health centers.
(d) Evaluation
The Secretary shall provide for an evaluation of pregnancy and breastfeeding information services carried out by States to identify efficient and effective models of—
(1) providing information;
(2) raising awareness and increasing knowledge about birth defects prevention measures and targeting education to at-risk groups;
(3) modifying risk behaviors; or
(4) other outcome measures as determined appropriate by the Secretary.
(e) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Maternal
The term maternal refers to people who are pregnant or breastfeeding.
(2) Pregnancy and breastfeeding information services
The term pregnancy and breastfeeding information services includes only—
(A) information services to provide accurate, evidence-based, clinical information regarding maternal exposures during pregnancy or breastfeeding that may be associated with birth defects, health risks to a breastfed infant, or other health risks, such as exposures to medications, chemicals, infections, foodborne pathogens, illnesses, nutrition, lifestyle, or climate- and weather-related factors;
(B) the provision of accurate, evidence-based information weighing risks of exposures during breastfeeding against the benefits of breastfeeding; and
(C) the provision of information described in subparagraph (A) or (B) through counselors, websites, fact sheets, telephonic or electronic communication, community outreach efforts, or other appropriate means.
(3) Secretary
The term Secretary means the Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
(a) In general
Part A of title II of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 202 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Women’s Health under section 229 and in collaboration with the Federal officials specified in subsection (b), shall establish the Interagency Coordinating Committee on the Promotion of Optimal Maternity Outcomes (referred to in this section as the ICCPOM).
(b) Other agencies
The officials specified in this subsection are the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Veterans Affairs, the Surgeon General, the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, the Director of the Indian Health Service, the Administrator of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, the Director of the National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, the Assistant Secretary for Children and Families, the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health, the Director of the Office of Personnel Management, and such other Federal officials as the Secretary of Health and Human Services determines to be appropriate.
(c) Chair
The Deputy Assistant Secretary for Women’s Health shall serve as the chair of the ICCPOM.
(d) Duties
The ICCPOM shall guide policy and program development across the Federal Government with respect to promotion of optimal maternity care, provided, however, that nothing in this section shall be construed as transferring regulatory or program authority from an agency to the ICCPOM.
(e) Consultations
The ICCPOM shall actively seek the input of, and shall consult with, all appropriate and interested stakeholders, including State health departments, public health research and interest groups, foundations, childbearing individuals and their advocates, and maternity care professional associations and organizations, reflecting racially, ethnically, demographically, and geographically diverse communities.
(1) In general
The Secretary, on behalf of the ICCPOM, shall annually submit to Congress a report that summarizes—
(A) all programs and policies of Federal agencies (including the Medicare Program under title XVIII of the Social Security Act and the Medicaid program under title XIX of such Act) designed to promote optimal maternity care, focusing particularly on programs and policies that support the adoption of evidence-based maternity care, as defined by timely, scientifically sound systematic reviews;
(B) all programs and policies of Federal agencies (including the Medicare Program under title XVIII of the Social Security Act and the Medicaid program under title XIX of such Act) designed to address the problems of maternal mortality and morbidity, infant mortality, prematurity, and low birth weight, including such programs and policies designed to address racial and ethnic inequities with respect to each of such problems;
(C) the extent of progress in reducing maternal mortality and infant mortality, low birth weight, and prematurity at State and national levels; and
(D) such other information regarding optimal maternity care (such as quality and performance measures) as the Secretary determines to be appropriate.
(2) Reducing inequities with respect to indigenous status
The information specified in paragraph (1)(C) shall be included in each such report in a manner that disaggregates such information by race, ethnicity, and indigenous status in order to determine the extent of progress in reducing racial and ethnic inequities and inequities related to indigenous status.
(3) Certain information
Each report under paragraph (1) shall include information (disaggregated by race, ethnicity, and indigenous status, as applicable) on the following rates, trends, and costs by State:
(A) The rate and trend of primary cesarean deliveries and repeat cesarean deliveries.
(B) The rate and trend of vaginal births after cesarean.
(C) The rate and trend of vaginal breech births.
(D) The rate and trend of induction of labor.
(E) The rate and trend of freestanding birth center births.
(F) The rate and trend of planned and unplanned home birth.
(G) The rate and trends of attended births by different types of maternity care providers, including by an obstetrician-gynecologist, family practice physician, obstetrician-gynecologist, physician assistant, certified nurse-midwife, certified midwife, and certified professional midwife.
(H) The rate and trend of severe maternal morbidity.
(I) The rates and trends of prenatal and postpartum anxiety and depression.
(J) The rate and trend of preterm birth.
(K) The rate and trend of low birth weight.
(L) The cost of maternity care disaggregated by place of birth and provider of care, including—
(i) uncomplicated vaginal birth;
(ii) complicated vaginal birth;
(iii) uncomplicated cesarean birth; and
(iv) complicated cesarean birth.
(1) Inclusion as duty of HHS office on women’s health
Section 229(b) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 237a(b)) (as amended by section 5215) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(9) establish the Interagency Coordinating Committee on the Promotion of Optimal Maternity Outcomes in accordance with section 229A; and
(2) Treatment of biennial reports
Section 229(d) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 237a(d)) is amended by inserting (other than under subsection (b)(9)) after under this section.
(a) In general
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall support the establishment of additional Prevention Research Centers under the Prevention Research Center Program administered by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Such additional centers shall each be known as a Center for Excellence on Optimal Maternity Outcomes.
(b) Research
Each Center for Excellence on Optimal Maternity Outcomes shall—
(1) conduct at least one focused program of research to improve maternity outcomes, including the reduction of cesarean birth rates, early elective inductions, prematurity rates, and low birth weight rates within an underserved population that has a disproportionately large burden of suboptimal maternity outcomes, including maternal mortality and morbidity, infant mortality, prematurity, or low birth weight, which such program shall include developing performance and quality measures for accountability;
(2) work with partners on special interest projects, as specified by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and other relevant agencies within the Department of Health and Human Services, and on projects funded by other sources; and
(3) involve a minimum of two distinct birth setting models, such as—
(A) a hospital labor and delivery model and freestanding birth center model; or
(B) a hospital labor and delivery model and planned home birth model.
(c) Interdisciplinary providers
Each Center for Excellence on Optimal Maternity Outcomes shall include the following interdisciplinary providers of maternity care:
(1) Obstetrician-gynecologists.
(2) At least two of the following providers:
(A) Family practice physicians.
(B) Nurse practitioners.
(C) Physician assistants.
(D) Certified professional midwives, certified nurse-midwives, or certified midwives.
(d) Services
Research conducted by each Center for Excellence on Optimal Maternity Outcomes shall include at least 2 (and preferably more) of the following supportive provider services:
(1) Mental health.
(2) Doula labor support.
(3) Nutrition education.
(4) Childbirth education.
(5) Social work.
(6) Physical therapy or occupation therapy.
(7) Substance use disorder services.
(8) Home visiting.
(e) Coordination
The programs of research at each of the Centers of Excellence on Optimal Maternity Outcomes shall complement and not replicate the work of the other.
Section 5303. Expanding models to be tested by Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation to explicitly include maternity care and children’s health models
Section 1115A(b)(2) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1315a(b)(2)), as amended by section 5209(b), is amended—
(1) in subparagraph (B), by adding at the end the following:
(xxix) Promoting evidence-based models of care that have been associated with reductions in pregnancy-related and infant health inequities, including incorporating the use of and payment for doulas, particularly community-based doulas, and promoting support for people during pregnancy and for the one-year period after the last day of such person’s pregnancy, through evidence-based models of antepartum, birth, postpartum care, and two-generation birthing person and newborn care models, and supporting the risk-appropriate use of out-of-hospital birth models, including births at home and in freestanding birth centers. Such models shall be selected and evaluated based on their impact on quality, equity, and developmental outcomes, notwithstanding any other provision of this section.
(2) in subparagraph (C), by adding at the end the following:
(ix) Whether the model includes a regular process for ensuring the provision of culturally and linguistically appropriate services.
(x) Whether health care services and supportive services included in the model are tailored to community health and health-related social needs and provided by community-based and community-led providers.
(xi) Whether the model is designed to mitigate harmful effects of discrimination on the basis of race, sex, disability, ethnicity, language, and age.
(2) ; and
(3) by adding at the end the following:
(D) Mandatory health equity models to be tested
The Secretary shall select—
(i) Medicaid payment models for culturally and linguistically appropriate antepartum, labor and delivery, and postpartum doula services, including community-based doula services, that are—
(I) structured to provide payment to doulas as individuals, health care entity staff, or members of a doula group or collective, or through a third-party administrator;
(II) designed to reduce racial and intersecting health inequities;
(III) designed to provide doulas providing support with an equitable and sustainable reimbursement rate;
(IV) designed to reduce barriers to workforce entry for culturally and linguistically competent and racially congruent doulas to provide services to Medicaid enrollees; and
(V) designed with input from community-based doulas, maternal health advocates, reproductive justice advocates, and Medicaid beneficiaries;
(ii) a Medicaid episode-based payment model for pregnancy-related services, including health care services and supportive services to address health-related social needs, during the prenatal, intrapartum, and postpartum periods, to improve health outcomes and reduce racial health inequities, and to be designed with input from maternity care providers, maternal health advocates, reproductive justice advocates, and Medicaid beneficiaries;
(iii) a Medicaid alternative payment model for a pregnancy-related health home service to improve health outcomes during and for one year after pregnancy and during the newborn period, and to reduce racial health inequities, designed with input from maternity care providers, maternal health advocates, reproductive justice advocates, and Medicaid beneficiaries;
(iv) a Medicaid perinatal health worker service delivery model for culturally and linguistically appropriate and respectful health care and supportive services that are tailored to community health and health-related social needs, designed to improve health outcomes and mitigate harmful effects of racism and other forms of discrimination, and provided by community-based and community-led providers; and
(v) one or more models exclusively focused on early intervention and prevention for children enrolled in a State plan (or waiver of such plan) under title XIX or a State child health plan under title XXI using evidence-based interventions including parenting support programs, home-visiting services, and dyadic therapy treatment for children and adolescents at risk.
(D) Mandatory health equity models to be tested
Such models shall be selected and evaluated based on their impact on quality, equity, and developmental outcomes, notwithstanding any other provision of this section.
(a) In general
Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the Office of Population Affairs shall review and expand the 2014 Quality Family Planning Guidelines to address—
(1) health inequities; and
(2) the importance of patient-directed contraceptive decision making.
(b) Consultation
In carrying out subsection (a), the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the Office of Population Affairs shall convene a meeting, and solicit the views of, stakeholders including experts on health inequities, experts on reproductive coercion, representatives of provider organizations, patient advocates, reproductive justice organizations, organizations that represent racial and ethnic minority communities, organizations that represent people with disabilities, organizations that represent LGBTQ persons, and organizations that represent people with limited English proficiency.
Section 5401. Sense of Congress on urgent issues concerning barriers to abortion access and vital solutions
It is the sense of Congress that eliminating the Hyde amendment, enacting the Equal Access to Abortion Coverage in Health Insurance Act of 2021, and enacting the Women’s Health Protection Act of 2021, are critical to—
(1) promoting equitable abortion access, including coverage, for all who seek care;
(2) creating enforceable rights to receive, and receive coverage for, such care;
(3) advancing equitable access to comprehensive health coverage, which cannot be achieved without abortion coverage; and
(4) alleviating urgent racial, gender, and other inequities in health and health care and corresponding reproductive injustices.
(1) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall develop and disseminate to the public medically accurate and complete information on emergency contraceptives.
(2) Dissemination
The Secretary may disseminate medically accurate and complete information under paragraph (1) directly or through arrangements with nonprofit organizations, community health workers, including patient advocates, consumer groups, institutions of higher education, clinics, the media, and Federal, State, and local agencies.
(3) Information
The information disseminated under paragraph (1) shall—
(A) include, at a minimum, a description of emergency contraceptives and an explanation of the use, safety, efficacy, affordability, and availability, including over-the-counter access, of such contraceptives and options for access to such contraceptives without cost-sharing through insurance and other programs; and
(B) be pilot tested for consumer comprehension, cultural and linguistic appropriateness, and acceptance of the messages across geographically, racially, ethnically, and linguistically di-verse populations.
(1) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration and in consultation with major medical and public health organizations, shall develop and disseminate to health care providers, including pharmacists, information on emergency contraceptives.
(2) Information
The information disseminated under paragraph (1) shall include, at a minimum—
(A) information describing the use, safety, efficacy, and availability of emergency contraceptives, and options for access without cost-sharing through insurance and other programs;
(B) a recommendation regarding the use of such contraceptives; and
(C) information explaining how to obtain copies of the information developed under subsection (a) for distribution to the patients of the providers.
(c) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Health care provider
The term health care provider means an individual who is licensed or certified under State law to provide health care services and who is operating within the scope of such license. Such term shall include a pharmacist.
(2) Institution of higher education
The term institution of higher education has the same meaning given such term in section 101(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001(a)).
(3) Secretary
The term Secretary means the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
Section 5403. Duties of pharmacies to ensure provision of FDA-approved contraception
Part B of title II of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 238 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(a) In general
Subject to subsection (c), a pharmacy that receives Food and Drug Administration-approved drugs or devices in interstate commerce shall maintain compliance with each of the following:
(1) If a customer requests a contraceptive or a medication related to a contraceptive, including emergency contraception, that is in stock, the pharmacy shall ensure that the requested contraceptive or medication is provided to the customer without delay.
(2) If a customer requests a contraceptive or a medication related to a contraceptive that is not in stock and the pharmacy in the normal course of business stocks contraception, the pharmacy shall immediately inform the customer that the requested contraceptive or medication is not in stock and without delay offer the customer the following options:
(A) If the customer prefers to obtain the requested contraceptive or medication through a referral or transfer, the pharmacy shall—
(i) locate a pharmacy of the customer’s choice or the closest pharmacy confirmed to have the requested contraceptive or medication in stock; and
(ii) refer the customer or transfer the prescription to that pharmacy.
(B) If the customer prefers for the pharmacy to order the requested contraceptive or medication, the pharmacy shall obtain the contraceptive or medication under the pharmacy’s standard procedure for expedited ordering of medication and notify the customer when the contraceptive or medication arrives.
(3) The pharmacy shall ensure that—
(A) the pharmacy does not operate an environment in which customers are intimidated, threatened, or harassed in the delivery of services relating to a request for contraception or a medication related to a contraceptive;
(B) the pharmacy’s employees do not interfere with or obstruct the delivery of services relating to a request for contraception or a medication related to a contraceptive;
(C) the pharmacy’s employees do not intentionally misrepresent or deceive customers about the availability of a contraceptive or a medication related to a contraceptive, or the mechanism of action of such contraceptive or medication;
(D) the pharmacy’s employees do not breach medical confidentiality with respect to a request for a contraceptive or a medication related to a contraceptive or threaten to breach such confidentiality; or
(E) the pharmacy’s employees do not refuse to return a valid, lawful prescription for a contraceptive or a medication related to a contraceptive upon customer request.
(b) Contraceptives not ordinarily stocked
Nothing in subsection (a)(2) shall be construed to require any pharmacy to comply with such subsection if the pharmacy does not ordinarily stock contraceptives or medications related to contraceptives, as the case may be, in the normal course of business.
(c) Refusals pursuant to standard pharmacy practice
This section does not prohibit a pharmacy from refusing to provide a contraceptive or a medication related to a contraceptive to a customer in accordance with any of the following:
(1) If it is unlawful to dispense the requested contraceptive or medication to the customer without a valid, lawful prescription and no such prescription is presented.
(2) If the customer is unable to pay for the requested contraceptive or medication.
(3) If the employee of the pharmacy refuses to provide the requested contraceptive or medication on the basis of a professional clinical judgment.
(1) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section shall be construed to invalidate or limit rights, remedies, procedures, or legal standards under title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964.
(2) Certain claims
The Religious Freedom Restoration Act of 1993 shall not provide a basis for a claim concerning, or a defense to a claim under, this section, or provide a basis for challenging the application or enforcement of this section.
(e) Preemption
This section does not preempt any provision of State law or affect any professional obligation made applicable by a State board or other entity responsible for licensing or discipline of pharmacies or pharmacists, to the extent that such State law or professional obligation provides protections for customers that are greater than the protections provided by this section.
(1) Civil penalty
A pharmacy that violates a requirement of subsection (a) is liable to the United States for a civil penalty in an amount not exceeding $1,000 per day of violation, not to exceed $100,000 for all violations adjudicated in a single proceeding.
(2) Private cause of action
Any person aggrieved as a result of a violation of a requirement of subsection (a) may, in any court of competent jurisdiction, commence a civil action against the pharmacy involved to obtain appropriate relief, including actual and punitive damages, injunctive relief, and a reasonable attorney’s fee and costs.
(3) Limitations
A civil action under paragraph (1) or (2) may not be commenced against a pharmacy after the expiration of the 5-year period beginning on the date on which the pharmacy allegedly engaged in the violation involved.
(g) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Contraception
The term contraception or contraceptive means any drug or device approved by the Food and Drug Administration to prevent pregnancy.
(2) Employee
The term employee means a person hired, by contract or any other form of an agreement, by a pharmacy.
(4) Pharmacy
The term pharmacy means an entity that—
(A) is authorized by a State to engage in the business of selling prescription drugs at retail; and
(B) employs one or more employees.
(5) Product
The term product means a Food and Drug Administration-approved drug or device.
(6) Professional clinical judgment
The term professional clinical judgment means a clinical judgment, formed with the use of professional knowledge and skills, in accordance with prevailing medical standards.
(7) Without delay
The term without delay, with respect to a pharmacy providing, providing a referral for, or ordering contraception, or transferring the prescription for contraception, means within the usual and customary timeframe at the pharmacy for providing, providing a referral for, or ordering other products, or transferring the prescription for other products, respectively.
(h) Effective date
This section shall take effect on the 31st day after the date of the enactment of this section, without regard to whether the Secretary has issued any guidance or final rule regarding this section.
(a) Short title
This section may be cited as the Real Education and Access for Healthy Youth Act of 2024.
(b) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Age and developmentally appropriate
The term age and developmentally appropriate means topics, messages, and teaching methods suitable to particular ages, age groups, or developmental levels, based on cognitive, emotional, social, and behavioral capacity of most young people at that age level.
(2) Consent
The term consent means affirmative, conscious, and voluntary agreement to engage in interpersonal, physical, or sexual activity.
(3) Culturally responsive
The term culturally responsive means education and services that—
(A) embrace and actively engage and adjust to young people and their various cultural identities;
(B) recognize the ways in which many marginalized young people face unique barriers in society that result in increased adverse health outcomes and associated stereotypes; and
(C) may address the ways in which racism has shaped national health care policy, the lasting historical trauma associated with reproductive health experiments and forced sterilizations of Black, Latine, and Indigenous communities, or sexual stereotypes assigned to young People of Color or LGBTQ+ people.
(4) Evidence-informed
The term evidence-informed means incorporates characteristics, content, or skills that have been proven to be effective through evaluation in changing sexual behavior.
(5) Gender expression
The term gender expression means the expression of one's gender, such as through behavior, clothing, haircut, or voice, and which may or may not conform to socially defined behaviors and characteristics typically associated with being either masculine or feminine.
(6) Gender identity
The term gender identity means the gender-related identity, appearance, mannerisms, or other gender-related characteristics of an individual, regardless of the individual's designated sex at birth.
(7) Inclusive
The term inclusive means content and skills that ensure marginalized young people are valued, respected, centered, and supported in sex education instruction and materials.
(8) Institution of higher education
The term institution of higher education has the meaning given the term in section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001).
(9) Interpersonal violence
The term interpersonal violence means abuse, assault, bullying, dating violence, domestic violence, harassment, intimate partner violence, or stalking.
(10) Local educational agency
The term local educational agency has the meaning given the term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801).
(11) Marginalized young people
The term marginalized young people means young people who are disadvantaged by underlying structural barriers and social inequities, including young people who are—
(A) Black, Indigenous, Latine, Asian American, Native Hawaiian, Pacific Islander, and other People of Color;
(B) immigrants;
(C) in contact with the foster care system;
(D) in contact with the juvenile justice system;
(E) experiencing homelessness;
(F) pregnant or parenting;
(G) lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, or queer;
(H) living with HIV;
(I) living with disabilities;
(J) from families with low-incomes; or
(K) living in rural areas.
(12) Medically accurate and complete
The term medically accurate and complete means that—
(A) the information provided through the education is verified or supported by the weight of research conducted in compliance with accepted scientific methods and is published in peer-reviewed journals, where applicable; or
(B) the education contains information that leading professional organizations and agencies with relevant expertise in the field recognize as accurate, objective, and complete.
(13) Resilience
The term resilience means the ability to adapt to trauma and tragedy.
(14) Secretary
The term Secretary means the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
(15) Sex education
The term sex education means high quality teaching and learning that—
(A) is delivered, to the maximum extent practicable, following the National Sexuality Education Standards of the Future of Sex Ed Initiative;
(B) is about a broad variety of topics related to sex and sexuality, including—
(i) puberty and adolescent development;
(ii) sexual and reproductive anatomy and physiology;
(iii) sexual orientation, gender identity, and gender expression;
(iv) contraception, pregnancy, pregnancy options, and reproduction;
(v) HIV and other STIs;
(vi) consent and healthy relationships; and
(vii) interpersonal violence;
(C) explores values and beliefs about such topics; and
(D) helps young people in gaining the skills that are needed to navigate relationships and manage one’s own sexual health.
(16) Sexual health services
The term sexual health services includes—
(A) sexual health information, education, and counseling;
(B) all methods of contraception approved by the Food and Drug Administration;
(C) routine gynecological care, including human papillomavirus (HPV) vaccines and cancer screenings;
(D) pre-exposure prophylaxis or post-exposure prophylaxis;
(E) substance use and mental health services;
(F) interpersonal violence survivor services; and
(G) other pregnancy and STI prevention, care, or treatment services.
(17) Sexual orientation
The term sexual orientation means an individual's romantic, emotional, or sexual attraction to other people.
(18) State educational agency
The term State educational agency has the meaning given the term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801).
(19) Trauma
The term trauma means a response to an event, series of events, or set of circumstances that is experienced or witnessed by an individual or group of people as physically or emotionally harmful or life-threatening with lasting adverse effects on their functioning and mental, physical, social, emotional, or spiritual well-being.
(20) Trauma-informed and resilience-oriented
The term trauma-informed and resilience-oriented means an approach that realizes the prevalence of trauma, recognizes the various ways individuals, organizations, and communities may respond to trauma differently, recognizes that resilience can be built, and responds by putting this knowledge into practice.
(21) Young people
The term young people means individuals who are ages 10 through 29 at the time of commencement of participation in a project supported under this section.
(22) Youth-friendly sexual health services
The term youth-friendly sexual health services means sexual health services that are provided in a confidential, equitable, and accessible manner that makes it easy and comfortable for young people to seek out and receive services.
(2) Duration
Grants awarded under this section shall be for a period of 5 years.
(3) Eligible entity
In this section, the term eligible entity means a public or private entity that delivers evidence-based sex education to young people.
(4) Applications
An eligible entity desiring a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
(5) Priority
In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall give priority to eligible entities that are—
(A) State educational agencies or local educational agencies; or
(B) Indian Tribes or Tribal organizations, as defined in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 5304).
(6) Use of funds
Each eligible entity that receives a grant under this section shall use the grant funds to carry out a project that provides young people with sex education.
(2) Duration
Grants awarded under this section shall be for a period of 5 years.
(3) Applications
An institution of higher education or consortium of such institutions desiring a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
(4) Priority
In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall give priority to an institution of higher education that—
(A) has an enrollment of needy students, as defined in section 318(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059e(b));
(B) is a Hispanic-serving institution, as defined in section 502(a) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1101a(a));
(C) is a Tribal College or University, as defined in section 316(b) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1059c(b));
(D) is an Alaska Native-serving institution, as defined in section 317(b) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1059d(b));
(E) is a Native Hawaiian-serving institution, as defined in section 317(b) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1059d(b));
(F) is a Predominantly Black Institution, as defined in section 318(b) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1059e(b));
(G) is a Native American-serving, nontribal institution, as defined in section 319(b) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1059f(b));
(H) is an Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institution, as defined in section 320(b) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1059g(b)); or
(I) is a minority institution, as defined in section 365 of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1067k), with an enrollment of needy students, as defined in section 312 of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1058).
(5) Uses of funds
An institution of higher education or consortium of such institutions receiving a grant under this section shall use grant funds to develop and implement a project to integrate sex education into the institution of higher education in order to reach a large number of students, by carrying out 1 or more of the following activities:
(A) Adopting and incorporating age and developmentally appropriate sex education into student orientation, general education, or courses.
(B) Developing or adopting and implementing educational programming outside of class that delivers age and developmentally appropriate sex education to students.
(C) Developing or adopting and implementing innovative technology-based approaches to deliver age and developmentally appropriate sex education to students.
(D) Developing or adopting and implementing peer-led activities to generate discussion, educate, and raise awareness among students about age and developmentally appropriate sex education.
(E) Developing or adopting and implementing policies and practices to link students to sexual health services.
(2) Duration
Grants awarded under this section shall be for a period of 5 years.
(3) Eligible entity
In this section, the term eligible entity means—
(A) a State educational agency or local educational agency;
(B) an Indian Tribe or Tribal organization, as defined in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 5304);
(C) a State or local department of health;
(D) an educational service agency, as defined in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801);
(E) a nonprofit institution of higher education or a consortium of such institutions; or
(F) a national or statewide nonprofit organization or consortium of nonprofit organizations that has as its primary purpose the improvement of provision of sex education through training and effective teaching of sex education.
(4) Application
An eligible entity desiring a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
(1) Grantee report to secretary
For each year a grantee receives grant funds under subsection (c), (d), (e), or (f) the grantee shall submit to the Secretary a report that includes—
(A) a description of the use of grant funds by the grantee;
(B) a description of how the use of grant funds has increased the access of young people to sex education or sexual health services; and
(C) such other information as the Secretary may require.
(2) Secretary’s report to Congress
Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this section, and annually thereafter for a period of 5 years, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to Congress a report on the activities funded under this section. The Secretary's report to Congress shall include—
(A) a statement of how grants awarded by the Secretary meet the purposes of the grants; and
(B) information about—
(i) the number of grantees that are receiving grant funds under subsections (c), (d), (e), and (f);
(ii) the specific activities supported by grant funds awarded under subsections (c), (d), (e), and (f);
(iii) the number of young people served by projects funded under subsections (c),(d), and (f), in the aggregate and disaggregated and cross-tabulated by grant program, race and ethnicity, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, and other characteristics determined by the Secretary (except that such disaggregation or cross-tabulation shall not be required in a case in which the results would reveal personally identifiable information about an individual young person);
(iv) the number of teachers, health educators, faculty, school administrators, and staff trained under subsection (e); and
(v) the status of the evaluation required under paragraph (3).
(A) In general
Not later than 6 months after the date of the enactment of this section, the Secretary shall enter into a contract with a nonprofit organization with experience in conducting impact evaluations to conduct a multi-year evaluation on the impact of the projects funded under subsections (c), (d), (e), and (f) and to report to Congress and the Secretary on the findings of such evaluation.
(B) Evaluation
The evaluation conducted under this subsection shall—
(i) be conducted in a manner consistent with relevant, nationally recognized professional and technical evaluation standards;
(ii) use sound statistical methods and techniques relating to the behavioral sciences, including quasi-experimental designs, inferential statistics, and other methodologies and techniques that allow for conclusions to be reached;
(iii) be carried out by an independent organization that has not received a grant under subsection (c), (d), (e), or (f); and
(iv) be designed to provide information on output measures and outcome measures to be determined by the Secretary.
(C) Report
Not later than 6 years after the date of enactment of this section, the organization conducting the evaluation under this paragraph shall prepare and submit to the appropriate committees of Congress and the Secretary an evaluation report. Such report shall be made publicly available, including on the website of the Department of Health and Human Services.
(h) Nondiscrimination
Activities funded under this section shall not discriminate on the basis of actual or perceived sex (including sexual orientation and gender identity), age, parental status, race, color, ethnicity, national origin, disability, or religion. Nothing in this section shall be construed to invalidate or limit rights, remedies, procedures, or legal standards available under any other Federal law or any law of a State or a political subdivision of a State, including the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000a et seq.), title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 (20 U.S.C. 1681 et seq.), section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794), the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.), and section 1557 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18116).
(i) Limitation
No Federal funds provided under this section may be used for sex education or sexual health services that—
(1) withhold health-promoting or life-saving information about sexuality-related topics, including HIV;
(2) are medically inaccurate or incomplete;
(3) promote gender or racial stereotypes or are unresponsive to gender or racial inequities;
(4) fail to address the needs of sexually active young people;
(5) fail to address the needs of pregnant or parenting young people;
(6) fail to address the needs of survivors of interpersonal violence;
(7) fail to address the needs of young people of all physical, developmental, or mental abilities;
(8) fail to be inclusive of individuals with varying gender identities, gender expressions, and sexual orientations; or
(9) are inconsistent with the ethical imperatives of medicine and public health.
(1) Amendment to the Public Health Service Act
Section 2500 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300ee) is amended by striking subsections (b) through (d) and inserting the following:
(b) Contents of programs
All programs of education and information receiving funds under this subchapter shall include information about the potential effects of intravenous substance use.
(2) Amendments to the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965
Section 8526 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7906) is amended—
(A) by striking paragraphs (3), (5), and (6);
(B) by redesignating paragraph (4) as paragraph (3);
(C) in paragraph (3), as redesignated by paragraph (2), by inserting or after the semicolon; and
(D) by redesignating paragraph (7) as paragraph (4).
(A) In general
The Secretary—
(i) shall reserve not more than 30 percent of the amount authorized under paragraph (1) for the purposes of awarding grants for sex education at elementary and secondary schools and youth-serving organizations under subsection (c);
(ii) shall reserve not more than 10 percent of the amount authorized under paragraph (1) for the purpose of awarding grants for sex education at institutions of higher education under subsection (d);
(iii) shall reserve not more than 15 percent of the amount authorized under paragraph (1) for the purpose of awarding grants for educator training under subsection (e);
(iv) shall reserve not more than 30 percent of the amount authorized under paragraph (1) for the purpose of awarding grants for sexual health services for marginalized youth under subsection (f); and
(v) shall reserve not less than 5 percent of the amount authorized under paragraph (1) for the purpose of carrying out the reporting and impact evaluation required under subsection (g).
(B) Research, training, and technical assistance
The Secretary shall reserve not less than 10 percent of the amount authorized under paragraph (1) for expenditures by the Secretary to provide, directly or through a competitive grant process, research, training, and technical assistance, including dissemination of research and information regarding effective and promising practices, providing consultation and resources, and developing resources and materials to support the activities of recipients of grants. In carrying out such functions, the Secretary shall collaborate with a variety of entities that have expertise in sex education and sexual health services standards setting, design, development, delivery, research, monitoring, and evaluation.
(3) Reprogramming of abstinence only until marriage program funding
The unobligated balance of funds made available to carry out section 510 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 710) (as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this section) are transferred and shall be used by the Secretary to carry out this section. The amounts transferred and made available to carry out this section shall remain available until expended.
(4) Repeal of abstinence only until marriage program
Section 510 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 710 et seq.) is repealed.
(1) Limitation on payment
Section 1866(a)(1) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395cc(a)(1)), as amended by section 5201(f), is further amended—
(A) in subparagraph (W), by moving the indentation 2 ems to the left;
(B) in subparagraph (X), by moving the indentation 2 ems to the left;
(C) in subparagraph (Y)(ii)(V), by striking and at the end;
(D) in subparagraph (Z)(iii), by striking the period and inserting, and; and
(E) by inserting after subparagraph (Z) the following new subparagraph:
(AA) in the case of a hospital or critical access hospital, to adopt and enforce a policy to ensure compliance with the requirements of subsection (l) and to meet the requirements of such subsection.
(2) Assistance to victims
Section 1866 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395cc) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(1) In general
For purposes of subsection (a)(1)(AA), a hospital meets the requirements of this subsection if the hospital provides each of the services described in paragraph (2) to each individual, whether or not eligible for benefits under this title or under any other form of health insurance, who comes to the hospital on or after January 1, 2025, and—
(A) who states to hospital personnel that they are victims of sexual assault;
(B) who is accompanied by an individual who states to hospital personnel that the individual is a victim of sexual assault; or
(C) whom hospital personnel, during the course of treatment and care for the individual, have reason to believe is a victim of sexual assault.
(2) Required services described
For purposes of paragraph (1), the services described in this subparagraph are the following:
(A) Provision of medically and factually accurate and unbiased written and oral information about emergency contraception that—
(i) is written in clear and concise language;
(ii) is readily comprehensible;
(iii) includes an explanation that emergency contraceptives—
(I) have been approved by the Food and Drug Administration for individuals and are a safe and effective way to prevent pregnancy after unprotected intercourse or contraceptive failure if taken in a timely manner;
(II) are more effective the sooner it is taken; and
(III) do not cause an abortion and cannot interrupt an established pregnancy;
(iv) meet such conditions regarding the provision of such information in languages other than English as the Secretary may establish; and
(v) are provided without regard to the ability of the individual or their family to pay costs associated with the provision of such information to the individual.
(B) Immediate offer to provide emergency contraception to the individual at the hospital and, in the case that such individual accepts such offer, immediate provision to such individual of such contraception on the same day it is requested without regard to the inability of the individual or their family to pay costs associated with the offer and provision of such contraception.
(C) Development and implementation of a written policy to ensure that an individual is present at the hospital, or on-call, who—
(i) has authority to dispense or prescribe emergency contraception, independently, or under a protocol prepared by a physician for the administration of emergency contraception at the hospital to a victim of sexual assault; and
(ii) is trained to comply with the requirements of this section.
(D) Provision of medically and factually accurate and unbiased written and oral information and counseling about post-exposure prophylaxis (referred to in this paragraph as PEP) protocol for the prevention of HIV.
(E) Immediate offer to begin PEP to the individual at the hospital except in cases where the medical professional’s best judgement is that further evaluation is required or that such a regimen will be substantially detrimental to the health of such individual. Such provision shall be offered regardless of the individual’s ability to pay. Hospitals shall be responsible for ensuring adequate supply of PEP medications to provide to patients.
(3) Hospital defined
For purposes of this paragraph, the term hospital includes a critical access hospital, as defined in section 1861(mm)(1).
(b) Limitation on payment under Medicaid
Section 1903(i) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396b(i)), as amended by section 4106(b)(2), is further amended—
(1) in paragraph (27), by striking or after the semicolon;
(2) in paragraph (28), by striking the period and inserting; or; and
(3) by inserting after paragraph (28) the following new paragraph:
(29) with respect to any amount expended for care or services furnished under the plan by a hospital on or after January 1, 2025, unless such hospital meets the requirements specified in section 1866(l) for purposes of title XVIII.
(a) Short title
This section may be cited as the Menstrual Equity For All Act of 2024.
(1) In general
Section 4108(5)(C) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7118(5)(C)) is amended—
(A) in clause (vi), by striking or after the semicolon;
(B) in clause (vii), by inserting or after the semicolon; and
(C) by adding at the end the following:
(viii) provide free menstrual products to students who use menstrual products;
(2) Definitions
Section 4102 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7112) is amended—
(A) by redesignating paragraphs (6) through (8) as paragraphs (7) through (9), respectively; and
(B) by inserting after paragraph (5) the following:
(6) Menstrual products
The term menstrual products means sanitary napkins and tampons that conform to applicable industry standards.
(3) Rulemaking
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this section, the Secretary of Education, in consultation with the Secretary of Health and Human Services, shall promulgate rules with respect to the definition of menstrual products in paragraph (6) of section 4102 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7112), as amended by paragraph (2).
(1) Purpose
The purpose of this subsection is to alleviate—
(A) the barriers to academic success faced by many college and graduate students due to the inability of such students to afford to purchase menstrual products; and
(B) the unique set of burdens that college and graduate students experiencing period poverty face that can be compounded by lack of access to basic needs such as housing, food, transportation, and access to physical and mental health services.
(2) In general
The Secretary of Education shall establish a program to award grants, on a competitive basis, to not less than 4 institutions of higher education to—
(A) support programs that provide free menstrual products to students; and
(B) report on best practices of such programs.
(3) Application
To apply for a grant under this subsection, an institution of higher education shall submit to the Secretary an application in such form, at such time, and containing such information as the Secretary determines appropriate, including an assurance that such grant will be used to carry out the activities described in paragraph (5).
(4) Community colleges
Not less than 50 percent of the grants awarded under this subsection shall be awarded to community colleges.
(5) Grant uses
A grant awarded under this subsection may only be used to—
(A) carry out or expand activities that fund programs that support direct provision of free menstrual products to students in appropriate campus locations, including—
(i) campus restroom facilities;
(ii) wellness centers; and
(iii) on-campus residential buildings;
(B) report on best practices of such programs;
(C) conduct outreach to students to encourage participation in menstrual equity programs and services;
(D) help eligible students apply for and enroll in local, State, and Federal public assistance programs; and
(E) coordinate and collaborate with government or community-based organizations to carry out the activities described in subparagraphs (A) through (D).
(6) Priority
In awarding grants under this subsection, the Secretary shall prioritize—
(A) institutions with respect to which not less than 25 percent of the enrolled students receive a Federal Pell Grant; and
(B) historically Black colleges and universities, Hispanic-serving institutions, Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institutions, and other minority serving institutions.
(7) Definitions
In this subsection:
(A) Institution of higher education
The term institution of higher education has the meaning given that term in section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001)).
(B) Menstrual product defined
The term menstrual product means a sanitary napkin or tampon that conforms to industry standards.
(1) Menstrual products defined
In this subsection, the term menstrual products means sanitary napkins and tampons that conform to applicable industry standards.
(2) Requirement for States
Beginning on the date that is 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, and annually thereafter, the chief executive officer of each State that receives a grant under subpart 1 of part E of title I of the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968 (34 U.S.C. 10151 et seq.) shall submit to the Attorney General a certification, in such form and containing such information as the Attorney General may require, that—
(A) all incarcerated individuals and detainees in the State have access to menstrual products—
(i) on demand; and
(ii) at no cost to the incarcerated individuals and detainees; and
(B) no visitor of an incarcerated individual or detainee of the State is prohibited from visiting an incarcerated individual or detainee due to the visitor’s use of menstrual products.
(3) Reduction in Grant Funding
In the case of a State of which the chief executive officer fails to submit a certification required under paragraph (2) in a fiscal year, the Attorney General shall reduce the amount that the State would otherwise receive under section 505 of title I of the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968 (34 U.S.C. 10156) by 20 percent for the following fiscal year.
(4) Reallocation
Amounts not allocated to a State under section 505 of title I of the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968 (34 U.S.C. 10156) for a fiscal year pursuant to paragraph (3) shall be reallocated under such section to States that submit certifications under paragraph (2).
(5) Availability for Federal prisoners
The Attorney General shall make rules requiring, and the Director of the Bureau of Prisons shall take such actions as may be necessary to ensure, the distribution and accessibility without charge of menstrual products to prisoners in the custody of the Bureau of Prisons, including any prisoner in a Federal penal or correctional institution, any Federal prisoner in a State penal or correctional institution, and any Federal prisoner in a facility administered by a private detention entity, to ensure that each prisoner who requires menstrual products may receive them in sufficient quantity.
(6) Availability for detainees
The Secretary of Homeland Security shall take such actions as may be necessary to ensure that menstrual products are distributed and made accessible to each alien detained by the Secretary of Homeland Security, including any alien in a facility administered by a private detention entity, at no expense to the alien.
(e) Menstrual products availability for homeless individuals under Emergency Food and Shelter Grant Program
Subsection (a) of section 316 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11346(a)) is amended—
(1) in paragraph (5), by striking and at the end;
(2) in paragraph (6), by striking the period at the end and inserting; and; and
(3) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
(7) guidelines that ensure that amounts provided under the program to private nonprofit organizations and local governments may be used to provide sanitary napkins and tampons that conform to applicable industry standards.
(1) In general
Section 1905 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d), as amended by section 5201, is further amended—
(A) in subsection (a)—
(i) in paragraph (32), by striking; and and inserting a semicolon;
(ii) by redesignating paragraph (33) as paragraph (34); and
(iii) by inserting after paragraph (32) the following new paragraph:
(33) menstrual products (as defined in subsection (qq)); and
(iii) ; and
(B) by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(qq) Menstrual products
For purposes of subsection (a)(33), the term menstrual products means menstrual cups, menstrual discs, menstrual underwear, and sanitary napkins and tampons, that conform to applicable industry standards.
(A) In general
Subject to subparagraph (B), the amendments made by this subsection shall apply with respect to medical assistance furnished during or after the first calendar quarter beginning on or after the date that is 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act.
(B) Exception for State legislation
In the case of a State plan under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.) that the Secretary of Health and Human Services determines requires State legislation in order for the respective plan to meet any requirement imposed by amendments made by this subsection, the respective plan shall not be regarded as failing to comply with the requirements of such title solely on the basis of its failure to meet such an additional requirement before the first day of the first calendar quarter beginning after the close of the first regular session of the State legislature that begins after the date of the enactment of this Act. For purposes of the previous sentence, in the case of a State that has a 2-year legislative session, each year of the session shall be considered to be a separate regular session of the State legislature.
(g) Menstrual products for employees
Section 6 of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 655) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(h) The Secretary shall by rule promulgate a requirement that each employer with not less than 100 employees provide menstrual products free of charge for employees of the employer. For purposes of the preceding sentence, menstrual products means sanitary napkins and tampons that conform to applicable industry standards.
(1) Definitions
In this subsection:
(i) In general
The term covered public building means a public building (as defined in section 3301(a) of title 40, United States Code) that is open to the public and contains a public restroom.
(ii) Inclusions
The term covered public building includes specified buildings and grounds (as defined in section 6301 of title 40, United States Code) and the Capitol Buildings (as defined in section 5101 of that title).
(C) Covered restroom
The term covered restroom means a restroom in a covered public building.
(D) Menstrual products
The term menstrual products means sanitary napkins and tampons that conform to applicable industry standards.
(2) Requirement
Each appropriate authority shall ensure that menstrual products are stocked in, and available free of charge in, each covered restroom in each covered public building under the jurisdiction of that authority.
(A) In general
The amount specified in subsection (c) of section 2003 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397b) for purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of such section is deemed to be $1,900,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2025 through 2028, of which, the amount equal to $200,000,000, reduced by the amounts reserved under subparagraph (B)(ii) for each such fiscal year, shall be obligated by States in accordance with paragraph (2).
(i) In general
Out of any money in the Treasury of the United States not otherwise appropriated, there is appropriated $200,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2025 through 2028, to carry out this subsection.
(I) Purposes
The Secretary shall reserve, from the amount appropriated under clause (i) to carry out this subsection—
(aa) for each of fiscal years 2025 through 2028, not more than 2 percent of the amount appropriated for the fiscal year for purposes of entering into an agreement with an eligible entity described in clause (iii) to assist in providing technical assistance and training, to support effective policy, practice, research, and cross-system collaboration among grantees and subgrantees, and to assist in the administration of the program described in this subsection; and
(bb) for fiscal year 2025, an amount, not to exceed $2,000,000, for purposes of conducting an evaluation under paragraph (4).
(II) No State entitlement to reserved funds
The State entitlement under section 2002(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397a(a)) shall not apply to the amounts reserved under subclause (I).
(iii) Eligible entity described
An eligible entity described in this clause is a nonprofit organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of such Code, that—
(I) has experience in more than 1 State in the area of community distributions of basic need services, including experience collecting, warehousing, and distributing basic necessities such as menstrual products;
(II) demonstrates competency to implement a project, provide fiscal accountability, collect data, and prepare reports and other necessary documentation; and
(III) demonstrates a willingness to share information with researchers, practitioners, and other interested parties.
(A) In general
Funds are used in accordance with this paragraph if—
(i) the State, in consultation with relevant stakeholders, including agencies, professional associations, and nonprofit organizations, distributes the funds to eligible entities to—
(I) decrease the unmet need for menstrual products by low-income menstruating individuals through—
(aa) the distribution of free menstrual products;
(bb) community outreach to assist in participation in existing menstrual product distribution programs; or
(cc) improving access to menstrual products among low-income individuals; and
(II) increase the ability of communities and low-income families in such communities to provide for the need for menstrual products of low-income adults; and
(ii) the funds are used subject to the limitations in section 2005 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397d).
(i) In general
An eligible entity receiving funds made available under paragraph (1) shall use the funds for any of the following:
(I) To pay for the purchase and distribution of menstrual products among low-income individuals.
(II) To integrate activities carried out under subclause (I) with other basic needs assistance programs serving low-income families, including the following:
(aa) Programs funded by the temporary assistance for needy families program under part A of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), including the State maintenance of effort provisions of such program.
(bb) Programs designed to support the health of eligible children, such as the Children’s Health Insurance Program under title XXI of the Social Security Act, the Medicaid program under title XIX of such Act, or State funded health care programs.
(cc) Programs funded through the special supplemental nutrition program for women, infants, and children under section 17 of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966.
(dd) Programs that offer early home visiting services, including the maternal, infant, and early childhood home visiting program (including the Tribal home visiting program) under section 511 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 711).
(III) To provide training or technical assistance in carrying out activities under this subsection.
(IV) To cover administrative costs.
(ii) Limitation on use of funds for administrative costs
An eligible entity receiving funds made available under this subsection shall not use more than 9 percent of the funds for administrative costs incurred pursuant to this subsection.
(i) Funds distributed to eligible entities
Funds made available under paragraph (1) that are distributed to an eligible entity by a State for a fiscal year may be expended by the eligible entity only in such fiscal year or the succeeding fiscal year.
(ii) Evaluation
Funds reserved under paragraph (1)(B)(ii)(I)(aa) to carry out the evaluation under paragraph (4) shall be available for expenditure through September 30, 2029.
(D) No effect on other programs
Any assistance or benefits received by a family through funds made available under paragraph (1) shall be disregarded for purposes of determining the family’s eligibility for, or amount of, benefits under any other Federal needs-based programs.
(3) Annual reports
Section 2004 of the Social Security Act shall apply with respect to payments made to a State under this section in the same way it applies with respect to payments made to a State under section 2002 of such Act.
(4) Evaluation
The Secretary, in consultation with States, the eligible entities described in paragraph (1)(B)(iii) receiving funds made available under this subsection, shall—
(A) not later than December 30, 2031, complete an evaluation of the effectiveness of the assistance program carried out pursuant to this subsection, such as the effect of activities carried out under this Act on mitigating the health risks of unmet menstrual products need among individuals in low-income families;
(B) not later than March 31, 2032, submit to the Committees on Energy and Commerce and on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Finance of the Senate a report on the results of the evaluation; and
(C) not later than April 30, 2032, publish the results of the evaluation on the internet website of the Department of Health and Human Services.
(5) Guidance
Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall issue guidance regarding how the provisions of this subsection should be carried out, including information regarding eligible entities, allowable use of funds, and reporting requirements.
(6) Best practices
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, in cooperation with the Secretary of Education, shall develop best practices for school officials to use in discussing menstruation with students, and shall publish this information on the internet website of the Department of Health and Human Services.
(7) Definitions
In this subsection:
(A) Menstrual products
The term menstrual products means menstrual cups, menstrual discs, menstrual underwear, and sanitary napkins and tampons, that conform to applicable industry standards.
(B) Eligible entities
The term eligible entity means a State or local governmental entity, an Indian tribe or tribal organization (as defined in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act), or a nonprofit organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of such Code that—
(i) has experience in the area of community distributions of basic need services, including experience collecting, warehousing, and distributing basic necessities such as diapers, food, or menstrual products;
(ii) demonstrates competency to implement a project, provide fiscal accountability, collect data, and prepare reports and other necessary documentation; and
(iii) demonstrates a willingness to share information with researchers, practitioners, and other interested parties.
(C) State
The term State has the meaning given in section 1101(a)(1) of the Social Security Act for purposes of title XX of such Act.
(9) Exemption from sequestration
Funds made available to carry out this subsection shall be exempt from reduction under any order issued under the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985.
(1) In general
It shall be unlawful for a State, or unit of local government of a State, to impose a tax on the retail sale of a menstrual product.
(2) Definitions
For purposes of this subsection:
(A) Menstrual product
The term menstrual products means menstrual cups, menstrual discs, menstrual underwear, and sanitary napkins and tampons, that conform to applicable industry standards.
(B) State
The term State means any of the several States or the District of Columbia.
(3) Effective Date
This subsection shall take effect 120 days after the date of the enactment of this subsection.
(1) In general
Section 403(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 603(a)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(A) In general
The Secretary may make grants, on a competitive basis, for each fiscal year to eligible applicants for the grants, in such amounts as the Secretary deems appropriate to enable the eligible applicants to provide, to covered families that include an individual who is capable of menstruating, such benefits as are needed to ensure that the individual can purchase menstrual products for personal use.
(B) Definitions
In subparagraph (A):
(i) Covered families
The term covered families means families eligible for assistance under a State program funded under this part.
(ii) Eligible applicant
The term eligible applicant means—
(I) a State to which a grant is made under paragraph (1) for a fiscal year; and
(II) a political subdivision of a State that administers the State program funded under this part in the political subdivision.
(iii) Menstrual products
The term menstrual products means menstrual cups, menstrual discs, menstrual underwear, and sanitary napkins and tampons, that conform to applicable industry standards.
(C) Consideration of applications
The Secretary shall award grants under this paragraph on the basis of how effectively the programs proposed by the eligible applicants will help low-income individuals suffering from material deprivation meet their need for menstrual products.
(D) Administration
A State or political subdivision to which a grant is made under this paragraph may use the grant to provide benefits under this paragraph in such form and in such manner as the State or political subdivision deems appropriate.
(E) Treatment of assistance
Benefits provided using funds made available under this paragraph shall not be considered assistance under any State program funded under this part.
(F) Appropriation
Out of any money in the Treasury of the United States not otherwise appropriated, there are appropriated for fiscal year 2025 and each succeeding fiscal year $10,000,000 for grants under this paragraph.
(2) Evaluations
Section 413 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 613) is amended by redesignating subsection (h) as subsection (i) and inserting after subsection (g) the following:
(1) In general
The Secretary shall submit to the Congress reports, in writing, that evaluate the effectiveness of the benefit program provided for in section 403(a)(6). Each such report shall, for the period covered by the report—
(A) describe—
(i) the extent of material deprivation in the population, including lacking sufficient funds to regularly purchase necessities such as menstrual products; and
(ii) the extent to which the program alleviated such material deprivation;
(B) specify the number and identity of the entities to which a grant has been made under such section, and the amount of the grant made to each such entity;
(C) describe how the grantees used the grants to provide benefits under the program;
(D) specify the number of individuals who received the benefits;
(E) describe how efficacious the program has been in helping low-income individuals meet their need for menstrual products;
(F) describe the extent to which the program has improved the economic security of the benefit recipients; and
(G) include such other relevant information as the Secretary deems appropriate.
(2) Timing
The Secretary shall submit a report that meets the requirements of paragraph (1) within 2 years after the date of the enactment of this paragraph and every 2 years thereafter.
Section 5407. Additional focus area for the Office on Women’s Health
Section 229(b) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 237a(b)), as amended by sections 5215 and 5301, is further amended by adding at the end the following:
(10) facilitate the understanding of policymakers, health system leaders and providers, consumers, and other stakeholders concerning optimal maternity care and support for the provision of such care, including the priorities of—
(A) protecting, promoting, and supporting the innate capacities of childbearing individuals and their newborns for childbirth, breastfeeding, and attachment;
(B) using obstetric interventions only when such interventions are supported by strong, high-quality evidence, and minimizing overuse of maternity practices that have been shown to have benefit in limited situations and that can expose people, infants, or both to risk of harm if used routinely and indiscriminately, including overuse of continuous electronic fetal monitoring, labor induction, epidural analgesia, primary cesarean section, and routine repeat cesarean birth;
(C) reliably incorporating noninvasive, evidence-based practices that have a documented correlation with considerable improvement in outcomes with no detrimental side effects, such as incorporation of smoking cessation programs in pregnancy, maternal immunizations, and proven models (including group prenatal care, midwifery care, and doula support) that integrate health assessment, education, and support into a unified program, and supporting evidence-based breastfeeding promotion efforts with respect for a breastfeeding individual’s personal decisionmaking;
(D) a shared understanding of the qualifications of licensed providers of maternity care and the best evidence about the safety, satisfaction, outcomes, and costs of maternity care, and appropriate deployment of such caregivers within the maternity care workforce to address the needs of childbearing individuals and newborns and the growing shortage of maternity caregivers;
(E) a shared understanding of the results of the best available research comparing hospital, birth center, and planned home births, including information about each setting’s safety, satisfaction, outcomes, and costs;
(F) a shared understanding of the importance for the safety and choices of birthing families of an integrated maternity care system with seamless processes for consultation, shared care, transfer and transport across maternity care settings, and use of providers when birthing people and their newborns require a higher level of care;
(G) advancing high-quality, evidence-based childbirth education that—
(i) promotes a healthy and safe approach to pregnancy, childbirth, and early parenting;
(ii) is taught by certified educators, peer counselors, and health professionals; and
(iii) promotes informed decisionmaking by childbearing individuals; and
(H) developing measures that enable a more robust, balanced set of standardized maternity care measures, including performance and quality measures.
(a) In general
Section 1861(b) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(b)) is amended—
(1) in paragraph (6), by striking; or at the end and inserting, or in the case of services in a hospital or osteopathic hospital by a student midwife or an intern or resident-in-training under a teaching program previously described in this paragraph who is in the field of obstetrics and gynecology, if such student midwife, intern, or resident-in-training is supervised by a certified nurse-midwife or certified midwife to the extent permitted under applicable State law and as may be authorized by the hospital;;
(2) in paragraph (7), by striking the period at the end and inserting; or; and
(3) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
(8) a certified nurse-midwife or certified midwife where the hospital has a teaching program approved as specified in paragraph (6), if—
(A) the hospital elects to receive any payment due under this title for reasonable costs of such services; and
(B) all certified nurse-midwives or certified midwives in such hospital agree not to bill charges for professional services rendered in such hospital to individuals covered under the insurance program established by this title.
(b) Effective date
The amendments made by subsection (a) shall apply to services furnished on or after the date of the enactment of this Act.
(1) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration (referred to in this section as the Secretary), shall carry out a grant program under which the Secretary may make to eligible organizations—
(A) for fiscal year 2025, planning grants described in paragraph (2); and
(B) for the subsequent 4-year period, implementation grants described in paragraph (3).
(A) In general
Planning grants described in this paragraph are grants for each of the following purposes:
(i) To collect data and identify any workforce inequalities, with respect to a health profession, at each of the following stages along the health professional continuum:
(I) Pipeline availability, with respect to students at the high school and college or university levels considering, and working toward, entrance in the profession, including inequalities due to barriers triggered by criminal records.
(II) Entrance into the training program for the profession.
(III) Graduation from such training program.
(IV) Entrance into practice, including inequalities due to barriers triggered by criminal records.
(V) Retention in practice for more than a 5-year period.
(ii) To develop one or more strategies to address the workforce inequalities within the health profession, as identified under (and in response to the findings pursuant to) clause (i).
(B) Application
To be eligible to receive a grant under this paragraph, an eligible health professional organization shall submit to the Secretary an application in such form and manner and containing such information as specified by the Secretary.
(C) Amount
Each grant awarded under this paragraph shall be for an amount not to exceed $300,000.
(D) Report
Each recipient of a grant under this paragraph shall submit to the Secretary a report containing—
(i) information on the extent and distribution of workforce inequalities identified through the grant; and
(ii) reasonable objectives and strategies developed to address such inequalities within a 5-, 10-, and 25-year period.
(A) In general
Implementation grants described in this paragraph are grants to implement one or more of the strategies developed pursuant to a planning grant awarded under paragraph (2).
(B) Application
To be eligible to receive a grant under this paragraph, an eligible health professional organization shall submit to the Secretary an application in such form and manner as specified by the Secretary. Each such application shall contain information on—
(i) the capability of the organization to carry out a strategy described in subparagraph (A);
(ii) the involvement of partners or coalitions;
(iii) the organization’s plans for developing sustainability of the implementation efforts after the culmination of the grant cycle; and
(iv) any other matter specified by the Secretary.
(C) Amount; duration
Each grant awarded under this paragraph shall be for an amount not to exceed $500,000 for each year of the grant. The term of a grant under this paragraph shall not exceed 4 years.
(D) Reports
For each of the first 3 years for which an eligible health professional organization is awarded a grant under this paragraph, the organization shall submit to the Secretary a report on the activities carried out by such organization through the grant during such year and objectives for the subsequent year. For the fourth year for which an eligible health professional organization is awarded a grant under this paragraph, the organization shall submit to the Secretary a report that includes an analysis of all the activities carried out by the organization through the grant and a detailed plan for the continuation of the organization’s implementation efforts.
(4) Eligible health professional organization defined
For purposes of this subsection, the term eligible health professional organization means a professional organization representing obstetrician-gynecologists, certified nurse midwives, certified midwives, family practice physicians, nurse practitioners whose scope of practice includes pregnancy-related or sexual and reproductive health care, physician assistants whose scope of practice includes obstetrical or sexual and reproductive health care, certified professional midwives, adolescent medicine specialists who provide sexual and reproductive health care, or pediatricians who provide sexual and reproductive health care.
(1) In general
The Secretary shall carry out a grant program under which the Secretary may make to eligible minority-serving institutions—
(A) for fiscal years 2025 and 2026, planning grants described in paragraph (2); and
(B) for the subsequent 10-year period, implementation grants described in paragraph (3).
(A) In general
Planning grants described in this paragraph are grants for plans relating to 1 or more of the following purposes:
(i) To develop or expand academic programs to educate maternity care clinicians and maternity care support personnel, including—
(I) nurses who have the intention of providing maternity, newborn, or sexual and reproductive health care;
(II) nurse practitioners whose scope of practice includes maternity, newborn, or sexual and reproductive health care; and
(III) maternity care support personnel, such as doulas and lactation counselors.
(ii) To develop or expand academic programs to educate obstetrician-gynecologists.
(B) Application
To be eligible to receive a grant under this paragraph, an eligible minority-serving institution shall submit to the Secretary an application in such form and manner and containing such information as specified by the Secretary.
(C) Amount
Each grant awarded under this paragraph shall be for an amount not to exceed $400,000 for each of 2 years.
(D) Report
Each recipient of a grant under this paragraph shall submit to the Secretary an annual report describing the planned development or expansion of academic programs, including—
(i) the types of clinical or support personnel to be served and the degrees or certificates to be conferred;
(ii) the associated curricula;
(iii) the faculty and their capabilities and commitments, including any plans for recruitment;
(iv) the anticipated number of students to be enrolled and plans for their recruitment and social, emotional, and financial support; and
(v) the objectives and strategies for addressing inequalities and preparing students to provide high-quality culturally congruent care.
(A) In general
Implementation grants described in this paragraph are grants to implement the plans developed under paragraph (2).
(B) Application
To be eligible to receive a grant under this paragraph, an eligible minority-serving institution shall submit to the Secretary an application in such form and manner as specified by the Secretary. Each such application shall contain information on the capability of the institution to carry out a plan described in paragraph (2), plans for sustainability of the academic program involved after the culmination of the grant cycle, and any other matter specified by the Secretary.
(C) Amount
Each grant under this paragraph shall be for an amount not to exceed $1,000,000 for each year during the 10-year period of the grant.
(i) Initial period
For each of the first 9 years for which an eligible minority-serving institution is awarded a grant under this paragraph, the institution shall submit a report to the Secretary on the activities carried out by such institution through the grant during such year and objectives for the subsequent year.
(ii) Final year
For the tenth year for which an eligible minority-serving institution is awarded a grant under this paragraph, the organization shall submit to the Secretary a report that includes an analysis of all the activities carried out by the institution through the grant and a detailed plan for continuation of the academic program.
(4) Minority-serving institution
For the purposes of this subsection, the term minority-serving institution means any of the following:
(A) A Hispanic-serving institution, as that term is defined in section 502(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1101a(a)).
(B) A Tribal College or University, as that term is defined in section 316(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059c(b)).
(C) An Alaska Native-serving institution, as that term is defined in section 317(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059d(b)).
(D) A Native Hawaiian-serving institution, as that term is defined in section 317(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059d(b)).
(E) A Predominantly Black Institution, as that term is defined in section 318(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059e(b)).
(F) A Native American-serving, nontribal institution, as that term is defined in section 319(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059f(b)).
(G) An Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institution, as that term is defined in section 320(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059g(b)).
(1) In general
Section 2104(a)(28) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397dd(a)(28)) is amended to read as follows:
(28) for fiscal year 2029 and each subsequent year, such sums as are necessary to fund allotments to States under subsections (c) and (m).
(A) In general
Section 2104(m) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397dd(m)) is amended—
(i) in paragraph (2)(B)—
(I) in the matter preceding clause (i), by striking through (27) and inserting through (28); and
(II) in clause (i), by striking 2023, and 2029 and inserting and 2023;
(ii) in paragraph (7)—
(I) in subparagraph (A), by striking and ending with fiscal year 2029,; and
(II) in the flush left matter at the end, by striking fiscal year 2026, or fiscal year 2028 and inserting fiscal year 2026, or a subsequent even-numbered fiscal year;
(iii) in paragraph (9)—
(I) by striking (10), or (11) and inserting or (10); and
(II) by striking 2023, or 2029, and inserting or 2023; and
(iv) by striking paragraph (11).
(B) Conforming amendment
Section 50101(b)(2) of the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018 (Public Law 115–123) is repealed.
(1) Pediatric quality measures program
Section 1139A(i)(1) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320b–9a(i)(1)) is amended—
(A) in subparagraph (D), by striking; and and inserting a semicolon;
(B) in subparagraph (E), by striking the period at the end and inserting; and; and
(C) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(F) for a subsequent fiscal year, the amount appropriated under this paragraph for the previous fiscal year, increased by the percentage increase in the consumer price index for all urban consumers (all items; United States city average) over such previous fiscal year, for the purpose of carrying out this section (other than subsections (e), (f), and (g)).
(2) Express lane eligibility option
Section 1902(e)(13) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(e)(13)) is amended by striking subparagraph (I).
(A) In general
Section 2105(d)(3) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397ee(d)(3)) is amended—
(i) in the paragraph heading, by striking through September 30, 2029; and
(ii) in subparagraph (A), in the matter preceding clause (i)—
(I) by striking During the period that begins on the date of enactment of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and ends on September 30, 2029 and inserting Beginning on the date of the enactment of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act;
(II) by striking During the period that begins on October 1, 2019, and ends on September 30, 2029 and inserting Beginning on October 1, 2019; and
(III) by striking The preceding sentences shall not be construed as preventing a State during any such periods from and inserting The preceding sentences shall not be construed as preventing a State from.
(B) Conforming amendments
Section 1902(gg)(2) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(gg)(2)) is amended—
(i) in the paragraph heading, by striking through September 30, 2029; and
(ii) by striking through September 30 and all that follows through ends on September 30, 2029 and inserting (but beginning on October 1, 2019.
(4) Qualifying states option
Section 2105(g)(4) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397ee(g)(4)) is amended—
(A) in the paragraph heading, by striking for fiscal years 2009 through 2029 and inserting after fiscal year 2008; and
(B) in subparagraph (A), by striking for any of fiscal years 2009 through 2029 and inserting for any fiscal year after fiscal year 2008.
(5) Outreach and enrollment program
Section 2113 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397mm) is amended—
(A) in subsection (a)—
(i) in paragraph (1), by striking during the period of fiscal years 2009 through 2029 and inserting, beginning with fiscal year 2009,;
(ii) in paragraph (2)—
(I) by striking 10 percent of such amounts and inserting 10 percent of such amounts for the period or the fiscal year for which such amounts are appropriated; and
(II) by striking during such period and inserting, during such period or such fiscal year,; and
(iii) in paragraph (3), by striking For the period of fiscal years 2024 through 2029, an amount equal to 10 percent of such amounts and inserting Beginning with fiscal year 2024, an amount equal to 10 percent of such amounts for the period or the fiscal year for which such amounts are appropriated; and
(B) in subsection (g)—
(i) by striking and $40,000,000 and inserting $40,000,000; and
(ii) by inserting after fiscal years 2028 and 2029, the following: $12,000,000 for fiscal year 2030, and, for each fiscal year after fiscal year 2030, the amount appropriated under this subsection for the previous fiscal year, increased by the percentage increase in the consumer price index for all urban consumers (all items; United States city average) over such previous fiscal year,.
(6) Child enrollment contingency fund
Section 2104(n) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397dd(n)) is amended—
(A) in paragraph (2)—
(i) in subparagraph (A)(ii)—
(I) by striking and 2024 through 2028 and inserting and for each fiscal year after fiscal year 2023; and
(II) by striking 2023, and 2029 and inserting and 2023; and
(ii) in subparagraph (B)—
(I) by striking 2024 through 2028 and inserting and for each fiscal year after fiscal year 2023; and
(II) by striking 2023, and 2029 and inserting and 2023; and
(B) in paragraph (3)(A)—
(i) by striking fiscal years 2024 through 2028 and inserting a fiscal year after fiscal year 2023; and
(ii) by striking 2023, or 2029 and inserting or 2023.
(A) In general
The amount specified in subsection (c) of section 2003 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397b) for purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of such section is deemed to be $1,900,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2025 through 2028, of which, the amount equal to $200,000,000, reduced by the amounts reserved under subparagraph (B)(ii) for each such fiscal year, shall be obligated by States in accordance with paragraph (2).
(i) In general
Out of any money in the Treasury of the United States not otherwise appropriated, there is appropriated $200,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2025 through 2028, to carry out this subsection.
(I) Purposes
The Secretary shall reserve, from the amount appropriated under clause (i) to carry out this subsection—
(aa) for each of fiscal years 2025 through 2028, not more than 2 percent of the amount appropriated for the fiscal year for purposes of entering into an agreement with a national entity described in clause (iii) to assist in providing technical assistance and training, to support effective policy, practice, research, and cross-system collaboration among grantees and subgrantees, and to assist in the administration of the program described in this subsection; and
(bb) for fiscal year 2025, an amount, not to exceed $2,000,000, for purposes of conducting an evaluation under paragraph (4).
(II) No State entitlement to reserved funds
The State entitlement under section 2002(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397a(a)) shall not apply to the amounts reserved under subclause (I).
(iii) National entity described
A national entity described in this clause is a nonprofit organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of such Code, that—
(I) has experience in more than 1 State in the area of—
(aa) community distributions of basic need services, including experience collecting, warehousing, and distributing basic necessities such as diapers, food, or menstrual products;
(bb) child care;
(cc) child development activities in low-income communities; or
(dd) motherhood, fatherhood, or parent education efforts serving low-income parents of young children;
(II) demonstrates competency to implement a project, provide fiscal accountability, collect data, and prepare reports and other necessary documentation; and
(III) demonstrates a willingness to share information with researchers, practitioners, and other interested parties.
(A) In general
Funds are used in accordance with this paragraph if—
(i) the State, in consultation with relevant stakeholders, including agencies, professional associations, and nonprofit organizations, distributes the funds to eligible entities to—
(I) decrease the need for diapers and diapering supplies and adult incontinence materials and supplies in low-income families and meet such unmet needs of infants and toddlers, medically complex children, and low-income adults and adults with disabilities in such families through—
(aa) the distribution of free diapers and diapering supplies, medically necessary diapers, and adult incontinence materials and supplies;
(bb) community outreach to assist in participation in existing diaper distribution programs or programs that distribute medically necessary diapers or adult incontinence materials and supplies; or
(cc) improving access to diapers and diapering supplies, medically necessary diapers, and adult incontinence materials and supplies; and
(II) increase the ability of communities and low-income families in such communities to provide for the need for diapers and diapering supplies, medically necessary diapers, and adult incontinence materials and supplies, of infants and toddlers, medically complex children, and low-income adults and adults with disabilities;
(ii) the funds are used subject to the limitations in section 2005 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397d);
(iii) the funds are used to supplement, not supplant, State general revenue funds provided for the purposes described in clause (i); and
(iv) the funds are not used for costs that are reimbursable by the Federal Emergency Management Agency, under a contract for insurance, or by self-insurance.
(B) Allowable uses by eligible entities
An eligible entity receiving funds made available under paragraph (1) shall use the funds for any of the following:
(i) To pay for the purchase and distribution of diapers and diapering supplies, medically necessary diapers, and funding diaper (including medically necessary diapers) distribution that serves low-income families with—
(I) 1 or more children 3 years of age or younger; or
(II) 1 or more medically complex children.
(ii) To pay for the purchase and distribution of adult incontinence materials and supplies and funding distribution of such materials and supplies that serves low-income families with 1 or more low-income adults or adults with disabilities who rely on adult incontinence materials and supplies.
(iii) To integrate activities carried out under clause (i) with other basic needs assistance programs serving eligible children and their families, including the following:
(I) Programs funded by the temporary assistance for needy families program under part A of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), including the State maintenance of effort provisions of such program.
(II) Programs designed to support the health of eligible children, such as the Children’s Health Insurance Program under title XXI of the Social Security Act, the Medicaid program under title XIX of such Act, or State-funded health care programs.
(III) Programs funded through the special supplemental nutrition program for women, infants, and children under section 17 of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966.
(IV) Programs that offer early home visiting services, including the maternal, infant, and early childhood home visiting program (including the Tribal home visiting program) under section 511 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 711).
(V) Programs to provide improved and affordable access to child care, including programs funded through the Child Care and Development Fund, the temporary assistance for needy families program under part A of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), or a State-funded program.
(i) Funds distributed to eligible entities
Funds made available under paragraph (1) that are distributed to an eligible entity by a State for a fiscal year may be expended by the eligible entity only in such fiscal year or the succeeding fiscal year.
(ii) Evaluation
Funds reserved under paragraph (1)(B)(ii)(I)(aa) to carry out the evaluation under paragraph (4) shall be available for expenditure during the 3-year period that begins on the date of enactment of this Act.
(D) No effect on other programs
Any assistance or benefits received by a family through funds made available under paragraph (1) shall be disregarded for purposes of determining the family’s eligibility for, or amount of, benefits under any other Federal needs-based programs.
(3) Annual reports
A State shall include in the annual report required under section 2006 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397e) covering each of fiscal years 2024 through 2027, information detailing how eligible entities, including subgrantees, used funds made available under paragraph (1) to distribute diapers and diapering supplies and adult incontinence materials and supplies to families in need. Each such report shall include the following:
(A) The number and age of infants, toddlers, medically complex children, and low-income adults and adults with disabilities who received assistance or benefits through such funds.
(B) The number of families that have received assistance or benefits through such funds.
(C) The number of diapers, medically necessary diapers, or adult incontinence materials and supplies (such as adult diapers, briefs, protective underwear, pull-ons, pull-ups, liners, shields, guards, pads, undergarments), and the number of each type of diapering or adult incontinence supply, distributed through the use of such funds.
(D) The ZIP Code or ZIP Codes where the eligible entity (or subgrantee) distributed diapers and diapering supplies and adult incontinence materials and supplies.
(E) The method or methods the eligible entity (or subgrantee) uses to distribute diapers and diapering supplies and, adult incontinence materials and supplies.
(F) Such other information as the Secretary may specify.
(4) Evaluation
The Secretary, in consultation with States, the national entity described in paragraph (1)(B)(iii), and eligible entities receiving funds made available under this subsection, shall—
(A) not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act—
(i) complete an evaluation of the effectiveness of the assistance program carried out pursuant to this subsection, such as the effect of activities carried out under this section on mitigating the health and developmental risks of unmet diaper need among infants, toddlers, medically complex children, and other family members in low-income families, including the risks of diaper dermatitis, urinary tract infections, and parental and child depression and anxiety;
(ii) submit to the relevant congressional committees a report on the results of such evaluation; and
(iii) publish the results of the evaluation on the internet website of the Department of Health and Human Services;
(B) not later than 3 years after the date of enactment of this Act, update the evaluation required by subparagraph (A)(i); and
(C) not later than 90 days after completion of the updated evaluation under subparagraph (B)—
(i) submit to the relevant congressional committees a report describing the results of such updated evaluation; and
(ii) publish the results of such evaluation on the internet website of the Department of Health and Human Services.
(5) Guidance
Not later than 180 days after enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall issue guidance regarding how the provisions of this subsection should be carried out, including information regarding eligible entities, allowable use of funds, and reporting requirements.
(6) Definitions
In this subsection:
(A) Adult incontinence materials and supplies
The term adult incontinence materials and supplies means those supplies that are used to assist low-income adults or adults with disabilities and includes adult diapers, briefs, protective underwear, pull-ons, pull-ups, liners, shields, guards, pads, undergarments, disposable wipes, over-the-counter adult diaper rash cream products, intermittent catheterization, indwelling catheters, condom catheters, urinary drainage bags, external collection devices, wearable urinals, and penile clamps.
(B) Adults with disabilities
The term adults with disabilities means individuals who—
(i) have attained age 18; and
(ii) have a disability (as such term is defined, with respect to an individual, in section 3 of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12102)).
(C) Diaper
The term diaper means an absorbent garment that—
(i) is washable or disposable that may be worn by an infant or toddler who is not toilet-trained; and
(ii) if disposable—
(I) does not use any latex or common allergens; and
(II) meets or exceeds the quality standards for diapers commercially available through retail sale in the following categories:
(aa) Absorbency (with acceptable rates for first and second wetting).
(bb) Waterproof outer cover.
(cc) Flexible leg openings.
(dd) Refastening closures.
(D) Diapering supplies
The term diapering supplies means items, including diaper wipes and diaper cream, necessary to ensure that—
(i) an eligible child using a diaper is properly cleaned and protected from diaper rash; or
(ii) a medically complex child who uses a medically necessary diaper is properly cleaned and protected from diaper rash.
(E) Eligible child
The term eligible child means a child who—
(i) has not attained 4 years of age; and
(ii) is a member of a low-income family.
(F) Eligible entities
The term eligible entity means a State or local governmental entity, an Indian tribe or tribal organization (as defined in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act), or a nonprofit organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of such Code that—
(i) has experience in the area of—
(I) community distributions of basic need services, including experience collecting, warehousing, and distributing basic necessities such as diapers, food, or menstrual products;
(II) child care;
(III) child development activities in low-income communities; or
(IV) motherhood, fatherhood, or parent education efforts serving low-income parents of young children;
(ii) demonstrates competency to implement a project, provide fiscal accountability, collect data, and prepare reports and other necessary documentation; and
(iii) demonstrates a willingness to share information with researchers, practitioners, and other interested parties.
(G) Federal poverty line
The term Federal poverty line means the Federal poverty line as defined by the Office of Management and Budget and revised annually in accordance with section 673(2) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981 applicable to a family of the size involved.
(H) Low-income
The term low-income, with respect to a family, means a family whose self-certified income is not more than 200 percent of the Federal poverty line.
(I) Medically complex child
The term medically complex child means an individual who has attained age 3 and for whom a licensed health care provider has provided a diagnosis of bowel or bladder incontinence, a bowel or bladder condition that causes excess urine or stool (such as short gut syndrome or diabetes insipidus), or a severe skin condition that causes skin erosions (such as epidermolysis bullosa).
(J) Medically necessary diaper
The term medically necessary diaper means an absorbent garment that is—
(i) washable or disposable;
(ii) worn by a medically complex child who has been diagnosed with bowel or bladder incontinence, a bowel or bladder condition that causes excess urine or stool (such as short gut syndrome or diabetes insipidus), or a severe skin condition that causes skin erosions (such as epidermolysis bullosa) and needs such garment to correct or ameliorate such condition; and
(iii) if disposable—
(I) does not use any latex or common allergens; and
(II) meets or exceeds the quality standards for diapers commercially available through retail sale in the following categories:
(aa) Absorbency (with acceptable rates for first and second wetting).
(bb) Waterproof outer cover.
(cc) Flexible leg openings.
(dd) Refastening closures.
(A) In general
Section 255(h) of the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985 (2 U.S.C. 905(h)) is amended by inserting after Supplemental Security Income Program (28–0406–0–1–609). the following:
(A) In general
Targeted funding for States for diaper assistance (including diapering supplies and adult incontinence materials and supplies) through the Social Services Block Grant Program.
(B) Applicability
The amendment made by this paragraph shall apply to any sequestration order issued under the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985 (2 U.S.C. 900 et seq.) on or after the date of enactment of this Act.
(b) Improving access to diapers for medically complex children
Section 1915(c) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396n(c)) is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
(A) In the case of any waiver under this subsection that provides medical assistance to a medically complex child who has been diagnosed with bowel or bladder incontinence, a bowel or bladder condition that causes excess urine or stool (such as short gut syndrome or diabetes insipidus), or a severe skin condition that causes skin erosions (such as epidermolysis bullosa), such medical assistance shall include, for the duration of the waiver, the provision of 200 medically necessary diapers per month and diapering supplies. Such medical assistance may include the provision of medically necessary diapers in amounts greater than 200 if a licensed health care provider (such as a physician, nurse practitioner, or physician assistant) specifies that such greater amounts are necessary for such medically complex child.
(B) For purposes of this paragraph:
(i) The term medically complex child means an individual who has attained age 3 and for whom a licensed health care provider has provided a diagnosis of 1 or more significant chronic conditions.
(ii) The term medically necessary diaper means an absorbent garment that is—
(I) washable or disposable;
(II) worn by a medically complex child who has been diagnosed with a condition described in subparagraph (A) and needs such garment to correct or ameliorate such condition; and
(III) if disposable—
(aa) does not use any latex or common allergens; and
(bb) meets or exceeds the quality standards for diapers commercially available through retail sale in the following categories:
(AA) Absorbency (with acceptable rates for first and second wetting).
(BB) Waterproof outer cover.
(CC) Flexible leg openings.
(DD) Refastening closures.
(iii) The term diapering supplies means items, including diaper wipes and diaper creams, necessary to ensure that a medically complex child who has been diagnosed with a condition described in subparagraph (A) and uses a medically necessary diaper is properly cleaned and protected from diaper rash.
(1) Health savings accounts
Section 223(d)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended—
(A) by inserting, medically necessary diapers, and diapering supplies after menstrual care products in the last sentence of subparagraph (A); and
(B) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(E) Medically necessary diapers and diapering supplies
For purposes of this paragraph—
(i) Medically necessary diapers
The term medically necessary diaper means an absorbent garment which is washable or disposable and which is worn by an individual who has attained 3 years of age because of medical necessity, such as someone who has been diagnosed with bowel or bladder incontinence, a bowel or bladder condition that causes excess urine or stool (such as short gut syndrome or diabetes insipidus), or a severe skin condition that causes skin erosions (such as epidermolysis bullosa) and needs such garment to correct or ameliorate such condition, to serve a preventative medical purpose, or to correct or ameliorate defects or physical or mental illnesses or conditions diagnosed by a licensed health care provider, and, if disposable—
(I) does not use any latex or common allergens; and
(II) meets or exceeds the quality standards for diapers commercially available through retail sale in the following categories:
(aa) Absorbency (with acceptable rates for first and second wetting).
(bb) Waterproof outer cover.
(cc) Flexible leg openings.
(dd) Refastening closures.
(ii) Diapering supplies
The term diapering supplies means items, including diaper wipes and diaper creams, necessary to ensure that an individual wearing medically necessary diapers is properly cleaned and protected from diaper rash.
(2) Archer MSAs
The last sentence of section 220(d)(2)(A) of such Code is amended by inserting, medically necessary diapers (as defined in section 223(d)(2)(E)), and diapering supplies (as defined in section 223(d)(2)(E)) after menstrual care products (as defined in section 223(d)(2)(D)).
(3) Health flexible spending arrangements and health reimbursement arrangements
Section 106(f) of such Code is amended—
(A) by inserting, medically necessary diapers (as defined in section 223(d)(2)(E)), and diapering supplies (as defined in section 223(d)(2)(E)) after menstrual care products (as defined in section 223(d)(2)(D)); and
(B) in the heading, by inserting, medically necessary diapers, and diapering supplies after menstrual care products.
(A) Distributions from certain accounts
The amendments made by paragraphs (1) and (2) shall apply to amounts paid after December 31, 2024.
(B) Reimbursements
The amendment made by paragraph (3) shall apply to expenses incurred after December 31, 2024.
(a) Establishment
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration and in consultation with the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the Director of the National Institutes of Health (in this section referred to as the Secretary), shall establish and implement a culturally and linguistically competent public health awareness and education campaign to provide information that is focused on decreasing the risk factors for sudden unexpected infant death and sudden unexplained death in childhood, including educating individuals about safe sleep environments, sleep positions, and reducing exposure to smoking during pregnancy and after birth.
(b) Targeted Populations
The campaign under subsection (a) shall be designed to reduce health inequalities through the targeting of populations with high rates of sudden unexpected infant death or of sudden unexplained death in childhood.
(c) Consultation
In establishing and implementing the campaign under subsection (a), the Secretary shall consult with national organizations representing (collectively) health care providers, including nurses and physicians, parents, child care providers, children's advocacy and safety organizations, maternal and child health programs, nutrition professionals focusing on (collectively) people, infants, and children, and other individuals and groups determined necessary by the Secretary for such establishment and implementation.
(1) In general
In carrying out the campaign under subsection (a), the Secretary shall award grants to national organizations, State and local health departments, and community-based organizations for the conduct of education and outreach programs for nurses, parents, child care providers, community health workers, public health agencies, and community organizations.
(2) Application
To be eligible to receive a grant under paragraph (1), an entity shall submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
(a) In general
Subpart A of part IV of subchapter A of chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by inserting after section 25E the following new section:
(1) In general
In the case of an individual for which there are one or more qualifying individuals (as defined in subsection (b)(1)) with respect to such individual, there shall be allowed as a credit against the tax imposed by this chapter for the taxable year an amount equal to the applicable percentage of the employment-related expenses (as defined in subsection (b)(3)) paid by such individual during the taxable year.
(2) Applicable percentage defined
For purposes of paragraph (1), the term applicable percentage means 35 percent reduced (but not below 20 percent) by 1 percentage point for each $2,000 (or fraction thereof) by which the taxpayer’s adjusted gross income for the taxable year exceeds $15,000.
(b) Definitions of qualifying individual and employment-Related expenses
For purposes of this section—
(1) Qualifying individual
The term qualifying individual means an individual who—
(A) has attained age 50, and
(B) satisfies the requirements of any of the following clauses:
(i) An individual who bears a relationship to the taxpayer described in subparagraph (C) or (D) of section 152(d)(2) (relating to fathers, mothers, and ancestors).
(ii) An individual who would be a dependent of the taxpayer (as defined in section 152, determined without regard to subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2)) as a qualifying relative described in section 152(d)(1) if—
(I) in lieu of the requirements under subparagraphs (B) and (C) of such section, with respect to such individual—
(aa) the taxpayer has provided over one-half of the individual’s support for the calendar year in which such taxable year begins and each of the preceding 4 taxable years, and
(bb) the individual’s modified adjusted gross income for the calendar year in which such taxable year begins is less than the exemption amount (as defined in section 151(d)),
(II) the individual is physically or mentally incapable of caring for himself or herself, and
(III) the individual has the same principal place of abode as the taxpayer for more than one-half of such taxable year.
(iii) The spouse of the taxpayer, if such spouse is physically or mentally incapable of caring for himself or herself.
(2) Modified adjusted gross income
The term modified adjusted gross income means adjusted gross income determined without regard to section 86.
(c) Dollar limit on amount creditable
The amount of the employment-related expenses incurred during any taxable year which may be taken into account under subsection (a) shall not exceed—
(1) if there is 1 qualifying individual with respect to the taxpayer for such taxable year, $3,000, or
(2) if there are 2 or more qualifying individuals with respect to the taxpayer for such taxable year, $6,000.
(c) Dollar limit on amount creditable
The amount determined under this subsection shall be reduced by the aggregate amount excludable from gross income under section 129 for the taxable year.
(d) Earned income limitation
The amount of the employment-related expenses incurred during any taxable year which may be taken into account under subsection (a) shall not exceed—
(1) in the case of an individual who is not married at the close of such year, such individual’s earned income for such year, or
(2) in the case of an individual who is married at the close of such year, the lesser of such individual’s earned income or the earned income of his spouse for such year.
(e) Special rules
For purposes of this section—
(1) Place of abode
An individual shall not be treated as having the same principal place of abode of the taxpayer if at any time during the taxable year of the taxpayer the relationship between the individual and the taxpayer is in violation of local law.
(2) Married couples must file joint return
In the case of an individual who is married as of the close of the taxable year, the credit shall be allowed under subsection (a) only if a joint return is filed for the taxable year under section 6013.
(3) Marital status
An individual legally separated from his or her spouse under a decree of divorce or of separate maintenance shall not be considered as married.
(4) Certain married individuals living apart
In the case of an individual who is married and does not file a joint return for the taxable year, if—
(A) such individual—
(i) maintains as his or her home a household which constitutes for more than one-half of the taxable year the principal place of abode of a qualifying individual, and
(ii) furnishes over half of the cost of maintaining such household during the taxable year, and
(B) during the last 6 months of such taxable year, such individual’s spouse is not a member of such household,
(4) Certain married individuals living apart
such individual shall not be considered as married.
(6) Identifying information required with respect to service provider
No credit shall be allowed under subsection (a) for any amount paid to any person unless—
(A) the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of such person are included on the return of tax for the taxable year in which the credit under this section is being claimed, or
(B) if such person is an organization described in section 501(c)(3) and exempt from tax under section 501(a), the name and address of such person are included on the return of tax for the taxable year in which the credit under this section is being claimed.
(6) Identifying information required with respect to service provider
In the case of a failure to provide the information required under the preceding sentence, the preceding sentence shall not apply if it is shown that the taxpayer exercised due diligence in attempting to provide the information so required.
(7) Identifying information required with respect to qualifying individuals
No credit shall be allowed under this section with respect to any qualifying individual unless the TIN of such individual is included on the return of tax for the taxable year in which the credit under this section is being claimed.
(f) Regulations
The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this section.
(b) Clerical amendment
The table of sections for subpart A of part IV of subchapter A of chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by inserting after the item relating to section 25E the following new item:
(c) Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall apply to taxable years beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act.
Section 5701. Clarification supporting permissible use of funds for stillbirth prevention activities
Section 501(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 701(a)) is amended—
(1) in paragraph (1)(B), by inserting to reduce the incidence of stillbirth, after among children,; and
(2) in paragraph (2), by inserting after follow-up services the following:, and for evidence-based programs and activities and outcome research to reduce the incidence of stillbirth (including tracking and awareness of fetal movements, improvement of birth timing for pregnancies with risk factors, initiatives that encourage safe sleeping positions during pregnancy, screening and surveillance for fetal growth restriction, efforts to achieve smoking cessation during pregnancy, community-based programs that provide home visits or other types of support, and any other research or evidence-based programming to prevent stillbirths).
Section 6001. Sense of Congress
It is the sense of the Congress that it is imperative that a comprehensive public health approach to addressing trauma and mental health care be focused on care delivery that is culturally and linguistically appropriate.
(1) In general
Section 1861(s)(2) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(s)(2)), as amended by section 4251(c)(1), is amended—
(A) in subparagraph (JJ), by striking and at the end;
(B) by inserting and at the end of subparagraph (KK); and
(C) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(LL) substance use disorder counselor services (as defined in subsection (qqq)(1)), and peer support specialist services (as defined in subsection (qqq)(3));
(2) Definitions
Section 1861 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x), as amended by sections 2007(b), 4221(a), and 4251(c)(2), is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(1) The term substance use disorder counselor services means services performed by a substance use disorder counselor (as defined in paragraph (2)) for the diagnosis and treatment of substance use disorder and addiction that the substance use disorder counselor is legally authorized to perform under State law (or the State regulatory mechanism provided by the State law) of the State in which such services are performed, as would otherwise be covered if furnished by a physician or as incident to a physician’s professional service, but only if no facility or other provider charges or is paid any amounts with respect to the furnishing of such services.
(2) The term substance use disorder counselor means an individual who—
(A) has performed at least 2 years of supervised substance use disorder counselor practice;
(B) in the case of an individual performing services in a State that provides for licensure or certification of substance use disorder counselors or professional counselors, is licensed or certified as a substance use disorder counselor or professional counselor in such State; or
(C) is a drug and alcohol counselor as defined in section 40.281 of title 49, Code of Federal Regulations.
(3) The term peer support specialist services means services performed by a peer support specialist (as defined in paragraph (4)) for the well-being of individuals needing mental health support that the peer support specialist is legally authorized to perform under State law (or the State regulatory mechanism provided by the State law) of the State in which such services are performed, as would otherwise be covered if furnished by a physician or as incident to a physician’s professional service, but only if no facility or other provider charges or is paid any amounts with respect to the furnishing of such services.
(4) The term peer support specialist means an individual who—
(A) is an individual living in recovery with mental illness, addiction, or justice system involvement;
(B) has skills learned in formal training;
(C) uses assets-based framing in speaking about mental health, recovery, and well-being; and
(D) delivers services in behavioral health settings to promote mind-body recovery and resiliency.
(3) Provision for payment under part B
Section 1832(a)(2)(B) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395k(a)(2)(B)) is amended by adding at the end the following new clause:
(v) substance use disorder counselor services and peer support specialist services;
(4) Amount of payment
Section 1833(a)(1) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395l(a)(1)), as amended by section 4251(c)(3), is amended—
(A) by striking and before (II); and
(B) by inserting before the semicolon at the end the following:, and (JJ) with respect to substance use disorder counselor services and peer support specialist services under section 1861(s)(2)(LL), the amounts paid shall be 80 percent of the lesser of the actual charge for the services or 75 percent of the amount determined for payment of a psychologist under subparagraph (L).
(5) Exclusion of peer support specialist services from skilled nursing facility prospective payment system
Section 1888(e)(2)(A)(ii) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395yy(e)(2)(A)(ii)) is amended by inserting peer support specialist services (as defined in section 1861(qqq)(3)), after mental health counselor services (as defined in section 1861(lll)(3)).
(6) Inclusion of substance use disorder counselors as practitioners for assignment of claims
Section 1842(b)(18)(C) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395u(b)(18)(C)) is amended by adding at the end the following new clauses:
(ix) A substance use disorder counselor (as defined in section 1861(qqq)(2)).
(x) A peer support specialist (as defined in section 1861(qqq)(4)).
(b) Coverage of Certain Mental Health Services Provided in Rural Health Clinics and Federally Qualified Health Centers
Section 1861(aa)(1)(B) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(aa)(1)(B)) is amended by striking or by a mental health counselor (as defined in subsection (lll)(4)) and inserting by a mental health counselor (as defined in subsection (lll)(4)), by a substance use disorder counselor (as defined in subsection (qqq)(2)), or by a peer support specialist (as defined in subsection (qqq)(4)).
(c) Effective Date
The amendments made by this section shall apply with respect to services furnished on or after January 1, 2025.
(a) In general
In addition to amounts otherwise authorized to be appropriated to the National Institutes of Health, there is authorized to be appropriated to such Institutes $150,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2025 through 2030—
(1) to build relations with communities and conduct or support clinical research, including clinical research on racial or ethnic disparities in physical and mental health; and
(2) to carry out the Strategic Framework For Addressing Youth Mental Health Disparities developed by the National Institute of Mental Health.
(b) Definition
In this section, the term clinical research has the meaning given to such term in section 409 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 284d).
Section 6104. Additional funds for National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities
In addition to amounts otherwise authorized to be appropriated to the National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities, there is authorized to be appropriated to such Institute $750,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2025 through 2030.
(a) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services (in this section referred to as the Secretary), acting through the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use, shall award grants to eligible entities to establish or expand programs for the purpose of increasing racial and ethnic minority access to high-quality trauma support services and mental health care.
(b) Eligible entities
To seek a grant under this section, an entity shall be a community-based program or organization that—
(1) provides culturally and linguistically appropriate programs and resources that are aligned with evidence-based practices for trauma-informed care; and
(2) has demonstrated expertise in serving communities of color or can partner with a program that has such demonstrated expertise.
(c) Use of funds
As a condition on receipt of a grant under this section, a grantee shall agree to use the grant to increase racial and ethnic minority access to high-quality trauma support services and mental health care, such as by—
(1) establishing and maintaining community-based programs providing evidence-based services in trauma-informed care and culturally specific services and other resources;
(2) developing innovative, culturally specific strategies and projects to enhance access to trauma-informed care and resources for racial and ethnic minorities who face obstacles to using more traditional services and resources (such as obstacles in geographic access to providers, insurance coverage, and access to audio and video technologies);
(3) working with State and local governments and social service agencies to develop and enhance effective strategies to provide culturally specific services to racial and ethnic minorities;
(4) increasing communities’ capacity to provide culturally specific resources and support for communities of color;
(5) working in cooperation with the community to develop education and prevention strategies highlighting culturally specific issues and resources regarding racial and ethnic minorities;
(6) providing culturally specific programs for racial and ethnic minorities exposed to law enforcement violence; and
(7) examining the dynamics of culture and its impact on victimization and healing.
(d) Priority
In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall give priority to eligible entities proposing to serve communities that have faced high rates of community trauma, including from exposure to law enforcement violence, intergenerational poverty, civil unrest, discrimination, or oppression.
(e) Grant period
The period of a grant under this section shall be 4 years.
(f) Evaluation
Not later than 6 months after the end of the period of all grants under this section, the Secretary shall—
(1) conduct an evaluation of the programs funded by a grant under this section;
(2) include in such evaluation an assessment of the outcomes of each such program; and
(3) submit a report on the results of such evaluation to the Congress.
(a) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use, shall award grants to qualified national organizations for the purposes of—
(1) developing, and disseminating to health professional educational programs, culturally and linguistically appropriate curricula or core competencies addressing mental health inequities among racial and ethnic minority groups for use in the training of students in the professions of social work, psychology, psychiatry, marriage and family therapy, mental health counseling, peer support, and substance use disorder counseling; and
(2) certifying community health workers and peer wellness specialists with respect to such curricula and core competencies and integrating and expanding the use of such workers and specialists into health care and community-based settings to address mental health inequities among racial and ethnic minority groups.
(b) Curricula; core competencies
Organizations receiving funds under subsection (a) may use the funds to engage in the following activities related to the development and dissemination of curricula or core competencies described in subsection (a)(1):
(1) Formation of committees or working groups composed of experts from accredited health professions schools to identify core competencies relating to mental health inequities among racial and ethnic minority groups.
(2) Planning of workshops in collaboration with community-based organizations and communities of color in national fora to directly facilitate public input, including input from communities of color with lived experience, into the educational needs associated with mental health inequities among racial and ethnic minority groups.
(3) Dissemination and promotion of the use of curricula or core competencies in undergraduate and graduate health professions training programs nationwide.
(4) Establishing external stakeholder advisory boards to provide meaningful input into policy and program development and best practices to reduce mental health inequities among racial and ethnic groups, including participation and leadership from communities of color with lived experience of the impacts of mental health inequities.
(c) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Qualified national organization
The term qualified national organization means a national organization that focuses on the education of students in programs of social work, occupational therapy, psychology, psychiatry, substance use counseling, and marriage and family therapy.
(2) Racial and ethnic minority group
The term racial and ethnic minority group has the meaning given to such term in section 1707(g) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300u–6(g)).
Section 6202. Interprofessional health care teams for behavioral health care
Part D of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(a) Grants
The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary, shall award grants to eligible entities for the purpose of establishing interprofessional health care teams that provide behavioral health care.
(b) Eligible entities
To be eligible to receive a grant under this section, an entity shall be a Federally qualified health center (as defined in section 1861(aa) of the Social Security Act), rural health clinic, women’s health clinic, or behavioral health program (including any such program operated by a community-based organization) serving a high proportion of individuals from racial and ethnic minority groups (as defined in section 1707(g)).
(c) Loan forgiveness
To encourage qualified and diverse allied health professionals to enter the mental health field, an eligible entity receiving a grant under this section shall agree to use not less than $10,000 of the grant funds on a loan forgiveness program for practitioners who commit to working in the mental health field for a period of 2 years.
(d) Scientifically and culturally based
Integrated health care funded through this section shall be scientifically and culturally based, taking into consideration the results of the most recent peer-reviewed research available, including information on language accessibility, cultural humility, diversity of practitioners, and consideration of social determinants of health.
Section 6203. Integrated Health Care Demonstration Program
Part D of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd et seq.), as amended by section 6202, is amended by adding at the end the following:
(a) Grants
The Secretary shall award grants to eligible entities for the purpose of establishing interprofessional health care teams that provide behavioral health care.
(b) Eligible entities
To be eligible to receive a grant under this section, an entity shall be a Federally qualified health center (as defined in section 1861(aa) of the Social Security Act), rural health clinic, or behavioral health program, serving a high proportion of individuals from racial and ethnic minority groups (as defined in section 1707(g)).
(c) Scientifically based
Integrated health care funded through this section shall be scientifically based, taking into consideration the results of the most recent peer-reviewed research available.
(a) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, in coordination with the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use, the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, the Secretary of Labor, and advocacy and behavioral and mental health organizations serving vulnerable populations, including youth and young adults, people with low incomes, and people of color, shall—
(1) develop, strengthen, and implement strategies to bolster career pathways for diverse mental health professionals;
(2) identify the breadth of settings where mental health care and behavioral health care can take place; and
(3) identify current mental health professional workforce shortages, inclusive of shortages of diverse mental health professionals.
(b) Contents
Strategies under subsection (a) shall include—
(1) the variety of settings where mental health professionals are needed, including community-based organizations, women’s centers, shelters, organizations focused on youth development, workforce agencies, job placement and development centers, emergency rooms, the special supplemental nutrition program for women, infants, and children under section 17 of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966 (42 U.S.C. 1786), food banks, legal aid, and benefit issuers (as defined in section 3 of the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2012));
(2) defining career pathways in mental and behavioral health, to help diverse communities understand the variety of careers in mental and behavioral health that are available;
(3) building career pathways in mental and behavioral health as part of the curriculum at the postsecondary education level;
(4) providing accessible training and certification pathways for diverse lay health workers such as community health workers and other peer support specialists to ensure that careers pay a living wage;
(5) creating incentives for students in the fields of occupational therapy, social work, psychology, medicine, and nursing to learn more about mental health, and to include a mental health rotation, with a particular focus in racially and ethnically diverse communities, as a part of the health professional curricula;
(6) including training and education for teachers about the basics of section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794) and individualized education programs (as defined in section 614(d) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1414(d)));
(7) researching, developing, and implementing programs for mental and behavioral health professionals to prevent burnout; and
(8) finding better and increased avenues to ensure equity by providing better loan forgiveness programs, including a focus area within the National Health Service Corps focused on community trauma.
(c) Use of funds
Programs and activities funded under this section shall be consistent with subsection (a)(1) and shall include the following:
(1) Subgrants to entities serving youth and young adults which demonstrate a need for an increased mental health workforce, using strategies described in subsection (a)(1).
(2) Funding towards the Health Resources and Services Administration’s Behavioral Health Workforce Education and Training Program.
(3) Funding towards the development and implementation of a National Health Service Corps program focused on community trauma.
(a) Grants
The Secretary shall carry out a demonstration program consisting of awarding grants to eligible health centers to recruit, hire, employ, and supervise qualified behavioral health professionals who—
(1) are proficient in speaking and understanding both spoken English and at least one other spoken language, including any necessary specialized vocabulary, terminology, and phraseology;
(2) are able to effectively, accurately, and impartially communicate directly with limited English proficient individuals in their primary language; and
(3) are, or will be, employed—
(A) directly by the eligible health center; or
(B) through a contract between the eligible health center and the qualified behavioral health professional under which such professional provides services as part of the eligible health center's workforce or under supervision by the health center, in order to provide behavioral health services in another language.
(b) Preference
In selecting grant recipients under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give preference to eligible health centers at which at least 10 percent of the patients are best served in a language other than English, as indicated by data in the Uniform Data System of the Health Resources and Services Administration (or any successor database).
(c) Outreach
An eligible health center receiving a grant under this section shall use a portion of the grant funds to disseminate information about the behavioral health services supported through the grant.
(1) Initial report
Not later than 6 months after the first grants are awarded under subsection (a), the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and other appropriate congressional committees, a report on the implementation of the program under this section. Such report shall include—
(A) the languages spoken by the qualified behavioral health professionals recruited pursuant to a grant under subsection (a);
(B) the eligible health center at which each such professional was placed;
(C) how many eligible health centers received grants under subsection (a);
(D) an analysis, conducted in consultation with the eligible health centers receiving grants under subsection (a), of the effectiveness of such grants at increasing language access to behavioral health services; and
(E) best practices, developed in consultation with eligible health centers receiving grants under subsection (a), for the recruitment and retention of qualified behavioral health professionals at such health centers.
(2) Final report
Not later than the end of fiscal year 2026, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, the Committee on Appropriations and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and other appropriate congressional committees, a final report on the implementation of the program under this section, including the information, analysis, and best practices described in subparagraphs (A) through (E) of paragraph (1).
(e) Definitions
In this section:
(1) The term eligible health center means a health center (as defined in section 330 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254b)) that is already receiving assistance pursuant to one or more grants under such section 330 at the time of the award to such health center of a supplemental grant under subsection (a).
(2) The term qualified behavioral health professional means—
(A) a behavioral and mental health professional (as defined in section 331(a)(3)(E)(i) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254d(a)(3)(E)(i)));
(B) a substance use disorder counselor;
(C) an occupational therapist; or
(D) an individual who—
(i) has not yet been licensed or certified to serve as a professional listed in any of subparagraphs (A) through (C); and
(ii) will serve at the eligible health center under the supervision of a licensed individual or certified professional so listed.
(3) The term Secretary means the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
(f) Funding
Subject to the availability of appropriations, out of amounts otherwise appropriated under section 760(g) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 294k(g)), the Secretary is authorized to use up to $10,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2025 through 2030 to carry out this section.
(a) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services may award grants to qualified national organizations for the purposes of—
(1) developing, and disseminating to health professional educational programs, best practices or core competencies addressing mental health disparities among racial and ethnic minority groups for use in the training of students in the professions of social work, psychology, psychiatry, marriage and family therapy, mental health counseling, and substance use disorder counseling; and
(2) certifying community health workers and peer wellness specialists with respect to such best practices and core competencies and integrating and expanding the use of such workers and specialists into health care to address mental health disparities among racial and ethnic minority groups.
(b) Best practices; core competencies
Organizations receiving funds under subsection (a) may use the funds to engage in the following activities related to the development and dissemination of best practices or core competencies described in subsection (a)(1):
(1) Formation of committees or working groups composed of experts from accredited health professions schools to identify best practices and core competencies relating to mental health disparities among racial and ethnic minority groups.
(2) Planning of workshops at the national level to allow for public input into the educational needs associated with mental health disparities among racial and ethnic minority groups.
(3) Dissemination and promotion of the use of best practices or core competencies for culturally and linguistically appropriate mental health services in undergraduate and graduate health professions training programs nationwide.
(4) Establishing external stakeholder advisory boards to provide meaningful input into policy and program development and best practices to reduce mental health disparities among racial and ethnic minority groups.
(c) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Qualified national organization
The term qualified national organization means a national organization that focuses on the education of students in one or more of the professions of social work, psychology, psychiatry, marriage and family therapy, mental health counseling, and substance misuse counseling.
(2) Racial and ethnic minority group
The term racial and ethnic minority group has the meaning given to such term in section 1707(g) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300u–6(g)).
Section 6401. Grant programs to support pediatric behavioral health care
Part D of title III of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254b et seq.) is amended by inserting after subpart V the following new subpart:
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall award grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements to eligible entities for the purpose of supporting pediatric behavioral health care integration and coordination within communities to meet local community needs.
(b) Eligible entities
Entities eligible for grants under subsection (a) include—
(1) health care providers, including family physicians, pediatric medical sub-specialists, and surgical specialists;
(2) children’s hospitals;
(3) facilities that are eligible to receive funds under section 340E or 340H;
(4) nonprofit medical facilities that predominantly treat individuals under the age of 21;
(5) rural health clinics and Federally qualified health centers (as such terms are defined in section 1861(aa) of the Social Security Act);
(6) pediatric mental health and substance use disorder providers, such as child and adolescent psychiatrists, psychologists, developmental and behavioral pediatricians, general pediatricians, advanced practice nurses, social workers, licensed professional counselors, and other licensed professionals that provide mental health and substance use disorder services to patients under 21 years of age;
(7) children's advocacy centers described in section 214(c)(2)(B) of the Victims of Child Abuse Act of 1990;
(8) school-based health centers; and
(9) other entities as determined appropriate by the Secretary.
(c) Prioritization
In making awards under subsection (a), the Secretary shall prioritize—
(1) applicants that provide children and adolescents from high-need, rural, or under-resourced communities with services across the continuum of children's mental health and substance use disorder care; and
(2) applicants that predominantly provide care to children and adolescents that demonstrate plans to utilize funds to expand provision of care to children, adolescents, and youth under age 21.
(d) Use of funds
Activities that may be funded through an award under subsection (a) include—
(1) increasing the capacity of pediatric practices, family medicine practices, and school-based health centers to integrate pediatric mental, emotional, and behavioral health services into their practices including through co-location of mental, emotional, and behavioral health providers;
(2) training for non-clinical pediatric health care workers, including care coordinators and navigators, on child and adolescent mental health and substance use disorder, trauma-informed care, and local resources to support children and caregivers;
(3) expanding evidence-based, integrated models of care for pediatric mental health and substance use disorder services;
(4) pediatric practice integration for the provision of pediatric mental health and substance use disorder services;
(5) addressing surge capacity for pediatric mental health and substance use disorder needs;
(6) providing pediatric mental, emotional, and behavioral health services to children as delivered by mental health and substance use disorder professionals utilizing telehealth services;
(7) establishing or maintaining initiatives to allow more children to access care outside of emergency departments, including partial hospitalization, step down residency programs, and intensive outpatient programs;
(8) supporting, enhancing, or expanding pediatric mental health and substance use disorder preventive and crisis intervention services;
(9) establishing or maintaining pediatric mental health and substance use disorder urgent care or walk-in clinics;
(10) establishing or maintaining community-based pediatric mental health and substance use disorder initiatives, such as partnerships with schools and early childhood education programs;
(11) addressing other access and coordination gaps to pediatric mental health and substance use disorder services in the community for children; and
(12) supporting the collection of data on children and adolescents’ mental health needs, service utilization and availability, and demographic data, to capture community needs and identify gaps and barriers in children's access to care, in a manner that protects personal privacy, consistent with applicable Federal and State privacy laws.
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall award grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements to eligible entities for the purpose of supporting evidence-based pediatric mental health and substance use disorder workforce training.
(b) Eligible entities
Entities eligible for grants under subsection (a) include—
(1) children’s hospitals;
(2) facilities that are eligible to receive funds under section 340E or 340H;
(3) nonprofit medical facilities that predominantly treat individuals under the age of 21;
(4) rural health clinics and Federally qualified health centers (as such terms are defined in section 1861(aa) of the Social Security Act);
(5) entities that employ mental health and substance use disorder professionals, such as child and adolescent psychiatrists, psychologists, developmental and behavioral pediatricians, general pediatricians, advanced practice nurses, social workers, licensed professional counselors, or other licensed professionals that provide mental health or substance use disorder services to patients under 21 years of age; and
(6) other pediatric health care providers as determined appropriate by the Secretary.
(c) Use of funds
Activities that may be supported through an award under subsection (a) include the following:
(1) Training to enhance the capabilities of the existing pediatric workforce, including pediatricians, primary care physicians, advanced practice registered nurses, and other pediatric health care providers, including expanded training in pediatric mental health and substance use disorders, and culturally and developmentally appropriate care for children with mental health conditions.
(2) Training to support multi-disciplinary teams to provide pediatric mental health and substance use disorder treatment, including through integrated care models.
(3) Initiatives to accelerate the time to licensure within the pediatric mental health or substance use disorder workforce.
(4) Activities to expand recruitment and retention, increase workforce diversity, or enhance workforce training for critical pediatric mental health professions, including—
(A) child and adolescent psychiatrists;
(B) psychiatric nurses;
(C) psychologists;
(D) family therapists;
(E) social workers;
(F) mental health counselors;
(G) developmental and behavioral pediatricians;
(H) pediatric substance use disorder specialists; and
(I) other mental health care providers as determined appropriate by the Secretary.
Section 6402. Increasing Federal investment in pediatric behavioral health services
The Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 201 et seq.) (as amended by section 2004) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall award grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements to eligible entities for the purpose of improving their ability to provide pediatric behavioral health services, including by—
(1) constructing or modernizing sites of care for pediatric behavioral health services;
(2) expanding capacity to provide pediatric behavioral health services, including enhancements to digital infrastructure, telehealth capabilities, or other improvements to patient care infrastructure;
(3) supporting the reallocation of existing resources to accommodate pediatric behavioral health patients, including by converting or adding a sufficient number of beds to establish or increase the hospital’s inventory of licensed and operational, short-term psychiatric and substance use inpatient beds; and
(4) addressing gaps in the continuum of care for children, by expanding capacity to provide intermediate levels of care, such as intensive outpatient services, partial hospitalization programs, and day programs that can prevent hospitalizations and support children as they transition back to their homes and communities.
(b) Eligibility
To be eligible to seek an award under this section, an entity shall be a hospital or rural health clinic that predominantly treats individuals under the age of 21, including any hospital that receives funds under section 340E.
(d) Supplement, not supplant
Funds provided under this section shall be used to supplement, not supplant Federal and non-Federal funds available for carrying out the activities described in this section.
(1) Reports from award recipients
Not later than 180 days after the completion of activities funded by an award under this section, the entity that received such award shall submit a report to the Secretary on the activities conducted using funds from such award, and other information as the Secretary may require.
(2) Reports to Congress
Not later than one year after the completion of activities funded by an award under this section, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate a report on the projects and activities conducted with funds awarded under this section, and the outcome of such projects and activities. Such report shall include—
(A) the number of projects supported by awards made under this section;
(B) an overview of the impact, if any, of such projects on pediatric health care infrastructure, including any impact on access to pediatric mental health and substance use disorder services;
(C) recommendations for improving the investment program under this section; and
(D) any other considerations as the Secretary determines appropriate.
(a) Technical amendments
The second part G (relating to services provided through religious organizations) of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290kk et seq.) is amended—
(1) by redesignating such part as part J; and
(2) by redesignating sections 581 through 584 as sections 596 through 596C, respectively.
(b) School-Based mental health and children
Section 581 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290hh) (relating to children and violence) is amended to read as follows:
(a) In general
The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Education, shall, through grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements awarded to eligible entities described in subsection (c), provide comprehensive school-based mental health services and supports to assist children in local communities and schools (including schools funded by the Bureau of Indian Education) dealing with traumatic experiences, grief, bereavement, risk of suicide, and violence. Such services and supports shall be—
(1) developmentally, linguistically, and culturally appropriate;
(2) trauma-informed; and
(3) incorporate positive behavioral interventions and supports.
(b) Activities
Grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements awarded under subsection (a), shall, as appropriate, be used for—
(1) implementation of school- and community-based mental health programs that—
(A) build awareness of individual trauma and the intergenerational, continuum of impacts of trauma on populations;
(B) train appropriate staff to identify, and screen for, signs of trauma exposure, mental health disorders, or risk of suicide; and
(C) incorporate positive behavioral interventions, family engagement, student treatment, and multigenerational supports to foster the health and development of children, prevent mental health disorders, and ameliorate the impact of trauma;
(2) technical assistance to local communities with respect to the development of programs described in paragraph (1);
(3) facilitating community partnerships among families, students, law enforcement agencies, education agencies, mental health and substance use disorder service systems, family-based mental health service systems, child welfare agencies, health care providers (including primary care physicians, mental health professionals, and other professionals who specialize in children’s mental health such as child and adolescent psychiatrists), institutions of higher education, faith-based programs, trauma networks, and other community-based systems to address child and adolescent trauma, mental health issues, and violence; and
(4) establishing mechanisms for children and adolescents to report incidents of violence or plans by other children, adolescents, or adults to commit violence.
(1) In general
To be eligible for a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under subsection (a), an entity shall be a partnership that includes—
(A) a State educational agency, as defined in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, in coordination with one or more local educational agencies, as defined in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, or a consortium of any entities described in subparagraph (B), (C), (D), or (E) of section 8101(30) of such Act; and
(B) at least 1 community-based mental health provider, including a public or private mental health entity, health care entity, family-based mental health entity, trauma network, or other community-based entity, as determined by the Secretary (and which may include additional entities such as a human services agency, law enforcement or juvenile justice entity, child welfare agency, agency, an institution of higher education, or another entity, as determined by the Secretary).
(2) Compliance with HIPAA
Any patient records developed by covered entities through activities under the grant shall meet the regulations promulgated under section 264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996.
(3) Compliance with FERPA
Section 444 of the General Education Provisions Act (commonly known as the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974) shall apply to any entity that is a member of the partnership in the same manner that such section applies to an educational agency or institution (as that term is defined in such section).
(d) Geographical distribution
The Secretary shall ensure that grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements under subsection (a) will be distributed equitably among the regions of the country and among urban and rural areas.
(e) Duration of awards
With respect to a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under subsection (a), the period during which payments under such an award will be made to the recipient shall be 5 years, with options for renewal.
(1) Development of process
The Assistant Secretary shall develop a fiscally appropriate process for evaluating activities carried out under this section. Such process shall include—
(A) the development of guidelines for the submission of program data by grant, contract, or cooperative agreement recipients;
(B) the development of measures of outcomes (in accordance with paragraph (2)) to be applied by such recipients in evaluating programs carried out under this section; and
(C) the submission of annual reports by such recipients concerning the effectiveness of programs carried out under this section.
(2) Measures of outcomes
The Assistant Secretary shall develop measures of outcomes to be applied by recipients of assistance under this section to evaluate the effectiveness of programs carried out under this section, including outcomes related to the student, family, and local educational systems supported by this Act.
(3) Submission of annual data
An eligible entity described in subsection (c) that receives a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under this section shall annually submit to the Assistant Secretary a report that includes data to evaluate the success of the program carried out by the entity based on whether such program is achieving the purposes of the program. Such reports shall utilize the measures of outcomes under paragraph (2) in a reasonable manner to demonstrate the progress of the program in achieving such purposes.
(4) Evaluation by assistant secretary
Based on the data submitted under paragraph (3), the Assistant Secretary shall annually submit to Congress a report concerning the results and effectiveness of the programs carried out with assistance received under this section.
(5) Limitation
An eligible entity shall use not more than 20 percent of amounts received under a grant under this section to carry out evaluation activities under this subsection.
(g) Information and education
The Secretary shall disseminate best practices based on the findings of the knowledge development and application under this section.
(c) Conforming amendment
Part G of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290hh et seq.), as amended by subsection (b), is amended by striking the part designation and heading and inserting the following:
Section 6404. Additional support for youth and young adult mental health service provision
Section 1903 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396b) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(1) In general
Notwithstanding section 1902(a)(1) (relating to Statewideness), section 1902(a)(10)(B) (relating to comparability), section 1902(a)(23)(A) (relating to freedom of choice of providers), or section 1902(a)(27) (relating to provider agreements), a State may, during the 5-year period beginning on the first day of the fiscal year quarter that begins on or after January 1, 2024, provide medical assistance for qualifying youth and young adult mental health and substance use intervention services (as defined in paragraph (2)(C)) under a State plan amendment or waiver approved under section 1115 or 1915(c).
(2) Definitions
For the purposes of this subsection:
(A) Priority service
The term priority service means any of the following if voluntarily received and provided in a manner that maintains the privacy and confidentiality of patient information consistent with Federal and State requirements:
(i) Community-based mobile crisis intervention services, as defined in section 1947.
(ii) Telehealth.
(iii) Youth peer support.
(iv) Screening for adverse childhood experiences.
(v) Trauma responsive care.
(vi) Other priority services for youth, as defined by the Secretary.
(B) Qualified mental health providers
The term qualified mental health providers means a behavioral health care professional who is capable of conducting an assessment of the individual, in accordance with the professional’s permitted scope of practice under State law, and other professionals or paraprofessionals with appropriate expertise in youth and young adult behavioral health or mental health, including social workers, peer support specialists, recovery coaches, community health workers, mental health clinicians, and others, as designated by the State and approved by the Secretary.
(C) Qualifying youth and young adult mental health and substance use intervention services defined
The term qualifying youth and young adult mental health and substance use intervention services means, with respect to a State, items and services for which medical assistance is available under the State plan under this title or a waiver of such plan, that are—
(i) furnished to an individual 16 to 25 years of age who is—
(I) experiencing a mental health or substance use disorder crisis;
(II) subject to the juvenile or adult justice system as defined in section 3102 of title 29, United States Code;
(aa) experiencing homelessness (as defined in section 41403(6) of the Violence Against Women Act of 1994 (42 U.S.C. 14043e–2(6)));
(bb) a homeless child or youth (as defined in section 725(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a(2)));
(cc) a runaway, in foster care, or has aged out of the foster care system;
(dd) a child eligible for assistance under section 477 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 677); or
(ee) in an out-of-home placement;
(IV) pregnant or parenting as defined in section 3102 of title 29, United States Code;
(V) a youth who is an individual with a disability as defined in section 3102 of title 29, United States Code;
(VI) a low-income youth requiring additional assistance to enter or complete an educational program or to secure or hold employment as defined in section 3102 of title 29, United States Code; or
(VII) living in a community that has faced acute or long-term exposure to substantial discrimination, historical oppression, intergenerational poverty, civil unrest, or a high rate of violence or drug overdose deaths;
(ii) furnished by qualified mental health providers; and
(iii) a priority service.
(D) Telehealth
The term telehealth means use of electronic information and telecommunications technologies, including voice only audio, text, remote patient monitoring, and mHealth via applications, to support clinical mental health care, patient and professional health-related education, public health, and health administration.
(3) Payments
Notwithstanding section 1905(b), beginning January 1, 2024, during each of the first 20 fiscal quarters that a State meets the requirements described in paragraph (4), the Federal medical assistance percentage applicable to amounts expended by the State for medical assistance for qualifying youth and young adult mental health and substance use intervention services furnished during such quarter shall be equal to 100 percent.
(4) Requirements
The requirements described in this paragraph are the following:
(A) The State demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the Secretary—
(i) that it will be able to support the provision of qualifying youth and young adult mental health and substance use intervention services that meet the conditions specified in paragraphs (1) and (2); and
(ii) how it will support coordination between qualified mental health providers and substance use teams and community partners, including health care providers, to enable the provision of services, needed referrals, and other activities identified by the Secretary.
(B) The State provides assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that—
(i) any additional Federal funds received by the State for qualifying youth and young adult mental health and substance use intervention services provided under this subsection that are attributable to the increased Federal medical assistance percentage under paragraph (3)(A) will be used to supplement, and not supplant, the level of State funds expended for such services for fiscal year 2024;
(ii) if the State made qualifying youth and young adult mental health and substance use intervention services available in a region of the State in fiscal year 2023 the State will continue to make such services available in such region under this subsection at the same level that the State made such services available in such fiscal year; and
(iii) the State will conduct the evaluation and assessment, and submit the report required under paragraph (5).
(A) State evaluation
Not later than 4 fiscal quarters after a State begins providing qualifying youth and young adult mental health and substance use intervention services in accordance with this subsection, the State shall enter into a contract with an independent entity or organization to conduct an evaluation for the purposes of—
(i) determining the effect of the provision of such services on—
(I) emergency room visits;
(II) use of ambulatory services;
(III) hospitalizations;
(IV) the involvement of law enforcement in mental health or substance use disorder crisis events; and
(V) the diversion of individuals from jails or similar settings; and
(ii) assessing—
(I) the types of services provided to individuals;
(II) the types of events responded to;
(III) cost savings or cost-effectiveness attributable to such services;
(IV) the experiences of individuals who receive qualifying youth and young adult mental health and substance use intervention services;
(V) the successful connection of individuals with follow-up services; and
(VI) other relevant outcomes identified by the Secretary.
(B) Comparison to historical measures
The contract described in subparagraph (A) shall specify that the evaluation is based on a comparison of the historical measures of State performance with respect to the outcomes specified under such subparagraph to the State’s performance with respect to such outcomes during the period beginning with the first quarter in which the State begins providing qualifying youth and young adult mental health and substance use intervention services in accordance with this subsection.
(C) Report
Not later than 2 years after a State begins to provide qualifying youth and young adult mental health and substance use intervention services in accordance with this subsection, the State shall submit a report to the Secretary on the following:
(i) The results of the evaluation carried out under subparagraph (A).
(ii) The number of individuals who received qualifying youth and young adult mental health and substance use intervention services.
(iii) Demographic information regarding such individuals when available, including the race and ethnicity, age, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, and geographic location of such individuals.
(iv) The processes and models developed by the State to provide qualifying youth and young adult mental health and substance use intervention services under such the State plan or waiver, including the processes developed to provide referrals for, or coordination with, follow-up care and services.
(v) Lessons learned regarding the provision of such services.
(D) Public availability
The State shall make the report required under subparagraph (C) publicly available, including on the website of the appropriate State agency, upon submission of such report to the Secretary.
(A) In general
Not later than 3 years after the first State begins to provide qualifying youth and young adult mental health and substance use intervention services in accordance with this subsection, the Secretary shall submit a report to Congress that—
(i) identifies the States that elected to provide services in accordance with this subsection;
(ii) summarizes the information reported by such States under paragraph (5)(C); and
(iii) identifies best practices for the effective delivery of youth and young adult mental health and substance use intervention services.
(B) Public availability
The report required under subparagraph (A) shall be made publicly available, including on the website of the Department of Health and Human Services, upon submission to Congress.
(i) For the purpose of applying the prohibitions against discrimination on the basis of age under the Age Discrimination Act of 1975 (42 U.S.C. 6101 et seq.), on the basis of handicap under section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794), on the basis of sex under title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 (20 U.S.C. 1681 et seq.), or on the basis of race, color, or national origin under title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000d et seq.), programs and activities funded in whole or in part with funds made available under this subchapter are considered to be programs and activities receiving Federal financial assistance.
(ii) No person shall on the ground of sex or religion be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under, any program or activity funded in whole or in part with funds made available under this title.
(B) Compliance
Whenever the Secretary finds that a State, or an entity that has received a payment from an allotment to a State under section 702(c) of this title, has failed to comply with a provision of law referred to in subsection (a)(1), with subsection (a)(2), or with an applicable regulation (including one prescribed to carry out subsection (a)(2)), he shall notify the chief executive officer of the State and shall request him to secure compliance. If within a reasonable period of time, not to exceed 60 days, the chief executive officer fails or refuses to secure compliance, the Secretary may—
(i) refer the matter to the Attorney General with a recommendation that an appropriate civil action be instituted;
(ii) exercise the powers and functions provided by title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000d et seq.), the Age Discrimination Act of 1975 (42 U.S.C. 6101 et seq.), or section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794), as may be applicable; or
(iii) take such other action as may be provided by law.
(a) In general
Section 1912(b)(1) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x–1(b)(1)) is amended—
(1) by redesignating subparagraph (E) as subparagraph (F); and
(2) by inserting after subparagraph (D) the following:
(E) Early intervention and prevention programs for transition-age youth
The plan shall describe the State’s plans to carry out demonstration grants or contracts for early intervention and prevention programs for transition-age youth of 16 to 25 years of age who meet one or more of the criteria specified in section 129(a)(1)(B) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act to be considered out-of-school youth.
(b) Set-Aside
Section 1920 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x–9) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(1) In general
Except as provided in paragraph (2), a State shall expend at least 15 percent of the amount of the allotment of the State pursuant to a funding agreement under section 1911 for each fiscal year to support programs described in section 1912(b)(1)(E).
(2) State flexibility
In lieu of expending 15 percent of the amount of the allotment for a fiscal year as required by paragraph (1), a State may elect to expend not less than 30 percent of such amount to support such programs by the end of two consecutive fiscal years.
(a) Guidance
Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall issue and disseminate guidance to States to clarify strategies to overcome existing barriers and increase access to telehealth under the Medicaid program under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.) and the Children’s Health Insurance Program under title XXI of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1397aa et seq.). Such guidance shall include technical assistance and best practices regarding—
(1) telehealth delivery of covered services;
(2) recommended voluntary billing codes, modifiers, and place-of-service designations for telehealth and other virtual health care services;
(3) the simplification or alignment (including through reciprocity) of provider licensing, credentialing, and enrollment protocols with respect to telehealth across States, State Medicaid plans under such title XIX, and Medicaid managed care organizations, including during national public health emergencies;
(4) existing strategies States can use to integrate telehealth and other virtual health care services into value-based health care models; and
(5) examples of States that have used waivers under the Medicaid program to test expanded access to telehealth, including during the emergency period described in section 1135(g)(1)(B) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320b–5(g)(1)(B)).
(1) Telehealth impact on health care access
Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Medicaid and CHIP Payment and Access Commission shall conduct a study, with respect to a minimum of 10 States across geographic regions of the United States, and submit to Congress a report, on the impact of telehealth on health care access, utilization, cost, and outcomes, broken down by race, ethnicity, sex, age, disability status, and ZIP Code. Such report shall—
(A) evaluate cost, access, utilization, outcomes, and patient experience data from across the health care field, including States, Medicaid managed care organizations, provider organizations, and other organizations that provide or pay for telehealth under the Medicaid program and Children’s Health Insurance Program;
(B) identify barriers and potential solutions to provider entry and participation in telehealth that States are experiencing, as well as barriers to providing telehealth across State lines, including during times of public health crisis or public health emergency;
(C) determine the frequency at which out-of-State telehealth is provided to patients enrolled in the Medicaid program and the potential impact on access to telehealth if State Medicaid policies were more aligned; and
(D) identify and evaluate opportunities for more alignment among such policies to promote access to telehealth across all States, State Medicaid plans under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.), State child health plans under title XXI of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1397aa et seq.), and Medicaid managed care organizations, including the potential for regional compacts or reciprocity agreements.
(2) Federal agency telehealth collaboration
Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a study and submit to Congress a report evaluating collaboration between Federal agencies with respect to telehealth services furnished under the Medicaid or CHIP program to individuals under the age of 18, including such services furnished to such individuals in early care and education settings. Such report shall include recommendations on—
(A) opportunities for Federal agencies to improve collaboration with respect to such telehealth services; and
(B) opportunities for collaboration between Federal agencies to expand telehealth access to such individuals enrolled under the Medicaid or CHIP program, including in early care and education settings.
Section 6407. Youth and young adult mental health promotion, prevention, intervention, and treatment
Part Q of title III of the Public Health Service Act (as amended by section 5001) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(a) Grants
The Secretary shall—
(1) award grants to eligible entities to develop, maintain, or enhance youth and young adult mental health promotion, prevention, intervention, and treatment programs, including—
(A) programs for youth and young adults who may be likely to develop, are showing early signs of, or have been diagnosed with a mental health condition, including a serious emotional disturbance; and
(B) infrastructure and organization change at a State, tribal, or territorial level to improve cross-system collaboration, service capacity, and expertise related to youth and young adults; and
(2) ensure that programs funded through grants under this section use community-driven, evidence-informed, or evidence-based models, practices, and methods that are, as appropriate, culturally and linguistically appropriate, and can be replicated in other appropriate settings.
(b) Eligible transition age youth and entities
In this section:
(1) Eligible entity
The term eligible entity means—
(A) a local educational agency;
(B) a State educational agency;
(C) an institution of higher education (or consortium of such institutions), which may include a recovery program at an institution of higher education;
(D) a local board, or a one-stop operator, as defined in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act;
(E) a nonprofit organization with appropriate expertise in providing services or programs for children, adolescents, or young adults, excluding a school;
(F) a State, political subdivision of a State, Indian tribe, or tribal organization; or
(G) a high school or dormitory serving high school students that receives funding from the Bureau of Indian Education.
(2) Eligible transition age youth
The term eligible transition age youth means a youth or young adult from age 16 to not more than 25 years of age who is—
(A) an out-of-school youth as defined in section 129(a)(1)(B) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act;
(B) a homeless individual (as defined in section 41403(6) of the Violence Against Women Act of 1994), a homeless child or youth (as defined in section 725(2) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act) a runaway, in foster care or has aged out of the foster care system, a child eligible for assistance under section 477 of the Social Security Act, or in an out-of-home placement;
(C) an individual who is pregnant or parenting, as referred to in section 129(a)(1)(B) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act;
(D) a youth who is an individual with a disability, as referred to in section 129(a)(1)(B) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act;
(E) a low-income individual who requires additional assistance to enter or complete an educational program or to secure or hold employment, as referred to in section 129(a)(1)(B) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act; or
(F) living in a community that has faced acute or long-term exposure to substantial discrimination, historical oppression, intergenerational poverty, civil unrest, a high rate of violence, or drug overdose deaths.
(c) Application
An eligible entity seeking a grant under subsection (a) shall submit to the Secretary an application at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
(d) Use of funds for mental health promotion, prevention, intervention and treatment programs
An eligible entity may use amounts awarded under a grant under subsection (a)(1) to carry out the following:
(1) Creation, implementation, and expansion of services and supports that are culturally and linguistically appropriate and youth guided, involve and include family and community members (including business leaders and faith-based organizations), and provide for continuity of care between child- and adult-serving systems to ensure seamless transition.
(2) Infrastructure and organization change at a State, Tribal, or territorial level to improve cross-system collaboration, service capacity, and expertise related to youth and young adults with, or at risk of, mental health conditions and substance use disorders as they transition into adult roles and responsibilities.
(3) Public awareness and cross-system provider training for individuals employed at institutions of higher education and community colleges, behavioral health providers, individuals working in the criminal justice system, primary care providers, vocational service providers, and child welfare workers.
(e) Matching funds
The Secretary may not award a grant under this section to an eligible entity unless the eligible entity agrees, with respect to the costs to be incurred by the eligible entity in carrying out the activities described in subsection (d), to make available non-Federal contributions (in cash or in kind) toward such costs in an amount that is not less than 10 percent of the total amount of Federal funds provided in the grant.
(a) Short title
This section may be cited as the Immigrants’ Mental Health Act of 2024.
(b) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Forward operating base
The term forward operating base means a permanent facility established by U.S. Customs and Border Protection in forward or remote locations, and designated as such by U.S. Customs and Border Protection.
(2) U.S. customs and border protection facility
The term U.S. Customs and Border Protection facility means any of the following facilities that typically detain migrants on behalf of U.S. Customs and Border Protection:
(A) U.S. Border Patrol stations.
(B) Ports of entry.
(C) Checkpoints.
(D) Forward operating bases.
(E) Secondary inspection areas.
(F) Short-term custody facilities.
(A) In general
The Commissioner for U.S. Customs and Border Protection, in consultation with the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, and nongovernmental experts in the delivery of health care in humanitarian crises and in the delivery of health care to children, shall develop and implement a training curriculum for U.S. Customs and Border Protection agents and officers assigned to U.S. Customs and Border Protection facilities to enable such agents and officers to identify the risk factors and warning signs in immigrants and refugees of mental health issues relating to trauma.
(B) Requirements
The training curriculum described in subparagraph (A) shall—
(i) apply to all U.S. Customs and Border Protection agents and officers working at U.S. Customs and Border Protection facilities;
(ii) provide for crisis intervention using a trauma-informed approach; and
(iii) provide for mental health screenings for immigrants and refugees arriving at the border in their preferred language or with appropriate language assistance.
(A) In general
The Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection, in consultation with the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, and nongovernmental experts in the delivery of mental health care, shall develop and implement a training curriculum for U.S. Customs and Border Protection agents and officers assigned to U.S. Customs and Border Protection facilities to address the mental health and wellness of individuals working at such facilities.
(B) Requirement
The training curriculum described in subparagraph (A) shall be designed to help U.S. Customs and Border Protection agents and officers working at U.S. Customs and Border Protection facilities—
(i) to better manage their own stress and the stress of their coworkers; and
(ii) to be more aware of the psychological pressures experienced during their jobs.
(3) Annual review of training
Beginning in fiscal year 2025, the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use shall—
(A) conduct an annual review of the training implemented pursuant to subsections (a) and (b); and
(B) submit the results of each such review, including any recommendations for improvement of such training, to—
(i) the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection;
(ii) the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate;
(iii) the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate;
(iv) the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate;
(v) the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives;
(vi) the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives;
(vii) the Committee on Homeland Security of the House of Representatives; and
(viii) the Committee on the Judiciary of the House of Representatives.
(1) In general
To adequately evaluate the mental health needs of immigrants, refugees, border patrol agents, and staff, the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection shall assign not fewer than 1 qualified mental or behavioral health expert to each U.S. Customs and Border Protection facility.
(2) Qualifications
Each mental or behavioral health expert assigned pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be—
(A) bilingual;
(B) well-versed in culturally appropriate and trauma-informed interventions; and
(C) have particular expertise in child or adolescent mental health or family mental health.
(e) No sharing of Department of Health and Human Services mental health information for asylum determinations, immigration hearings, or deportation proceedings
The officers, employees, and agents of the Department of Health and Human Services, including the Office of Refugee Resettlement, may not share with the Department of Homeland Security, and the officers, employees, and agents of the Department of Homeland Security may not request or receive from the Department of Health and Human Services, for the purposes of an asylum determination, immigration hearing, or deportation proceeding, any information or record that—
(1) concerns the mental health of an alien; and
(2) was obtained or produced by a mental or behavioral health professional while the alien was in a shelter or otherwise in the custody of the Federal Government.
Section 6502. Asian American, African American, Native Hawaiian, Pacific Islander, Indigenous, Middle Eastern and North African, and Hispanic and Latino behavioral health outreach and education strategy
Part D of title V of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd et seq.), as amended by section 6203, is amended by adding at the end the following:
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use, shall, in coordination with advocacy and behavioral organizations serving populations of Asian American, African American, Native Hawaiian, Pacific Islander, Indigenous, Middle Eastern and North African (in this section referred to as MENA), and Hispanic and Latino/a/x individuals or communities, develop and implement an outreach and education strategy to promote behavioral health, emphasize that behavioral health conditions are treatable and that reasonable accommodations under section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and titles II and III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 are necessary and may help, as well as reduce stigma associated with mental health conditions and substance use disorder among the Asian American, African American, Native Hawaiian, Pacific Islander, Indigenous, MENA, and Hispanic and Latino/a/x populations. Such strategy shall—
(1) be designed to—
(A) meet the diverse cultural and language needs of the various Asian American, African American, Indigenous, MENA, Native Hawaiian, Pacific Islander, and Hispanic and Latino/a/x populations; and
(B) ensure that approaches recommended in the strategy are developmentally (with respect to the beneficiary’s relative age and experience) and age appropriate, as well as cognitively accessible to persons with cognitive disabilities;
(2) increase awareness of symptoms of mental illnesses common among such populations, taking into account differences within subgroups (such as gender, gender identity, age, sexual orientation, disability, and ethnicity) of such populations;
(3) provide information on evidence-based, culturally and linguistically appropriate and adapted interventions and treatments;
(4) ensure full participation of, and engage, both consumers and community members representing the communities of focus in the development and implementation of materials; and
(5) seek to broaden the perspective among both individuals in such communities and stakeholders serving such communities to use a comprehensive public health approach to promoting behavioral health that addresses a holistic view of health by focusing on the intersection between behavioral and physical health.
(b) Reports
Beginning not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this section and annually thereafter, the Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary, shall submit to the Congress, and make publicly available, a report on the extent to which the strategy developed and implemented under subsection (a) increased behavioral health outcomes associated with mental health conditions and substance use disorder among Asian American, African American, Native Hawaiian, Pacific Islander, Indigenous, MENA, and Hispanic and Latino/a/x populations.
Section 6601. Addressing racial and ethnic minority mental health disparities research gaps
Not later than 9 months after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Director of the National Institutes of Health, in consultation with the Director of the National Institute of Mental Health and the Assistant Secretary of Substance Use and Mental Health, shall enter into an arrangement with the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine (or, if the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine decline to enter into such an arrangement, the Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, or another appropriate entity)—
(1) to conduct a study with respect to mental health disparities research gaps in racial and ethnic minority groups (as defined in section 1707(g) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300u–6(g))); and
(2) to submit to the Congress a report on the results of such study, including—
(A) a compilation of information on the prevalence of mental health outcomes in such racial and ethnic minority groups; and
(B) an assessment of information on the impact of exposure to community violence, adverse childhood experiences, structural bias, and other psychological traumas on mental health outcomes in such racial and minority groups.
(a) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Director of the Office of Minority Health of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (established pursuant to section 1707A of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300u–6a)) (in this section referred to as the Secretary), shall conduct research on the adverse health effects associated with interactions with law enforcement.
(b) Effects among racial and ethnic minorities
The research under subsection (a) shall include research on—
(1) the health consequences, both individual and community-wide, of trauma related to violence committed by law enforcement among racial and ethnic minorities; and
(2) the disproportionate burden of morbidity and mortality associated with such trauma.
(c) Report
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall—
(1) complete the research under this section; and
(2) submit to the Congress a report on the findings, conclusions, and recommendations resulting from such research.
Section 6603. GeoAccess study
Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use shall—
(1) conduct a study to—
(A) determine which geographic areas of the United States have shortages of racially and ethnically diverse mental health providers, as well as mental health providers trained to work with racially and ethnically diverse clients and clients with multiple mental health, cognitive, and developmental disabilities; and
(B) assess the preparedness of mental health providers to deliver culturally and linguistically appropriate, affordable, and accessible services; and
(2) submit a report to Congress on the results of such study.
(a) GAO report
Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit to Congress a report on barriers to care for persons with co-occurring conditions and access to care in the United States. Such report shall include the information and recommendations described in subsection (b).
(b) Content of report
The report under subsection (a) shall include—
(1) an assessment of current barriers to behavioral health and substance use disorder treatment for low-income, uninsured, and Medicaid-enrolled adults, and recommendations for addressing such barriers, particularly for women and diverse racial and ethnic groups;
(2) an assessment of—
(A) how many adults have a behavioral health condition and options for adults to receive behavioral health and substance use disorder treatment in nonexpansion States;
(B) Medicaid expansion States who provide behavioral health coverage for newly eligible enrollees;
(C) how enrollment in coverage affects treatment availability; and
(D) the impacts of COVID–19 to receiving and accessing treatment for behavioral health, substance use disorders, and diverse racial and ethnic groups, and recommendations for addressing such barriers;
(3) an assessment of current barriers, inclusive of social determinants of health and cultural barriers, that prevent adults from receiving behavioral health and substance use disorder treatment, and recommendations for addressing such barriers, particularly for low-income women and adults from racial and ethnic groups;
(4) an assessment of disparities in access to addiction counselors and mental or behavioral health care providers acting in accordance with State law, stratified by race, ethnicity, gender identity, geographic location, and insurance type, and recommendations to promote greater access equity; and
(5) recommendations to promote greater equity in access to care for behavioral services and substance use disorders, particularly for low-income women and adults from diverse racial and ethnic groups.
(1) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use (referred to in this section as the Secretary), in coordination with the Director of the National Institutes of Health, the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and the Director of the Office of Minority Health, shall conduct a study on behavioral health among AANHPI youth.
(2) Elements
Such study required under paragraph (1) shall include an assessment of—
(A) the prevalence, risk factors, and root causes of mental health challenges, substance misuse, and mental health and substance use disorders among AANHPI youth;
(B) the prevalence among AANHPI youth of attempted suicide, nonfatal substance use overdose, and death by suicide or substance use overdose; and
(C) AANHPI youth that received treatment for mental health and substance use disorders.
(b) Report
Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, and make publicly available, a report on the findings of the study conducted under subsection (a), including—
(1) identification of the barriers to accessing behavioral health services for AANHPI youth;
(2) identification of root causes of mental health challenges and substance misuse among AANHPI youth;
(3) recommendations for actions to be taken by the Secretary to improve behavioral health among AANHPI youth;
(4) recommendations for legislative or administrative action to improve the behavioral health of AANHPI youth experiencing depression, suicide, and overdose, and to reduce the prevalence of depression, suicide, and overdose among AANHPI youth; and
(5) such other recommendations as the Secretary determines appropriate.
(c) Data
Any data included in the study or report under this section shall be disaggregated by race, ethnicity, age, sex, gender identity, sexual orientation, geographic region, disability status, and other relevant factors, in a manner that protects personal privacy and that is consistent with applicable Federal and State privacy law.
(1) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use (referred to in this section as the Secretary), in coordination with the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, the Secretary of Labor, and the Director of the Office of Minority Health, shall conduct a study on strategies for increasing the behavioral health professional workforce that identify as AANHPI.
(2) Elements
Such study required under paragraph (1) shall consider—
(A) the total number of licensed behavioral health providers in the United States who identify as AANHPI;
(B) with respect to each such provider, information regarding the current type of license, geographic area of practice, and type of employer (such as hospital, Federally-qualified health center, school, or private practice);
(C) information regarding the cultural and linguistic capabilities of such providers, including languages spoken proficiently; and
(D) the relevant barriers to enrollment in behavioral health professional education programs and entering the behavioral workforce for AANHPI individuals.
(b) Report
Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, and make publicly available, a report on the findings of the study conducted under subsection (a), including—
(1) identification of AANHPI licensed behavioral health providers’ knowledge and awareness of the barriers to quality behavioral health care services faced by AANHPI individuals, including stigma, limited English proficiency, and lack of health insurance coverage;
(2) recommendations for actions to be taken by the Secretary to increase the number of AANHPI licensed behavioral health professionals;
(3) recommendations for legislative or administrative action to improve the enrollment of AANHPI individuals in behavioral health professional education programs; and
(4) such other recommendations as the Secretary determines appropriate.
(c) Data
Any data included in the study or report under this section shall be disaggregated by race, ethnicity, age, sex, gender identity, sexual orientation, geographic region, disability status, and other relevant factors, in a manner that protects personal privacy and that is consistent with applicable Federal and State privacy law.
(d) Definition
In this section the term licensed behavioral health provider means any individual licensed to provide mental health or substance use disorder services, including in the professions of social work, psychology, psychiatry, marriage and family therapy, mental health counseling, and substance use disorder counseling.
(a) In general
Section 1942(a) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x–52(a)) is amended—
(1) by redesignating paragraphs (2) and (3) as paragraphs (5) and (6), respectively; and
(2) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
(2) services provided by the State to adults with a serious mental illness and children with a serious emotional disturbance who are members of racial and ethnic minority groups, including—
(A) the extent to which such services are provided to such adults and children; and
(B) the outcomes experienced by such adults and children as a result of the provision of such services, including with respect to—
(i) diversions from hospitalization and criminal justice system involvement;
(ii) treatment for first episode psychosis or undefined psychosis;
(iii) reductions in suicide and increased utilization of appropriate treatments and interventions for suicidal ideation;
(iv) response through crisis services, including mobile crisis services;
(v) treatment of individuals who are experiencing homelessness or housing insecurity and individuals residing in rural communities; and
(vi) increased patient family and caregiver engagement and education on serious mental illness to reduce social stigma and promote healthy social support for patients;
(3) any outreach by the State to, and the hiring of, providers of mental health services from multiple disciplines (such as a psychologist, psychiatrist, peer support provider, or social worker) who are members of racial and ethnic minority groups;
(4) any outreach by the State to providers from multiple disciplines of mental health services—
(A) to provide training on culturally effective, culturally affirming, and linguistically competent services; and
(B) to increase awareness of community-defined practices by practitioners of racial and ethnic minority groups;
(b) Applicability
The amendments made by subsection (a) shall apply with respect to funding agreements entered into under section 1911 or 1921 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x; 42 U.S.C. 300x–21) on or after the date of the enactment of this Act.
(a) Data analysis and strategy implementation To prevent and mitigate childhood trauma
Title XXXI of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300kk) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(a) In general
The Secretary shall establish a program—
(1) to support the development and implementation of programs that use data analysis methods to identify and facilitate strategies for early intervention and prevention, in order to prevent and mitigate childhood trauma and support communities and families, including—
(A) improving connections through care coordination;
(B) aligning community initiatives in targeted areas of need; and
(C) expanding community capacity through cross-sector collaboration; and
(2) to evaluate the effectiveness of these programs in improving outcomes for children.
(b) Grants
The Secretary shall award grants to up to 5 eligible entities to carry out the activities described in subsection (a).
(c) Use of funds
A grant for activities under this section shall be used to support the development and implementation of programs that use data analysis methods to identify and facilitate strategies for early intervention and prevention, in order to prevent and mitigate childhood trauma and support communities and families, including as follows:
(1) Utilize data analysis methods to—
(A) identify specific geographic areas, such as census tracts, with a high prevalence of adverse childhood experiences and significant risk factors for poor outcomes for children (such as increased risk of experiencing adverse childhood experiences), including areas with high rates of—
(i) poor public health outcomes including illness, disease, suicide, and mortality;
(ii) exclusionary discipline practices, including suspensions, expulsions, and referrals to law enforcement, as well as low graduation rates;
(iii) substance use disorders;
(iv) poverty;
(v) foster system involvement or referrals;
(vi) housing instability and homelessness;
(vii) food insecurity;
(viii) inequity, including disparities in income, wealth, employment, educational attainment, health care access, and public health outcomes, along lines of race, sex, sexuality and gender identity, ethnicity, or nationality;
(ix) incarceration rates; or
(x) other indicators of adversity as defined by the Secretary; and
(B) identify strategies to improve outcomes for children aged 0 through 17 that build on strengths in communities that could be further supported, including—
(i) existing support networks for families; and
(ii) enhanced connections to community-based organizations.
(2) Implement strategies identified pursuant to paragraph (1)(B) to facilitate outreach and involvement of children and their caregivers in Federal, State, or local programs that provide reparative, gender-responsive, culturally specific, and trauma-informed prevention services, and for which children and their caregivers are eligible, including—
(A) home visiting programs;
(B) training and education on parenting skills;
(C) substance use disorder prevention and treatment that is voluntary and noncoercive;
(D) mental health supports and care that is voluntary and noncoercive;
(E) family and intimate partner violence prevention services;
(F) child advocacy center programming;
(G) economic and nutrition support services;
(H) housing support services, including emergency and temporary shelter for those experiencing homelessness and housing insecurity, as well as stable, long-term housing;
(I) voluntary, noncoercive, gender-responsive, and culturally specific mental health supports in school and early childhood education center-based settings;
(J) wraparound programs for transitioning youth and youth currently in the foster system;
(K) programming to support the health and well-being of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and intersex children and their families; and
(L) family resource center services.
(1) Primary payer restriction
The Secretary may not award a grant under this section to an eligible entity for a service if the service to be provided is available pursuant to the State plan approved under title XIX of the Social Security Act for the State in which the program funded by the grant is being conducted unless the State and all eligible subdivisions involved—
(A) will enter into agreements with public or nonprofit private entities under which the entities will provide the service; and
(B) demonstrate that the State and all eligible subdivisions will ensure that the entities providing the service—
(i) will seek payment for each such service rendered in accordance with the usual payment schedule under the State plan; and
(ii) the entities have entered into a participation agreement and are qualified to receive payments under such plan.
(2) Implementation
An eligible entity that receives a grant under this section may use—
(A) not more than 25 percent of the amounts made available through the grant for the first 24 months of the grant period to utilize data analysis methods to—
(i) identify specific geographic areas where care coordination, prevention and early intervention, and facilitation services will be provided; and
(ii) identify support and intervention services to improve outcomes for children located in a geographic area identified under subsection (c)(1)(A); and
(B) not more than 10 percent of the grant in each subsequent year to continue data analysis activities.
(3) Administration
An eligible entity that receives a grant under this section may not use more than 5 percent of amounts received through the grant for administration, reporting, and program oversight functions, including the development of systems to improve data collection and data sharing for the purposes of improving services and the provision of care.
(A) In general
In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall give priority, to the extent practical, to eligible entities that use community-based system dynamic modeling as the primary data analysis method.
(B) System dynamic modeling defined
The term system dynamic modeling means a method of data analysis and predictive modeling that includes—
(i) utilization of community-based participatory research methods for involving community in the process of understanding and changing systems and evaluating outcomes of grants;
(ii) consideration of a multitude of environmental risk factors and ascertainment of the significance of contributing community risk factors for purposes of identifying strategies to reduce adverse child outcomes, including—
(I) maltreatment cases;
(II) involvement with the juvenile criminal legal system or foster system;
(III) exclusionary school discipline; or
(IV) exposure to violence; and
(iii) identification of cross-sector responses involving reparative, trauma-informed, culturally specific, gender-responsive, and community-based organizations to reduce adverse child outcomes.
(A) In general
An eligible entity that receives a grant under this section shall use at least 25 percent of the total amount of the grant to make subgrants to organizations that aid in implementing the strategy identified under subsection (c)(1)(B) for preventing and mitigating childhood trauma and supporting communities and families.
(B) Eligibility
To be eligible to receive a subgrant under this paragraph, an organization shall prepare and submit to the eligible entity an application in such form, and containing such information, as the eligible entity may require, including evidence that the—
(i) needs of the population to be served are urgent and are not met by the services currently available in the geographic area; and
(ii) organization has the capacity to provide the services listed in subsection (c)(2).
(C) Supplement, not supplant
Subgrant funds received pursuant to this paragraph by an organization shall be used to supplement and not supplant State or local funds provided to the partnership organization for services listed in subsection (c)(2).
(e) Application
To be eligible to receive a grant under this section, an eligible entity shall submit to the Secretary an application in such form, and containing such information, as the Secretary may require, to include the following:
(1) A demonstration that—
(A) the applicant utilizes trauma-informed, culturally specific, and gender-responsive practices, including a demonstration of the extent to which the applicant has trained staff in these practices;
(B) the applicant has the capacity to administer the grant, including conducting all required data analysis activities; and
(C) services will be provided to children and families in an accessible, culturally relevant, and linguistically specific manner consistent with local needs.
(2) A preliminary analysis of how the applicant will use the grant to—
(A) identify the geographic area or areas to be served using data analysis methods;
(B) utilize data analysis methods to identify strategies to improve outcomes for children in the geographic area;
(C) facilitate strategies identified through care coordination efforts; and
(D) track data for evaluation of outcomes.
(3) A detailed project plan for the use of the grant that includes anticipated technical assistance needs.
(4) Additional funding sources, including State and local funds, supporting the prevention and mitigation of adverse childhood experiences.
(f) Grant amount
The amount of a grant under this section shall not exceed $9,500,000.
(g) Period of a grant
The period of a grant under this section shall not exceed 7 years.
(h) Service provision without regard to ability To pay
As a condition on receipt of a grant under this section, an eligible entity shall agree that any assistance provided to an individual through the grant will be provided without regard to—
(1) the ability of the individual to pay for such services;
(2) the current or past health condition of the individual to be served;
(3) the immigration status of the individual to be served;
(4) the sexual orientation and gender identity of the individual to be served; and
(5) any prior involvement of the individual in the criminal legal system.
(i) Prohibitions
In addition to any other prohibitions determined by the Secretary, an eligible entity may not use a grant under this section to—
(1) use data analysis methods to inform individual case decisions, including child removal or placement decisions, or to target services at certain individuals or families;
(2) require any individual or family to participate in any service or program as a condition of receipt of a benefit to which the individual or family is otherwise eligible;
(3) increase the presence or funding of law enforcement surveillance, involvement, or activity in implementing the strategies identified under subsection (c)(1)(B); or
(4) enable the practice of conversion therapy.
(1) Data model evaluation
Not later than 36 months after the date of enactment of this section, the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation of the Department of Health and Human Services, in coordination with the grantees receiving a grant under this section, shall complete an evaluation of the effectiveness of the data model accuracy of the grant program under this section to address each of the following:
(A) Determining the effectiveness of the grantees’ use of data analysis methods to identify geographic areas pursuant to subsection (c)(1).
(B) Examining the grantees’ development and utilization of data analysis methods.
(C) Examining the grantees’ ability to effectively utilize data analysis methods in future prevention work.
(D) Establishing a method for rigorously evaluating the activities of grantees and comparing the reduction of child and family exposure to adverse experiences in other communities with similar demographics.
(E) Examining the grantees’ utilization of community-based system dynamics modeling methods and other community engagement methods.
(2) Program evaluation
Not later than 6 years after the date of enactment of this section, the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation of the Department of Health and Human Services, in coordination with eligible entities receiving grants under this section, shall complete an evaluation of the effectiveness of the grant program under this section.
(A) In general
The Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation of the Department of Health and Human Services and each eligible entity receiving a grant under this section shall collect any relevant data necessary to complete the evaluations required by paragraphs (1) and (2) to include—
(i) the activities funded by the grant under this section, including development and implementation data analysis methods;
(ii) the number of children and of families receiving coordination and facilitation of care and services; and
(iii) the effect of activities supported by the grant under this section on the local area serviced by the program, including such effects on—
(I) children and adolescents’ health and well-being;
(II) the number of children who enter into or depart from foster services; and
(III) homelessness and housing insecurity.
(i) In general
Not later than 7 years after the date of enactment of this section, the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation of the Department of Health and Human Services shall—
(I) complete a study on the results of the grant program under this section using the community-based participatory action research method, which focuses on social, structural, and physical environmental inequities through active involvement of community members, clients, organizational representatives, and researchers in all aspects of the research process; and
(II) submit a report on the results of the study to the Congress.
(ii) Partners
In conducting the study under clause (i), the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation of the Department of Health and Human Services shall ensure that partners and persons that have participated in the grant program under this section on every level, especially those such partners or persons receiving services and support through the program, have an opportunity to contribute their expertise to evaluating the strategy and outcomes.
(k) Report
Not later than three months after the completion of the evaluation required by subsection (j)(2), the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation of the Department of Health and Human Services shall submit to Congress and make available to the public on the internet website of the Department of Health and Human Services a report based upon the evaluation under subsection (j)(2), to include—
(1) the impact of the program under this section on homelessness and housing insecurity, substance use disorder and drug deaths, incarceration, foster system involvement, and other child and family outcomes as identified by the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation of the Department of Health and Human Services;
(2) an analysis of which elements of the program should be replicated and scaled by governmental or non-governmental entities; and
(3) such recommendations for legislation and administrative action as the Secretary determines appropriate.
(l) Definitions
In this section:
(1) The term adverse childhood experience means a potentially traumatic experience that occurs in childhood and can have a tremendous impact on the child’s lifelong health and opportunity outcomes, such as any of the following:
(A) Abuse, such as any of the following:
(i) Emotional and psychological abuse.
(ii) Physical abuse.
(iii) Sexual abuse.
(B) Household challenges such as any of the following:
(i) A household member is treated violently.
(ii) A household member has a substance use disorder.
(iii) A household member has a mental health condition.
(iv) Parental separation or divorce.
(v) A household member is incarcerated, is placed in immigrant detention, or has been deported.
(vi) A household member has a life-threatening illness such as COVID–19.
(C) Neglect.
(D) Living in—
(i) impoverished communities that lack access to human services;
(ii) areas of high unemployment neighborhoods; or
(iii) communities experiencing de facto segregation.
(E) Experiencing food insecurity and poor nutrition.
(F) Witnessing violence.
(G) Involvement with the foster system.
(H) Experiencing discrimination.
(I) Dealing with historical and ongoing traumas due to systemic and interpersonal racism.
(J) Dealing with historical and ongoing traumas regarding systemic and interpersonal sexism, homophobia, biphobia, and transphobia.
(K) Dealing with the threat of deportation or detention as a result of immigration status.
(L) The impacts of multigenerational poverty resulting from limited educational and economic opportunities.
(M) Living through natural disasters such as earthquakes, forest fires, floods, or hurricanes.
(2) The term eligible entity means a State or local health department.
(3) The term practice of conversion therapy —
(A) means any practice or treatment by any person that seeks to change another individual’s sexual orientation or gender identity, including efforts to change behaviors or gender expressions, or to eliminate or reduce sexual or romantic attractions or feelings toward individuals of the same gender, if such person receives monetary compensation in exchange for any such practice or treatment; and
(B) does not include any practice or treatment that does not seek to change sexual orientation or gender identity and—
(i) provides assistance to an individual undergoing a gender transition; or
(ii) provides acceptance, support, and understanding of a client or facilitation of a client’s coping, social support, and identity exploration and development.
(b) Care coordination grants
Part E of title XII of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300d–51 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following new section:
(a) In general
The Secretary shall award grants to eligible entities to establish or expand trauma-informed care coordination services to support—
(1) children aged 0 through 5 at risk of adverse childhood experiences; and
(2) their caregivers, including prenatal people of any age.
(b) Number of grants
Subject to the availability of appropriations, the Secretary shall award not fewer than 9 and not more than 40 grants under this section.
(c) Amount of grants
Subject to the availability of appropriations, the amount of a grant under this section for a fiscal year shall be—
(1) not less than $250,000; and
(2) not more than $1,000,000.
(d) Eligible entities
To be eligible to receive a grant under this section, an entity shall be a local government or Indian Tribe, acting through the public health department thereof if such government or Tribe has a public health department.
(1) In general
In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall give priority to eligible entities proposing to serve communities with a high need for trauma-informed care coordination services, as demonstrated by indicators such as—
(A) pregnant people who face barriers to prenatal care;
(B) mortality or morbidity of people giving birth or infants;
(C) caretakers and parents who are living with a mental health condition or substance use disorder;
(D) a high prevalence of community violence, including domestic violence, as demonstrated by instances of homicide and public health statistics, including treatment of injury or trauma;
(E) high proportions of low-income children;
(F) a high prevalence of child fatalities or near fatalities related to child abuse and neglect;
(G) significant disparities in health outcomes for people giving birth and infants;
(H) a high rate of exclusionary discipline and referrals to law enforcement; and
(I) a high rate of homelessness and housing instability.
(2) Data from Tribal areas
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Indian Health Service, shall consult with Indian Tribes to establish criteria to measure indicators of need, for purposes of paragraph (1), with respect to Tribal areas.
(A) In general
A grant received under this section shall be used to establish or expand gender-responsive, culturally specific, trauma-informed care coordination services, including by instituting and conducting risk and needs assessments including—
(i) using strengths-based approaches focused on protective factors for children and their caregivers, including prenatal people of any age; and
(ii) inputting screening results into a centralized intake system to promote a single point of access system across providers and services.
(B) Training
A grant received under this section shall be used to ensure that individuals employed through the grant funds, in whole or in part, have received sufficient and up-to-date training on trauma-informed care and strategies that are reparative, culturally sensitive, gender responsive, and healing centered.
(2) Permissible uses
A grant received under this section may be used for any of the following:
(A) Employing care coordinators, case managers, community health workers, certified infant mental health specialists, and outreach and engagement specialists to work with children and their caregivers, including prenatal individuals, to prevent and respond to adverse childhood experiences by connecting clients with culturally specific, trauma-informed care treatment services, including economic, social, food, and housing supports.
(B) Providing training described in paragraph (1)(B) to community health providers and community partners.
(C) Expanding, enhancing, modifying, and connecting the existing network of community programs and services to achieve a more comprehensive and coordinated system of care approach, including—
(i) developing local infrastructure to bolster and shape community support systems and map and build access to services in a coordinated and comprehensive way; and
(ii) creating infrastructure to conduct outreach to children and families, including those experiencing homelessness and housing instability, so they acquire access to the services and supports they need and the benefits to which they are entitled.
(D) Compiling information on resources (including any referral services) available through community-based organizations and local, State, and Federal agencies, such as—
(i) programs addressing social determinants of health, including—
(I) emergency, temporary, and long-term housing;
(II) programs that offer free or affordable and nutritious food;
(III) vocational and workforce development; and
(IV) transportation supports;
(ii) home visiting programs for new parents and their infants;
(iii) workforce development programs to support caregivers in skill building;
(iv) trauma-responsive, parenting skills-building programs;
(v) the continuum of substance use prevention, intervention, and treatment programs and mental health support programs, including programs with trauma-informed, gender-responsive, and culturally specific counseling; and
(vi) childcare support and early childhood education, including Head Start and Early Head Start programs.
(E) Subject to subsection (g)(1), establishing or updating a database that compiles data used to track the effectiveness of the care coordination services funded through the grant.
(F) Developing and implementing referral partnership agreements with community-based organizations, parent organizations, substance use disorder treatment providers and facilities, housing and shelter providers, health care providers, mental health care providers, and Federal and State offices and programs that implement practices to support children ages 0 through 5 who are at risk of adverse childhood experiences and their caregivers, including prenatal people. Such practices shall include—
(i) a bilateral warm handoff system whereby a grantee understands the needs of the children and their families, and families are involved in addressing these needs; and
(ii) an active service connection whereby the children and families are each actively connected with a resource in a well-coordinated way that ensures availability and direct contact.
(G) Supporting cross-system planning and collaboration among employees who may work in emergency medical services, health care services, public health, early childhood education, and substance use disorder treatment and recovery support.
(H) Providing or subsidizing services to address barriers that children, prenatal individuals, and caregivers face to utilizing community resources and services, such as by providing or subsidizing transportation or childcare costs as applicable and within reasonable amounts.
(I) Creating or expanding infrastructure and investing in technology, including the provision of communications technology and internet service to children and their caregivers, to enable increased telemedicine capabilities to reach participants.
(3) Indian tribes
In the case of an eligible entity that is an Indian Tribe, the Secretary may waive such provisions of this subsection as the Secretary determines appropriate.
(4) Prohibitions
In addition to any other prohibitions determined by the Secretary, an eligible entity may not use a grant under this section to—
(A) use data analysis methods to inform individual case decisions, including child removal or placement decisions, or to target services at certain individuals or families;
(B) require any individual or family to participate in any service or program as a condition of receipt of a benefit to which the individual or family is otherwise eligible; or
(C) increase the presence or funding of law enforcement surveillance, involvement, or activity in connection with trauma-informed care coordination services supported pursuant to this section.
(g) Requirements
As a condition on receipt of a grant under this section, an eligible entity shall agree to each of the following funding conditions:
(1) Restriction of funding allocation
The eligible entity will not use more than 30 percent of the funds made available to the entity through the grant (for the total grant period) to establish or update a database pursuant to subsection (f)(2)(E).
(A) In general
The eligible entity will ensure that all care coordination services provided through the grant are provided in a setting that is accessible, including through mobile settings, to—
(i) low-income or no-income individuals, including individuals experiencing homelessness or housing instability; and
(ii) individuals in rural areas.
(B) Community outreach
In complying with subparagraph (A), the eligible entity will ensure that at least 50 percent of the care coordination services provided through the grant occur in community settings that are convenient to the children and caregivers who are being served, such as homes, schools, and shelters, whether for initial outreach or as part of long-term care.
(3) Supplement, not supplant
The grant will be used to supplement, not supplant other Federal, State, or local funds available for care coordination services.
(4) Confidentiality
The eligible entity will maintain the confidentiality of individuals receiving services through the grant in a manner consistent with applicable law.
(5) Partnering; risk stratification
In providing care coordination services through the grant, the eligible entity will—
(A) partner with community-based organizations with experience serving child populations prenatally through age 5;
(B) coordinate with the local agency responsible for administering the State plan approved under title XIX of the Social Security Act; and
(C) employ risk stratification to develop different effective models of care for different populations based on their needs.
(1) In general
To seek a grant under this section, an eligible entity shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information, as the Secretary may require.
(2) Contents
An application under paragraph (1) shall, at a minimum, contain each of the following:
(A) Goals to be achieved through the grant, including the activities that will be undertaken to achieve those goals.
(B) The number of individuals likely to be served through the grant, including demographic data on the populations to be served.
(C) Existing programs and services that can be used to significantly increase the proportion of children and families who receive needed supports and services.
(D) A plan for expanding, coordinating, or modifying the existing network of programs and services to meet the needs of children and families for preventing and mitigating the traumatic impact of adverse childhood experiences.
(E) A demonstration of the ability of the eligible entity to reach the individuals to be served, including by partnering with local stakeholders.
(F) An indication of how the personnel involved are reflective of the communities to be served.
(G) A list of stakeholders with whom the entity plans to partner or consult.
(i) Reporting by grantees
Not later than 4 years after the date of enactment of this section, an eligible entity receiving a grant under this section shall submit to the Secretary a report on the activities funded through the grant. Such report shall include, at a minimum, a description of—
(1) the number of individuals served through activities funded through the grant, including demographics as applicable;
(2) the number of referrals made through the grant and the rate of such referrals successfully linked or closed;
(3) a qualitative analysis or number of collaborative partnerships with other organizations in carrying out the activities funded through the grant;
(4) the number of services provided to individuals through the grant;
(5) aggregated and de-identified outcomes experienced by individuals served through the grant such as—
(A) the rate of successful service connections;
(B) any increases in development of protective factors for children;
(C) any increase in development of protective factors for the caregivers;
(D) any mitigation of the negative outcomes associated with adverse childhood experiences or decreased likelihood of children experiencing an adverse childhood experience as evidenced by—
(i) decreased presence of law enforcement or other punitive State surveillance in the community;
(ii) a parent completing substance use treatment;
(iii) a parent receiving voluntary treatment for mental health-related conditions;
(iv) a family entering into or maintaining a stable housing situation;
(v) a family achieving or maintaining economic security;
(vi) a parent achieving or maintaining job stability; or
(vii) a child meeting developmental markers for school readiness; and
(E) reports of satisfaction with the coordination of care by people served; and
(6) any other information required by the Secretary.
(j) Convening participants for sharing lessons learned
After the period of all grants awarded under this section has concluded, the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation of the Department of Health and Human Services shall provide an in-person or online opportunity for persons participating in the programs funded through this section to share with each other—
(1) lessons learned;
(2) challenges experienced; and
(3) ideas for next steps and solutions.
(k) Compiling findings and conclusions
After providing the opportunity required by subsection (j), the Secretary shall—
(1) compile the findings and conclusions of grantees under this section on the provision of care coordination services described in subsection (a);
(2) submit a report on such findings and conclusions to the appropriate congressional committees; and
(3) make such report publicly available.
(l) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Adverse childhood experience
The term adverse childhood experience means a potentially traumatic experience that occurs in childhood and can have a tremendous impact on the child’s lifelong health and opportunity outcomes, such as any of the following:
(A) Abuse, such as any of the following:
(i) Emotional and psychological abuse.
(ii) Physical abuse.
(iii) Sexual abuse.
(B) Household challenges such as any of the following:
(i) A household member is treated violently.
(ii) A household member has a substance use disorder.
(iii) A household member has a mental health condition.
(iv) Parental separation or divorce.
(v) A household member is incarcerated, is placed in immigrant detention, or has been deported.
(vi) A household member has a life-threatening illness such as COVID–19.
(C) Neglect.
(D) Living in—
(i) impoverished communities that lack access to human services;
(ii) areas of high unemployment neighborhoods; or
(iii) communities experiencing de facto segregation.
(E) Experiencing food insecurity and poor nutrition.
(F) Witnessing violence.
(G) Involvement with the foster system.
(H) Experiencing discrimination.
(I) Dealing with historical and ongoing traumas due to systemic and interpersonal racism.
(J) Dealing with historical and ongoing traumas regarding systemic and interpersonal sexism, homophobia, biphobia, and transphobia.
(K) Dealing with the threat of deportation or detention as a result of immigration status.
(L) The impacts of multigenerational poverty resulting from limited educational and economic opportunities.
(M) Living through natural disasters such as earthquakes, forest fires, floods, or hurricanes.
(2) Care coordination
The term care coordination means an active, ongoing process that—
(A) assists children ages 0 through 5 at risk of, or who have experienced, an adverse childhood experience, and their caregivers, including prenatal people of any age, to identify, access, and use community resources and services;
(B) is client centered and comprehensive of the services a child or caregiver may need;
(C) ensures a closed loop referral by obtaining feedback from the families served; and
(D) works across systems and services to promote collaboration to effectively meet the needs of community members.
(3) Indian Tribe
The term Indian Tribe has the meaning given such term in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act.
(4) Protective factors
The term protective factors refers to any supportive element in a child or caretaker’s life that helps the child or caretaker to withstand trauma such as a stable school environment or supportive peer relationships.
(c) Access to the complete set of clinical social worker services
Section 1861(hh)(2) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(hh)(2)) is further amended by striking for the diagnosis and treatment of mental illnesses (other than services and inserting (including services for the diagnosis and treatment of mental illnesses or services for health and behavior assessment and intervention (identified as of January 1, 2022, by HCPCS codes 96150 through 96161 (and any succeeding codes)), but not including services.
(d) Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall apply to items and services furnished on or after January 1, 2025.
(b) Designation of program
The program under this section shall be known as the Mental Health Excellence in Schools Program.
(c) Agreements
The Secretary shall enter into an agreement with each eligible graduate institution seeking to participate in the program under this section. Each agreement shall specify the following:
(1) The manner (whether by direct grant, scholarship, or otherwise) in which the eligible graduate institution will contribute to the cost of attendance of a participating student.
(2) The maximum amount of the contribution to be made by the eligible graduate institution with respect to any particular participating student in any given academic year.
(3) The maximum number of individuals for whom the eligible graduate institution will make contributions in any given academic year.
(4) That the eligible graduate institution, in selecting participating students to receive assistance under the program, shall prioritize the participating students described in subsection (d)(2).
(5) Such other matters as the Secretary and the eligible graduate institution determine appropriate.
(d) Outreach
The Secretary shall—
(1) make publicly available and periodically update on the internet website of the Department of Education a list of the eligible graduate institutions participating in the program under this section that shall specify, for each such graduate institution, appropriate information on the agreement between the Secretary and such eligible graduate institution under subsection (c); and
(2) conduct outreach about the program under this section to participating students who, as undergraduates—
(A) received a Federal Pell Grant under section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a); or
(B) attended an institution listed in section 371(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1067q(a)).
(e) Matching contributions
The Secretary may provide a contribution of not more than 50 percent of the cost of attendance of a participating student if the eligible graduate institution at which such student is enrolled enters into an agreement under subsection (c) with the Secretary to match such contribution.
(f) Monitoring and evaluation
As a condition of participation in the program under this section, each eligible graduate institution shall agree to submit an annual report to the Secretary describing—
(1) the number of students served by the program;
(2) the percentage of tuition cost covered by the program;
(3) the number of participating students who were also recipients of a Federal Pell Grant; and
(4) as applicable, the graduation rates and post-graduate employment of participating students.
(g) Interim report
Not later than 2 years after the first contributions are provided under this section, the Secretary shall submit an interim report to Congress based on the annual reports required by subsection (f).
(1) In general
Not later than 4 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall provide for the commencement of an independent national evaluation of the outcomes and effectiveness of the program under this section.
(2) Report to congress
Not later than 90 days after receiving the results of such independent national evaluation, the Secretary shall submit a report to Congress containing the findings of the evaluation and the Secretary’s recommendations for improvements to the program.
(i) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Cost of attendance
The term cost of attendance has the meaning given the term in section 472 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087ll).
(2) Eligible graduate institution
The term eligible graduate institution means an institution of higher education that offers a program of study that leads to a graduate degree—
(A) in school psychology that is accredited or approved by the National Association of School Psychologists' Program Accreditation Board or the Commission on Accreditation of the American Psychological Association and that prepares students in such program for the State licensing or certification examination in school psychology at the specialist level;
(B) in an accredited school counseling program that prepares students in such program for the State licensing or certification examination in school counseling;
(C) in school social work that is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education and that prepares students in such program for the State licensing or certification examination in school social work;
(D) in another school-based mental health field that prepares students in such program for the State licensing or certification examination in such field, if applicable; or
(E) in any combination of study described in subparagraphs (A) through (D).
(3) Institution of higher education
The term institution of higher education has the meaning given the term in section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001).
(4) Participating student
The term participating student means an individual who is enrolled in a graduate degree program in a school-based mental health field at a participating eligible graduate institution.
(5) School-based mental health field
The term school-based mental health field means any of the following fields:
(A) School counseling.
(B) School social work.
(C) School psychology.
(D) Any other field of study that leads to employment as a school-based mental health services provider, as determined by the Secretary.
(6) School-based mental health services provider
The term school-based mental health services provider has the meaning given the term in section 4102 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7112).
(7) Secretary
The term Secretary means the Secretary of Education.
(a) Opioid grants
Section 1003(b)(4) of the 21st Century Cures Act (42 U.S.C. 290ee–3a(b)(4)) is amended—
(1) by redesignating subparagraph (F) as subparagraph (G); and
(2) by inserting after subparagraph (E) the following:
(F) Supporting opioid abuse prevention and treatment services within a State provided by State and local agencies for children and caregivers, kinship care families, and kinship caregivers through—
(i) workforce recruitment and training;
(ii) health care services (including such services described in subparagraph (D)); and
(iii) foster and adoptive parent recruitment and training.
(b) Definitions
Section 1003(h) of the 21st Century Cures Act (42 U.S.C. 290ee–3a(h)) is amended—
(1) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (4) as paragraphs (4) through (6), respectively; and
(2) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
(2) Kinship care family
The term kinship care family means a family with a kinship caregiver.
(3) Kinship caregiver
The term kinship caregiver means a relative of a child by blood, marriage, or adoption, who—
(A) lives with the child;
(B) is the primary caregiver of the child because the biological or adoptive parent of the child is unable or unwilling to serve as the primary caregiver of the child; and
(C) has a legal relationship to the child or is raising the child informally.
(d) Set aside
Section 1003(i)(3) of the 21st Century Cures Act (42 U.S.C. 290ee–3a(i)(3)) is amended by inserting before the period at the end, and set aside 1 percent to carry out subsection (b)(4)(F).
(a) Substance Use and Mental Health Services Administration
The Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 201 et seq.) is amended—
(1) in section 464H(c) (42 U.S.C. 285n(c)), section 464R(c) (42 U.S.C. 285p(c)), and subsections (b) and (c)(1) of section 2303 (42 U.S.C. 300cc–2), by striking Administrator of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration each place it appears and inserting Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use;
(2) in title V (42 U.S.C. 290aa et seq.)—
(A) in the title heading, by striking Abuse and inserting Use;
(B) in section 501 (42 U.S.C. 290aa)—
(i) in the section heading, by striking Abuse and inserting Use; and
(ii) in subsection (f)(4), by striking Substance Abuse and Mental Health Administration and inserting Substance Use and Mental Health Services Administration; and
(3) by striking Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration each place it appears and inserting Substance Use and Mental Health Services Administration.
(1) In general
The Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 201 et seq.) is amended—
(A) in part B of title V (42 U.S.C. 290bb et seq.)—
(i) in subpart 1, in the subpart heading, by striking Abuse Treatment and inserting Use Services;
(ii) in subpart 2, in the subpart heading, by striking Abuse Prevention and inserting Use Prevention Services;
(iii) in section 507 (42 U.S.C. 290bb), in the section heading, by striking Abuse Treatment and inserting Use Services;
(iv) in section 513(a) (42 U.S.C. 290bb–6(a)), in the subsection heading, by striking Abuse Treatment and inserting Use Services; and
(v) in section 515 (42 U.S.C. 290bb–21), in the section heading, by striking Abuse Prevention and inserting Use Prevention Services;
(B) in section 1932(b)(3) (42 U.S.C. 300x–32(b)(3)), in the paragraph heading, by striking abuse prevention and inserting use prevention services;
(C) in section 1935(b)(2) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x–35(b)(2)), in the paragraph heading, by striking abuse prevention and inserting use prevention services;
(D) by striking Center for Substance Abuse Treatment each place it appears and inserting Center for Substance Use Services; and
(E) by striking Center for Substance Abuse Prevention each place it appears and inserting Center for Substance Use Prevention Services.
(1) In general
Except as provided in paragraph (2), any reference in any law, regulation, map, document, paper, or other record of the United States—
(A) to the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration shall be deemed to be a reference to the Substance Use and Mental Health Services Administration;
(B) to the Center for Substance Abuse Treatment of such Administration shall be deemed to be a reference to the Center for Substance Use Services of such Administration; and
(C) to the Center for Substance Abuse Prevention of such Administration shall be deemed to be a reference to the Center for Substance Use Prevention Services of such Administration.
(2) Effect
Paragraph (1) shall not be construed to alter or affect section 6001(d) of the 21st Century Cures Act (42 U.S.C. 290aa note), providing that a reference to the Administrator of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration shall be construed to be a reference to the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use.
(3) References to SAMHSA
Notwithstanding this section or the amendments made by this section, the Secretary of Health and Human Services may continue to use the acronym SAMHSA to refer to the Substance Use and Mental Health Services Administration in regulations, maps, documents, papers, and other records of the United States.
(a) Sense of Congress concerning investment in lung cancer research
It is the sense of the Congress that—
(1) lung cancer mortality reduction should be made a national public health priority; and
(2) a comprehensive mortality reduction program coordinated by the Secretary of Health and Human Services is justified and necessary to adequately address and reduce lung cancer mortality.
(1) In General
Subpart 1 of part C of title IV of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 285 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(a) In General
Not later than 6 months after the date of the enactment of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024, the Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of Veterans Affairs, the Director of the National Institutes of Health, the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, the Director of the National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities, the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, and other members of the Lung Cancer Advisory Board established under section 7001(d) of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024, shall implement a comprehensive program, to be known as the Lung Cancer Mortality Reduction Program, to achieve a reduction of at least 25 percent in the mortality rate of lung cancer by 2028.
(b) Requirements
The Program shall include at least the following:
(1) With respect to the National Institutes of Health—
(A) a strategic review and prioritization by the National Cancer Institute of research grants to achieve the goal specified in subsection (a);
(B) the provision of funds to enable the Airway Biology and Disease Branch of the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute to expand its research programs to include predispositions to lung cancer, the interrelationship between lung cancer and other pulmonary and cardiac disease, and the diagnosis and treatment of such diseases;
(C) the provision of funds to enable the National Institute of Biomedical Imaging and Bioengineering to expedite the development of computer-assisted diagnostic, surgical, treatment, and drug-testing innovations to reduce lung cancer mortality, such as through expansion of the Institute’s Quantum Grant Program and Image-Guided Interventions program; and
(D) the provision of funds to enable the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences to implement research programs relative to the lung cancer incidence.
(2) With respect to the Food and Drug Administration—
(A) activities under section 529B of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act; and
(B) activities under section 561 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act to expand access to investigational drugs and devices for the diagnosis, monitoring, or treatment of lung cancer.
(3) With respect to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the establishment of an early disease research and management program under section 1511.
(4) With respect to the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, the conduct of a biannual review of lung cancer screening, diagnostic, and treatment protocols, and the issuance of updated guidelines.
(5) The promotion (including education) of lung cancer screening within minority and rural populations and the study of the effectiveness of efforts to increase such screening.
(6) The cooperation and coordination of all minority and health disparity programs within the Department of Health and Human Services to ensure that all aspects of the Lung Cancer Mortality Reduction Program under this section adequately address the burden of lung cancer on minority and rural populations.
(7) The cooperation and coordination of all tobacco control and cessation programs within agencies of the Department of Health and Human Services to achieve the goals of the Lung Cancer Mortality Reduction Program under this section with particular emphasis on the coordination of drug and other cessation treatments with early detection protocols.
(2) Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act
Subchapter B of chapter V of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 360aaa et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(a) In general
The provisions of this subchapter shall apply to a drug described in subsection (b) to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to a drug for a rare disease or condition (as defined in section 526).
(b) Qualified drugs
A drug described in this subsection is—
(1) a chemoprevention drug for precancerous conditions of the lung;
(2) a drug for targeted therapeutic treatments, including any vaccine, for lung cancer; or
(3) a drug to curtail or prevent nicotine addiction.
(c) Board
The Board established under section 7001(d) of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024 shall monitor the program implemented under this section.
(3) Access to Unapproved Therapies
Section 561(e) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 360bbb(e)) is amended by inserting before the period the following: and shall include expanding access to drugs under section 529B, with substantial consideration being given to whether the totality of information available to the Secretary regarding the safety and effectiveness of an investigational drug, as compared to the risk of morbidity and death from the disease, indicates that a patient may obtain more benefit than risk if treated with the drug.
(4) CDC
Title XV of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300k et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:
Section 1511. Early disease research and management program
The Secretary shall establish and implement an early disease research and management program targeted at the high incidence and mortality rates of lung cancer among minority and low-income populations.
(c) Department of Defense and Department of Veterans Affairs
The Secretary of Defense and the Secretary of Veterans Affairs, each in coordination with the Secretary of Health and Human Services, shall engage—
(1) in the implementation within the Department of Defense and the Department of Veterans Affairs, as the case may be, of an early detection and disease management research program for members of the Armed Forces and veterans whose smoking history and exposure to carcinogens during service on active duty in the Armed Forces has increased their risk for lung cancer; and
(2) in the implementation of coordinated care programs for members of the Armed Forces and veterans diagnosed with lung cancer.
(1) In General
The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall convene a Lung Cancer Advisory Board (referred to in this section as the Board)—
(A) to monitor the programs established under this section (and the amendments made by this section); and
(B) to provide annual reports to the Congress concerning benchmarks, expenditures, lung cancer statistics, and the public health impact of such programs.
(2) Composition
The Board shall be composed of—
(A) the Secretary of Health and Human Services;
(B) the Secretary of Defense;
(C) the Secretary of Veterans Affairs; and
(D) 2 representatives each from the fields of clinical medicine focused on lung cancer, lung cancer research, imaging, drug development, and lung cancer advocacy, to be appointed by the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
(1) Interagency prostate cancer coordination and education task force
Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Veterans Affairs, in cooperation with the Secretary of Defense and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, shall establish an Interagency Prostate Cancer Coordination and Education Task Force (in this section referred to as the Prostate Cancer Task Force).
(2) Duties
The Prostate Cancer Task Force shall—
(A) develop a summary of advances in prostate cancer research supported or conducted by Federal agencies relevant to the diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of prostate cancer, including psychosocial impairments related to prostate cancer treatment, and compile a list of best practices that warrant broader adoption in health care programs;
(B) consider establishing, and advocating for, a guidance to enable physicians to allow screening of men who are age 74 or older, on a case-by-case basis, taking into account quality of life and family history of prostate cancer;
(C) share and coordinate information on research and health care program activities by the Federal Government, including activities related to—
(i) determining how to improve research and health care programs, including psychosocial impairments related to prostate cancer treatment;
(ii) identifying any gaps in the overall research inventory and in health care programs;
(iii) identifying opportunities to promote translation of research into practice; and
(iv) maximizing the effects of Federal Government efforts by identifying opportunities for collaboration and leveraging of resources in research and health care programs that serve individuals who are susceptible to or diagnosed with prostate cancer;
(D) develop a comprehensive interagency strategy and advise relevant Federal agencies in the solicitation of proposals for collaborative, multidisciplinary research and health care programs, including proposals to evaluate factors that may be related to the etiology of prostate cancer, that would—
(i) result in innovative approaches to study emerging scientific opportunities or eliminate knowledge gaps in research to improve the prostate cancer research portfolio of the Federal Government; and
(ii) outline key research questions, methodologies, and knowledge gaps;
(E) develop a coordinated message related to screening and treatment for prostate cancer to be reflected in educational and beneficiary materials for Federal health programs as such materials are updated; and
(F) not later than two years after the date of the establishment of the Prostate Cancer Task Force, submit to the expert advisory panels appointed under paragraph (4) to be reviewed and returned within 30 days, and then within 90 days submitted to Congress, recommendations—
(i) regarding any appropriate changes to research and health care programs, including recommendations to improve the research portfolio of the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Department of Defense, the National Institutes of Health, and other Federal agencies to ensure that scientifically based strategic planning is implemented in support of research and health care program priorities;
(ii) designed to ensure that the research and health care programs and activities of the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Department of Defense, the Department of Health and Human Services, and other Federal agencies are free of unnecessary duplication;
(iii) regarding public participation in decisions relating to prostate cancer research and health care programs to increase the involvement of patient advocates, community organizations, and medical associations representing a broad geographical area;
(iv) on how to best disseminate information on prostate cancer research and progress achieved by health care programs;
(v) on how to expand partnerships between public entities, including Federal agencies, and private entities to encourage collaborative, cross-cutting research and health care delivery;
(vi) assessing any cost savings and efficiencies realized through the efforts identified in, and supported through, this subsection and recommending expansion of those efforts that have proved most promising while also ensuring against any conflicts in directives in law;
(vii) identifying key priority action items from among the recommendations specified in clauses (i) through (vi); and
(viii) with respect to the level of funding needed by each agency to implement such recommendations.
(3) Members of the Prostate Cancer Task Force
The Prostate Cancer Task Force shall be composed of representatives from such Federal agencies as the head of each such applicable agency determines necessary, so as to coordinate a uniform message relating to prostate cancer screening and treatment where appropriate, including representatives of each of the following:
(A) The Department of Veterans Affairs, including representatives of each relevant program area of the Department of Veterans Affairs.
(B) The Prostate Cancer Research Program of the Congressionally Directed Medical Research Program of the Department of Defense.
(C) The Department of Health and Human Services, including, at a minimum, representatives of each of the following:
(i) The National Institutes of Health.
(ii) National research institutes and centers, including the National Cancer Institute, the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, and the Office of Minority Health.
(iii) The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.
(iv) The Food and Drug Administration.
(v) The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
(vi) The Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.
(vii) The Health Resources and Services Administration.
(4) Appointing expert advisory panels
The Prostate Cancer Task Force shall appoint expert advisory panels, as the task force determines appropriate, to provide input and concurrence from—
(A) individuals and organizations from the medical, prostate cancer patient and advocate, research, and delivery communities with expertise in prostate cancer diagnosis, treatment, and research, including practicing urologists, primary care providers, and others; and
(B) individuals with expertise in education and outreach to underserved populations affected by prostate cancer.
(5) Meetings
The Prostate Cancer Task Force shall convene not less frequently than twice each year, or more frequently as the Secretary of Veterans Affairs determines to be appropriate.
(6) Federal Advisory Committee Act
The Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) shall apply to the Prostate Cancer Task Force.
(7) Sunset Date
The Prostate Cancer Task Force shall terminate on September 30, 2026.
(A) In general
The Secretary of Veterans Affairs, in coordination with the Secretary of Defense and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, shall establish and carry out a program to coordinate and intensify prostate cancer research.
(B) Elements
The program established under subparagraph (A) shall—
(i) develop advances in diagnostic and prognostic methods and tests, including biomarkers and an improved prostate cancer screening blood test, including improvements or alternatives to the prostate specific antigen test and additional tests to distinguish indolent from aggressive disease;
(ii) develop a better understanding of the etiology of the disease (including an analysis of lifestyle factors proven to be involved in higher rates of prostate cancer, such as obesity and diet, and in different ethnic, racial, and socioeconomic groups, such as the African-American, Latino or Hispanic, and American Indian populations and men with a family history of prostate cancer) to improve prevention efforts;
(iii) expand basic research into prostate cancer, including studies of fundamental molecular and cellular mechanisms;
(iv) identify and provide clinical testing of novel agents for the prevention and treatment of prostate cancer;
(v) establish clinical registries for prostate cancer;
(vi) use the National Institute of Biomedical Imaging and Bioengineering and the National Cancer Institute for assessment of appropriate imaging modalities; and
(vii) address such other matters relating to prostate cancer research as may be identified by the Federal agencies participating in such program.
(i) In general
In carrying out the program established under subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall award grants to eligible entities—
(I) to carry out components of the research outlined in subparagraph (B);
(II) to integrate and build upon existing knowledge gained from comparative effectiveness research; and
(III) to recognize and address—
(aa) the racial and ethnic disparities in the incidence and mortality rates of prostate cancer and men with a family history of prostate cancer;
(bb) any barriers in access to care and participation in clinical trials that are specific to racial, ethnic, and other underserved minorities and men with a family history of prostate cancer;
(cc) outreach and educational efforts to raise awareness among the populations described in item (bb); and
(dd) appropriate access and utilization of imaging modalities.
(ii) Eligible entity defined
In this subparagraph, the term eligible entity means any public, private, nonprofit, or for-profit organization that the Secretary determines would be capable to conduct medical research and other requirements under this paragraph and is otherwise eligible for research funding from the Federal Government.
(A) In general
There is established in the Office of the Chief Scientist of the Food and Drug Administration a Prostate Cancer Scientific Advisory Board.
(B) Duties
The board established under subparagraph (A) shall be responsible for accelerating real-time sharing of the latest research data and accelerating movement of new medicines for the treatment of prostate cancer to patients.
(A) In general
The Secretary of Veterans Affairs, in cooperation with the Secretary of Defense and the Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this subsection collectively as the Secretaries) shall establish four-year telehealth pilot projects for the purpose of analyzing the clinical outcomes and cost-effectiveness associated with telehealth services in a variety of geographic areas that contain high proportions of medically underserved populations, including African Americans, Latinos or Hispanics, American Indians or Alaska Natives, and those in rural areas.
(B) Efficient and effective care
Pilot projects established under subparagraph (A) shall promote efficient use of specialist care through better coordination of primary care and physician extender teams in underserved areas and more effectively employ tumor boards to better counsel patients.
(A) In general
The Secretaries shall select eligible entities to participate in the pilot projects established under this subsection.
(B) Priority
In selecting eligible entities to participate in the pilot projects under this subsection, the Secretaries shall give priority to entities located in medically underserved areas, particularly those that include African Americans, Latinos and Hispanics, and facilities of the Indian Health Service, including facilities operated by the Indian Health Service, tribally operated facilities, and facilities administered by an Urban Indian organization (as defined in section 4 of the Indian Health Care Improvement Act (25 U.S.C. 1603)) pursuant to title V of that Act (25 U.S.C. 1651 et seq.), and those in rural areas.
(3) Evaluation
The Secretaries shall, through the pilot projects established under this subsection, evaluate—
(A) the effective and economic delivery of care in diagnosing and treating prostate cancer with the use of telehealth services in medically underserved and Tribal areas including collaborative uses of health professionals and integration of the range of telehealth and other technologies;
(B) the effectiveness of improving the capacity of nonmedical providers and nonspecialized medical providers to provide health services for prostate cancer in medically underserved and Tribal areas, including the exploration of innovative medical home models with collaboration between urologists, other relevant medical specialists, including oncologists, radiologists, and primary care teams, and coordination of care through the efficient use of primary care teams and physician extenders; and
(C) the effectiveness of using telehealth services to provide prostate cancer treatment in medically underserved areas, including the use of tumor boards to facilitate better patient counseling.
(4) Report
Not later than one year after the completion of the pilot projects under this subsection, the Secretaries shall submit to Congress a report describing the outcomes of such pilot projects, including any cost savings and efficiencies realized, and providing recommendations, if any, for expanding the use of telehealth services.
(A) In general
The Secretary of Veterans Affairs shall develop a national education campaign for prostate cancer.
(B) Elements
The campaign developed under subparagraph (A) shall involve the use of written educational materials and public service announcements consistent with the findings of the Prostate Cancer Task Force under subsection (a) that are intended to encourage men to seek prostate cancer screening when appropriate.
(2) Racial disparities and the population of men with a family history of prostate cancer
In developing the campaign under paragraph (1), the Secretary of Veterans Affairs shall ensure that educational materials and public service announcements used in the campaign are more readily available in communities experiencing racial disparities in the incidence and mortality rates of prostate cancer and to men of any race classification with a family history of prostate cancer.
(3) Grants
In carrying out the campaign under this subsection, the Secretary of Veterans Affairs shall award grants to nonprofit private entities to enable such entities to test alternative outreach and education strategies.
(1) Expansion of Research
The Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary), acting through the Director of the National Institutes of Health and the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, and in consultation with the Secretary of Defense, shall carry out a program to expand and intensify research to develop innovative advanced imaging technologies for prostate cancer detection, diagnosis, and treatment comparable to state-of-the-art mammography technologies.
(2) Early Stage Research
In implementing the program under paragraph (1), the Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall carry out a grant program to encourage the early stages of research in prostate imaging to develop and implement new ideas, proof of concepts, and pilot studies for high-risk technologic innovation in prostate cancer imaging that would have a high potential impact for improving patient care, including individualized care, quality of life, and cost-effectiveness.
(3) Large Scale Later Stage Research
In implementing the program under paragraph (1), the Secretary, acting through the Director of the National Institutes of Health, shall utilize the National Institute of Biomedical Imaging and Bioengineering and the National Cancer Institute for advanced stages of research in prostate imaging, including technology development and clinical trials for projects determined by the Secretary to have demonstrated promising preliminary results and proof of concept.
(4) Interdisciplinary private-Public partnerships
In developing the program under paragraph (1), the Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall establish interdisciplinary private-public partnerships to develop and implement research strategies for expedited innovation in imaging and image-guided treatment and to conduct such research.
(5) Racial Disparities
In developing the program under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall recognize and address—
(A) the racial disparities in the incidences of prostate cancer and mortality rates with respect to such disease; and
(B) any barriers in access to care and participation in clinical trials that are specific to racial minorities.
(1) National campaign
The Secretary shall carry out a national campaign to increase the awareness and knowledge of individuals in the United States with respect to the need for prostate cancer screening and for improved detection technologies.
(2) Requirements
The national campaign conducted under this subsection shall include—
(A) roles for the Health Resources Services Administration, the Office of Minority Health of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and the Office of Minority Health and Health Equity of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; and
(B) the development and distribution of written educational materials, and the development and placing of public service announcements, that are intended to encourage men to seek prostate cancer screening and to create awareness of the need for improved imaging technologies for prostate cancer screening and diagnosis, including in-vitro blood testing and imaging technologies.
(3) Racial Disparities
In developing the national campaign under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall recognize and address—
(A) the racial disparities in the incidences of prostate cancer and mortality rates with respect to such disease; and
(B) any barriers in access to care and participation in clinical trials that are specific to racial minorities.
(4) Grants
The Secretary shall establish a program to award grants to nonprofit private entities to enable such entities to test alternative outreach and education strategies to increase the awareness and knowledge of individuals in the United States with respect to the need for prostate cancer screening and improved imaging technologies.
(1) In General
The Secretary, in coordination with the Secretary of Defense, shall support research to develop an improved prostate cancer screening blood test using in-vitro detection.
(1) Report and strategy
Not later than 12 months after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report that details the strategy of the Secretary for implementing the requirements of this section and the status of such efforts.
(2) Full Compliance
Not later than 36 months after the date of the enactment of this Act, and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report that—
(A) describes the research and development and public awareness and education campaigns funded under this section;
(B) provides evidence that projects involving high-risk, high-impact technologic innovation, proof of concept, and pilot studies are prioritized;
(C) provides evidence that the Secretary recognizes and addresses any barriers in access to care and participation in clinical trials that are specific to racial minorities in the implementation of this section;
(D) contains assurances that all the other provisions of this section are fully implemented; and
(E) certifies compliance with the provisions of this section, or in the case of a Federal agency that has not complied with any of such provisions, an explanation as to such failure to comply.
(1) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary), acting through the Director of the National Institutes of Health, shall establish an advisory council on prostate cancer (referred to in this section as the advisory council) to draft a plan for the development and validation of an accurate test or tests, such as biomarkers or imaging, to detect and diagnose prostate cancer.
(i) Federal members
The advisory council shall be composed of the following experts:
(I) A designee of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
(II) A designee of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.
(III) A designee of the Office of the Director of the National Cancer Institute.
(IV) A designee of the Director of the Department of Defense Congressionally Directed Medical Research Programs.
(V) A designee of the Director of the National Institute of Biomedical Imaging and Bioengineering.
(VI) A designee of the Director of the National Institute of General Medical Sciences.
(VII) A designee of the Director of the National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities.
(VIII) A designee of the Director of the National Institutes of Health.
(IX) A designee of the Commissioner of Food and Drugs.
(X) A designee of the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.
(XI) A designee of the Director of the Telemedicine and Advanced Technology Research Center of the Department of Defense.
(ii) Non-federal members
In addition to the members described in clause (i), the advisory council shall include 8 expert members from outside the Federal Government to be appointed by the Secretary, which shall include—
(I) 2 prostate cancer patient advocates;
(II) 2 health care providers with a range of expertise and experience in prostate cancer; and
(III) 4 leading researchers with prostate cancer-related expertise in a range of clinical disciplines.
(B) Meetings
The advisory council shall meet quarterly and such meetings shall be open to the public.
(C) Advice
The advisory council shall advise the Secretary, or the Secretary’s designee.
(D) Annual report
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the advisory council shall provide to the Secretary, or the Secretary’s designee, and Congress—
(i) an initial evaluation of all federally funded efforts in prostate cancer research relating to the development and validation of an accurate test or tests to detect and diagnose prostate cancer;
(ii) a plan for the development and validation of a reliable test or tests for the detection and accurate diagnosis of prostate cancer; and
(iii) a set of standards for prostate cancer screening, developed in coordination with the United States Preventive Services Task Force, to ensure that any tools for screening, detection, and diagnosis developed in accordance with the plan under clause (ii) will meet the requirements of the Task Force for recommendation as a proven preventive or diagnostic service.
(E) Termination
The advisory council shall terminate on December 31, 2028.
(3) Funding
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary may make available $1,000,000, from any unobligated amounts appropriated to the National Institutes of Health, for each of fiscal years 2025 through 2029 to carry out this subsection.
(1) In general
The Director of the National Institutes of Health, in consultation with the Secretary of Defense, shall coordinate and intensify research in accordance with the plan provided under subsection (a)(2)(D)(ii), with particular attention provided to leveraging existing research to develop and validate a test or tests, such as biomarkers or imaging, to detect and accurately diagnose prostate cancer in order to improve quality of life for millions of individuals in the United States, and decrease health care system costs.
(2) Funding
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary may make available $30,000,000, from any unobligated amounts appropriated to the National Institutes of Health, for each of fiscal years 2025 through 2029 to carry out this subsection.
(1) Establishment
There is established in the Office of the Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary) the National Prostate Cancer Council on Screening, Early Detection, Assessment, and Monitoring of Prostate Cancer (referred to in this section as the Council).
(2) Purpose of the council
The Council shall—
(A) develop and implement a national strategic plan for the accelerated creation, advancement, and testing of diagnostic tools to improve screening, early detection, assessment, and monitoring of prostate cancer, including—
(i) early detection of aggressive prostate cancer to save lives;
(ii) monitoring of tumor response to treatment, including recurrence and progression; and
(iii) accurate assessment and surveillance of indolent disease to reduce unnecessary biopsies and treatment;
(B) provide information and coordination of prostate cancer research and services across all Federal agencies;
(C) review diagnostic tools and their overall effectiveness at screening, detecting, assessing, and monitoring of prostate cancer;
(D) evaluate all programs in prostate cancer that are in existence on the date of enactment of this Act, including Federal budget requests and approvals and public-private partnerships;
(E) submit an annual report to the Secretary and Congress on the creation and implementation of the national strategic plan under subparagraph (A); and
(F) ensure the inclusion of men at high risk for prostate cancer, including men from minority ethnic and racial populations and men who are least likely to receive care, in clinical, research, and service efforts, with the purpose of decreasing health disparities.
(A) Federal members
The Council shall be led by the Secretary or the Secretary’s designee and composed of the following experts:
(i) Two representatives of the National Institutes of Health, including 1 representative of the National Institute of Biomedical Imaging and Bioengineering and 1 representative of the National Cancer Institute.
(ii) A representative of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
(iii) A representative of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.
(iv) A designee of the Director of the Department of Defense Congressionally Directed Medical Research Programs.
(v) A designee of the Director of the Office of Minority Health.
(vi) A representative of the Food and Drug Administration.
(vii) A representative of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.
(B) Non-federal members
In addition to the members described in subparagraph (A), the Council shall include 14 expert members from outside the Federal Government, which shall include—
(i) 6 prostate cancer patient advocates, including—
(I) 2 patient-survivors;
(II) 2 caregivers of prostate cancer patients; and
(III) 2 representatives from national prostate cancer disease organizations that fund research or have demonstrated experience in providing assistance to patients, families, and medical professionals, including information on health care options, education, and referral; and
(ii) 8 health care stakeholders with specific expertise in prostate cancer research in the critical areas of clinical expertise, including medical oncology, radiology, radiation oncology, urology, and pathology.
(4) Meetings
The Council shall meet quarterly and meetings shall be open to the public.
(5) Advice
The Council shall advise the Secretary, or the Secretary’s designee.
(6) Annual report
The Council shall submit annual reports, beginning not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, to the Secretary or the Secretary’s designee and to Congress. The annual report shall include—
(A) in the first year—
(i) an evaluation of all federally funded efforts in prostate cancer research and gaps relating to the development and validation of diagnostic tools for prostate cancer; and
(ii) recommendations for priority actions to expand, eliminate, coordinate, or condense programs based on the performance, mission, and purpose of the programs; and
(B) annually thereafter for 5 years—
(i) an outline for the development and implementation of a national research plan for creation and validation of accurate diagnostic tools to improve prostate cancer care in accordance with paragraph (1);
(ii) roles for the National Cancer Institute, National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities, and the Office of Minority Health of the Department of Health and Human Services;
(iii) an analysis of the disparities in the incidence and mortality rates of prostate cancer in men at high risk of the disease, including individuals with family history, increasing age, or African-American heritage; and
(iv) a review of the progress towards the realization of the proposed strategic plan.
(7) Termination
The Council shall terminate on December 31, 2027.
(a) Elimination of funding limitations
Section 1108(g)(4) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1308(g)(4)) is amended—
(1) by striking paragraphs (1), (2), (3), and (4) of; and
(2) by adding at the end the following: With respect to fiscal years beginning with fiscal year 2024, payment for medical assistance for individuals who are eligible for such assistance only on the basis of section 1902(a)(10)(A)(ii)(XVIII) shall not be taken into account in applying subsection (f) (as increased in accordance with this subsection) to Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, or American Samoa for such fiscal year..
(b) Application of enhanced FMAP for highest State
Section 1905(b) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d(b)) is amended by adding at the end the following: Notwithstanding the first sentence of this subsection, with respect to medical assistance described in clause (4) of such sentence that is furnished in Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands, or American Samoa in a fiscal year, the Federal medical assistance percentage is equal to the highest such percentage applied under such clause for such fiscal year for any of the 50 States or the District of Columbia that provides such medical assistance for any portion of such fiscal year..
(c) Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall apply to payment for medical assistance for items and services furnished on or after October 1, 2024.
(1) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services (in this section referred to as the Secretary) shall, consistent with subsection (b), conduct demonstration projects for the purpose of developing models and evaluating methods that—
(A) improve the quality of items and services provided to target individuals in order to facilitate reduced disparities in early detection and treatment of cancer;
(B) improve clinical outcomes, satisfaction, quality of life, appropriate use of items and services covered under the Medicare program under title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.), and referral patterns with respect to target individuals with cancer;
(C) eliminate disparities in the rate of preventive cancer screening measures, such as Pap smears, prostate cancer screenings, colon and colorectal cancer screenings, breast cancer screenings, and computed tomography scans, for lung cancer among target individuals;
(D) promote collaboration with community-based organizations to ensure cultural competency of health care professionals and linguistic access for target individuals with limited English proficiency; and
(E) encourage the incorporation of community health workers to increase the efficiency and appropriateness of cancer screening programs.
(2) Community health worker defined
In this section, the term community health worker includes a community health advocate, a lay health worker, a community health representative, a peer health promoter, a community health outreach worker, and a promotore de salud, who promotes health or nutrition within the community in which the individual resides.
(3) Target individual defined
In this section, the term target individual means an individual of a racial and ethnic minority group, as defined in section 1707(g)(1) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300u–6(g)(1)), who is entitled to benefits under part A, and enrolled under part B, of title XVIII of the Social Security Act.
(1) Initial design
Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall evaluate best practices in the private sector, community programs, and academic research of methods that reduce disparities among individuals of racial and ethnic minority groups in the prevention and treatment of cancer and shall design the demonstration projects based on such evaluation.
(2) Number and project areas
Not later than 2 years after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall implement at least 9 demonstration projects, including the following:
(A) Two projects, each of which shall target different ethnic subpopulations, for each racial and ethnic minority group described in clauses (i) through (vi) of section 1707(g)(1)(A) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300u–6(g)(1)(A)).
(B) One project within the Pacific Islands or United States insular areas.
(C) At least 1 project in a rural area.
(D) At least 1 project in an inner-city area.
(3) Expansion of projects; implementation of demonstration project results
The Secretary shall continue the demonstration projects and may expand the number of demonstration projects if the initial report under subsection (c) contains an evaluation that the demonstration projects—
(A) reduce expenditures under the Medicare program under title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.); or
(B) do not increase expenditures under such Medicare program and reduce racial and ethnic health disparities in the quality of health care services provided to target individuals and increase satisfaction of Medicare beneficiaries and health care providers.
(1) In general
Not later than 2 years after the date the Secretary implements the initial demonstration projects under this section, and biannually thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report regarding the demonstration projects.
(2) Content of report
Each report under paragraph (1) shall include the following:
(A) A description of the demonstration projects.
(B) An evaluation of—
(i) the cost-effectiveness of the demonstration projects;
(ii) the quality of the health care services provided to target individuals under the demonstration projects; and
(iii) beneficiary and health care provider satisfaction under the demonstration projects.
(C) Any other information regarding the demonstration projects that the Secretary determines to be appropriate.
(1) Development of measures
The Secretary of Health and Human Services (in this section referred to as the Secretary) shall enter into an agreement with an entity that specializes in developing quality measures for cancer care under which the entity shall develop a uniform set of measures to evaluate disparities in the quality of cancer care and annually update such set of measures.
(2) Measures to be included
Such set of measures shall include, with respect to the treatment of cancer, measures of patient outcomes, the process for delivering medical care related to such treatment, patient counseling and engagement in decision making, patient experience of care, resource use, and practice capabilities, such as care coordination.
(1) In general
The Secretary shall establish a reporting process that requires and provides for a method for health care providers specified under paragraph (2) to submit to the Secretary and make public data on the performance of such providers during each reporting period through use of the measures developed pursuant to subsection (a). Such data shall be submitted in a form and manner and at a time specified by the Secretary.
(2) Specification of providers to report on measures
The Secretary shall specify the classes of Medicare providers of services and suppliers, including hospitals, cancer centers, physicians, primary care providers, and specialty providers, that will be required under such process to publicly report on the measures specified under subsection (a).
(3) Assessment of changes
Under such reporting process, the Secretary shall establish a format that assesses changes in both the absolute and relative disparities in cancer care over time. These measures shall be presented in an easily comprehensible format, such as those presented in the final publications relating to Healthy People 2010 or the National Healthcare Disparities Report.
(4) Initial implementation
The Secretary shall implement the reporting process under this subsection for reporting periods beginning not later than 6 months after the date that measures are first established under subsection (a).
(a) National Acquired Bone Marrow Failure Disease Registry
Title III of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 241 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 317W, as added by section 1009, the following:
(1) In general
Not later than 6 months after the date of the enactment of this section, the Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall—
(A) develop a system to collect data on acquired bone marrow failure diseases; and
(B) establish and maintain a national and publicly available registry, to be known as the National Acquired Bone Marrow Failure Disease Registry, in accordance with paragraph (3).
(2) Recommendations of advisory committee
In carrying out this subsection, the Secretary shall take into consideration the recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Acquired Bone Marrow Failure Diseases established under subsection (b).
(3) Purposes of registry
The National Acquired Bone Marrow Failure Disease Registry shall—
(A) identify the incidence and prevalence of acquired bone marrow failure diseases in the United States;
(B) be used to collect and store data on acquired bone marrow failure diseases, including data concerning—
(i) the age, race or ethnicity, general geographic location, sex, and family history of individuals who are diagnosed with acquired bone marrow failure diseases, and any other characteristics of such individuals determined appropriate by the Secretary;
(ii) the genetic and environmental factors that may be associated with developing acquired bone marrow failure diseases;
(iii) treatment approaches for dealing with acquired bone marrow failure diseases;
(iv) outcomes for individuals treated for acquired bone marrow failure diseases, including outcomes for recipients of stem cell therapeutic products as contained in the database established pursuant to section 379A; and
(v) any other factors pertaining to acquired bone marrow failure diseases determined appropriate by the Secretary; and
(C) be made available—
(i) to the general public; and
(ii) to researchers to facilitate further research into the causes of, and treatments for, acquired bone marrow failure diseases in accordance with standard practices of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
(1) Establishment
Not later than 6 months after the date of the enactment of this section, the Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall establish an advisory committee, to be known as the Advisory Committee on Acquired Bone Marrow Failure Diseases.
(2) Members
The members of the Advisory Committee on Acquired Bone Marrow Failure Diseases shall be appointed by the Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and shall include at least one representative from each of the following:
(A) A national patient advocacy organization with experience advocating on behalf of patients suffering from acquired bone marrow failure diseases.
(B) The National Institutes of Health, including at least one representative from each of—
(i) the National Cancer Institute;
(ii) the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute; and
(iii) the Office of Rare Diseases.
(C) The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
(D) Clinicians with experience in—
(i) diagnosing or treating acquired bone marrow failure diseases; or
(ii) medical data registries.
(E) Epidemiologists who have experience with data registries.
(F) Publicly or privately funded researchers who have experience researching acquired bone marrow failure diseases.
(G) The entity operating the C.W. Bill Young Cell Transplantation Program established pursuant to section 379 and the entity operating the C.W. Bill Young Cell Transplantation Program Outcomes Database.
(3) Responsibilities
The Advisory Committee on Acquired Bone Marrow Failure Diseases shall provide recommendations to the Secretary on the establishment and maintenance of the National Acquired Bone Marrow Failure Disease Registry, including recommendations on the collection, maintenance, and dissemination of data.
(4) Public availability
The Secretary shall make the recommendations of the Advisory Committee on Acquired Bone Marrow Failure Disease publicly available.
(c) Grants
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, may award grants to, and enter into contracts and cooperative agreements with, public or private nonprofit entities for the management of, as well as the collection, analysis, and reporting of data to be included in, the National Acquired Bone Marrow Failure Disease Registry.
(d) Definition
In this section, the term acquired bone marrow failure disease means—
(1) myelodysplastic syndromes;
(2) aplastic anemia;
(3) paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria;
(4) pure red cell aplasia;
(5) acute myeloid leukemia that has progressed from myelodysplastic syndromes; or
(6) large granular lymphocytic leukemia.
(1) Pilot studies
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Director of the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry, shall conduct pilot studies to determine which environmental factors, including exposure to toxins, may cause acquired bone marrow failure diseases.
(2) Collaboration with the Radiation Injury Treatment Network
In carrying out the directives of this section, the Secretary of Health and Human Services may collaborate with the Radiation Injury Treatment Network of the C.W. Bill Young Cell Transplantation Program established pursuant to section 379 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 274k) to—
(A) augment data for the pilot studies authorized by this section;
(B) access technical assistance that may be provided by the Radiation Injury Treatment Network; or
(C) perform joint research projects.
(c) Minority-Focused programs on acquired bone marrow failure diseases
Title XVII of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300u et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 1707A the following:
(1) In general
Not later than 6 months after the date of the enactment of this section, the Secretary, acting through the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health, shall establish and coordinate outreach and informational programs targeted to minority populations affected by acquired bone marrow failure diseases.
(2) Program requirements
Minority-focused outreach and informational programs authorized by this section at the National Minority Health Resource Center supported under section 1707(b)(8) (including by means of the Center’s website, through appropriate locations such as the Center’s knowledge center, and through appropriate programs such as the Center’s resource persons network) and through minority health consultants located at each Department of Health and Human Services regional office—
(A) shall make information about treatment options and clinical trials for acquired bone marrow failure diseases publicly available; and
(B) shall provide referral services for treatment options and clinical trials.
(1) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health, shall undertake a coordinated outreach effort to connect Hispanic, Asian-American, and Pacific Islander communities with comprehensive services focused on treatment of, and information about, acquired bone marrow failure diseases.
(2) Collaboration
In carrying out this subsection, the Secretary may collaborate with public health agencies, nonprofit organizations, community groups, and online entities to disseminate information about treatment options and clinical trials for acquired bone marrow failure diseases.
(1) In general
Not later than 6 months after the date of the enactment of this section, the Secretary, acting through the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health, shall award grants to, or enter into cooperative agreements with, entities to perform research on acquired bone marrow failure diseases.
(2) Requirement
Grants and cooperative agreements authorized by this subsection shall be awarded or entered into on a competitive, peer-reviewed basis.
(3) Scope of research
Research funded under this subsection shall examine factors affecting the incidence of acquired bone marrow failure diseases in minority populations.
(d) Definition
In this section, the term acquired bone marrow failure disease has the meaning given to such term in section 317X(d).
(1) Grants
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, shall award grants to entities to improve diagnostic practices and quality of care with respect to patients with acquired bone marrow failure diseases.
(e) Definition
In this section, the term acquired bone marrow failure disease has the meaning given such term in section 317X(d) of the Public Health Service Act, as added by subsection (a).
(a) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services (in this section referred to as the Secretary), acting through the Director of the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, shall convene a series of meetings to develop guidelines for disease screening for minority patient populations that have a higher than average risk for many chronic diseases and cancers.
(b) Participants
In convening meetings under subsection (a), the Secretary shall ensure that meeting participants include representatives of—
(1) professional societies and associations;
(2) minority health organizations;
(3) health care researchers and providers, including those with expertise in minority health;
(4) Federal health agencies, including the Office of Minority Health, the National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities, and the National Institutes of Health; and
(5) other experts as the Secretary determines appropriate.
(c) Diseases
Screening guidelines for minority populations shall be developed as appropriate under subsection (a) for—
(1) hypertension;
(2) hypercholesterolemia;
(3) diabetes;
(4) cardiovascular disease;
(5) cancers, including breast, prostate, colon, cervical, and lung cancer;
(6) other pulmonary problems including sleep apnea;
(7) asthma;
(8) kidney diseases;
(9) eye diseases and disorders, including glaucoma;
(10) HIV/AIDS and sexually transmitted infections;
(11) uterine fibroids;
(12) autoimmune diseases, including lupus;
(13) mental health conditions;
(14) dental health conditions and oral diseases, including oral cancer;
(15) environmental and related health illnesses and conditions;
(16) sickle cell disease and sickle cell trait;
(17) violence and injury prevention and control;
(18) genetic and related conditions;
(19) heart disease and stroke;
(20) tuberculosis;
(21) chronic obstructive pulmonary disease;
(22) musculoskeletal diseases, arthritis, and obesity; and
(23) other diseases determined appropriate by the Secretary.
(d) Dissemination
Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall publish and disseminate to health care provider organizations the guidelines developed under subsection (a).
Section 7302. CDC Wisewoman Screening Program
Section 1509 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300n–4a) is amended—
(1) in subsection (a)—
(A) by striking the heading and inserting In General.—; and
(B) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking may make grants and all that follows through purpose and inserting the following: may make grants to such States for the purpose; and
(2) in subsection (d)(1), by striking there are authorized and all that follows through the period and inserting there are authorized to be appropriated $23,000,000 for fiscal year 2025, $25,300,000 for fiscal year 2026, $27,800,000 for fiscal year 2027, $30,800,000 for fiscal year 2028, and $34,000,000 for fiscal year 2029..
Section 7303. Report on cardiovascular care for women and minorities
Part P of title III of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280g et seq.), as amended by section 5201(c)(3), is amended by adding at the end the following:
Section 399V–10. Report on cardiovascular care for women and minorities
Not later than September 30, 2024, and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to Congress a report on the quality of and access to care for women and minorities with heart disease, stroke, and other cardiovascular diseases. The report shall contain recommendations for eliminating disparities in, and improving the treatment of, heart disease, stroke, and other cardiovascular diseases in women, racial and ethnic minorities, those for whom English is not their primary language, and individuals with disabilities.
(a) In General
Not later than September 30, 2025, the Government Accountability Office shall prepare and submit a report to Congress that contains the results of an investigation of—
(1) the structural and systemic factors that perpetuate disparities in access to screenings, care, and treatment of cardiovascular disease; and
(2) how care navigation, including community-based health workers, can improve cardiovascular disease management and improve health outcomes.
(b) Contents
The report shall—
(1) identify the challenges and barriers facing healthcare providers and patients, which contribute to postponed, delayed, or suboptimal treatments for cardiovascular disease;
(2) examine efforts by Federal agencies and Federal programs to improve screening and management of patients with cardiovascular disease;
(3) identify and examine existing quality measures from the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services related to cholesterol management and whether these measures encourage providers and health systems to—
(A) perform appropriate and timely low-density-lipoprotein cholesterol (LDL-C) testing on patients at risk of a cardiovascular event; and
(B) better manage patients’ elevated LDL-C levels in concordance with clinical guidelines prescribing directives to ensure patients are progressing towards guideline-recommended LDL-C levels;
(4) identify actions the Federal government could take to promote collaboration with community-based organizations to ensure improvement in clinical outcomes for patients with cardiovascular disease, including by building on recommendations from the Institutes of Medicine and the Centers for Disease Control to include community health workers to improve health care delivery for underserved and high-risk communities; and
(5) assess whether racial and ethnic minority groups, as defined in section 1707(g) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300g–6(g)), have higher prior authorization rejection rates of prescription drugs to treat or prevent cardiovascular disease by health insurance providers and, if so, identify the resulting impacts on cardiovascular disease medication adherence, morbidity, and mortality, as well as resulting postponed, delayed, or suboptimal treatment prescribing for cardiovascular disease among racial and ethnic minorities.
(a) Requiring Medicaid coverage of counseling and pharmacotherapy for cessation of tobacco use and temporary enhanced FMAP for coverage of tobacco cessation services
Section 1905 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d) is amended—
(1) in subsection (a)(4), by striking and (D) and all that follows through subsection (bb)) and inserting the following: (D) counseling and pharmacotherapy for cessation of tobacco use by individuals who are eligible under the State plan (as defined in subsection (bb));
(2) in subsection (b), by inserting (bb)(2), after (aa),; and
(3) by striking subsection (bb) and inserting the following:
(1) In general
For purposes of this title, the term counseling and pharmacotherapy for cessation of tobacco use by individuals who are eligible under the State plan means diagnostic, therapy, and counseling services and pharmacotherapy (including the coverage of prescription and nonprescription tobacco cessation agents approved by the Food and Drug Administration) for the cessation of tobacco use by individuals who use tobacco products or who are being treated for tobacco use that is furnished—
(A) by or under the supervision of a physician; or
(B) by any other health care professional who—
(i) is legally authorized to furnish such services under State law (or the State regulatory mechanism provided by State law) of the State in which the services are furnished; and
(ii) is authorized to receive payment for other services under this title or is designated by the Secretary for this purpose,
(B) which is recommended in the guideline entitled, Treating Tobacco Use and Dependence: 2008 Update: A Clinical Practice Guideline published by the Public Health Service in May 2008 (or any subsequent modification of such guideline) or is recommended for the cessation of tobacco use by the United States Preventive Services Task Force or any additional intervention approved by the Food and Drug Administration as safe and effective in helping smokers quit.
(2) Temporary enhanced FMAP for coverage of tobacco cessation services
Notwithstanding subsection (b), for calendar quarters occurring during the period beginning on the date of the enactment of this paragraph and ending 5 years after the date of enactment of this paragraph, the Federal medical assistance percentage with respect to amounts expended by a State for medical assistance for counseling and pharmacotherapy for cessation of tobacco use by individuals who are eligible under the State plan (as defined in paragraph (1)) shall be equal to 90 percent.
(1) In general
Subsections (a)(2) and (b)(2) of section 1916 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396o), as amended by section 2007(d)(4), are each amended—
(A) in subparagraph (B), by striking, and counseling and all that follows through section 1905(bb)(2)(A);
(B) in subparagraph (J), by striking or after the comma;
(C) in subparagraph (K), by striking; and and inserting, or; and
(D) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(L) counseling and pharmacotherapy for cessation of tobacco use by individuals who are eligible under the State plan (as defined in section 1905(bb)) and covered outpatient drugs (as defined in subsection (k)(2) of section 1927 and including nonprescription drugs described in subsection (d)(2) of such section) that are prescribed for purposes of promoting tobacco cessation in accordance with the guideline specified in section 1905(bb); and
(2) Application to alternative cost sharing
Section 1916A(b)(3)(B) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396o–1(b)(3)(B)) is amended—
(A) in clause (iii), by striking, and counseling and pharmacotherapy for cessation of tobacco use by pregnant women (as defined in section 1905(bb)); and
(B) by adding at the end the following new clause:
(xv) Counseling and pharmacotherapy for cessation of tobacco use by individuals who are eligible under the State plan (as defined in section 1905(bb)) and covered outpatient drugs (as defined in subsection (k)(2) of section 1927 and including nonprescription drugs described in subsection (d)(2) of such section) that are prescribed for purposes of promoting tobacco cessation in accordance with the guideline specified in section 1905(bb).
(c) Exception from optional restriction under Medicaid prescription drug coverage
Section 1927(d)(2)(F) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396r–8(d)(2)(F)) is amended to read as follows:
(F) Nonprescription drugs, except, when recommended in accordance with the guideline referred to in section 1905(bb), agents approved by the Food and Drug Administration under the over-the-counter monograph process for purposes of promoting tobacco cessation.
(d) State monitoring and promoting of comprehensive tobacco cessation services under Medicaid
Section 1902(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)), as amended by section 5201(c)(2)(B), is amended—
(1) in paragraph (87), by striking and at the end;
(2) in paragraph (88), by striking the period at the end and inserting; and; and
(3) by inserting after paragraph (88) the following new paragraph:
(89) provide that the State will monitor and promote the use of comprehensive tobacco cessation services under the State plan (including conducting an outreach campaign to increase awareness of the benefits of using such services) among—
(A) individuals entitled to medical assistance under the State plan who use tobacco products; and
(B) clinicians and others who provide services to individuals entitled to medical assistance under the State plan.
(e) Federal reimbursement for outreach campaign
Section 1903(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396b(a)) is amended—
(1) in paragraph (6)(B), by striking plus at the end;
(2) in paragraph (7), by striking the period at the end and inserting; plus; and
(3) by inserting after paragraph (7) the following new paragraph:
(8) with respect to the development, implementation, and evaluation of an outreach campaign to—
(A) increase awareness of comprehensive tobacco cessation services covered in the State plan among—
(i) individuals who are likely to be eligible for medical assistance under the State plan; and
(ii) clinicians and others who provide services to individuals who are likely to be eligible for medical assistance under the State plan; and
(B) increase awareness of the benefits of using comprehensive tobacco cessation services covered in the State plan among—
(i) individuals who are likely to be eligible for medical assistance under the State plan; and
(ii) clinicians and others who provide services to individuals who are likely to be eligible for medical assistance under the State plan about the benefits of using comprehensive tobacco cessation services,
(B) for calendar quarters occurring during the period beginning on the date of the enactment of this paragraph and ending on the date that is 5 years after the date of enactment of this paragraph, an amount equal to 90 percent of the sums expended during each quarter which are attributable to such development, implementation, and evaluation, and for calendar quarters succeeding such period, an amount equal to Federal medical assistance percentage determined under section 1905(b) of the sums expended during each quarter which are so attributable.
(g) Exclusion of enhanced payments from territorial caps
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, for purposes of section 1108 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1308), with respect to any additional amount paid to a territory as a result of the application of section 1905(bb)(2) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d(bb)(2))—
(1) the limitation on payments to territories under subsections (f) and (g) of such section 1108 shall not apply to such additional amounts; and
(2) such additional amounts shall be disregarded in applying such subsections.
(1) In general
Section 2103(c)(2) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397cc(c)(2)) is amended by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(D) Counseling and pharmacotherapy for cessation of tobacco use by individuals who are eligible under the State child health plan.
(2) Counseling and pharmacotherapy for cessation of tobacco use defined
Section 2110(c) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397jj(c)) is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
(10) Counseling and pharmacotherapy for cessation of tobacco use
The term counseling and pharmacotherapy for cessation of tobacco use means diagnostic, therapy, and counseling services and pharmacotherapy (including the coverage of prescription and nonprescription tobacco cessation agents approved by the Food and Drug Administration) for the cessation of tobacco use by individuals who use tobacco products or who are being treated for tobacco use that are furnished—
(A) by or under the supervision of a physician; or
(B) by any other health care professional who—
(i) is legally authorized to furnish such services under State law (or the State regulatory mechanism provided by State law) of the State in which the services are furnished; and
(ii) is authorized to receive payment for other services under this title or is designated by the Secretary for this purpose,
(B) which is recommended in the guideline entitled, Treating Tobacco Use and Dependence: 2008 Update: A Clinical Practice Guideline published by the Public Health Service in May 2008 (or any subsequent modification of such guideline) or is recommended for the cessation of tobacco use by the United States Preventive Services Task Force or any additional intervention approved by the Food and Drug Administration as safe and effective in helping smokers quit.
(i) No cost sharing
Section 2103(e) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397cc(e)) is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
(5) No cost sharing on benefits for counseling and pharmacotherapy for cessation of tobacco use
The State child health plan may not impose deductibles, coinsurance, or other cost sharing with respect to benefits for counseling and pharmacotherapy for cessation of tobacco use (as defined in section 2110(c)(10)) and prescription drugs that are covered under a State child health plan that are prescribed for purposes of promoting tobacco cessation in accordance with the guideline specified in section 2110(c)(10)(B).
(j) Exception from optional restriction under CHIP prescription drug coverage
Section 2103 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397cc) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(g) Exception from optional restriction under CHIP prescription drug coverage
The State child health plan may exclude or otherwise restrict nonprescription drugs, except, in the case of—
(1) pregnant women when recommended in accordance with the guideline specified in section 2110(c)(10)(B), agents approved by the Food and Drug Administration under the over-the-counter monograph process for purposes of promoting tobacco cessation; and
(2) individuals who are eligible under the State child health plan when recommended in accordance with the Guideline referred to in section 2110(c)(10)(B), agents approved by the Food and Drug Administration under the over-the-counter monograph process for purposes of promoting tobacco cessation.
(k) State monitoring and promoting of comprehensive tobacco cessation services under CHIP
Section 2102 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397bb) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(d) State monitoring and promoting of comprehensive tobacco cessation services under CHIP
A State child health plan shall include a description of the procedures to be used by the State to monitor and promote the use of comprehensive tobacco cessation services under the State plan (including conducting an outreach campaign to increase awareness of the benefits of using such services) among—
(1) individuals entitled to medical assistance under the State child health plan who use tobacco products; and
(2) clinicians and others who provide services to individuals entitled to medical assistance under the State child health plan.
(1) In general
Section 2105(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397ee(a)) is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
(5) Federal reimbursement for CHIP coverage of comprehensive tobacco cessation services and outreach campaign
In addition to the payments made under paragraph (1) for calendar quarters occurring during the period beginning on the date of the enactment of this paragraph and ending 5 years after such date, the Secretary shall pay—
(A) an amount equal to 90 percent of the sums expended during each quarter which are attributable to the cost of furnishing counseling and pharmacotherapy for cessation of tobacco use by individuals who are eligible under the State child health plan (net of any payments made to the State under paragraph (1) with respect to such counseling and pharmacotherapy); plus
(B) an amount equal to 90 percent of the sums expended during each quarter which are attributable to the development, implementation, and evaluation of an outreach campaign to—
(i) increase awareness of comprehensive tobacco cessation services covered in the State child health plan among—
(I) individuals who are likely to be eligible for medical assistance under the State child health plan; and
(II) clinicians and others who provide services to individuals who are likely to be eligible for medical assistance under the State child health plan; and
(ii) increase awareness of the benefits of using comprehensive tobacco cessation services covered in the State child health plan among—
(I) individuals who are likely to be eligible for medical assistance under the State child health plan; and
(II) clinicians and others who provide services to individuals who are likely to be eligible for medical assistance under the State child health plan about the benefits of using comprehensive tobacco cessation services.
(2) Adjustment of CHIP allotments
Section 2104(m) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397dd(m)) is amended—
(A) in paragraph (2)(B), by striking and (12) and inserting (12), and (13); and
(B) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
(13) Adjusting allotments to account for Federal payments for CHIP coverage of comprehensive tobacco cessation services and outreach campaign
If a State (including the District of Columbia and each commonwealth and territory) receives a payment for a fiscal year under section 2105(a)(5), the allotment determined for the State for such fiscal year shall be increased by the amount of such payment.
(n) Comprehensive coverage of tobacco cessation coverage in private health insurance
Section 2713 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300gg–13) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(o) Rule of construction
None of the amendments made by this section shall be construed to limit coverage of any counseling or pharmacotherapy for individuals under 18 years of age.
(p) Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall take effect on the first day of the first fiscal year that begins on or after the date of enactment of this Act.
(a) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall expand and intensify the conduct and support of the research activities of the National Institutes of Health and the National Institute of Dental and Craniofacial Research to improve the oral health of the population through the prevention and management of oral diseases and conditions.
(b) Included research activities
Research activities under subsection (a) shall include—
(1) comparative effectiveness research and clinical disease management research addressing early childhood cancer and oral cancer; and
(2) awarding of grants and contracts to support the training and development of health services researchers, comparative effectiveness researchers, and clinical researchers whose research improves the oral health of the population.
(a) Development and dissemination of an evidence-Based strategies guide
The Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary), acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, shall—
(1) develop a guide on evidence-based strategies for State, territorial, and local health departments to use to build and maintain effective obesity prevention and reduction programs, and, in consultation with stakeholders that have expertise in Tribal health, a guide on such evidence-based strategies with respect to Indian Tribes and Tribal organizations for such Indian Tribes and Tribal organizations to use for such purpose, both of which guides shall—
(A) describe an integrated program structure for implementing interventions proven to be effective in preventing and reducing the incidence of obesity; and
(B) recommend—
(i) optimal resources, including staffing and infrastructure, for promoting nutrition and obesity prevention and reduction; and
(ii) strategies for effective obesity prevention programs for State and local health departments, Indian Tribes, and Tribal organizations, including strategies related to—
(I) the application of evidence-based and evidence-informed practices to prevent and reduce obesity rates;
(II) the development, implementation, and evaluation of obesity prevention and reduction strategies for specific communities and populations;
(III) demonstrated knowledge of obesity prevention practices that reduce associated preventable diseases, health conditions, death, and health care costs;
(IV) best practices for the coordination of efforts to prevent and reduce obesity and related chronic diseases;
(V) addressing the underlying risk factors and social determinants of health that impact obesity rates; and
(VI) interdisciplinary coordination between relevant public health officials specializing in fields such as nutrition, physical activity, epidemiology, communications, and policy implementation, and collaboration between public health officials and community-based organizations; and
(2) disseminate the guides and current research, evidence-based practices, tools, and educational materials related to obesity prevention, consistent with the guides, to State and local health departments, Indian Tribes, and Tribal organizations.
(b) Technical assistance
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall provide technical assistance to State and local health departments, Indian Tribes, and Tribal organizations to support such health departments in implementing the guides developed under subsection (a)(1).
(c) Indian Tribes; Tribal organizations
In this section, the terms Indian Tribe and Tribal organization have the meanings given the terms in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 5304).
(1) Research
The Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this section as the Secretary) shall expand, intensify, and coordinate programs for the conduct and support of research with respect to uterine fibroids.
(2) Administration and coordination
The Secretary shall carry out the conduct and support of research pursuant to paragraph (1), in coordination with the appropriate institutes, offices, and centers of the National Institutes of Health and any other relevant Federal agency, as determined by the Director of the National Institutes of Health.
(1) Research
The Secretary (or the Secretary’s designee) shall establish a research database, or expand an existing research database, to collect data on services furnished to individuals diagnosed with uterine fibroids under a State plan (or a waiver of such a plan) under the Medicaid program under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.) or under a State child health plan (or a waiver of such a plan) under the Children’s Health Insurance Program under title XXI of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1397aa et seq.) for the treatment of such fibroids for purposes of assessing the frequency at which such individuals are furnished such services.
(A) In general
Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report on the amount of Federal and State expenditures with respect to services furnished for the treatment of uterine fibroids under State plans (or waivers of such plans) under the Medicaid program under such title XIX and State child health plans (or waivers of such plans) under the Children’s Health Insurance Program under such title XXI.
(B) Coordination
The Secretary shall coordinate the development and submission of the report required under paragraph (1) with any other relevant Federal agency, as determined by the Secretary.
(1) Uterine fibroids public education program
The Secretary shall develop and disseminate to the public information regarding uterine fibroids, including information on—
(A) the awareness, incidence, and prevalence of uterine fibroids among individuals, including all minority individuals;
(B) the elevated risk for minority individuals to develop uterine fibroids; and
(C) the availability, as medically appropriate, of the range of treatment options for symptomatic uterine fibroids, including non-hysterectomy treatments and procedures.
(2) Dissemination of information
The Secretary may disseminate information under paragraph (1) directly or through arrangements with intra-agency initiatives, nonprofit organizations, consumer groups, institutions of higher education (as defined in section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001)), or Federal, State, or local public private partnerships.
(1) Dissemination of information
The Secretary shall, in consultation and in accordance with guidelines from relevant medical societies, work with health care-related specialty societies and health systems to promote evidence-based care for individuals with fibroids. Such efforts shall include minority individuals who have an elevated risk to develop uterine fibroids and the range of available options for the treatment of symptomatic uterine fibroids, including non-hysterectomy drugs and devices approved under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.).
(e) Definition
In this section, the term minority individuals means individuals who are members of a racial and ethnic minority group, as defined in section 1707(g) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300u–6(g)).
Section 7401. Statement of policy
It is the policy of the United States to achieve an AIDS-free generation, and to—
(1) expand access to lifesaving antiretroviral therapy for people living with HIV and immediately link people to continuous and coordinated high-quality care when they learn they are living with HIV;
(2) expand targeted efforts to prevent HIV infection using a combination of effective, evidence-based approaches, including routine HIV screening, and universal access to HIV prevention tools, including preexposure prophylaxis, in communities disproportionately impacted by HIV, particularly communities of color;
(3) ensure laws, policies, and regulations do not impede access to prevention, treatment, and care for people living with HIV or disproportionately impacted by HIV;
(4) accelerate research for more efficacious HIV prevention and treatments, tools, a cure, and a vaccine; and
(5) respect the human rights and dignity of persons living with HIV.
Section 7402. Additional funding for AIDS drug assistance program treatments
Section 2623 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300ff–31b) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(c) Additional funding for AIDS drug assistance program treatments
In addition to amounts otherwise authorized to be appropriated for carrying out this subpart, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out sections 2612(b)(3)(B) and 2616 for each of fiscal years 2025 through 2028.
(a) Grants
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall make grants to States to support integration of public health surveillance systems into all electronic health records in order to allow rapid communications between the clinical setting and health departments, by means that include—
(1) providing technical assistance and policy guidance to State and local health departments, clinical providers, and other agencies serving individuals with HIV to improve the interoperability of data systems relevant to monitoring HIV care and supportive services;
(2) capturing longitudinal data pertaining to the initiation and ongoing prescription or dispensing of antiretroviral therapy for individuals diagnosed with HIV (such as through pharmacy-based reporting);
(3) obtaining information—
(A) on a voluntary basis, on sexual orientation and gender identity; and
(B) on sources of coverage (or the lack of coverage) for medical treatment (including coverage through the Medicaid program under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.), the Medicare program under title XVIII of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.), the program under title XXVI of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300ff–11 et seq.; commonly referred to as the Ryan White HIV/AIDS Program), other public funding, private insurance, and health maintenance organizations); and
(4) obtaining and using current geographic markers of residence (such as current address, ZIP Code, partial ZIP Code, and census block).
(b) Privacy and security safeguards
In carrying out this section, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall ensure that appropriate privacy and security safeguards are met to prevent unauthorized disclosure of protected health information and compliance with the HIPAA privacy and security law (as defined in section 3009 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300jj–19)) and other relevant laws and regulations.
(c) Prohibition against improper use of data
No grant under this section may be used to allow or facilitate the collection or use of surveillance or clinical data or records—
(1) for punitive measures of any kind, civil or criminal, against the subject of such data or records; or
(2) for imposing any requirement or restriction with respect to an individual without the individual’s written consent.
(a) Strategies
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, in collaboration with the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use, the Director of the Office of AIDS Research, the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, and the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, shall—
(1) identify evidence-based strategies most effective at addressing the multifaceted issues that impede disease status awareness with respect to HIV/AIDS and linkage to, and retention in, appropriate care, taking into consideration health care systems issues, clinic and provider issues, and individual psychosocial, environmental, and other contextual factors;
(2) support the wide-scale implementation of the evidence-based strategies identified pursuant to paragraph (1), including through incorporating such strategies into health care coverage supported by the Medicaid program under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.), the program under title XXVI of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300ff–11 et seq.; commonly referred to as the Ryan White HIV/AIDS Program), and health plans purchased through an Exchange established under title I of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Public Law 111–148); and
(3) not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act, submit a report to the Congress on the status of activities under paragraphs (1) and (2).
(a) Sense of congress
It is the sense of Congress that AIDS research has led to scientific advancements that have—
(1) saved the lives of millions of people living with HIV;
(2) prevented millions of individuals from receiving new diagnoses of HIV; and
(3) had broad benefits that extend far beyond helping people at risk for, or living with, HIV.
(b) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Director of the National Institutes of Health, shall expand, intensify, and coordinate operational and translational research and other activities of the National Institutes of Health regarding methods—
(1) to increase adoption of evidence-based adherence strategies within HIV care and treatment programs;
(2) to increase HIV testing and case detection rates;
(3) to reduce HIV-related health disparities;
(4) to ensure that research to improve adherence to HIV care and treatment programs address the unique concerns of women;
(5) to integrate HIV prevention and care services with mental health and substance use prevention and treatment delivery systems;
(6) to increase knowledge on the implementation of preexposure prophylaxis (referred to in this section as PrEP), including with respect to—
(A) who can benefit most from PrEP;
(B) how to provide PrEP safely and efficiently;
(C) how to integrate PrEP with other essential prevention methods such as condoms; and
(D) how to ensure high levels of adherence; and
(7) to increase knowledge of undetectable and untransmittable, when a person living with HIV who is on antiretroviral therapy and is durably virally suppressed (defined as having a consistent viral load of less than 200 copies/ml) cannot sexually transmit HIV.
(a) In general
For the purpose of reducing new HIV diagnoses in racial and ethnic minority communities, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health, may make grants to public health agencies and faith-based organizations to conduct—
(1) outreach activities related to HIV prevention and testing activities;
(2) HIV prevention activities;
(3) HIV testing activities; and
(4) public health education campaigns on accessing HIV prevention medication.
(a) Expanded funding
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, in collaboration with the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health, the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, and the Assistant Secretary for Mental Health and Substance Use, shall provide funds and carry out activities to expand the Minority AIDS Initiative.
(b) Use of funds
The additional funds made available under this section may be used, through the Minority AIDS Initiative, to support the following activities:
(1) Providing technical assistance and infrastructure support to reduce HIV/AIDS in minority populations.
(2) Increasing minority populations’ access to HIV prevention and care services.
(3) Building strong community programs and partnerships to address HIV prevention and the health care needs of specific racial and ethnic minority populations.
(c) Priority interventions
Within the racial and ethnic minority populations referred to in subsection (b), priority in conducting intervention services shall be given to—
(1) men who have sex with men;
(2) youth;
(3) persons who engage in intravenous drug abuse;
(4) women;
(5) homeless individuals;
(6) individuals incarcerated or in the penal system;
(7) transgender individuals; and
(8) nonbinary individuals.
(a) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall expand, intensify, and coordinate workforce initiatives of the Health Resources and Services Administration to increase the capacity of the health workforce focusing primarily on HIV to meet the demand for culturally competent care, and may award grants for any of the following:
(1) Development of curricula for training primary care providers in HIV/AIDS prevention and care, including routine HIV testing.
(2) Support to expand access to culturally and linguistically accessible benefits counselors, trained peer navigators, and mental and behavioral health professionals with expertise in HIV.
(3) Training health care professionals to provide care to individuals living with HIV.
(4) Development by grant recipients under title XXVI of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300ff–11 et seq.; commonly referred to as the Ryan White HIV/AIDS Program) and other persons, of policies for providing culturally relevant and sensitive treatment to individuals living with HIV, with particular emphasis on treatment to racial and ethnic minorities, men who have sex with men, and women, young people, and children living with HIV.
(5) Development and implementation of programs to increase the use of telehealth to respond to HIV-specific health care needs in rural and minority communities, with particular emphasis given to medically underserved communities and insular areas.
(6) Evaluating interdisciplinary medical provider care team models that promote high-quality care, with particular emphasis on care to racial and ethnic minorities.
(7) Training health care professionals to make them aware of the high rates of chronic hepatitis B and chronic hepatitis C in adult racial and ethnic minority populations, and the importance of prevention, detection, and medical management of hepatitis B and hepatitis C and of liver cancer screening.
(8) Development of curricula for training primary care providers that HIV and tuberculosis are significant mutual comorbidities, and that a patient who tests positive for one disease should be offered and encouraged to receive testing for the other.
(a) In general
The Secretary may enter into an agreement with any physician, nurse practitioner, or physician assistant under which—
(1) the physician, nurse practitioner, or physician assistant agrees to serve as a medical provider for a period of not less than 2 years—
(A) at a Ryan White-funded or title X-funded facility with a critical shortage of doctors (as determined by the Secretary); or
(B) in an area with a high incidence of HIV/AIDS; and
(2) the Secretary agrees to make payments in accordance with subsection (b) on the professional education loans of the physician, nurse practitioner, or physician assistant.
(b) Manner of payments
The payments described in subsection (a) shall be made by the Secretary as follows:
(1) Upon completion by the physician, nurse practitioner, or physician assistant for whom the payments are to be made of the first year of the service specified in the agreement entered into with the Secretary under subsection (a), the Secretary shall pay 30 percent of the principal of and the interest on the individual’s professional education loans.
(2) Upon completion by the physician, nurse practitioner, or physician assistant of the second year of such service, the Secretary shall pay another 30 percent of the principal of and the interest on such loans.
(3) Upon completion by that individual of a third year of such service, the Secretary shall pay another 25 percent of the principal of and the interest on such loans.
(c) Applicability of certain provisions
Subpart III of part D of title III of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254l et seq.) shall, except as inconsistent with this section, apply to the program carried out under this section in the same manner and to the same extent as such provisions apply to the National Health Service Corps loan repayment program.
(d) Reports
Not later than 18 months after the date of the enactment of this Act, and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to Congress a report describing the program carried out under this section, including statements regarding the following:
(1) The number of physicians, nurse practitioners, and physician assistants enrolled in the program.
(2) The number and amount of loan repayments provided through the program.
(3) The placement location of loan repayment recipients at facilities described in subsection (a)(1).
(4) The default rate on such loans and actions required.
(5) The amount of outstanding default funds with respect to such loans.
(6) To the extent that it can be determined, the reason for the default on such a loan.
(7) The demographics of individuals participating in the program.
(8) An evaluation of the overall costs and benefits of the program.
(e) Definitions
In this section:
(1) HIV/AIDS
The term HIV/AIDS means human immunodeficiency virus and acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
(2) Nurse practitioner
The term nurse practitioner means a registered nurse who has completed an accredited graduate degree program in advanced nurse practice and has successfully passed a national certification exam.
(3) Physician
The term physician means a graduate of a school of medicine who has completed postgraduate training in general or pediatric medicine.
(4) Physician assistant
The term physician assistant means a medical provider who completed an accredited physician assistant training program and successfully passed the Physician Assistant National Certifying Examination.
(5) Professional education loan
The term professional education loan —
(A) means a loan that is incurred for the cost of attendance (including tuition, other reasonable educational expenses, and reasonable living costs) at a school of medicine, school of nursing, or physician assistant training program; and
(B) includes only the portion of the loan that is outstanding on the date the physician, nurse practitioner, or physician assistant involved begins the service specified in the agreement under subsection (a).
(6) Ryan White-funded
The term Ryan White-funded means, with respect to a facility, receiving funds under title XXVI of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300ff–11 et seq.).
(7) Secretary
The term Secretary means the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
(8) School of medicine
The term school of medicine has the meaning given to that term in section 799B of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 295p).
(9) Title X-funded
The term title X-funded means, with respect to a facility, receiving funds under title X of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300 et seq.).
(a) In general
The Secretary may enter into an agreement with any dentist under which—
(1) the dentist agrees to serve as a dentist for a period of not less than 2 years at a facility with a critical shortage of dentists (as determined by the Secretary) in an area with a high incidence of HIV/AIDS; and
(2) the Secretary agrees to make payments in accordance with subsection (b) on the dental education loans of the dentist.
(b) Manner of payments
The payments described in subsection (a) shall be made by the Secretary as follows:
(1) Upon completion by the dentist for whom the payments are to be made of the first year of the service specified in the agreement entered into with the Secretary under subsection (a), the Secretary shall pay 30 percent of the principal of and the interest on the dental education loans of the dentist.
(2) Upon completion by the dentist of the second year of such service, the Secretary shall pay another 30 percent of the principal of and the interest on such loans.
(3) Upon completion by that individual of a third year of such service, the Secretary shall pay another 25 percent of the principal of and the interest on such loans.
(c) Applicability of certain provisions
Subpart III of part D of title III of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254l et seq.) shall, except as inconsistent with this section, apply to the program carried out under this section in the same manner and to the same extent as such provisions apply to the National Health Service Corps Loan Repayment Program.
(d) Reports
Not later than 18 months after the date of the enactment of this Act, and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the Congress a report describing the program carried out under this section, including statements regarding the following:
(1) The number of dentists enrolled in the program.
(2) The number and amount of loan repayments provided through the program.
(3) The placement location of loan repayment recipients at facilities described in subsection (a)(1).
(4) The default rate on such loans and actions required.
(5) The amount of outstanding default funds with respect to such loans.
(6) To the extent that it can be determined, the reason for the default on such a loan.
(7) The demographics of individuals participating in the program.
(8) An evaluation of the overall costs and benefits of the program.
(e) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Dental education loan
The term dental education loan —
(A) means a loan that is incurred for the cost of attendance (including tuition, other reasonable educational expenses, and reasonable living costs) at a school of dentistry; and
(B) includes only the portion of the loan that is outstanding on the date the dentist involved begins the service specified in the agreement under subsection (a).
(2) Dentist
The term dentist means a graduate of a school of dentistry who has completed postgraduate training in general or pediatric dentistry.
(3) HIV/AIDS
The term HIV/AIDS means human immunodeficiency virus and acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
(4) School of dentistry
The term school of dentistry has the meaning given to that term in section 799B of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 295p).
(5) Secretary
The term Secretary means the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
(a) Sense of congress
It is the sense of Congress that providing sterile syringes and sterilized equipment to injecting drug users substantially reduces risk of HIV infection, increases the probability that they will initiate drug treatment, and does not increase drug use.
(b) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services may provide grants and technical assistance for the purpose of reducing the rate of HIV infections among injecting drug users through a comprehensive package of services for such users, including the provision of sterile syringes, education and outreach, access to infectious disease testing, overdose prevention, and treatment for drug dependence.
(a) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall submit to Congress and the President an annual report on the impact of HIV/AIDS for racial and ethnic minority communities, women, and youth aged 24 and younger.
(b) Contents
The report under subsection (a) shall include information on the—
(1) progress that has been made in reducing the impact of HIV/AIDS in such communities;
(2) opportunities that exist to make additional progress in reducing the impact of HIV/AIDS in such communities;
(3) challenges that may impede such additional progress; and
(4) Federal funding necessary to achieve substantial reductions in HIV/AIDS in racial and ethnic minority communities.
(a) National observance days
It is the sense of Congress that national observance days highlighting the impact of HIV on communities of color include the following:
(1) National Black HIV/AIDS Awareness Day.
(2) National Latino AIDS Awareness Day.
(3) National Asian and Pacific Islander HIV/AIDS Awareness Day.
(4) National Native American HIV/AIDS Awareness Day.
(5) National Youth HIV/AIDS Awareness Day.
(b) Call to action
It is the sense of Congress that the President should call on members of communities of color—
(1) to become involved at the local community level in HIV testing, policy, and advocacy;
(2) to become aware, engaged, and empowered on the HIV epidemic within their communities; and
(3) to urge members of their communities to reduce risk factors, practice safe sex and other preventive measures, be tested for HIV, and seek care when appropriate.
(a) Sense of Congress regarding laws or regulations directed at people living with HIV
It is the sense of Congress that Federal and State laws, policies, and regulations regarding people living with HIV—
(1) should not place unique or additional burdens on such individuals solely as a result of their HIV status; and
(2) should instead demonstrate a public health-oriented, evidence-based, medically accurate, and contemporary understanding of—
(A) the multiple factors that lead to HIV transmission;
(B) the relative risk of demonstrated HIV transmission routes;
(C) the current health implications of living with HIV;
(D) the associated benefits of treatment and support services for people living with HIV; and
(E) the impact of punitive HIV-specific laws, policies, regulations, and judicial precedents and decisions on public health, on people living with or affected by HIV, and on their families and communities.
(A) In general
Not later than 90 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Attorney General, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and the Secretary of Defense acting jointly (in this section referred to as the designated officials) shall initiate a national review of Federal and State laws, including the Uniform Code of Military Justice (referred to in this section as the UCMJ), policies, regulations, and judicial precedents and decisions regarding criminal and related civil commitment cases involving people living with HIV/AIDS.
(B) Consultation
In carrying out the review under subparagraph (A), the designated officials shall seek to include diverse participation from, and consultation with, each of the following:
(i) Each State.
(ii) State attorneys general (or their representatives).
(iii) State public health officials (or their representatives).
(iv) State judicial and court system officers, including judges, district attorneys, prosecutors, defense attorneys, law enforcement, and correctional officers.
(v) Members of the United States Armed Forces, including members of other Federal services subject to the UCMJ.
(vi) People living with HIV/AIDS, particularly those who have been subject to HIV-related prosecution or who are from minority communities whose members have been disproportionately subject to HIV-specific arrests and prosecution.
(vii) Legal advocacy and HIV/AIDS service organizations that work with people living with HIV/AIDS.
(viii) Nongovernmental health organizations that work on behalf of people living with HIV/AIDS, including syringe services programs, LGBTQ-focused health organizations, and organizations who serve people who engage in sex work.
(ix) Trade organizations or associations representing persons or entities described in clauses (i) through (vii).
(C) Relation to other reviews
In carrying out the review under subparagraph (A), the designated officials may utilize other existing reviews of criminal and related civil commitment cases involving people living with HIV, including any such review conducted by any Federal or State agency or any public health, legal advocacy, or trade organization or association if the designated officials determines that such reviews were conducted in accordance with the principles set forth in subsection (a).
(2) Report
Not later than 180 days after initiating the review required under paragraph (1), the Attorney General shall transmit to the Congress and make publicly available a report containing the results of the review, which includes the following:
(A) For each State and for the UCMJ, a summary of the relevant laws, policies, regulations, and judicial precedents and decisions regarding criminal cases involving people living with HIV, including the following:
(i) A determination of whether such laws, policies, regulations, and judicial precedents and decisions place any unique or additional burdens upon people living with HIV.
(ii) A determination of whether such laws, policies, regulations, and judicial precedents and decisions demonstrate a public health-oriented, evidence-based, medically accurate, and contemporary understanding of—
(I) the multiple factors that lead to HIV transmission;
(II) the relative risk of HIV transmission routes, including that a person that has an undetectable viral load cannot transmit HIV;
(III) the current health implications of living with HIV, including data disaggregated by race and ethnicity;
(IV) the current status of providing protection to people who engage in survival sex work against whom condom possession has been used as evidence of intent to commit a crime;
(V) States that have the classification of mandatory sex offenders;
(VI) the associated benefits of treatment and support services for people living with HIV; and
(VII) the impact of punitive HIV-specific laws and policies on public health, on people living with or affected by HIV, and on their families and communities, including people who are in abusive, dependent, violent, or nonconsensual relationships and are unable to both negotiate the use of condoms and status disclosure.
(iii) An analysis of the public health and legal implications of such laws, policies, regulations, and judicial precedents and decisions, including an analysis of the consequences of having a similar penal scheme applied to comparable situations involving other communicable diseases.
(iv) An analysis of the proportionality of punishments imposed under HIV-specific laws, policies, regulations, and judicial precedents, taking into consideration penalties attached to violation of State laws against similar degrees of endangerment or harm, such as driving while intoxicated or transmission of other communicable diseases, or more serious harms, such as vehicular manslaughter offenses.
(B) An analysis of common elements shared between State laws, policies, regulations, and judicial precedents.
(C) A set of best practice recommendations directed to State governments, including State attorneys general, public health officials, and judicial officers, in order to ensure that laws, policies, regulations, and judicial precedents regarding people living with HIV are in accordance with the principles set forth in subsection (a).
(D) Recommendations for adjustments to the UCMJ, including discontinuing the use of a service member’s HIV diagnosis as the basis for prosecution, enhanced penalties, or discharge from military service, in order to ensure that laws, policies, regulations, and judicial precedents regarding people living with HIV are in accordance with the principles set forth in subsection (a). Such recommendations should include any necessary and appropriate changes to Orders to Follow Preventative Medicine Requirements.
(3) Guidance
Not later than 90 days after the date of the release of the report required by paragraph (2), the Attorney General and the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall jointly develop and publicly release updated guidance for States based on the set of best practice recommendations required under paragraph (2)(C) in order to assist States dealing with criminal and related civil commitment cases regarding people living with HIV.
(4) Monitoring and evaluation system
Not later than 60 days after the date of the release of the guidance required under paragraph (3), the Attorney General and the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall jointly establish an integrated monitoring and evaluation system that includes, where appropriate, objective and quantifiable performance goals and indicators to measure progress toward statewide implementation in each State of the best practice recommendations required under paragraph (2)(C).
(5) Modernization of Federal laws, policies, and regulations
Not later than 90 days after the date of the release of the report required under paragraph (2), the designated officials shall develop and transmit to the President and the Congress, and make publicly available, such proposals as may be necessary to implement adjustments to Federal laws, policies, or regulations, including the UCMJ, based on the recommendations required under paragraph (2)(D), either through Executive order or through changes to statutory law.
(c) Rule of construction
Nothing in this section shall be construed to discourage the prosecution of individuals who intentionally transmit or attempt to transmit HIV to another individual.
(d) No additional appropriations authorized
This section shall not be construed to increase the amount of appropriations that are authorized to be appropriated for any fiscal year.
(a) Sense of congress regarding distribution of sexual barrier protection devices in state prison systems
It is the sense of the Congress that States shall allow for the legal distribution of sexual barrier protection devices in State correctional facilities to reduce the prevalence and spread of STIs in those facilities.
(1) Survey
Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act, and annually thereafter for 5 years, the Attorney General, after consulting with the Secretary of Health and Human Services, State officials, and community organizations, shall, to the maximum extent practicable, conduct a survey of all Federal and State correctional facilities, to determine the following:
(A) Counseling, treatment, and supportive services
Whether the correctional facility—
(i) requires incarcerated individuals to participate in counseling, treatment, and supportive services related to STIs; or
(ii) offers such programs to incarcerated individuals.
(B) Access to sexual barrier protection devices
Whether incarcerated individuals can—
(i) possess sexual barrier protection devices;
(ii) purchase sexual barrier protection devices;
(iii) purchase sexual barrier protection devices at a reduced cost; or
(iv) obtain sexual barrier protection devices without cost.
(C) Incidence of sexual violence
The incidence of sexual violence and assault committed by incarcerated individuals and by correctional facility staff.
(D) Prevention education offered
The type of prevention education, information, or training offered to incarcerated individuals and correctional facility staff regarding sexual violence and the spread of STIs, including whether such education, information, or training—
(i) constitutes comprehensive sexuality education;
(ii) is compulsory for new incarcerated individuals and for new correctional facility staff; and
(iii) is offered on an ongoing basis.
(E) STI testing
Whether the correctional facility tests incarcerated individuals for STIs or gives them the option to undergo such testing—
(i) at intake;
(ii) on a regular basis; and
(iii) prior to release.
(F) STI test results
The number of incarcerated individuals who are tested for STIs and the outcome of such tests at each correctional facility, disaggregated to include results for—
(i) the type of STI tested for;
(ii) the race and ethnicity of an individual tested;
(iii) the age of an individual tested; and
(iv) the gender of the individual tested.
(G) Prerelease referral policy
Whether incarcerated individuals are informed prior to release about STI-related services or other health services in their communities, including free and low-cost counseling and treatment options.
(H) Prerelease referrals made
The number of referrals to community-based organizations or public health facilities offering STI-related or other health services provided to incarcerated individuals prior to release, and the type of counseling or treatment for which the referral was made.
(I) Reinstatement of medicaid benefits
Whether—
(i) the correctional facility assists incarcerated individuals that were enrolled in the State Medicaid program prior to their incarceration in reinstating their enrollment upon release; and
(ii) such individuals receive referrals as described in subparagraph (G) to entities that accept the State Medicaid program, including, if applicable—
(I) the number of such individuals, including those diagnosed with HIV, that have been reinstated;
(II) a list of obstacles to reinstating enrollment or to making determinations of eligibility for reinstatement, if any; and
(III) the number of individuals denied enrollment.
(J) Other actions taken
Whether the correctional facility has taken any other action, in conjunction with community organizations or otherwise, to reduce the prevalence and spread of STIs in that facility.
(2) Privacy
In conducting the survey under paragraph (1), the Attorney General shall not request or retain the identity of any individual who has sought or been offered counseling, treatment, testing, or prevention education information regarding an STI (including information about sexual barrier protection devices), or who has tested positive for an STI.
(A) In general
The Attorney General shall transmit to Congress and make publicly available the results of the survey required under paragraph (1), both for the United States as a whole and disaggregated as to each State and each correctional facility.
(B) Deadlines
To the maximum extent possible, the Attorney General shall—
(i) issue the first report under subparagraph (A) not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act; and
(ii) issue reports under subparagraph (A) annually thereafter for 5 years.
(1) Directive to attorney general
The Attorney General, in consultation with the Secretary of Health and Human Services, State officials, and community organizations, shall develop and implement a 5-year strategy to reduce the prevalence and spread of STIs in Federal and State correctional facilities. To the maximum extent possible, the strategy shall be developed, transmitted to Congress, and made publicly available not later than 180 days after the transmission of the first report required under subsection (c)(3).
(2) Contents of strategy
The strategy developed under paragraph (1) shall include the following:
(A) Prevention education
A plan for improving prevention education, information, and training offered to incarcerated individuals and correctional facility staff, including information and training on sexual violence and the spread of STIs, and comprehensive sexuality education.
(B) Sexual barrier protection device access
A plan for expanding access to sexual barrier protection devices in correctional facilities.
(C) Sexual violence reduction
A plan for reducing the incidence of sexual violence among incarcerated individuals and correctional facility staff.
(D) Counseling and supportive services
A plan for expanding access to counseling and supportive services related to STIs in correctional facilities.
(E) Testing
A plan for testing incarcerated individuals for STIs during intake, during regular health exams, and prior to release that—
(i) is conducted in accordance with guidelines established by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention;
(ii) includes pretest counseling;
(iii) requires that incarcerated individuals are notified of their option to decline testing at any time;
(iv) requires that incarcerated individuals are confidentially notified of their test results in a timely manner; and
(v) ensures that incarcerated individuals testing positive for STIs receive post-test counseling, care, treatment, and supportive services.
(F) Treatment
A plan for ensuring that correctional facilities have the necessary medicine and equipment to treat and monitor STIs and for ensuring that incarcerated individuals living with or testing positive for STIs receive and have access to care and treatment services.
(G) Strategies for demographic groups
A plan for developing and implementing culturally appropriate, sensitive, and specific strategies to reduce the spread of STIs among demographic groups heavily impacted by STIs.
(H) Linkages with communities and facilities
A plan for establishing and strengthening linkages to local community and health facilities that—
(i) provide counseling, testing, care, and treatment services;
(ii) may receive individuals recently released from incarceration who are living with STIs; and
(iii) accept payment through the State Medicaid program.
(I) Enrollment in State Medicaid programs
Plans to ensure that—
(i) incarcerated individuals who were enrolled in their State Medicaid program prior to incarceration in a correctional facility are automatically reenrolled in such program upon their release; and
(ii) incarcerated individuals who were not enrolled in their State Medicaid program prior to incarceration, and who are diagnosed with HIV while incarcerated in a correctional facility, are automatically enrolled in such program upon their release.
(J) Other plans
Any other plans developed by the Attorney General for reducing the spread of STIs or improving the quality of health care in correctional facilities.
(K) Monitoring system
A monitoring system that establishes performance goals related to reducing the prevalence and spread of STIs in correctional facilities and which, where feasible, expresses such goals in quantifiable form.
(L) Monitoring system performance indicators
Performance indicators that measure or assess the achievement of the performance goals described in subparagraph (K).
(M) Cost estimate
A detailed estimate of the funding necessary to implement the strategy at the Federal and State levels for all 5 years, including the amount of funds required by community organizations to implement the parts of the strategy in which they take part.
(3) Report
Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act, and annually thereafter, the Attorney General shall transmit to Congress and make publicly available an annual progress report regarding the implementation and effectiveness of the strategy described in paragraph (1). The progress report shall include an evaluation of the implementation of the strategy using the monitoring system and performance indicators provided for in subparagraphs (K) and (L) of paragraph (2).
(f) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Community organization
The term community organization means a public health care facility or a nonprofit organization that provides health- or STI-related services according to established public health standards.
(2) Comprehensive sexuality education
The term comprehensive sexuality education means sexuality education—
(A) that includes information about abstinence and about the proper use and disposal of sexual barrier protection devices; and
(B) that is—
(i) evidence based;
(ii) medically accurate;
(iii) age and developmentally appropriate;
(iv) gender and identity sensitive;
(v) culturally and linguistically appropriate; and
(vi) structured to promote critical thinking, self-esteem, respect for others, and the development of healthy attitudes and relationships.
(3) Correctional facility
The term correctional facility means any prison, penitentiary, adult detention facility, juvenile detention facility, jail, or other facility to which individuals may be sent after conviction of a crime or act of juvenile delinquency within the United States.
(4) Incarcerated individual
The term incarcerated individual means any individual who is serving a sentence in a correctional facility after conviction of a crime.
(5) Sexual barrier protection device
The term sexual barrier protection device means any physical device approved, cleared, or otherwise authorized by the Food and Drug Administration that has not been tampered with and which reduces the probability of STI transmission or infection between sexual partners, including female condoms, male condoms, and dental dams.
(6) Sexually transmitted infection
The term sexually transmitted infection or STI means any disease or infection that is commonly transmitted through sexual activity, including HIV, gonorrhea, chlamydia, syphilis, genital herpes, viral hepatitis, and human papillomavirus.
(7) State
The term State includes the District of Columbia, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico, and the United States Virgin Islands.
(8) State Medicaid program
The term State Medicaid program means the State plan (or a waiver of such plan) under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.).
(a) In general
Section 1902(e) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(e)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(i) In general
The State plan shall provide for the automatic enrollment or reinstatement of enrollment of an eligible individual—
(I) if such individual is scheduled to be released from a public institution due to the completion of sentence, not less than 30 days prior to the scheduled date of the release; and
(II) if such individual is to be released from a public institution on parole or on probation, as soon as possible after the date on which the determination to release such individual was made, and before the date such individual is released.
(ii) Exception
If a State makes a determination that an individual is not eligible to be enrolled under the State plan—
(I) on or before the date by which the individual would be enrolled under clause (i), such clause shall not apply to such individual; or
(II) after such date, the State may terminate the enrollment of such individual.
(i) In general
Subject to subparagraph (A)(ii), an eligible individual who is enrolled, or whose enrollment is reinstated, under subparagraph (A) shall be eligible for all services for which medical assistance is provided under the State plan after the date that the eligible individual is released from the public institution.
(ii) Relationship to payment prohibition for inmates
No provision of this paragraph may be construed to permit payment for care or services for which payment is excluded under subdivision (A) following the last numbered paragraph of section 1905(a).
(i) Suspension for inmates
Any period of continuous eligibility under this title shall be suspended on the date an individual enrolled under this title becomes an inmate of a public institution (except as a patient of a medical institution).
(ii) Determination of remaining period
Notwithstanding any changes to State law related to continuous eligibility during the time that an individual is an inmate of a public institution (except as a patient of a medical institution), subject to clause (iii), with respect to an eligible individual who was subject to a suspension under clause (i), on the date that such individual is released from a public institution the suspension of continuous eligibility under such clause shall be lifted for a period that is equal to the time remaining in the period of continuous eligibility for such individual on the date that such period was suspended under such clause.
(iii) Exception
If a State makes a determination that an individual is not eligible to be enrolled under the State plan—
(I) on or before the date that the suspension of continuous eligibility is lifted under clause (ii), such clause shall not apply to such individual; or
(II) after such date, the State may terminate the enrollment of such individual.
(D) Automatic enrollment or reinstatement of enrollment defined
For purposes of this paragraph, the term automatic enrollment or reinstatement of enrollment means that the State determines eligibility for medical assistance under the State plan without a program application from, or on behalf of, the eligible individual, but an individual can only be automatically enrolled in the State Medicaid plan if the individual affirmatively consents to being enrolled through affirmation in writing, by telephone, orally, through electronic signature, or through any other means specified by the Secretary.
(E) Eligible individual defined
For purposes of this paragraph, the term eligible individual means an individual who is an inmate of a public institution (except as a patient in a medical institution)—
(i) who was enrolled under the State plan for medical assistance immediately before becoming an inmate of such an institution; or
(ii) who is diagnosed with human immunodeficiency virus.
(1) In general
Subject to paragraph (3), with respect to a State, for each of the first 4 calendar quarters in which the State plan meets the requirements of paragraph (17) of section 1902(e) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(e)) (as added by subsection (a)), the Federal matching payments (including payments based on the Federal medical assistance percentage) made to such State under section 1903 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396b) for the State expenditures described in paragraph (2) shall be increased by 5 percentage points.
(2) Expenditures
The expenditures described in this paragraph are the following:
(A) Expenditures for which payment is available under section 1903 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396b) and which are attributable to strengthening the State’s enrollment and administrative resources for the purpose of improving processes for enrolling (or reinstating the enrollment of) eligible individuals (as such term is defined in subparagraph (E) of paragraph (16) of section 1902(e) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(e)) (as amended by subsection (a))).
(B) Expenditures for medical assistance (as such term is defined in section 1905(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d(a))) provided to such eligible individuals.
(A) Report
A State is not eligible for an increase in its Federal matching payments under paragraph (1) unless the State agrees to submit to the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and make publicly available, a report that contains the information required under paragraph (4) by the end of the 1-year period during which the State receives increased Federal matching payments in accordance with that paragraph.
(i) In general
Subject to clause (ii), a State is not eligible for an increase in its Federal matching payments under paragraph (1) if eligibility standards, methodologies, or procedures under its State plan under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.), or waiver of such a plan, are more restrictive than the eligibility standards, methodologies, or procedures, respectively, under such plan or waiver as in effect on the date of enactment of this Act.
(ii) State reinstatement of eligibility permitted
A State that has restricted eligibility standards, methodologies, or procedures under its State plan under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.), or a waiver of such plan, after the date of enactment of this Act, is no longer ineligible under clause (i) beginning with the first calendar quarter in which the State has reinstated eligibility standards, methodologies, or procedures that are no more restrictive than the eligibility standards, methodologies, or procedures, respectively, under such plan (or waiver) as in effect on such date.
(C) Limitation of matching payments to 100 percent
In no case shall an increase in Federal matching payments under paragraph (1) result in Federal matching payments that exceed 100 percent of State expenditures.
(4) Required report information
The information that is required in the report under paragraph (3)(A) shall include—
(A) the results of an evaluation of the impact of the implementation of the requirements of paragraph (17) of section 1902(e) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(e)) on improving the State’s processes for enrolling individuals who are released from public institutions under the State Medicaid plan;
(B) the number of individuals who were automatically enrolled (or whose enrollment was reinstated) under such paragraph during the 1-year period during which the State received increased payments under this subsection; and
(C) any other information that is required by the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
(1) In general
Except as provided in paragraph (2), the amendments made by subsection (a) shall take effect 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act.
(2) Rule for changes requiring State legislation
In the case of a State plan for medical assistance under title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.) which the Secretary of Health and Human Services determines requires State legislation (other than legislation appropriating funds) in order for the plan to meet the additional requirement imposed by the amendments made by subsection (a), the State plan shall not be regarded as failing to comply with the requirements of such title solely on the basis of its failure to meet this additional requirement before the first day of the first calendar quarter beginning after the close of the first regular session of the State legislature that begins after the date of the enactment of this Act. For purposes of the previous sentence, in the case of a State that has a 2-year legislative session, each year of such session shall be deemed to be a separate regular session of the State legislature.
(a) HIV policy
The Director of the Bureau of Prisons (referred to in this section as the Director) shall develop a comprehensive policy to provide HIV testing, treatment, and prevention for inmates within the correctional setting and upon reentry.
(b) Purpose
The purposes of the policy required to be developed under subsection (a) shall be as follows:
(1) To stop the spread of HIV among inmates.
(2) To protect guards and other personnel at correctional facilities from HIV infection.
(3) To provide comprehensive medical treatment to inmates who are living with HIV.
(4) To promote HIV awareness and prevention among inmates.
(5) To encourage inmates to take personal responsibility for their health.
(6) To reduce the risk that inmates will transmit HIV to other persons in the community following their release from a correctional facility.
(c) Consultation
The Director shall consult with appropriate officials of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Office of National Drug Control Policy, the Office of National AIDS Policy, and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention regarding the development of the policy required under subsection (a).
(d) Time limit
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Director shall draft appropriate regulations to implement the policy required to be developed under subsection (a).
(e) Requirements for policy
The policy required to be developed under subsection (a) shall provide for the following:
(A) Health care personnel shall provide routine HIV testing to all inmates as a part of a comprehensive medical examination immediately following admission to a facility. Health care personnel need not provide routine HIV testing to an inmate who is transferred to a facility from another facility if the inmate’s medical records are transferred with the inmate and indicate that the inmate has been tested previously.
(B) With respect to all inmates admitted to a facility prior to the effective date of the policy—
(i) health care personnel shall provide routine HIV testing by not later than 180 days after such effective date; and
(ii) HIV testing described in clause (i) may be performed in conjunction with other health services provided to these inmates by health care personnel.
(C) All HIV tests under this paragraph shall comply with the opt-out provision under paragraph (9).
(2) Pre-test and post-test counseling
Health care personnel shall provide confidential pre-test and post-test counseling to all inmates who are tested for HIV. Counseling may be included with other general health counseling provided to inmates by health care personnel.
(A) Health care personnel shall improve HIV awareness through frequent educational programs for all inmates. HIV educational programs may be provided by community-based organizations, local health departments, and inmate peer educators.
(B) HIV educational materials shall be made available to all inmates at orientation, at health care clinics, at regular educational programs, and prior to release. Both written and audiovisual materials shall be made available to all inmates.
(i) The HIV educational programs and materials under this paragraph shall include information on—
(I) modes of transmission, including transmission through tattooing, sexual contact, and intravenous drug use;
(II) prevention methods;
(III) treatment; and
(IV) disease progression.
(ii) The programs and materials shall be culturally sensitive, written or designed for low-literacy levels, available in a variety of languages, and present scientifically accurate information in a clear and understandable manner.
(A) Health care personnel shall allow inmates to obtain HIV tests upon request once per year or whenever an inmate has a reason to believe the inmate may have been exposed to HIV. Health care personnel shall, both orally and in writing, inform inmates, during orientation and periodically throughout incarceration, of their right to obtain HIV tests.
(B) Health care personnel shall encourage inmates to request HIV tests if the inmate is sexually active, has been raped, uses intravenous drugs, receives a tattoo, or if the inmate is concerned that the inmate may have been exposed to HIV.
(C) An inmate’s request for an HIV test shall not be considered an indication that the inmate has put themselves at risk of infection or committed a violation of the rules of the correctional facility.
(A) Health care personnel shall provide routine HIV testing to all inmates who become pregnant.
(B) All HIV tests under this paragraph shall comply with the opt-out provision under paragraph (9).
(A) Health care personnel shall provide all inmates who test positive for HIV—
(i) timely, comprehensive medical treatment;
(ii) confidential counseling on managing their medical condition and preventing its transmission to other persons; and
(iii) voluntary partner notification services.
(B) Health care provided under this paragraph shall be consistent with Department of Health and Human Services guidelines and standard medical practice. Health care personnel shall discuss treatment options, the importance of adherence to antiretroviral therapy, and the side effects of medications with inmates receiving treatment.
(C) Health care personnel and pharmacy personnel shall ensure that the facility formulary contains all Food and Drug Administration-approved medications necessary to provide comprehensive treatment for inmates living with HIV, and that the facility maintains adequate supplies of such medications to meet inmates’ medical needs. Health care personnel and pharmacy personnel shall also develop and implement automatic renewal systems for these medications to prevent interruptions in care.
(D) Correctional staff, health care personnel, and pharmacy personnel shall develop and implement distribution procedures to ensure timely and confidential access to medications.
(A) Health care personnel shall develop and implement procedures to ensure the confidentiality of inmate tests, diagnoses, and treatment. Health care personnel and correctional staff shall receive regular training on the implementation of these procedures. Penalties for violations of inmate confidentiality by health care personnel or correctional staff shall be specified and strictly enforced.
(B) HIV testing, counseling, and treatment shall be provided in a confidential setting where other routine health services are provided and in a manner that allows the inmate to request and obtain these services as routine medical services.
(A) Health care personnel shall provide routine HIV testing to all inmates not earlier than 90 days prior to their release and reentry into the community. Inmates who are already known to be infected need not be tested again. This requirement may be waived if an inmate’s release occurs without sufficient notice to the Director to allow health care personnel to perform a routine HIV test and notify the inmate of the results.
(B) All HIV tests under this paragraph shall comply with the opt-out provision under paragraph (9).
(C) With respect to all inmates who test positive for HIV and all inmates who already are known to have HIV, health care personnel shall provide—
(i) confidential prerelease counseling on managing their medical condition in the community, accessing appropriate treatment and services in the community, and preventing the transmission of their condition to family members and other persons in the community;
(ii) referrals to appropriate health care providers and social service agencies in the community that meet the inmate’s individual needs, including voluntary partner notification services and prevention counseling services for people living with HIV; and
(iii) a 30-day supply of any medically necessary medications the inmate is currently receiving.
(9) Opt-out provision
Inmates shall have the right to refuse routine HIV testing. Inmates shall be informed both orally and in writing of this right. Oral and written disclosure of this right may be included with other general health information and counseling provided to inmates by health care personnel. If an inmate refuses a routine test for HIV, health care personnel shall make a note of the inmate’s refusal in the inmate’s confidential medical records. However, the inmate’s refusal shall not be considered a violation of the rules of the correctional facility or result in disciplinary action.
(10) Exclusion of tests performed under section 4014(b) from the definition of routine HIV Testing
HIV testing of an inmate under section 4014(b) of title 18, United States Code, is not routine HIV testing for the purposes of the opt-out provision under paragraph (9). Health care personnel shall document the reason for testing under section 4014(b) of title 18, United States Code, in the inmate’s confidential medical records.
(11) Timely notification of test results
Health care personnel shall provide timely notification to inmates of the results of HIV tests.
(1) Screening in General
Section 4014(a) of title 18, United States Code, is amended—
(A) by striking for a period of 6 months or more;
(B) by striking, as appropriate,; and
(C) by striking if such individual is determined to be at risk for infection with such virus in accordance with the guidelines issued by the Bureau of Prisons relating to infectious disease management. and inserting unless the individual declines. The Attorney General shall also cause such individual to be so tested before release from that incarceration unless the individual declines..
(2) Inadmissibility of HIV Test Results in Civil and Criminal Proceedings
Section 4014(d) of title 18, United States Code, is amended by inserting or under section 7417 of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024 after under this section.
(3) Screening as Part of Routine Screening
Section 4014(e) of title 18, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following: Such rules shall also provide that the initial test under this section be performed as part of the routine health screening conducted at intake..
(1) Report on Hepatitis, liver, and Other Diseases
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Director shall submit to Congress a report on the policies and procedures of the Bureau of Prisons to provide testing, treatment, and prevention education programs for hepatitis, liver failure, and other liver-related diseases transmitted through sexual activity, intravenous drug use, or other means. The Director shall consult with appropriate officials of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Office of National Drug Control Policy, the Office of National AIDS Policy, and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention regarding the development of this report.
(A) Generally
Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, and annually thereafter, the Director submit to Congress a report on the incidence among inmates of diseases transmitted through sexual activity and intravenous drug use.
(B) Matters pertaining to various diseases
Each report under subparagraph (A) shall discuss—
(i) the incidence among inmates of HIV, hepatitis, and other diseases transmitted through sexual activity and intravenous drug use; and
(ii) updates on the testing, treatment, and prevention education programs for these diseases conducted by the Bureau of Prisons.
(C) Matters pertaining to HIV only
Each report under subparagraph (A) shall also include—
(i) the number of inmates who tested positive for HIV upon intake;
(ii) the number of inmates who tested positive for HIV prior to reentry;
(iii) the number of inmates who were not tested for HIV prior to reentry because they were released without sufficient notice;
(iv) the number of inmates who opted out of taking an HIV test;
(v) the number of inmates who were tested under section 4014(b) of title 18, United States Code; and
(vi) the number of inmates under treatment for HIV.
(D) Consultation
The Director shall consult with appropriate officials of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Office of National Drug Control Policy, the Office of National AIDS Policy, and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention regarding the development of each report under subparagraph (A).
Section 7418. Transfer of funds for implementation of Ending the HIV Epidemic: A Plan for America
Title II of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 202 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 241 (42 U.S.C. 238j) the following:
(b) Congressional notification
Not less than 30 days before making any transfer under this section, the Secretary shall give notice of the transfer to the Congress.
(c) Definitions
In this section, the term Ending the HIV Epidemic: A Plan for America means the initiative of the Department of Health and Human Services that seeks to reduce the number of new HIV infections in the United States by 75 percent by 2025, and then by at least 90 percent by 2030, for an estimated 250,000 total HIV infections averted.
(A) In general
Section 2713(a) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300gg–13(a)) is amended—
(i) in paragraph (2), by striking; and and inserting a semicolon;
(ii) in paragraph (3), by striking the period and inserting a semicolon;
(iii) in paragraph (4), by striking the period and inserting a semicolon;
(iv) in paragraph (5), by striking the period and inserting; and; and
(v) by adding at the end the following:
(6) any prescription drug approved by the Food and Drug Administration for the prevention of HIV (other than a drug subject to preauthorization requirements consistent with section 2729A), administrative fees for such drugs, laboratory and other diagnostic procedures associated with the use of such drugs, and clinical follow-up and monitoring, including any related services recommended in current United States Public Health Service clinical practice guidelines, without limitation.
(2) Coverage under Federal employees health benefits program
Section 8904 of title 5, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following:
(c) Any health benefits plan offered under this chapter shall include benefits for, and may not impose any cost sharing requirements for, any prescription drug approved by the Food and Drug Administration for the prevention of HIV, administrative fees for such drugs, laboratory and other diagnostic procedures associated with the use of such drugs, and clinical follow-up and monitoring, including any related services recommended in current United States Public Health Service clinical practice guidelines, without limitation.
(A) In general
Section 1905 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d), as amended by section 5406(g), is amended—
(i) in subsection (a)(4)—
(I) by striking; and (G) and inserting; (G); and
(II) by striking the semicolon at the end and inserting; and (H) HIV prevention services;; and
(ii) by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(rr) HIV prevention services
For purposes of subsection (a)(4)(H), the term HIV prevention services means prescription drugs for the prevention of HIV acquisition, administrative fees for such drugs, laboratory and other diagnostic procedures associated with the use of such drugs, and clinical follow-up and monitoring, including any related services recommended in current United States Public Health Service clinical practice guidelines, without limitation.
(B) No cost-sharing
Title XIX of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.) is amended—
(i) in section 1916, by inserting HIV prevention services described in section 1905(a)(4)(H), after section 1905(a)(4)(C), each place it appears; and
(ii) in section 1916A(b)(3)(B), as amended by section 7305, by adding at the end the following new clause:
(xvi) HIV prevention services described in section 1905(a)(4)(H).
(C) Inclusion in benchmark coverage
Section 1937(b)(7) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396u–7(b)(7)) is amended—
(i) in the paragraph header, by inserting and HIV prevention services after supplies; and
(ii) by striking includes for any individual described in section 1905(a)(4)(C), medical assistance for family planning services and supplies in accordance with such section and inserting includes medical assistance for HIV prevention services described in section 1905(a)(4)(H), and includes, for any individual described in section 1905(a)(4)(H), medical assistance for family planning services and supplies in accordance with such section.
(A) In general
Section 2103 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397cc), as amended by section 2007(d)(5), is amended—
(i) in subsection (a), by striking through (13) and inserting through (14); and
(ii) in subsection (c), by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
(14) HIV prevention services
Regardless of the type of coverage elected by a State under subsection (a), the child health assistance provided for a targeted low-income child, and, in the case of a State that elects to provide pregnancy-related assistance pursuant to section 2112, the pregnancy-related assistance provided for a targeted low-income pregnant woman (as such terms are defined for purposes of such section), shall include coverage of HIV prevention services (as defined in section 1905(rr)).
(B) No cost-sharing
Section 2103(e)(2) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397cc(e)(2)) is amended by inserting HIV prevention services described in subsection (c)(14), before or for pregnancy-related assistance.
(i) In general
Subject to clause (ii), the amendments made by paragraph (3) and this paragraph shall take effect on January 1, 2025.
(ii) Delay permitted if State legislation required
In the case of a State plan approved under title XIX or XXI of the Social Security Act which the Secretary of Health and Human Services determines requires State legislation (other than legislation appropriating funds) in order for the plan to meet the additional requirements imposed by this subsection, the State plan shall not be regarded as failing to comply with the requirements of such title solely on the basis of the failure of the plan to meet such additional requirements before the 1st day of the 1st calendar quarter beginning after the close of the 1st regular session of the State legislature that ends after the 1-year period beginning with the date of the enactment of this Act. For purposes of the preceding sentence, in the case of a State that has a 2-year legislative session, each year of the session is deemed to be a separate regular session of the State legislature.
(I) In general
Section 1861(s)(2) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(s)(2)), as amended by section 4251(c)(1) and 6101(a)(1), is amended—
(aa) by striking and at the end of subparagraph (KK);
(bb) by inserting and at the end of subparagraph (LL); and
(cc) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(MM) HIV prevention services (as defined in subsection (ppp));
(II) Definition
Section 1861 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x), as amended by sections 2007(b), 4221(a), 4251(c)(2), and 6101(a)(2), is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(rrr) HIV prevention services
The term HIV prevention services means—
(1) drugs or biologicals approved by the Food and Drug Administration for the prevention of HIV;
(2) administrative fees for such drugs;
(3) laboratory and other diagnostic procedures associated with the use of such drugs; and
(4) clinical follow-up and monitoring, including any related services recommended in current United States Public Health Service clinical practice guidelines, without limitation.
(ii) Elimination of coinsurance
Section 1833(a)(1) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395l(a)(1)), as amended by sections 4251(c)(3) and 6101(a)(4), is amended—
(I) by striking and before (JJ); and
(II) by inserting before the semicolon at the end the following: and (KK) with respect to HIV prevention services (as defined in section 1861(rrr)), the amount paid shall be 100 percent of (i) except as provided in clause (ii), the lesser of the actual charge for the service or the amount determined under the fee schedule that applies to such services under this part, and (ii) in the case of such services that are covered OPD services (as defined in subsection (t)(1)(B)), the amount determined under subsection (t).
(iii) Exemption from part b deductible
Section 1833(b) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395l(b)) is amended—
(I) in paragraph (12), by striking section 1861(s)(10)(A),, and and inserting section 1861(s)(10)(A),;
(II) in paragraph (13), by striking section 1861(n).. and inserting section 1861(n), and (14) such deductible shall not apply with respect to HIV prevention services (as defined in section 1861(rrr)..
(iv) Effective date
The amendments made by this subparagraph shall apply to items and services furnished on or after January 1, 2025.
(i) In general
Section 1860D–2 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–102) is amended—
(I) in subsection (b)—
(aa) in paragraph (1)(A), in the matter preceding clause (i), by striking (8) and (9) and inserting (8), (9), and (10);
(bb) in paragraph (2)(A), in subparagraph (A), in the matter preceding clause (i), by striking (8) and (9) and inserting (8), (9), and (10); and
(cc) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
(10) Elimination of cost-sharing for drugs for the prevention of HIV
For plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2025, with respect to a covered part D drug that is for the prevention of HIV—
(A) the deductible under paragraph (1) shall not apply; and
(B) there shall be no coinsurance or other cost-sharing under this part with respect to such drug.
(cc) ; and
(II) in subsection (c), by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
(7) Treatment of cost-sharing for drugs for the prevention of HIV
The coverage is in accordance with subsection (b)(10).
(ii) Conforming amendments to cost-sharing for low-income individuals
Section 1860D–14(a)(1)(D) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–114(a)(1)(D)) is amended in each of clauses (ii) and (iii), by striking paragraph (6) and inserting paragraph (6) and section 1860D–2(b)(10).
(A) Elimination of medication copayments
Section 1722A(a) of title 38, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
(5) Paragraph (1) does not apply to a medication for the prevention of HIV.
(B) Elimination of hospital care and medical services copayments
Section 1710 of such title is amended—
(i) in subsection (f)—
(I) by redesignating paragraph (5) as paragraph (6); and
(II) by inserting after paragraph (4) the following new paragraph (5):
(5) A veteran shall not be liable to the United States under this subsection for any amounts for laboratory and other diagnostic procedures associated with the use of any prescription drug approved by the Food and Drug Administration for the prevention of HIV, administrative fees for such drugs, or for laboratory or other diagnostic procedures associated with the use of such drugs, or clinical follow-up and monitoring, including any related services recommended in current United States Public Health Service clinical practice guidelines, without limitation.
(II) ; and
(ii) in subsection (g)(3), by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(C) Any prescription drug approved by the Food and Drug Administration for the prevention of HIV, administrative fees for such drugs, laboratory and other diagnostic procedures associated with the use of such drugs, and clinical follow-up and monitoring, including any related services recommended in current United States Public Health Service clinical practice guidelines, without limitation.
(C) Inclusion as preventive health service
Section 1701(9) of such title is amended—
(i) in subparagraph (K), by striking; and and inserting a semicolon;
(ii) by redesignating subparagraph (L) as subparagraph (M); and
(iii) by inserting after subparagraph (K) the following new subparagraph (L):
(L) any prescription drug approved by the Food and Drug Administration for the prevention of HIV, administrative fees for such drugs, laboratory and other diagnostic procedures associated with the use of such drugs, and clinical follow-up and monitoring, including any related services recommended in current United States Public Health Service clinical practice guidelines, without limitation; and
(A) In general
Chapter 55 of title 10, United States Code, is amended by inserting after section 1079c the following new section:
(a) In general
The Secretary of Defense shall ensure coverage under the TRICARE program of HIV prevention treatment described in subsection (b) for any beneficiary under section 1074(a) of this title.
(b) HIV prevention treatment described
HIV prevention treatment described in this subsection includes any prescription drug approved by the Food and Drug Administration for the prevention of HIV, administrative fees for such drugs, laboratory and other diagnostic procedures associated with the use of such drugs, and clinical follow-up and monitoring, including any related services recommended in current United States Public Health Service clinical practice guidelines, without limitation.
(c) No cost-Sharing
Notwithstanding section 1075, 1075a, or 1074g(a)(6) of this title or any other provision of law, there is no cost-sharing requirement for HIV prevention treatment covered under this section.
(B) Clerical amendment
The table of sections at the beginning of such chapter is amended by inserting after the item relating to section 1079c the following new item:
(8) Indian Health Service testing, monitoring, and prescription drugs for the prevention of HIV
Title II of the Indian Health Care Improvement Act is amended by inserting after section 223 (25 U.S.C. 1621v) the following:
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Service, Indian tribes, and tribal organizations, shall provide, without limitation, funding for any prescription drug approved by the Food and Drug Administration for the prevention of human immunodeficiency virus (commonly known as HIV), administrative fees for that drug, laboratory and other diagnostic procedures associated with the use of that drug, and clinical follow-up and monitoring, including any related services recommended in current Public Health Service clinical practice guidelines.
(9) Effective date
The amendments made by paragraphs (1), (2), (5), (6), (7), and (8) shall take effect with respect to plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2025.
(1) Prohibition
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, it shall be unlawful to—
(A) decline or limit coverage of a person under any life insurance policy, disability insurance policy, or long-term care insurance policy, on account of the individual taking medication for the purpose of preventing the acquisition of HIV;
(B) preclude an individual from taking medication for the purpose of preventing the acquisition of HIV as a condition of receiving a life insurance policy, disability insurance policy, or long-term care insurance policy;
(C) consider whether an individual is taking medication for the purpose of preventing the acquisition of HIV in determining the premium rate for coverage of such individual under a life insurance policy, disability insurance policy, or long-term care insurance policy; or
(D) otherwise discriminate in the offering, issuance, cancellation, amount of such coverage, price, or any other condition of a life insurance policy, disability insurance policy, or long-term care insurance policy for an individual, based solely and without any additional actuarial risks upon whether the individual is taking medication for the purpose of preventing the acquisition of HIV.
(2) Enforcement
A State insurance regulator may take such actions to enforce paragraph (1) as are specifically authorized under the laws of such State.
(3) Definitions
In this subsection:
(A) Disability insurance policy
The term disability insurance policy means a contract under which an entity promises to pay a person a sum of money in the event that an illness or injury resulting in a disability prevents such person from working.
(B) Life insurance policy
The term life insurance policy means a contract under which an entity promises to pay a designated beneficiary a sum of money upon the death of the insured.
(C) Long-term care insurance policy
The term long-term care insurance policy means a contract for which the only insurance protection provided under the contract is coverage of qualified long-term care services (as defined in section 7702B(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986).
(c) Patient confidentiality
The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall amend the regulations promulgated under section 264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. 1320d–2 note), as necessary, to ensure that individuals are able to access the benefits described in section 2713(a)(1)(E) of the Public Health Service Act under a family plan without any other individual enrolled in such family plan, including a primary subscriber or policyholder of such plan, being informed of such use of such benefits.
(d) Pre-Exposure prophylaxis and post-Exposure prophylaxis funding
Part P of title III of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280g et seq.), as amended by section 7303, is amended by adding at the end the following:
(a) In general
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this section, the Secretary shall establish a program that awards grants to States, territories, Indian Tribes, and directly eligible entities for the establishment and support of pre-exposure prophylaxis (referred to in this section as PrEP) and post-exposure prophylaxis (referred to in this section as PEP) HIV programs.
(b) Applications
To be eligible to receive a grant under subsection (a), a State, territory, Indian Tribe, or directly eligible entity shall—
(1) submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require, including a plan describing how any funds awarded will be used to increase access to PrEP for uninsured and underinsured individuals and reduce disparities in access to PrEP and PEP for uninsured and underinsured individuals and reduce disparities in access to PrEP and PEP; and
(2) appoint a PrEP and PEP grant administrator to manage the program.
(c) Directly eligible entity
For purposes of this section, the term directly eligible entity —
(1) means a Federally qualified health center or other nonprofit entity engaged in providing PrEP and PEP information and services; and
(2) may include—
(A) a Federally qualified health center (as defined in section 1861(aa)(4) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(aa)(4)));
(B) a family planning grantee (other than States) funded under section 1001 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300);
(C) a rural health clinic (as defined in section 1861(aa)(2) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(aa)(2)));
(D) a health facility operated by or pursuant to a contract with the Indian Health Service;
(E) a community-based organization, clinic, hospital, or other health facility that provides services to individuals at risk for or living with HIV; and
(F) a nonprofit private entity providing comprehensive primary care to populations at risk of HIV, including faith-based and community-based organizations.
(d) Awards
In determining whether to award a grant, and the grant amount for each grant awarded, the Secretary shall consider the grant application and the need for PrEP and PEP services in the area, the number of uninsured and underinsured individuals in the area, and how the State, territory, or Indian Tribe coordinates PrEP and PEP activities with the directly funded entity, if the State, territory, or Indian Tribe applies for the funds.
(1) In general
Any State, territory, Indian Tribe, or directly eligible entity that is awarded funds under subsection (a) shall use such funds for eligible PrEP and PEP expenses.
(2) Eligible prep expenses
The Secretary shall publish a list of expenses that qualify as eligible PrEP and PEP expenses for purposes of this section, which shall include—
(A) any prescription drug approved by the Food and Drug Administration for the prevention of HIV, administrative fees for such drugs, laboratory and other diagnostic procedures associated with the use of such drugs, and clinical follow-up and monitoring, including any related services recommended in current United States Public Health Service clinical practice guidelines, without limitation;
(B) outreach and public education activities directed toward populations overrepresented in the domestic HIV epidemic that increase awareness about the existence of PrEP and PEP, provide education about access to and health care coverage of PrEP and PEP, PrEP and PEP adherence programs, and counter stigma associated with the use of PrEP and PEP; and
(C) outreach activities directed toward physicians and other providers that provide education about PrEP and PEP.
(f) Report to Congress
The Secretary shall, in each of the first 5 years beginning one year after the date of the enactment of this section, submit to Congress, and make public on the internet website of the Department of Health and Human Services, a report on the impact of any grants provided to States, territories, and Indian Tribes and directly eligible entities for the establishment and support of pre-exposure prophylaxis programs under this section.
(e) Clarification
This section, including the amendments made by this section, shall apply notwithstanding any other provision of law, including Public Law 103–141.
(f) Private right of action
Any person aggrieved by a violation of this section, including the amendments made by this section, may commence a civil action in an appropriate United States District Court or other court of competent jurisdiction to obtain relief as allowed by law as either an individual or member of a class. If the plaintiff is the prevailing party in such an action, the court shall order the defendant to pay the costs and reasonable attorney fees of the plaintiff.
Section 7501. Research, treatment, and education
Subpart 3 of part C of title IV of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 285c et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(a) In general
The Director of NIH shall expand, intensify, and support ongoing research and other activities with respect to prediabetes and diabetes, particularly type 2, in minority populations.
(1) Description
Research under subsection (a) shall include investigation into—
(A) the causes of diabetes, including socioeconomic, geographic, clinical, environmental, genetic, and other factors that may contribute to increased rates of diabetes in minority populations; and
(B) the causes of increased incidence of diabetes complications in minority populations, and possible interventions to decrease such incidence.
(2) Inclusion of minority participants
In conducting and supporting research described in subsection (a), the Director of NIH shall seek to include minority participants as study subjects in clinical trials.
(1) In general
The Diabetes Mellitus Interagency Coordinating Committee shall—
(A) prepare and submit to Congress, not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of this section, a report on Federal research and public health activities with respect to prediabetes and diabetes in minority populations; and
(B) develop and submit to Congress, not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this section, an effective and comprehensive Federal plan (including all appropriate Federal health programs) to address prediabetes and diabetes in minority populations.
(2) Contents
The report under paragraph (1)(A) shall at minimum address each of the following:
(A) Research on diabetes and prediabetes in minority populations, including such research on—
(i) genetic, behavioral, socioeconomic, and environmental factors;
(ii) prevention of diabetes within these populations and which of the populations have individuals at increased risk of developing diabetes;
(iii) prevention of complications among individuals in these populations who have already developed diabetes; and
(iv) barriers to health care access and diabetes treatment within populations at increased risk of developing diabetes.
(B) Surveillance and data collection on diabetes and prediabetes in minority populations, including with respect to—
(i) efforts to better determine the prevalence of diabetes among Asian-American and Pacific Islander subgroups; and
(ii) efforts to coordinate data collection on the American Indian population.
(C) Community-based interventions to address diabetes and prediabetes targeting minority populations, including—
(i) the evidence base for such interventions;
(ii) the cultural appropriateness of such interventions; and
(iii) efforts to educate the public on the causes and consequences of diabetes.
(D) Education and training programs for health professionals (including community health workers) on the prevention and management of diabetes and its related complications that is supported by the Health Resources and Services Administration, including such programs supported by—
(i) the National Health Service Corps; or
(ii) the community health centers program under section 330.
(d) Education
The Director of NIH shall—
(1) through the National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities and the National Diabetes Education Program—
(A) make grants to programs funded under section 464z–4 for the purpose of establishing a medical education program for health care professionals to be more involved in weight counseling, obesity research, nutrition, and shared decision making; and
(B) provide for the participation of minority health professionals in diabetes-focused research programs; and
(2) make grants to programs that establish a professional pipeline that will increase the participation of minority individuals in diabetes-focused health fields by expanding Minority Access to Research Careers program internships and mentoring opportunities for the purposes of recruitment.
(e) Definitions
For purposes of this section:
(1) Diabetes Mellitus Interagency Coordinating Committee
The Diabetes Mellitus Interagency Coordinating Committee means the Diabetes Mellitus Interagency Coordinating Committee established under section 429.
(2) Minority population
The term minority population means a racial and ethnic minority group, as defined in section 1707.
Section 7502. Research, education, and other activities
Part B of title III of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 243 et seq.), as amended by section 7201, is amended by inserting after section 317X the following:
(1) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall conduct and support research and public health activities with respect to diabetes in minority populations.
(2) Certain activities
Activities under paragraph (1) regarding diabetes in minority populations shall include the following:
(A) Further enhancing the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey by oversampling Asian Americans, Native Hawaiians, and Pacific Islanders in appropriate geographic areas to better determine the prevalence of diabetes in such populations as well as to improve the data collection of diabetes penetration disaggregated into major ethnic groups within such populations. The Secretary shall ensure that any such oversampling does not reduce the oversampling of other minority populations including African-American and Latino populations.
(B) Through the Division of Diabetes Translation—
(i) providing for prevention research to better understand how to influence health care systems changes to improve quality of care being delivered to such populations;
(ii) carrying out model demonstration projects to design, implement, and evaluate effective diabetes prevention and control interventions for minority populations, including culturally appropriate community-based interventions;
(iii) developing and implementing a strategic plan to reduce diabetes in minority populations through applied research to reduce disparities and culturally and linguistically appropriate community-based interventions;
(iv) supporting, through the national diabetes prevention program under section 399V–3, diabetes prevention program sites in underserved regions highly impacted by diabetes; and
(v) implementing, through the national diabetes prevention program under section 399V–3, a demonstration program developing new metrics measuring health outcomes related to diabetes that can be stratified by specific minority populations.
(b) Education
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall direct the Division of Diabetes Translation to conduct and support both programs to educate the public on diabetes in minority populations and programs to educate minority populations about the causes and effects of diabetes.
(c) Diabetes; health promotion, prevention initiatives, and access
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the National Diabetes Education Program, shall conduct and support programs to educate specific minority populations through culturally appropriate and linguistically appropriate information campaigns and initiatives about prevention of, and managing, diabetes.
(d) Definition
For purposes of this section, the term minority population means a racial and ethnic minority group, as defined in section 1707.
Section 7503. Programs to educate health providers on the causes and effects of diabetes in minority populations
Part P of title III of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280g et seq.), as amended by section 7419(d), is amended by adding at the end the following:
(a) In general
The Secretary, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall conduct and support programs described in subsection (b) to educate health professionals on the causes and effects of diabetes in minority populations.
(b) Programs
Programs described in this subsection, with respect to education on diabetes in minority populations, shall include the following:
(1) Giving priority, under the primary care training and enhancement program under section 747—
(A) to awarding grants to focus on or address diabetes; and
(B) to adding minority populations to the list of vulnerable populations that should be served by such grants.
(2) Providing additional funds for the Health Careers Opportunity Program and the Centers of Excellence to partner with the Office of Minority Health under section 1707 and the National Institutes of Health to strengthen programs for career opportunities focused on diabetes treatment and care within underserved regions highly impacted by diabetes.
(3) Developing a diabetes focus within, and providing additional funds for, the National Health Service Corps scholarship program—
(A) to place individuals in areas that are disproportionately affected by diabetes and to provide diabetes treatment and care in such areas; and
(B) to provide such individuals continuing medical education specific to diabetes care.
Section 7504. Research, education, and other activities regarding diabetes in American Indian populations
Part P of title III of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280g et seq.), as amended by section 7503, is amended by adding at the end the following:
Section 399V–13. Research, education, and other activities regarding diabetes in American Indian populations
In addition to activities under sections 317X, 399V–12, and 434B, the Secretary, acting through the Indian Health Service and in collaboration with other appropriate Federal agencies, shall—
(1) conduct and support research and other activities with respect to diabetes; and
(2) coordinate the collection of data on clinically and culturally appropriate diabetes treatment, care, prevention, and services by health care professionals to the American Indian population.
Section 7505. Updated report on health disparities
The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall seek to enter into an arrangement with the National Academy of Medicine under which the National Academy will—
(1) not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, submit to Congress an updated version of the 2003 report entitled Unequal Treatment: Confronting Racial and Ethnic Disparities in Health Care; and
(2) in such updated version, address how racial and ethnic health disparities have changed since the publication of the original report.
(a) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall—
(1) enhance the annual campaign by the Department of Health and Human Services to increase the number of people vaccinated each year for influenza and pneumonia; and
(2) include in such campaign the use of written educational materials, public service announcements, physician education, and any other means which the Secretary determines effective.
(b) Materials and announcements
In carrying out the annual campaign described in subsection (a), the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall ensure that—
(1) educational materials and public service announcements are readily and widely available in communities experiencing disparities in the incidence and mortality rates of influenza and pneumonia; and
(2) the campaign uses targeted, culturally appropriate messages and messengers to reach underserved communities.
(a) In general
The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention shall conduct, support, and expand public health strategies and prevention, diagnosis, surveillance, and public and professional awareness activities regarding chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
(b) Chronic disease prevention programs
The Director of the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute shall carry out the following:
(1) Conduct public education and awareness activities with patient and professional organizations to stimulate earlier diagnosis and improve patient outcomes from treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. To the extent known and relevant, such public education and awareness activities shall reflect differences in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease by cause (tobacco, environmental, occupational, biological, and genetic) and include a focus on outreach to undiagnosed and, as appropriate, minority populations.
(2) Supplement and expand upon the activities of the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute by making grants to nonprofit organizations, State and local jurisdictions, and Indian Tribes for the purpose of reducing the burden of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, especially in disproportionately impacted communities, through public health interventions and related activities.
(3) Coordinate with the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Indian Health Service, the Health Resources and Services Administration, and the Department of Veterans Affairs to develop pilot programs to demonstrate best practices for the diagnosis and management of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
(4) Develop improved techniques and identify best practices, in coordination with the Secretary of Veterans Affairs, for assisting chronic obstructive pulmonary disease patients to successfully stop smoking, including identification of subpopulations with different needs. Initiatives under this paragraph may include research to determine whether successful smoking cessation strategies are different for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease patients compared to such strategies for patients with other chronic diseases.
(c) Environmental and occupational health programs
The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention shall—
(1) support research into the environmental and occupational causes and biological mechanisms that contribute to chronic obstructive pulmonary disease; and
(2) develop and disseminate public health interventions that will lessen the impact of environmental and occupational causes of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
(d) Data Collection
Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Director of the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute and the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, acting jointly, shall assess the depth and quality of information on chronic obstructive pulmonary disease that is collected in surveys and population studies conducted by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, including whether there are additional opportunities for information to be collected in the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, the National Health Interview Survey, and the Behavioral Risk Factors Surveillance System surveys.
Section 7701. United States Government assistance to combat tuberculosis
Section 104B of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2151b–3) is amended to read as follows:
(1) In general
It is a major objective of the foreign assistance program of the United States to help end the TB public health emergency through accelerated actions—
(A) to support the diagnosis and treatment of all adults and children with all forms of TB; and
(B) to prevent new TB infections from occurring.
(2) Support for global plans and objectives
In countries in which the United States Government has established foreign assistance programs under this Act, particularly in countries with the highest burden of TB and other countries with high rates of infection and transmission of TB, it is the policy of the United States—
(A) to support the objectives of the World Health Organization End TB Strategy, including its goals—
(i) to reduce TB deaths by 95 percent by 2035;
(ii) to reduce the TB incidence rate by 90 percent by 2035; and
(iii) to reduce the number of families facing catastrophic health costs due to TB by 100 percent by 2035;
(B) to support the Stop TB Partnership’s Global Plan to End TB 2023–2030, including by providing support for—
(i) developing and using innovative new technologies and therapies to increase active case finding and rapidly diagnose and treat children and adults with all forms of TB, alleviate suffering, and ensure TB treatment completion;
(ii) expanding diagnosis and treatment in line with the goals established by the Political Declaration of the High-Level Meeting of the General Assembly on the Fight Against Tuberculosis, including—
(I) successfully treating 40,000,000 people with active TB by 2023, including 3,500,000 children, and 1,500,000 people with drug-resistant TB; and
(II) diagnosing and treating latent tuberculosis infection, in support of the global goal of providing preventive therapy to at least 30,000,000 people by 2023, including 4,000,000 children younger than 5 years of age, 20,000,000 household contacts of people affected by TB, and 6,000,000 people living with HIV;
(iii) ensuring high-quality TB care by closing gaps in care cascades, implementing continuous quality improvement at all levels of care, and providing related patient support; and
(iv) sustainable procurements of TB commodities to avoid interruptions in supply, the procurement of commodities of unknown quality, or payment of excessive commodity costs in countries impacted by TB; and
(C) to ensure, to the greatest extent practicable, that United States funding supports activities that simultaneously emphasize—
(i) the development of comprehensive person-centered programs, including diagnosis, treatment, and prevention strategies to ensure that—
(I) all people sick with TB receive quality diagnosis and treatment through active case finding; and
(II) people at high risk for TB infection are found and treated with preventive therapies in a timely manner;
(ii) robust TB infection control practices are implemented in all congregate settings, including hospitals and prisons;
(iii) the deployment of diagnostic and treatment capacity—
(I) in areas with the highest TB burdens; and
(II) for highly at-risk and impoverished populations, including patient support services;
(iv) program monitoring and evaluation based on critical TB indicators, including indicators relating to infection control, the numbers of patients accessing TB treatment and patient support services, and preventative therapy for those at risk, including all close contacts, and treatment outcomes for all forms of TB;
(v) training and engagement of health care workers on the use of new diagnostic tools and therapies as they become available, and increased support for training frontline health care workers to support expanded TB active case finding, contact tracing, and patient support services;
(vi) coordination with domestic agencies and organizations to support an aggressive research agenda to develop vaccines as well as new tools to diagnose, treat, and prevent TB globally;
(vii) linkages with the private sector on—
(I) research and development of a vaccine, and on new tools for diagnosis and treatment of TB;
(II) improving current tools for diagnosis and treatment of TB, including telehealth solutions for prevention and treatment; and
(III) training healthcare professionals on use of the newest and most effective diagnostic and therapeutic tools;
(viii) the reduction of barriers to care, including stigma and treatment and diagnosis costs, including through—
(I) training health workers;
(II) sensitizing policy makers;
(III) requiring that all relevant grants and funding agreements include access and affordability provisions;
(IV) supporting education and empowerment campaigns for TB patients regarding local TB services;
(V) monitoring barriers to accessing TB services; and
(VI) increasing support for patient-led and community-led TB outreach efforts;
(ix) support for country-level, sustainable accountability mechanisms and capacity to measure progress and ensure that commitments made by governments and relevant stakeholders are met; and
(x) support for the integration of TB diagnosis, treatment, and prevention activities into primary health care, as appropriate.
(b) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Appropriate congressional committees
The term appropriate congressional committees means the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate and the Committee on Foreign Affairs of the House of Representatives.
(2) End TB Strategy
The term End TB Strategy means the strategy to eliminate TB that was approved by the World Health Assembly in May 2014, and is described in The End TB Strategy: Global Strategy and Targets for Tuberculosis Prevention, Care and Control After 2015.
(3) Global alliance for tuberculosis drug development
The term Global Alliance for Tuberculosis Drug Development means the public-private partnership that bring together leaders in health, science, philanthropy, and private industry to devise new approaches to TB.
(4) Global tuberculosis drug facility
The term Global Tuberculosis Drug Facility means the initiative of the Stop Tuberculosis Partnership to increase access to the most advanced, affordable, quality-assured TB drugs and diagnostics.
(5) MDR–TB
The term MDR–TB means multi-drug-resistant TB.
(6) Stop tuberculosis partnership
The term Stop Tuberculosis Partnership means the partnership of 1,600 organizations (including international and technical organizations, government programs, research and funding agencies, foundations, nongovernmental organizations, civil society and community groups, and the private sector), donors, including the United States, high TB burden countries, multilateral agencies, and nongovernmental and technical agencies, which is governed by the Stop TB Partnership Coordinating Board and hosted by a United Nations entity, committed to short- and long-term measures required to control and eventually eliminate TB as a public health problem in the world.
(7) XDR–TB
The term XDR–TB means extensively drug-resistant TB.
(d) Goals
In consultation with the appropriate congressional committees, the President shall establish goals, based on the policy and indicators described in subsection (a), for—
(1) United States TB programs to detect, cure, and prevent all forms of TB globally for the period between 2023 and 2030 that are aligned with the End TB Strategy’s 2030 targets and the USAID's Global Tuberculosis (TB) Strategy 2023–2030; and
(2) updating the National Action Plan for Combating Multidrug-Resistant Tuberculosis.
(1) In general
In carrying out this section, the President shall coordinate with the World Health Organization, the Stop TB Partnership, the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria, and other organizations with respect to the development and implementation of a comprehensive global TB response program.
(2) Bilateral assistance
In providing bilateral assistance under this section, the President, acting through the Administrator of the United States Agency for International Development, shall—
(A) catalyze support for research and development of new tools to prevent, diagnose, treat, and control TB worldwide, particularly to reduce the incidence of, and mortality from, all forms of drug-resistant TB;
(B) ensure United States programs and activities focus on finding individuals with active TB disease and provide quality diagnosis and treatment, including through digital health solutions, and reaching those at high risk with preventive therapy; and
(C) ensure coordination among relevant United States Government agencies, including the Department of State, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the National Institutes of Health, the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority, the Food and Drug Administration, the National Science Foundation, the Department of Defense (through its Congressionally Directed Medical Research Programs), and other relevant Federal departments and agencies that engage in international TB activities—
(i) to ensure accountability and transparency;
(ii) to reduce duplication of efforts; and
(iii) to ensure appropriate integration and coordination of TB services into other United States-supported health programs.
(f) Priority To End TB strategy
In furnishing assistance under subsection (c), the President shall prioritize—
(1) building and strengthening TB programs—
(A) to increase the diagnosis and treatment of everyone who is sick with TB; and
(B) to ensure that such individuals have access to quality diagnosis and treatment;
(2) direct, high-quality integrated services for all forms of TB, as described by the World Health Organization, which call for the coordination of active case finding, treatment of all forms of TB disease and infection, patient support, and TB prevention;
(3) treating individuals co-infected with HIV and other co-morbidities, and other individuals with TB who may be at risk of stigma;
(4) strengthening the capacity of health systems to detect, prevent, and treat TB, including MDR–TB and XDR–TB, as described in the latest international guidance related to TB;
(5) researching and developing innovative diagnostics, drug therapies, and vaccines, and program-based research;
(6) support for the Stop Tuberculosis Partnership’s Global Drug Facility, the Global Alliance for Tuberculosis Drug Development, and other organizations promoting the development of new products and drugs for TB; and
(7) ensuring that TB programs can serve as key platforms for supporting national respiratory pandemic response against existing and new infectious respiratory disease.
(g) Assistance for the World Health Organization and the Stop Tuberculosis Partnership
In carrying out this section, the President, acting through the Administrator of the United States Agency for International Development, is authorized—
(1) to provide resources to the World Health Organization and the Stop Tuberculosis Partnership to improve the capacity of countries with high burdens or rates of TB and other affected countries to implement the End TB Strategy, the Stop TB Global Plan to End TB, their own national strategies and plans, other global efforts to control MDR–TB and XDR–TB; and
(2) to leverage the contributions of other donors for the activities described in paragraph (1).
(h) Annual report on TB activities
Not later than December 15 of each year until the earlier of the date on which the goals specified in subsection (a)(2)(A) are met or the last day of 2030, the President shall submit an annual report to the appropriate congressional committees that describes United States foreign assistance to control TB and the impact of such efforts, including—
(1) the number of individuals with active TB disease that were diagnosed and treated, including the rate of treatment completion and the number receiving patient support;
(2) the number of persons with MDR–TB and XDR–TB that were diagnosed and treated, including the rate of completion, in countries receiving United States bilateral foreign assistance for TB control programs;
(3) the number of people trained by the United States Government in TB surveillance and control;
(4) the number of individuals with active TB disease identified as a result of engagement with the private sector and other nongovernmental partners in countries receiving United States bilateral foreign assistance for TB control programs;
(5) a description of the collaboration and coordination of United States anti-TB efforts with the World Health Organization, the Stop TB Partnership, the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, and other major public and private entities;
(6) a description of the collaboration and coordination among the United States Agency for International Development and other United States departments and agencies, including the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the Office of the Global AIDS Coordinator, for the purposes of combating TB and, as appropriate, its integration into primary care;
(7) the constraints on implementation of programs posed by health workforce shortages, health system limitations, barriers to digital health implementation, other challenges to successful implementation, and strategies to address such constraints;
(8) a breakdown of expenditures for patient services supporting TB diagnosis, treatment, and prevention, including procurement of drugs and other commodities, drug management, training in diagnosis and treatment, health systems strengthening that directly impacts the provision of TB services, and research; and
(9) for each country, and when practicable, each project site receiving bilateral United States assistance for the purpose of TB prevention, treatment, and control—
(A) a description of progress toward the adoption and implementation of the most recent World Health Organization guidelines to improve diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of TB for adults and children, disaggregated by sex, including the proportion of health facilities that have adopted the latest World Health Organization guidelines on strengthening monitoring systems and preventative, diagnostic, and therapeutic methods, including the use of rapid diagnostic tests and orally administered TB treatment regimens;
(B) the number of individuals screened for TB disease and the number evaluated for TB infection using active case finding outside of health facilities;
(C) the number of individuals with active TB disease that were diagnosed and treated, including the rate of treatment completion and the number receiving patient support;
(D) the number of adults and children, including people with HIV and close contacts, who are evaluated for TB infection, the number of adults and children started on treatment for TB infection, and the number of adults and children completing such treatment, disaggregated by sex and, as possible, income or wealth quintile;
(E) the establishment of effective TB infection control in all relevant congregant settings, including hospitals, clinics, and prisons;
(F) a description of progress in implementing measures to reduce TB incidence, including actions—
(i) to expand active case finding and contact tracing to reach vulnerable groups; and
(ii) to expand TB preventive therapy, engagement of the private sector, and diagnostic capacity;
(G) a description of progress to expand diagnosis, prevention, and treatment for all forms of TB, including in pregnant women, children, and individuals and groups at greater risk of TB, including migrants, prisoners, miners, people exposed to silica, and people living with HIV/AIDS, disaggregated by sex;
(H) the rate of successful completion of TB treatment for adults and children, disaggregated by sex, and the number of individuals receiving support for treatment completion;
(I) the number of people, disaggregated by sex, receiving treatment for MDR–TB, the proportion of those treated with the latest regimens endorsed by the World Health Organization, factors impeding scale up of such treatment, and a description of progress to expand community-based MDR–TB care;
(J) a description of TB commodity procurement challenges, including shortages, stockouts, or failed tenders for TB drugs or other commodities;
(K) the proportion of health facilities with specimen referral linkages to quality diagnostic networks, including established testing sites and reference labs, to ensure maximum access and referral for second line drug resistance testing, and a description of the turnaround time for test results;
(L) the number of people trained by the United States Government to deliver high-quality TB diagnostic, preventative, monitoring, treatment, and care services;
(M) a description of how supported activities are coordinated with—
(i) country national TB plans and strategies; and
(ii) TB control efforts supported by the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria, and other international assistance programs and funds, including in the areas of program development and implementation; and
(N) for the first 3 years of the report required under this subsection, a description of the progress in recovering from the negative impact of COVID–19 on TB, including—
(i) whether there has been the development and implementation of a comprehensive plan to recover TB activities from diversion of resources;
(ii) the continued use of bidirectional TB–COVID testing; and
(iii) progress on increased diagnosis and treatment of active TB.
(i) Annual report on TB research and development
The President, acting through the Administrator of the United States Agency for International Development, and in coordination with the National Institutes of Health, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority, the Food and Drug Administration, the National Science Foundation, and the Office of the Global AIDS Coordinator, shall submit to the appropriate congressional committees until 2030 an annual report that—
(1) describes the current progress and challenges to the development of new tools for the purpose of TB prevention, treatment, and control;
(2) identifies critical gaps and emerging priorities for research and development, including for rapid and point-of-care diagnostics, shortened treatments and prevention methods, telehealth solutions for prevention and treatment, and vaccines; and
(3) describes research investments by type, funded entities, and level of investment.
(j) Evaluation report
Not later than 3 years after the date of the enactment of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024, and 5 years thereafter, the Comptroller General of the United States shall submit a report to the appropriate congressional committees that evaluates the performance and impact on TB prevention, diagnosis, treatment, and care efforts that are supported by United States bilateral assistance funding, including recommendations for improving such programs.
(a) Education and Awareness activities
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall direct the National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion to conduct and expand the Health Community Program and Arthritis Program to educate the public on—
(1) the causes of, preventive health actions for, and effects of arthritis, lupus, and other musculoskeletal conditions in minority patient populations; and
(2) the effects of such conditions on other comorbidities including obesity, hypertension, and cardiovascular disease.
(b) Programs on arthritis and musculoskeletal conditions
Education and awareness programs of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention on arthritis and other musculoskeletal conditions in minority communities shall—
(1) be culturally and linguistically appropriate to minority patients, targeting musculoskeletal health promotion and prevention programs of each major ethnic group, including—
(A) Native Americans and Alaska Natives;
(B) Asian Americans;
(C) African Americans and Blacks;
(D) Hispanic and Latino Americans; and
(E) Native Hawaiians and Pacific Islanders; and
(2) include public awareness campaigns directed toward these patient populations that emphasize the importance of musculoskeletal health, physical activity, diet and healthy lifestyle, and weight reduction for overweight and obese patients.
(b) Duration
Grants awarded under this section shall be for a period of 5 years.
(c) Applications
An academic health science center, health professions school, or institution of higher education seeking a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
(d) Priority
In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall give priority to an institution of higher education that—
(1) has an enrollment of needy students, as defined in section 318(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059e(b));
(2) is a Hispanic-serving institution, as defined in section 502(a) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1101a(a));
(3) is a Tribal College or University, as defined in section 316(b) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1059c(b));
(4) is an Alaska Native-serving institution, as defined in section 317(b) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1059d(b));
(5) is a Native Hawaiian-serving institution, as defined in section 317(b) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1059d(b));
(6) is a Predominately Black Institution, as defined in section 318(b) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1059e(b));
(7) is a Native American-serving, nontribal institution, as defined in section 319(b) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1059f(b));
(8) is an Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institution, as defined in section 320(b) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1059g(b)); or
(9) is a minority institution, as defined in section 365 of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1067k), with an enrollment of needy students, as defined in section 312 of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1058).
(e) Uses of funds
An academic health science center, health professions school, or institution of higher education receiving a grant under this section may use the grant funds to integrate issues relating to comprehensive arthritis and musculoskeletal health into the academic or support sectors of the center, school, or institution in order to reach a large number of students, by carrying out 1 or more of the following activities:
(1) Developing educational content for issues relating to comprehensive arthritis and musculoskeletal health education that will be incorporated into first-year orientation or core courses.
(2) Creating innovative technology-based approaches to deliver arthritis and musculoskeletal health education to students, faculty, and staff.
(3) Developing and employing peer-outreach and education programs to generate discussion, educate, and raise awareness among students about issues relating to arthritis and musculoskeletal health disorders, and their relationship to diabetes, hypertension, cardiovascular disease, psychological health, and other comorbid conditions.
(1) In general
Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act, and annually thereafter for a period of 5 years, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report on the activities to provide health professions students with comprehensive arthritis and musculoskeletal health education funded under this section.
(2) Report elements
The report described in paragraph (1) shall include information about—
(A) the number of entities that are receiving a grant under this section;
(B) the specific activities supported by grants under this section;
(C) the number of students served by programs supported by grants under this section; and
(D) the status of evaluations of such programs.
(g) Definition of institution of higher education
In this section, the term institution of higher education has the meaning given such term in section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001).
(a) In general
The Director of the National Institutes of Health, acting through the Director of the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, shall—
(1) continue to expand research activities addressing sleep health disparities; and
(2) continue implementation of the NIH Sleep Disorders Research Plan across all institutes and centers of the National Institutes of Health to improve treatment and prevention of sleep health disparities.
(b) Required research activities
In conducting or supporting research relating to sleep and circadian rhythm, the Director of the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute shall—
(1) advance epidemiology and clinical research to achieve a more complete understanding of disparities in domains of sleep health and across population subgroups for which cardiovascular and metabolic health disparities exist, including—
(A) prevalence and severity of sleep apnea;
(B) habitual sleep duration;
(C) sleep timing and regularity; and
(D) insomnia;
(2) develop study designs and analytical approaches to explain and predict multilevel and life-course determinants of sleep health and to elucidate the sleep-related causes of cardiovascular and metabolic health disparities across the age spectrum, including such determinants and causes that are—
(A) environmental;
(B) biological or genetic;
(C) psychosocial;
(D) societal;
(E) political; or
(F) economic;
(3) determine the contribution of sleep impairments such as sleep apnea, insufficient sleep duration, irregular sleep schedules, and insomnia to unexplained disparities in cardiovascular and metabolic risk and disease outcomes;
(4) develop study designs, data sampling and collection tools, and analytical approaches to optimize understanding of mediating and moderating factors, and feedback mechanisms coupling sleep to cardiovascular and metabolic health disparities;
(5) advance research to understand cultural and linguistic barriers (on the person, provider, or system level) to access to care, medical diagnosis, and treatment of sleep disorders in diverse population groups;
(6) develop and test multilevel interventions (including sleep health education in diverse communities) to reduce disparities in sleep health that will impact the ability to improve disparities in cardiovascular and metabolic risk or disease;
(7) create opportunities to integrate sleep and health disparity science by strategically utilizing resources (involving existing or anticipated cohorts) and exchanging scientific data and ideas (including through cross-over into scientific meetings); and
(8) enhance the diversity and foster career development of young investigators involved in sleep and health disparities science.
(a) In general
The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention shall conduct, support, and expand public health strategies and prevention, diagnosis, surveillance, and public and professional awareness activities regarding sleep and circadian rhythm disorders.
(b) Required surveillance and education awareness activities
In conducting or supporting research relating to sleep and circadian rhythm disorders surveillance and education awareness activities, the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention shall—
(1) ensure that such activities are culturally and linguistically appropriate to minority patients, targeting sleep and circadian rhythm health promotion and prevention programs of each major ethnic group, including—
(A) Native Americans and Alaska Natives;
(B) Asian Americans;
(C) African Americans and Blacks;
(D) Hispanic and Latino-Americans; and
(E) Native Hawaiians and Pacific Islanders;
(2) collect and compile national and State surveillance data on sleep disorders health disparities;
(3) continue to develop and implement new sleep questions in public health surveillance systems to increase public awareness of sleep health and sleep disorders and their impact on health;
(4) publish monthly reports highlighting geographic, racial, and ethnic disparities in sleep health, as well as relationships between insufficient sleep and chronic disease, health risk behaviors, and other outcomes as determined necessary by the Director; and
(5) include public awareness campaigns that inform patient populations from major ethnic groups about the prevalence of sleep and circadian rhythm disorders and emphasize the importance of sleep health.
(b) Duration
Grants awarded under this section shall be for a period of 5 years.
(c) Applications
An academic health science center, health professions school, or institution of higher education seeking a grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may require.
(d) Priority
In awarding grants under this section, the Secretary shall give priority to an institution of higher education that—
(1) has an enrollment of needy students, as defined in section 318(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059e(b));
(2) is a Hispanic-serving institution, as defined in section 502(a) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1101a(a));
(3) is a Tribal College or University, as defined in section 316(b) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1059c(b));
(4) is an Alaska Native-serving institution, as defined in section 317(b) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1059d(b));
(5) is a Native Hawaiian-serving institution, as defined in section 317(b) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1059d(b));
(6) is a Predominately Black Institution, as defined in section 318(b) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1059e(b));
(7) is a Native American-serving, nontribal institution, as defined in section 319(b) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1059f(b));
(8) is an Asian American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institution, as defined in section 320(b) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1059g(b)); or
(9) is a minority institution, as defined in section 365 of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1067k), with an enrollment of needy students, as defined in section 312 of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1058).
(e) Uses of funds
An academic health science center, health professions school, or institution of higher education receiving a grant under this section may use the grant funds to integrate issues relating to comprehensive sleep and circadian health into the academic or support sectors of the center, school, or institution, in order to reach a large number of students, by carrying out 1 or more of the following activities:
(1) Developing educational content for issues relating to comprehensive sleep and circadian health education that will be incorporated into first-year orientation or core courses.
(2) Creating innovative technology-based approaches to deliver sleep health education to students, faculty, and staff.
(3) Developing and employing peer-outreach and education programs to generate discussion, educate, and raise awareness among students about issues relating to poor quality sleep, sleep and circadian disorders, and the role sleep health plays in other diseases and comorbidities.
(1) In general
Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act, and annually thereafter for a period of 5 years, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report on the activities to provide health professions students with comprehensive sleep and circadian health education funded under this section.
(2) Report elements
The report described in paragraph (1) shall include information about—
(A) the number of entities that are receiving a grant under this section;
(B) the specific activities supported by grants under this section;
(C) the number of students served by programs supported by grants under this section; and
(D) the status of evaluations of programs supported by such grants.
(g) Definition of institution of higher education
In this section, the term institution of higher education has the meaning given such term in section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001).
(a) In general
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall submit to Congress and the President a report on the impact of sleep and circadian health disorders for racial and ethnic minority communities and other vulnerable populations.
(b) Contents
The report under subsection (a) shall include information on the—
(1) progress that has been made in reducing the impact of sleep and circadian health disorders in such communities and populations;
(2) opportunities that exist to make additional progress in reducing the impact of sleep and circadian health disorders in such communities and populations;
(3) challenges that may impede such additional progress; and
(4) Federal funding necessary to achieve substantial reductions in sleep and circadian health disorders in racial and ethnic minority communities.
(1) Research and training centers
Section 431(c)(3) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 285c–5(c)(3)) is amended—
(A) in subparagraph (B), by striking and at the end;
(B) in subparagraph (C), by striking and at the end; and
(C) by adding at the end the following:
(D) improving data science through improvement in bioinformatics, data integration, and data sharing;
(E) defining the chronic kidney disease mechanism and identifying new therapeutic targets for chronic kidney disease using specific tools, including mapping the genetic architecture of kidney function and disease and translating genetic maps to disease-causing genes and mechanisms, especially among minority populations;
(F) improving models of human disease including better humanized animal models, improved reproducibility, and functional characterization of kidney organoids, and accelerating the development of in vivo imaging technologies; and
(G) developing cell-specific drug delivery systems and gene editing, including targeted systems for the delivery of therapeutic compounds to specific kidney compartments or cell types and accelerating the implementation of gene editing and gene therapy for the treatment of kidney diseases in vivo; and
(2) Inclusion of minority participants
In conducting and supporting research described in the amendment made by paragraph (1), the Director of the National Institutes of Health shall work with the Director of the National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities to improve the number of minority participants as study subjects in clinical trials. Such work may include—
(A) developing and sustaining clinical trial consortia that can recruit patients with chronic kidney disease to ensure adequate capacity for assessment of kidney outcomes and increase the enrollment of underrepresented populations;
(B) encouraging the use of novel designs in clinical trials to enhance the recruitment and retention of underrepresented populations which will enhance the generalizability of study findings;
(C) supporting outreach initiatives that incorporate acknowledgment of both historical and current grounds for participation reluctance, and that prioritize demonstrating trustworthiness, in order to enhance the ability to promote and effectively convey the benefits of clinical research participation;
(D) completing clinical trials that test interventions to improve patient quality of life and address patient-reported outcomes; and
(E) encouraging inclusion of persons with chronic kidney disease in clinical trials of treatments for nonkidney diseases.
(b) Report; comprehensive plan
Section 429 of the Public Health Services Act (42 U.S.C. 285c–3) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(1) In general
The Kidney, Urologic, and Hematologic Diseases Coordinating Committee, in coordination with the Chronic Kidney Disease Initiative at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall—
(A) prepare and submit to the Congress, not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of this subsection, a report on Federal research and public health activities with respect to kidney disease in minority populations; and
(B) develop and submit to the Congress, the Secretary, the Director of the National Institutes of Health, and the Advisory Board established under section 430 for the diseases for which the Committee was established, not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this subsection, an effective and comprehensive Federal plan (including all appropriate Federal health programs) to address kidney disease in minority populations.
(2) Contents
The report under paragraph (1)(A) shall at minimum address each of the following:
(A) Research on kidney disease in minority populations, including such research on—
(i) genetic, behavioral, and environmental factors;
(ii) prevention and complications among individuals within these populations who have already developed kidney disease;
(iii) the delivery of evidenced-based care for all chronic kidney disease stages, especially in underrepresented and underserved populations;
(iv) expanding support for a root-cause analysis approach to disparities, including causes, detection, and management of chronic kidney disease for underserved populations;
(v) developing research teams that engage with community organizations to develop and implement interventions which halt or delay development and progression of chronic kidney disease; and
(vi) continued support of observational studies of kidney disease measures and outcomes.
(B) Surveillance and data collection on kidney disease in minority populations, including with respect to—
(i) efforts to better determine the prevalence of kidney disease among Asian-American and Pacific Islander subgroups; and
(ii) efforts to coordinate data collection on the American Indian population.
(C) Community-based interventions to address kidney disease targeting minority populations, including—
(i) the evidence bases for such interventions;
(ii) the cultural appropriateness of such interventions; and
(iii) efforts to educate the public on the causes and consequences of kidney disease.
(D) Education and training programs for health professionals (including community health workers) on the prevention and management of kidney disease and its related complications that are supported by the Health Resources and Services Administration, including such programs supported by the Bureau of Health Workforce, the Bureau of Primary Health Care, and the Health Systems Bureau. This shall include—
(i) identification of effective strategies to increase implementation of proven therapies to slow chronic kidney disease incidence and progression, especially in high-risk underrepresented populations; and
(ii) identification of effective practice improvement strategies in large and small health systems to reduce chronic kidney disease incidence and progression.
(a) In general
The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention shall conduct, support, and expand public health strategies, prevention, diagnosis, surveillance, and public and professional awareness activities regarding kidney disease.
(1) Development
Pursuant to section 426 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 285c), not later than 2 years after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Director of the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases, in consultation with the Director of the National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities and the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall develop a national action plan to address kidney disease in the United States with participation from patients, caregivers, health professionals, patient advocacy organizations, researchers, providers, public health professionals, and other stakeholders.
(2) Contents
At a minimum, such plan shall include recommendations for—
(A) public health interventions for the purpose of implementation of the national plan;
(B) biomedical, health services, and public health research on kidney disease; and
(C) inclusion of kidney disease in the health data collections of all Federal agencies.
(c) Kidney disease prevention programs
The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, through the Chronic Kidney Disease Initiative, shall carry out the following:
(1) Conduct public education and awareness activities with patient and professional organizations to stimulate earlier diagnosis and improve patient outcomes from treatment of kidney disease. To the extent known and relevant, such public education and awareness activities shall reflect differences in kidney disease by cause (such as hypertension, diabetes, lupus nephritis, COVID–19, and polycystic kidney disease) and include a focus on outreach to undiagnosed and, as appropriate, minority populations.
(2) Supplement and expand upon the activities of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention by making grants to nonprofit organizations, State and local jurisdictions, and Indian Tribes for the purpose of reducing the burden of kidney disease, especially in disproportionately impacted communities, through public health interventions and related activities.
(3) Coordinate with the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases, the Indian Health Service, the Health Resources and Services Administration, and the Department of Veterans Affairs to develop pilot programs to demonstrate best practices for the diagnosis and management of kidney disease.
(4) Develop improved techniques and identify best practices, in coordination with the Secretary of Veterans Affairs, for assisting kidney disease patients.
(d) Data collection
Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Director of the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases and the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, acting jointly, shall assess the depth and quality of information on kidney disease that is collected in surveys and population studies conducted by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, including whether there are additional opportunities for information to be collected in the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey, the National Health Interview Survey, and the Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System surveys. The Director of the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases shall include the results of such assessment in the national action plan under subsection (b).
(a) In general
Section 1881(b)(14) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395rr(b)(14)) is amended by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(i) With respect to staff-assisted home dialysis (as defined in clause (iv)(IV)) furnished on or after the date that is 1 year after the date of the enactment of this subparagraph, subject to the succeeding provisions of this subparagraph, the Secretary shall increase the single payment that would otherwise apply under this paragraph for renal dialysis services by the add-on payment amount established pursuant to clause (iii).
(I) Subject to subclause (II), staff-assisted home dialysis may only be furnished—
(aa) with respect to an initializing patient (as defined in clause (iv)(I)) or a returning patient (as defined in clause (iv)(III)), for a period of up to 90 days, referred to as the initial period, which may be extended as determined necessary by the care team of the individual in not more than 2 intervals of up to 30 days each, each of which is referred to as an extended interval; and
(bb) with respect to a temporary assistance patient (as defined in clause (iv)(V)), for any 30-day period as determined necessary by the care team of the individual, notwithstanding whether such an individual receives any routine dialysis respite care during such period.
(II) Notwithstanding subclause (I), staff-assisted home dialysis may be furnished for as long as the Secretary determines appropriate to an individual who—
(aa) is blind;
(bb) has a cognitive or neurological impairment (including a stroke, Alzheimer’s Disease, dementia, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, or any other impairment determined by the Secretary); or
(cc) has any other illness or injury that reduces mobility (including cerebral palsy, spinal cord injuries, an injury or illness that requires the individual to be on a ventilator, or any other illness or injury determined by the Secretary).
(iii) The Secretary shall, by regulation, establish an add-on payment amount for staff-assisted home dialysis to determine the amounts payable to a qualified provider (as defined in clause (iv)(II)) for assisting in the furnishing of staff-assisted home dialysis on a frequency as determined by the Secretary and in consultation with clinicians, patients, and care partners to ensure maximum patient choice, access, and flexibility. In establishing the add-on payment under this clause, the Secretary shall consult with stakeholders, including providers of renal dialysis services, individuals receiving home dialysis, qualified providers, private insurance payers, and Medicare Advantage plans under part C.
(iv) In this subparagraph:
(I) The term initializing patient means an individual who initiates a home dialysis modality, including home hemodialysis and peritoneal dialysis.
(II) The term qualified provider means a trained professional (as determined by the Secretary, including a registered or licensed practical nurse and a certified patient care technician) who—
(aa) furnishes renal dialysis services;
(bb) meets requirements (as determined by the Secretary) that ensure competency in patient care and modality usage; and
(cc) during a period described in clause (ii)(I), provides in-person assistance to an individual for an appropriate number of dialysis sessions, as determined by the care team of the individual based on the needs of the individual, caregiver availability, prescription, and mode of home dialysis.
(III) The term returning patient means an individual who is returning to home dialysis after a period of hospitalization or other non-home dialysis modality.
(aa) The term staff-assisted home dialysis means dialysis furnished by the individual in a home, residence, or other approved setting with the assistance of a qualified provider, the frequency of which is determined by the qualified provider in coordination with the individual, the care partner, and the care team of the individual and outlined in a patient plan of care.
(bb) In this subclause, the term care partner means a friend or family member who is designated by the individual who is trained to assist the individual with the furnishing of home dialysis.
(cc) In this subclause, the term patient plan of care has the meaning given such term in section 494.90 of title 42, Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor regulations).
(V) The term temporary assistance patient means an individual who is receiving home dialysis and is temporarily unable to perform functions necessary to self-furnish unassisted home dialysis due to illness, injury, caregiver unavailability, or other temporary circumstances not to exceed 30 days.
(1) In general
Section 1881(b)(5) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395rr(b)(5)) is amended—
(A) in subparagraph (C), by striking at the end and;
(B) in subparagraph (D), by striking the period at the end and inserting a semicolon; and
(C) by adding at the end the following new subparagraphs:
(E) educate individuals on the opportunity to receive staff-assisted home dialysis (as defined in paragraph (14)(J)(iv)(IV)) during the periods described in paragraph (14)(J)(ii); and
(F) provide for registered or licensed nurses, certified patient care technicians, or other qualified providers (as determined by a physician) to train individuals and their care partners in skills and procedures needed to furnish staff-assisted home dialysis, including—
(i) in a group-training environment with other individuals and their care partners when appropriate and in accordance with Federal regulations (concerning the privacy of individually identifiable health information) promulgated under section 264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996;
(ii) via telehealth (following an initial period of in-person competency training, in accordance with standards specified by the Secretary);
(iii) through interdisciplinary team training (as described in the interpretive guidance relating to tag number V590 of Advance Copy—End Stage Renal Disease (ESRD) Program Interpretive Guidance Version 1.1 (published on October 3, 2008)); and
(iv) in the home or residence of an individual, in a dialysis facility, in a stand-alone training facility, or the place in which the individual has been approved to perform home dialysis by the care team.
(2) Effective date
The amendments made by this subsection shall take effect on the date that is 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act.
(1) Anti-kickback statute
Section 1128B(b)(3) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320a–7b(b)(3)) is amended—
(A) by moving subparagraphs (J) and (K) 2 ems to the left;
(B) in subparagraph (K), by striking and at the end;
(C) in subparagraph (L), by striking the period at the end and inserting; and; and
(D) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(M) any remuneration relating to the furnishing of staff-assisted home dialysis (as defined in section 1881(b)(14)(J)(iv)(IV)).
(2) Study
Not later than 2 years after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services (in this section referred to as the Secretary) shall submit, to the Committee on Finance of the Senate and the Committees on Energy and Commerce and Ways and Means of the House of Representatives, a report that—
(A) examines racial disparities in the utilization of home dialysis (as defined in section 1881(b)(14)(J)(iv)(IV) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395rr(b)(14)(J)(iv)(IV)), as added by subsection (a)), and makes recommendations on how to improve access to home dialysis for communities of color;
(B) examines coverage for, and utilization of, home dialysis in rural communities, and makes recommendations on how to improve access to home dialysis for such rural communities; and
(C) analyzes clinical and quality of life outcomes for patients, disaggregated by geographic and demographic indicators, who receive different dialysis modalities, including staff-assisted home dialysis, unassisted home dialysis, and dialysis furnished in a facility.
(3) Patient decision tool
Not later than December 31, 2025, for the purposes of section 1881(b)(14)(J) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395rr(b)(14)(J)), as added by subsection (a), the Secretary shall convene a patient panel to develop a patient-centered decision tool to assist dialysis patients in evaluating their lifestyle and goals and in choosing the dialysis setting and modality. Such tool shall include an acknowledgment that the patient is capable of home dialysis and wants home dialysis, if that is the modality such patient chooses.
(4) Patient quality of life metric
Section 1881(h)(2)(A)(iv) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395rr(h)(2)(A)(iv)) is amended—
(A) in subclause (II), by striking and at the end;
(B) in subclause (III), by striking the period at the end and inserting; and; and
(C) by adding at the end the following new subclause:
(IV) patient quality of life for all individuals utilizing dialysis regardless of modality, with the intent of measuring and improving patient quality of life on dialysis.
(a) In general
The Director of the National Institutes of Health shall expand, intensify, and support ongoing research and other activities with respect to kidney transplants in minority populations.
(b) CMS data collection and reporting
The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services shall collect and report annual data on dialysis facility and nephrologist performance on transplant referral, with an emphasis on data relating to patients of color.
(c) OPTN data collection and reporting
The Organ Procurement and Transplantation Network shall collect and the Scientific Registry of Transplant Recipients shall report annual data, broken down by demographic and socioeconomic characteristics, on individual transplant center performance as it relates to patients referred, evaluated, waitlisted, and successfully transplanted.
(d) Transplant center data
Each organ transplant center shall report on the percent of appropriate waitlisted patients (including socioeconomic and demographic data) giving and receiving annual informed consent for offers for suboptimal kidneys (such as kidneys with a kidney donor profile index of greater than 85 percent or kidney age 50 with diabetes, or age greater than 60).
(e) Organ procurement organization data
Each organ procurement organization shall report annual data on referrals, refusals (patient or doctor), and acceptance of organs by hospital, ZIP Code, race, ethnicity, and age strata except as prohibited by need for confidentiality.
(f) Data Transparency for Patients
Each organ transplant center shall provide to each patient of such center, on an annual basis—
(1) the number of times an organ was offered to the patient, declined, and transplanted into another patient from organs within a 500-mile radius; and
(2) the number of times an organ was offered to and declined for the patient from a low-risk donor which was subsequently transplanted into another patient.
(g) Improved transplantation education
The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services shall certify a nonbiased, third-party organization to accredit organ transplant education.
(h) Research
Research under subsection (a) shall include investigation into—
(1) the causes of lower rates of kidney transplants in minority populations, including socioeconomic, geographic, clinical, environmental, genetic, and other factors that may contribute to lower rates of kidney transplants in minority populations; and
(2) possible interventions to increase kidney transplants.
(1) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall—
(A) prepare and submit to the Congress, not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of this section, a report on Federal research and public health activities with respect to kidney transplants as a treatment for end-stage renal disease in minority populations; and
(B) develop and submit to the Congress, not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this section, an effective and comprehensive Federal plan (including all appropriate Federal health programs) to increase the number of kidney transplants in minority populations.
(2) Contents
The report under paragraph (1)(A) shall at a minimum address each of the following:
(A) Research on kidney transplants in minority populations, including such research on financial, insurance coverage, genetic, behavioral, and environmental factors.
(B) Surveillance and data collection on kidney transplants in minority populations, including with respect to—
(i) efforts to increase kidney transplants among Asian-American and Pacific Islander subgroups with end-stage renal disease; and
(ii) efforts to increase kidney transplants in the American Indian population.
(C) Community-based efforts to increase kidney transplants targeting minority populations, including—
(i) the evidence base for such increases;
(ii) the cultural appropriateness of such increases; and
(iii) efforts to educate the public on kidney transplants.
(D) Education and training programs for health professionals (including community health workers) on the kidney transplants that are supported by the Health Resources and Services Administration, including such programs supported by the Bureau of Health Workforce, the Bureau of Primary Health Care, and the Health Systems Bureau.
Section 7901A–4. Environmental and occupational health programs
The Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention shall—
(1) support research into the environmental and occupational causes and biological mechanisms that contribute to kidney disease; and
(2) develop and disseminate public health interventions that will lessen the impact of environmental and occupational causes of kidney disease.
(a) Study
The Secretary of Health and Human Services (in this section referred to as the Secretary) shall conduct a study on treatment patterns associated with providing care, under the Medicare program under title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.), under the Medicaid program under title XIX of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.), and through private health insurance, to minority populations that are disproportionately affected by kidney failure.
(b) Report
Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report on the study conducted under subsection (a), together with such recommendations as the Secretary determines to be appropriate.
(a) Definition of primary health services
Section 331(a)(3)(D) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254d(a)(3)(D)) is amended by inserting nephrology, after dentistry,.
(b) National health service corps scholarship program
Section 338A(a)(2) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254l(a)(2)) is amended by inserting, which may include kidney health professionals before the period at the end.
(c) National health service corps loan repayment program
Section 338B(a)(2) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254l–1(a)(2)) is amended by inserting, which may include kidney health professionals before the period at the end.
(1) In general
Section 1882(s) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ss(s)) is amended—
(A) in paragraph (2)—
(i) in subparagraph (A), by striking is 65 and all that follows through the period at the end and inserting the following:
(i) is—
(i) 65 years of age or older and is enrolled for benefits under part B; or
(ii) is entitled to benefits under 226A(b) and is enrolled for benefits under part B.
(i) ; and
(ii) in subparagraph (D), in the matter preceding clause (i), by inserting (or is entitled to benefits under 226A(b)) after is 65 years of age or older; and
(B) in paragraph (3)(B)—
(i) in clause (ii), by inserting (or is entitled to benefits under 226A(b)) after is 65 years of age or older; and
(ii) in clause (vi), by inserting (or under 226A(b)) after at age 65.
(2) Effective date
The amendments made by paragraph (1) shall apply to Medicare supplemental policies effective on or after January 1, 2025.
(A) In general
In the case of an individual described in paragraph (2), the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall establish a one-time enrollment period during which such an individual may enroll in any Medicare supplemental policy under section 1882 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ss) of the individual’s choosing.
(B) Enrollment period
The enrollment period established under subparagraph (A) shall begin on January 1, 2025, and shall end June 30, 2025.
(2) Individual described
An individual described in this paragraph is an individual who—
(A) is entitled to hospital insurance benefits under part A of title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395c et seq.) or under section 226A(b) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 426–1(b));
(B) is enrolled for benefits under part B of such title XVIII (42 U.S.C. 1395j et seq.); and
(C) would not, but for the provisions of, and amendments made by, subsection (a) be eligible for the guaranteed issue of a Medicare supplemental policy under paragraph (2) or (3) of section 1882(s) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ss(s)).
Section 7901B. FDA review of clinical trial best practices
The Commissioner of Food and Drugs shall—
(1) aggregate information on the accumulated experience of sponsors of drugs that develop and execute clinical trial diversity plans during drug development;
(2) include in such aggregated information an analysis from the perspectives of the Food and Drug Administration and such sponsors of which actions worked or which did not work to enhance clinical trial diversity;
(3) not later than September 30, 2025, convene a public meeting, including representatives from the regulated industry and patient organizations, to discuss findings and recommendations for specific actions that have led to measurable improvements in the representation of racial and ethnic populations in clinical research; and
(4) not later than September 30, 2026, update the guidance of the Food and Drug Administration titled Enhancing the Diversity of Clinical Trial Populations—Eligibility Criteria, Enrollment Practices, and Trial Designs to align such guidance with findings and recommendations that were discussed at the meeting under paragraph (3).
(1) No cost provision of digital health technologies
The free provision of digital health technologies by drug or device manufacturers to their clinical trial participants shall not be considered a violation of section 1128A of the Social Security Act (commonly known as the Civil Monetary Penalties Law) (42 U.S.C. 1320a–7a), section 1128B of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320a–7b), or sections 3729 through 3733 of title 31, United States Code (commonly known as the False Claims Act), provided that—
(A) the use of digital health technologies will facilitate in any phase of clinical development the inclusion of diversity of patient populations, such as underrepresented racial and ethnic minorities, low-income populations, and the elderly;
(B) the digital health technologies will facilitate individuals’ participation, or are necessary to such participation;
(C) all features of the digital health technologies that are unrelated to use in the clinical trial are disabled or only allowed to remain activated to model real-world usage of the digital technology; and
(D) the clinical trial sponsor requires participants to return, purchase, or disable the digital health technologies by the conclusion of the trial.
(A) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services (in this section referred to as the Secretary) may issue grants to, and enter into contracts with, entities to support community education, outreach, and recruitment activities for clinical trials with respect to drugs, including vaccines for diseases or conditions which have a disproportionate impact on underrepresented populations (including on racial and ethnic minority populations), including for the diagnosis, prevention, or treatment of COVID–19. Such activities may include—
(i) working with community clinical trial sites, including community health centers, academic health centers, and other facilities;
(ii) training health care personnel including potential clinical trial investigators, with a focus on significantly increasing the number of underrepresented racial and ethnic minority health care personnel who are clinical trial investigators at the community sites for ongoing clinical trials;
(iii) engaging community stakeholders to encourage participation in clinical trials, especially in underrepresented racial and ethnic minority communities; and
(iv) fostering partnerships with community-based organizations serving underrepresented racial and ethnic minority populations, including labor organizations and frontline health care workers.
(B) Priority for grant and contract awards
In awarding grants and contracts under this paragraph, the Secretary shall prioritize entities that—
(i) develop educational, recruitment, and training materials in multiple languages; or
(ii) undertake clinical trial outreach efforts in more diverse racial and ethnic communities that are traditionally underrepresented in clinical trials, such as Tribal areas.
(1) In general
Section 1128A(i)(6)(F) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320a–7a(i)(6)(F)) is amended by inserting (including remuneration offered or transferred to an individual to promote the participation in an approved clinical trial, as defined in subsection (d) of the first section 2709 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300gg–8) (relating to coverage for individuals participating in approved clinical trials), as so designated by section 1563(c)(10)(C) of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, that is registered with the database of clinical trials maintained by the National Library of Medicine (or any successor database), so long as such remuneration facilitates equitable inclusion of patients from all relevant demographic and socioeconomic populations and is related to patient participation in the approved clinical trial) after promotes access to care.
(2) Effective date
The amendment made by paragraph (1) shall apply to remuneration provided on or after the date of the enactment of this Act.
(1) In general
The Secretary shall seek to enter into an arrangement with the National Academy of Medicine under which the National Academy agrees to study and propose a design for a national interoperable data platform to improve access to health data, and other relevant data needs, during public health emergencies.
(2) Report
The arrangement under paragraph (1) shall provide that the National Academy of Medicine, not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act, shall submit a report to the Secretary and Congress on the results of the study under paragraph (1) and the design proposed based on such study.
(1) Applications
Beginning on the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Director of the National Institutes of Health (in this subsection referred to as the Secretary), shall require that an entity seeking to conduct a clinical trial investigating a drug or device (as those terms are defined in section 201 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 321)) or biological product (as defined in section 351(i) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 262(i))) that is funded by the National Institutes of Health and conducted at any national research institute or national center, submit an application (or renewal thereof) for such funding that includes—
(A) clear and measurable goals for the recruitment and retention of participants that reflect—
(i) the race, ethnicity, age, and gender or sex of patients with the disease or condition being investigated; or
(ii) the race, ethnicity, age, and gender or sex of the general population of the United States if the prevalence of the disease or condition is not known;
(B) a rationale for the goals specified under subparagraph (A) that specifies—
(i) how investigators will calculate the number of participants for each population category that reflect the population groups specified in subparagraph (A); and
(ii) strategies that will be used to enroll and retain participants across the different racial, ethnic, age, and gender or sex categories;
(C) a detailed plan for how the clinical trial will achieve the goals specified under subparagraph (A) that specifies—
(i) the requirements for researchers, in conducting the trial to analyze the population groups specified in subparagraph (A) separately;
(ii) the role of community partners or community institutional review boards in reviewing the plans; and
(iii) how the trial will recruit a study population that is—
(I) in proportion to the prevalence of the disease or condition in such groups relative to the prevalence of the disease or condition in the overall population of the United States;
(II) in sufficient numbers to obtain clinically and statistically meaningful determinations of the safety and effectiveness of the drug being studied in the respective race, ethnicity, age, and gender or sex groups; and
(III) consistent with the guidance under section 505(b)(1) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 355(b)(1)) and guidance issued by the National Institutes of Health on the inclusion of women and minorities in clinical trials;
(D) the entity’s plan for implementing, or an explanation of why the entity cannot implement, alternative clinical trial follow-up requirements that are less burdensome for trial participants, such as—
(i) requiring fewer follow-up visits;
(ii) allowing phone follow-up or home visits by nurse trial coordinators (in lieu of in-person visits by patients);
(iii) allowing for online follow-up options;
(iv) permitting the patient’s primary care provider to perform some of the follow-up visit requirements and to reimburse the patient for any out-of-pocket costs incurred by the patient for such follow-up visits;
(v) allowing for weekend hours for required follow-up visits;
(vi) allowing virtual or telemedicine visits;
(vii) use of wearable technology to record key health parameters; and
(viii) use of alternate labs or imaging centers, which may be closer to the residence of the patients participating in the trial; and
(E) the entity’s education and training requirements for researchers and other individuals conducting or supporting the clinical trial with respect to diversity and health inequities in underrepresented populations, including a requirement to consult with, and review materials made available by, such committees, task forces, and working groups other entities the Secretary determines are appropriate, including the following:
(i) The Equity Committee of the National Institutes of Health.
(ii) The National Advisory Council on Minority Health and Health Disparities.
(iii) The Advisory Committee on Research on Women's Health.
(iv) The Sexual & Gender Minority Research Coordinating Committee of the National Institutes of Health.
(v) The Tribal Health Research Coordinating Committee of the National Institutes of Health.
(A) In general
As a condition on the receipt of funding through the National Institutes of Health, as described in paragraph (1), with respect to a clinical trial, the sponsor of the clinical trial shall agree to terms requiring that—
(i) the aggregate demographic information of trial participants be shared on an annual basis with the Secretary while participant recruitment and data collection in such trial is ongoing, and that such information is provided with respect to—
(I) underrepresented populations, including populations grouped by race, ethnicity, age, sex, gender identity and expression, geographic region, primary written and spoken language, disability status, sexual orientation, socioeconomic status, occupation, and other relevant factors; and
(II) such populations that reflect the prevalence of the disease or condition that is the subject of the clinical trial involved (as available and as appropriate to the scientific objective for the study, as determined by the Director of the National Institutes of Health);
(ii) the sponsor submits to the program officer and grants management specialist of the specific National Institutes of Health national research institute or national center, as frequently as such officer or specialist determines necessary, the retention rate of participants in the clinical trial, disaggregated by race, ethnicity, gender or sex, and age;
(iii) both the clinical trial researchers and the applicant reviewers complete education and training programs on diversity in clinical trials; and
(iv) at the conclusion of the trial, the sponsor submits to the Secretary the number of participants in the trial, disaggregated by race, ethnicity, age, and gender or sex.
(B) Privacy protections
Any data shared under subparagraph (A) may not include any individually identifiable information or protected health information with respect to clinical trial participants and shall only be disclosed to the extent allowed under Federal privacy laws.
(3) Exception
In lieu of submitting an application under paragraph (1) and documentation of goals as required by subparagraph (A) of such paragraph, an applicant may provide reasoning (other than cost) for why the recruitment of each of the population groups specified in subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) is not necessary and why such recruitment is not scientifically justified or possible.
(4) Publication
The Secretary shall—
(A) publish on a public website of the National Institutes of Health, upon receipt of an application to which paragraph (1) applies or reasoning under paragraph (3)—
(i) a summary of the disease being targeted in the clinical trial that is the subject of the application and the prevalence of such disease across race, ethnicity, gender or sex, age, and clinical trial representation in each such category;
(ii) the goals specified in such application, as required by paragraph (1)(A); or
(iii) the reasoning described in paragraph (3); and
(B) ensure that, in publishing information relating to an application or reasoning under subparagraph (A), the design of the study involved is not disclosed.
(A) In general
In the case of a clinical trial subject to paragraph (1) that fails to meet the condition specified pursuant to paragraph (1) by such date as may be agreed upon by the sponsor of the trial and the program officer and grants management specialist of the specific National Institutes of Health national research institute or national center, the Secretary shall require the sponsor of that clinical trial, not later than 60 days after such date occurs—
(i) to develop, in consultation with the Secretary and advocacy and community-based organizations representing individuals who are members of relevant demographic groups specified in paragraph (1)(A), a strategic plan to increase participation in such clinical trial of such individuals; and
(ii) to submit to the Secretary, such strategic plan.
(B) Publication
The Secretary shall make publicly available on the website of the National Institutes of Health, the strategic plan received under subparagraph (A) as soon as possible after receipt. The Secretary shall ensure that, in publishing such plan under the preceding sentence, the design of the study involved is not disclosed.
(C) Implementation
The sponsor of the clinical trial that is the subject of the strategic plan published under subparagraph (B), shall, not later than 60 days after such date as may be agreed upon by the sponsor of the trial and the appropriate program officer and grants management specialist of the National Institutes of Health, implement the strategic plan.
(D) Technical assistance
The Secretary may provide technical assistance to a sponsor of a clinical trial, as necessary for the sponsor to meet the requirements of subparagraph (C).
(A) In general
In the case of a clinical trial subject to paragraph (1) that, after the close of the 60-day period specified in paragraph (5)(C), continues to fail to meet the condition specified pursuant to paragraph (1)(A), the Secretary shall—
(i) hold the noncompeting continuation of funding received through the grant involved;
(ii) apply specific conditions on the award of funds to such sponsor to conduct such clinical trial; or
(iii) terminate such funding.
(i) In general
In the case of a clinical trial subject to the penalty under subparagraph (A) that fails to meet the condition referred to in such subparagraph, the sponsor of such clinical trial may, prior to the conclusion of the 60-day period referred to in subparagraph (A), submit an application to the relevant program officer and grants specialist requesting a waiver of such condition. Such an application shall specify reasoning for why the recruitment of each of the population groups specified in subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) is not necessary or why such recruitment is not scientifically justified or possible.
(ii) Review
Not later than 30 days after a date agreed upon by the sponsor of the trial and the appropriate program officer and grants management specialist of the National Institutes of Health, the Secretary shall—
(I) complete the review of such application; and
(II) make a determination to approve or deny the application.
(iii) No additional penalties
No additional penalties may be applied with respect to a sponsor of a clinical trial under subparagraph (A) during the 30-day period specified in clause (ii).
(C) Termination of funding
In the case of a clinical trial described in subparagraph (B)(i), the Secretary may elect to terminate funding described in paragraph (1) for the clinical trial if no request for a waiver under subparagraph (B) is received by the conclusion 60-day period referred to in subparagraph (A).
(A) In general
In the case of a clinical trial that received funding through the National Institutes of Health and is ongoing as of the date of the enactment of this Act, the sponsor of such clinical trial is exempt from the requirements of (and associated penalties imposed by) this section.
(B) Report
The Secretary shall include in the triennial report required to be submitted under section 403 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 283), a list of all clinical trials receiving funding through the National Institutes of Health—
(i) that requested and received waivers under this subsection; or
(ii) with respect to which funding has been terminated pursuant to this subsection.
(8) Nondiscrimination
Section 1557 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (42 U.S.C. 18116) shall apply with respect to a clinical trial subject to paragraph (1).
(1) Study on modernization of human subject regulations
Not later than 2 years after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Director of the National Institutes of Health (referred to in this subsection as the Secretary), shall conduct and complete a study on—
(A) the need for review of human subject regulations specified in part 46 of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations (or successor regulations), and related guidance;
(B) the modernization of such regulations and guidance to establish updated guidelines for reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses of human subjects, compensation of human subjects for time spent participating in the clinical trial, and incentives for recruitment of human subjects; and
(C) the need for updated safe harbor rules under section 1001.952 of title 42, Code of Federal Regulations (or successor regulations) and section 1128B of the Social Security Act (commonly referred to as the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. 1320a–7b)) with respect to the assistance provided under this subsection.
(2) Reimbursement for costs associated with clinical trial participation
As a condition on receipt of any funding provided through the National Institutes of Health to conduct a clinical trial investigating a drug or device (as those terms are defined in section 201 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 321)) or biological product (as defined in section 351(i) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 262(i))), the Secretary shall require that the sponsor of such clinical trial—
(A) works with institutional review boards and program officers of the National Institutes of Health to determine when reimbursement for the costs associated with clinical trial participation is warranted; and
(B) subject to paragraph (3), provides to clinical trial participants reimbursement for expenses (using funds other than funds supplied through the National Institutes of Health) incurred as a result of that participation, which may include—
(i) missed or forgone salary;
(ii) language assistance, including interpreter services;
(iii) food expenses;
(iv) childcare expenses;
(v) lodging expenses;
(vi) transportation expenses; or
(vii) other expenses as identified by the participant, subject to review by the clinical trial sponsor, at its discretion, on a case-by-case basis.
(i) In general
A sponsor of a clinical trial to which subsection (a)(1) applies, may require that, in order to receive reimbursement as described in paragraph (2), a participant complete an application and share with the sponsor such documentation of expenses described in such paragraph, as the sponsor may require.
(ii) Timing
Not later than 30 days after the date on which a sponsor of a clinical trial receives an application under clause (i), the sponsor shall—
(I) review the application; and
(II) provide for reimbursement of eligible expenses documented in such application, as determined at the discretion of the clinical trial sponsor on a case-by-case basis.
(B) Enforcement
A sponsor of a clinical trial to which subsection (a)(1) applies, shall submit on an annual basis, as part of the progress reports submitted to the Secretary pursuant to section 402(j) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 282(j)), during the data collection period of the clinical trial, to the Secretary an accounting of the reimbursements made to clinical trial participants under subparagraph (A). Such data shall—
(i) include relevant aggregate data with respect to each population group specified in subsection (a)(2)(A)(i) when such data will not compromise the identities of study participants and in a manner consistent with applicable privacy protections; and
(ii) not later than 6 months after receipt by the Secretary, be published on a public website of the National Institutes of Health.
(1) National campaign
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Director of the National Institutes of Health and the Commissioner of Food and Drugs (referred to in this subsection as the Secretary), in consultation with the stakeholders specified in paragraph (5), shall carry out a national campaign to increase the awareness and knowledge of individuals in the United States with respect to the need for diverse clinical trials among the demographic groups identified pursuant to subsection (a)(1)(A).
(2) Requirements
The national campaign conducted shall include—
(A) the development and distribution of written educational materials, and the development and placing of public service announcements, that are intended to encourage individuals who are members of the demographic groups identified pursuant to subsection (a)(2)(A)(i)(I) to seek to participate in clinical trials;
(B) such efforts as are reasonable and necessary to ensure meaningful access by consumers with limited English proficiency;
(C) the development and distribution of best practices and training for recruiting underrepresented study populations, including a method for sharing such best practices among clinical trial sponsors, providers, community-based organizations who assist with recruitment, and with the public; and
(D) the conduct of focus groups to better understand the concerns and fears of certain underrepresented groups who may be reluctant to participate in clinical trials.
(3) Health inequities
In developing the national campaign under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall recognize and address—
(A) health inequities among individuals who are members of the population groups specified in subsection (a)(2)(A)(i) with respect to access to care and participation in clinical trials; and
(B) any barriers in access to care and participation in clinical trials that are specific to individuals who are members of such groups.
(4) Grants
The Secretary shall establish a program to award grants to nonprofit private entities, including community-based organizations and faith communities, institutions of higher education eligible to receive funds under section 371 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1067q) and national organizations that serve underrepresented populations and community pharmacies to enable such entities—
(A) to test alternative outreach and education strategies to increase the awareness and knowledge of individuals in the United States, with respect to the need for diverse clinical trials that reflect the race, ethnicity, age, and gender or sex of patients with the disease or condition being investigated; and
(B) to cover administrative costs of such entities in assisting in diversifying clinical trials subject to subsection (a).
(5) Stakeholders specified
The stakeholders specified in this paragraph are the following:
(A) Representatives of the Health Resources Services Administration, the Office of Minority Health of the Department of Health and Human Services, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and the National Institutes of Health.
(B) Community-based resources and advocates.
(d) Definitions
In this section:
(1) Clinical trial
The term clinical trial means a research study in which one or more human subjects are prospectively assigned to one or more interventions (which may include placebo or other control) to evaluate the effects of those interventions on health-related biomedical or behavioral outcomes.
(2) Sponsor
The term sponsor has the meaning given such term in section 50.3 of title 21, Code of Federal Regulations (or successor regulations).
(a) Policy
Section 569C of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 360bbb–8c) is amended—
(1) by redesignating subsections (b) and (c) as subsections (c) and (d), respectively; and
(2) by inserting after subsection (a) the following:
(1) In general
The Secretary shall—
(A) for any drug for which an exemption is granted for investigational use under section 505(i) of this Act or section 351(a) of the Public Health Service Act, require the sponsor of the drug to collect standardized patient experience data as part of the clinical trials conducted pursuant to such exemption;
(B) require any application for the approval or licensing of such drug under section 505(b) of this Act or section 351(a) of the Public Health Service Act to include—
(i) the standardized patient experience data so collected; and
(ii) such related information as the Secretary may require; and
(C) consider patient experience data and related information that is submitted pursuant to subparagraph (B) in deciding whether to approve or license, as applicable, the drug involved.
(2) Applicability
Paragraph (1) applies only with respect to drugs for which a request for an exemption described in paragraph (1)(A) is submitted on or after the date of the enactment of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024, or an application under section 505(b) of this Act or section 351(a) of the Public Health Service Act is filed, as applicable, on or after the day that is 2 years after the date of the enactment of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024.
(b) Regulations
Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, shall promulgate final regulations to implement section 569C(b) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, as added by this section.
(a) Coverage
Section 1861 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x), as amended by sections 2007, 4221, 4251, 6101, and 7419, is amended—
(1) in subsection (s)(2)—
(A) in subparagraph (LL), by striking and at the end;
(B) by inserting and at the end of subparagraph (MM); and
(C) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(NN) multi-cancer early detection screening tests (as defined in subsection (sss));
(C) ; and
(2) by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(sss) Multi-Cancer early detection screening tests
The term multi-cancer early detection screening test means any of the following tests, approved or cleared by the Food and Drug Administration, furnished to an individual for the purpose of early detection of cancer across many cancer types (as categorized in the Annual Report to the Nation on the Status of Cancer issued by the National Cancer Institute):
(1) A genomic sequencing blood or blood product test that includes the analysis of cell-free nucleic acids.
(2) Such other equivalent tests (which are based on urine or another sample of biological material) as the Secretary determines appropriate.
(1) Payment under fee schedule
Section 1833(h) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395l(h)) is amended—
(A) in paragraph (1)(A), by inserting after (including the following: multi-cancer early detection screening tests under section 1861(sss) and including; and
(B) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
(10) No payment may be made under this part for a multi-cancer early detection screening test (as defined in section 1861(sss)) for an individual if such a test was furnished to the individual during the previous 11 months.
(2) Conforming amendment
Section 1862(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395y(a)) is amended—
(A) in paragraph (1)—
(i) in subparagraph (O), by striking and at the end;
(ii) in subparagraph (P), by striking the semicolon at the end and inserting, and; and
(iii) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(Q) in the case of multi-cancer early detection screening tests (as defined in section 1861(sss)), which are performed more frequently than is covered under section 1833(h)(10);
(iii) ; and
(B) in paragraph (7), by striking or (P) and inserting (P), or (Q).
(c) Rule of construction relating to other cancer screening tests
Nothing in this section, including the amendments made by this section, shall be construed—
(1) in the case of an individual who undergoes a multi-cancer early detection screening test, to affect coverage under part B for other cancer screening tests covered under this section, such as screening tests for breast, cervical, colorectal, lung, or prostate cancer; or
(2) in the case of an individual who undergoes another cancer screening test, to affect coverage for a multi-cancer early detection screening test or the use of such a test as a diagnostic or confirmatory test for a result of the other cancer screening test.
(a) Peripheral artery disease education program
Part P of title III of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 280g et seq.), as amended by section 7504, is amended by adding at the end the following:
(a) Establishment
The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, in collaboration with the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services and the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall establish and coordinate a peripheral artery disease education program to support, develop, and implement educational initiatives and outreach strategies that inform health care professionals and the public about the existence of peripheral artery disease and methods to reduce amputations related to such disease, particularly with respect to at-risk populations.
(1) In general
Section 1861 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x), as amended by sections 2007, 4221, 4251, 6101, 7419, and 7901C, is amended—
(A) in subsection (s)(2)—
(i) in subparagraph (MM), by striking and at the end;
(ii) in subparagraph (NN), by striking the period at the end and inserting; and; and
(iii) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(OO) peripheral artery disease screening tests furnished to at-risk beneficiaries (as such terms are defined in subsection (ttt)).
(iii) ; and
(B) by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(1) The term peripheral artery disease screening test means—
(A) noninvasive physiologic studies of extremity arteries (commonly referred to as ankle-brachial index testing);
(B) arterial duplex scans of lower extremity arteries vascular; and
(C) such other items and services as the Secretary determines, in consultation with relevant stakeholders, to be appropriate for screening for peripheral artery disease for at-risk beneficiaries.
(2) The term at-risk beneficiary means an individual entitled to, or enrolled for, benefits under part A and enrolled for benefits under part B—
(A) who is 65 years of age or older;
(B) who is at least 50 years of age but not older than 64 years of age with risk factors for atherosclerosis (such as diabetes mellitus, a history of smoking, hyperlipidemia, and hypertension) or a family history of peripheral artery disease;
(C) who is younger than 50 years of age with diabetes mellitus and 1 additional risk factor for atherosclerosis; or
(D) with a known atherosclerotic disease in another vascular bed such as coronary, carotid, subclavian, renal, or mesenteric artery stenosis, or abdominal aortic aneurysm.
(3) The Secretary shall, in consultation with appropriate organizations, establish standards regarding the frequency for peripheral artery disease screening tests described in subsection (s)(2)(OO) for purposes of coverage under this title.
(2) Inclusion of peripheral artery disease screening tests in initial preventive physical examination
Section 1861(ww)(2) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(ww)(2)) is amended—
(A) in subparagraph (N), by moving the margins of such subparagraph 2 ems to the left;
(B) by redesignating subparagraph (O) as subparagraph (P); and
(C) by inserting after subparagraph (N) the following new subparagraph:
(O) Peripheral artery disease screening tests furnished to at-risk beneficiaries (as such terms are defined in subsection (ttt)).
(A) In general
Section 1833(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395l(a)), as amended by sections 4251(c)(3), 6101(a)(4), and 7419, is amended—
(i) in paragraph (1)—
(I) in subparagraph (N), by inserting and other than peripheral artery disease screening tests furnished to at-risk beneficiaries (as such terms are defined in section 1861(ttt)) after other than personalized prevention plan services (as defined in section 1861(hhh)(1));
(II) by striking and before (KK); and
(III) by inserting before the semicolon at the end the following:, and (LL) with respect to peripheral artery disease screening tests furnished to at-risk beneficiaries (as such terms are defined in section 1861(ttt)), the amount paid shall be 100 percent of the lesser of the actual charge for the services or the amount determined under the payment basis determined under section 1848; and
(ii) in paragraph (2)—
(I) in subparagraph (G), by striking and at the end;
(II) in subparagraph (H), by inserting and at the end; and
(III) by inserting after subparagraph (H) the following new subparagraph:
(I) with respect to peripheral artery disease screening tests (as defined in paragraph (1) of section 1861(ttt)) furnished by an outpatient department of a hospital to at-risk beneficiaries (as defined in paragraph (2) of such section), the amount determined under paragraph (1)(EE),
(B) No deductible
Section 1833(b) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395l(b)), as amended by section 7419(a)(5)(A)(iii), is amended, in the first sentence—
(i) by striking and before (14); and
(ii) by inserting, and (15) such deductible shall not apply with respect to peripheral artery disease screening tests furnished to at-risk beneficiaries (as such terms are defined in section 1861(ttt)) before the period at the end.
(C) Exclusion from prospective payment system for hospital outpatient department services
Section 1833(t)(1)(B)(iv) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395l(t)(1)(B)(iv)) is amended—
(i) by striking, or personalized and inserting, personalized; and
(ii) by inserting, or peripheral artery disease screening tests furnished to at-risk beneficiaries (as such terms are defined in section 1861(ttt)) after personalized prevention plan services (as defined in section 1861(hhh)(1)).
(D) Payment under physician fee schedule
Section 1848(j)(3) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–4(j)(3)), as amended by section 4251(c)(4), is amended by inserting, (2)(OO), after (2)(KK).
(4) Exclusion from coverage and Medicare as secondary payer for tests performed more frequently than allowed
Section 1862(a)(1) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395y(a)(1)), as amended by subsection (b)(2), is amended—
(A) in subparagraph (P), by striking and at the end;
(B) in subparagraph (Q), by striking the semicolon at the end and inserting, and; and
(C) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(R) in the case of peripheral artery disease screening tests furnished to at-risk beneficiaries (as such terms are defined in section 1861(ttt)), which are performed more frequently than is covered under such section;
(6) Effective date
The amendments made by this subsection shall apply with respect to items and services furnished on or after January 1, 2025.
(1) In general
Section 1905 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d) as amended by section 7419(a)(3)(A)(ii), is amended—
(A) in subsection (a)—
(i) by redesignating paragraph (34) as paragraph (35);
(ii) in paragraph (33), by striking and after the semicolon; and
(iii) by inserting after paragraph (33) the following new paragraph:
(34) peripheral artery disease screening tests furnished to at-risk beneficiaries (as such terms are defined in subsection (ss)); and
(iii) ; and
(B) by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(1) Peripheral artery disease screening test
The term peripheral artery disease screening test means—
(A) noninvasive physiologic studies of extremity arteries (commonly referred to as ankle-brachial index testing);
(B) arterial duplex scans of lower extremity arteries vascular; and
(C) such other items and services as the Secretary determines, in consultation with relevant stakeholders, to be appropriate for screening for peripheral artery disease for at-risk beneficiaries.
(2) At-risk beneficiary
The term at-risk beneficiary means an individual enrolled under a State plan (or a waiver of such plan)—
(A) who is 65 years of age or older;
(B) who is at least 50 years of age but not older than 64 years of age with risk factors for atherosclerosis (such as diabetes mellitus, a history of smoking, hyperlipidemia, and hypertension) or a family history of peripheral artery disease;
(C) who is younger than 50 years of age with diabetes mellitus and one additional risk factor for atherosclerosis; or
(D) with a known atherosclerotic disease in another vascular bed such as coronary, carotid, subclavian, renal, or mesenteric artery stenosis, or abdominal aortic aneurysm.
(3) Frequency
The Secretary shall, in consultation with appropriate organizations, establish standards regarding the frequency for peripheral artery disease screening tests described in subsection (a)(34) for purposes of coverage under a State plan under this title.
(A) In general
Subsections (a)(2) and (b)(2) of section 1916 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396o), as amended by section 7305(b)(1), are each amended—
(i) in subparagraph (J), by striking or after the comma at the end;
(ii) in subparagraph (K), by striking; and and inserting, or; and
(iii) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(L) peripheral artery disease screening tests furnished to at-risk beneficiaries (as such terms are defined in section 1905(hh)); and
(B) Application to alternative cost sharing
Section 1916A(b)(3)(B) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396o–1(b)(3)(B)), as amended by section 7305(b)(2), is amended by adding at the end the following new clause:
(xv) Peripheral artery disease screening tests furnished to at-risk beneficiaries (as such terms are defined in section 1905(qq)).
(3) Mandatory coverage
Section 1902(a)(10)(A) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)(10)(A)), as amended by section 2007(d)(2), is amended by striking and (32) and inserting (32), and (34).
(1) In general
Section 2713 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300gg–13) is amended—
(A) by amending subsection (a), as amended by section 7419(a)(1)(A), to read as follows:
(1) In general
A group health plan and a health insurance issuer offering group or individual health insurance coverage shall, at a minimum, provide coverage for and shall not impose any cost sharing requirements for—
(A) evidence-based items or services that have in effect a rating of A or B in the current recommendations of the United States Preventive Services Task Force;
(B) immunizations that have in effect a recommendation from the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention with respect to the individual involved;
(C) with respect to infants, children, and adolescents, evidence-informed preventive care and screenings provided for in the comprehensive guidelines supported by the Health Resources and Services Administration;
(D) with respect to women, such additional preventive care and screenings not described in subparagraph (A) as provided for in comprehensive guidelines supported by the Health Resources and Services Administration for purposes of this subparagraph;
(E) any prescription drug approved by the Food and Drug Administration for the prevention of HIV (other than a drug subject to preauthorization requirements consistent with section 2729A), administrative fees for such drugs, laboratory and other diagnostic procedures associated with the use of such drugs, and clinical follow-up and monitoring, including any related services recommended in current United States Public Health Service clinical practice guidelines, without limitation; and
(F) with respect to at-risk enrollees, peripheral artery disease screening tests.
(2) Frequency
The Secretary, in consultation with appropriate organizations, shall establish standards regarding the frequency for peripheral artery disease screening tests for purposes of coverage under this section.
(3) Clarification regarding breast cancer screening, mammography, and prevention recommendations
For the purposes of this Act, and for the purposes of any other provision of law, the current recommendations of the United States Preventive Services Task Force regarding breast cancer screening, mammography, and prevention shall be considered the most current other than those issued in or around November 2009.
(4) Definitions
In this subsection:
(A) At-risk enrollee
The term at-risk enrollee means an individual enrolled in a group health plan or group or individual health insurance coverage—
(i) who is 65 years of age or older;
(ii) who is at least 50 years of age but not older than 64 years of age with risk factors for atherosclerosis (such as diabetes mellitus, a history of smoking, hyperlipidemia, and hypertension) or a family history of peripheral artery disease;
(iii) who is younger than 50 years of age with diabetes mellitus and one additional risk factor for atherosclerosis; or
(iv) with a known atherosclerotic disease in another vascular bed such as coronary, carotid, subclavian, renal, or mesenteric artery stenosis, or abdominal aortic aneurysm.
(B) Peripheral artery disease screening test
The term peripheral artery disease screening test means—
(i) noninvasive physiologic studies of extremity arteries (commonly referred to as ankle-brachial index testing);
(ii) arterial duplex scans of lower extremity arteries vascular; and
(iii) such other items and services as the Secretary determines, in consultation with relevant stakeholders, to be appropriate for screening for peripheral artery disease for at-risk enrollees.
(5) Rule of construction
Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to prohibit a plan or issuer from providing coverage for services in addition to those recommended by the United States Preventive Services Task Force or to deny coverage for services that are not recommended by such Task Force.
(A) ; and
(B) in subsection (b)(1)—
(i) by striking subsection (a)(1) or (a)(2) or a guideline under subsection (a)(3) and inserting subparagraph (A) or (B) of subsection (a)(1) or a guideline under subparagraph (C) of such subsection; and
(ii) by striking described in subsection (a) and inserting described in subsection (a)(1).
(2) Effective date
The amendments made by paragraph (1) shall apply with respect to plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2025.
(e) Disallowance of payment for nontraumatic amputation services furnished without anatomical testing services
Section 1834 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395m), as amended by section 4221(b)(2), is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(1) In general
In the case of nontraumatic amputation services furnished by a supplier on or after January 1, 2025, to an individual entitled to, or enrolled for, benefits under part A and enrolled for benefits under this part, for which payment is made under this part, payment may only be made under this part if—
(A) such supplier furnishes anatomical testing services to such individual during the 3-month period preceding the date on which such nontraumatic amputation services is furnished; or
(B) such individual has a pre-existing dysfunctional or unsalvageable limb, life-threatening sepsis, intractable infection, extensive gangrene or necrotic tissue loss beyond salvage, a poor functional status, severe dementia, or a short life expectancy after shared decision making with a health care team and patient, family, or caregiver.
(2) Definitions
In this subsection:
(A) Anatomical testing services
The term anatomical testing services means arterial duplex scanning, computed tomography angiography, and magnetic resonance angiography.
(B) Nontraumatic amputation services
The term nontraumatic amputation services means amputations as a result of atherosclerotic vascular disease or a related comorbidity of such disease (including diabetes).
(1) Development
The Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this subsection as the Secretary) shall, in consultation with relevant stakeholders, develop quality measures for nontraumatic, lower-limb, major amputation that utilize appropriate diagnostic screening (including peripheral artery disease screening) in order to encourage alternative treatments (including revascularization) in lieu of such an amputation.
(2) Implementation
After appropriate testing and validation of the measures developed under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall incorporate such measures in quality reporting programs for appropriate providers of services and suppliers under the Medicare program under title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.), including for purposes of—
(A) the merit-based incentive payment system under section 1848(q) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–4(q));
(B) incentive payments for participation in eligible alternative payment models under section 1833(z) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395l(z));
(C) the shared savings program under section 1899 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395jjj);
(D) models under section 1115A of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1315a); and
(E) such other payment systems or models as the Secretary may specify.
Section 7901C–2. Eliminating the coinsurance requirement for certain colorectal cancer screening tests furnished under the Medicare program
Section 1833(dd) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395l(dd)) is amended—
(1) in paragraph (1), by striking and before January 1, 2030,; and
(2) in paragraph (2)—
(A) in subparagraph (A), by adding and at the end;
(B) in subparagraph (B), by striking through 2026 and inserting through 2024; and
(C) by striking subparagraph (C) and inserting the following:
(C) for 2025 and each subsequent year, 100 percent.
(a) In general
Section 1861 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x) is amended—
(1) in subsection (s)(2)(V), by striking in the case of and all that follows through organizations; and
(2) in subsection (vv)—
(A) in paragraph (1)—
(i) by striking disease management and inserting the prevention, management, or treatment of a disease or condition specified in paragraph (4); and
(ii) by striking by a physician and all that follows through the period at the end and inserting the following:
(ii) by a—
(A) physician (as defined in subsection (r)(1));
(B) physician assistant;
(C) nurse practitioner;
(D) clinical nurse specialist (as defined in subsection (aa)(5)(B)); or
(E) in the case of such services furnished to manage such a disease or condition that is an eating disorder, a clinical psychologist (as defined by the Secretary).
(ii) Such term shall not include any services furnished to an individual for the prevention, management, or treatment of a renal disease if such individual is receiving maintenance dialysis for which payment is made under section 1881.
(ii) ; and
(B) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
(4) For purposes of paragraph (1), the diseases and conditions specified in this paragraph are the following:
(A) Diabetes and prediabetes.
(B) A renal disease.
(C) Obesity (as defined for purposes of subsection (yy)(2)(C) or as otherwise defined by the Secretary).
(D) Hypertension.
(E) Dyslipidemia.
(F) Malnutrition.
(G) Eating disorders.
(H) Cancer.
(I) Gastrointestinal diseases, including celiac disease.
(J) HIV.
(K) AIDS.
(L) Cardiovascular disease.
(M) Any other disease or condition—
(i) specified by the Secretary relating to unintentional weight loss;
(ii) for which the Secretary determines the services described in paragraph (1) to be medically necessary and appropriate for the prevention, management, or treatment of such disease or condition, consistent with any applicable recommendations of the United States Preventive Services Task Force; or
(iii) for which the Secretary determines the services described in paragraph (1) are medically necessary, consistent with either protocols established by registered dietitians or nutrition professional organizations or with accepted clinical guidelines identified by the Secretary.
(b) Exclusion modification
Section 1862(a)(1) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395y(a)(1)), as amended by sections 7901C(b)(2) and 7901C–1(b)(4), is amended—
(1) in subparagraph (Q), by striking and at the end;
(2) in subparagraph (R), by striking the semicolon at the end and inserting, and; and
(3) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(S) in the case of medical nutrition therapy services (as defined in section 1861(vv)), which are not furnished for the prevention, management, or treatment of a disease or condition specified in paragraph (4) of such section;
(c) Effective date
The amendments made by this section shall apply with respect to items and services furnished on or after January 1, 2024.
(1) In general
Section 1886(d)(5) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(d)(5)) is amended by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(I) Effective for discharges beginning on or after October 1, 2025, or such sooner date as specified by the Secretary, subject to subclause (II), the Secretary shall, after notice and opportunity for public comment (in the publications required by subsection (e)(5) for a fiscal year or otherwise), provide for an additional payment under a mechanism (separate from the mechanism established under subparagraph (K)), with respect to such discharges involving any DISARM antimicrobial drug, in an amount equal to—
(aa) the amount payable under section 1847A for such drug during the calendar quarter in which the discharge occurred; or
(bb) if no amount for such drug is determined under section 1847A, an amount to be determined by the Secretary in a manner similar to the manner in which payment amounts are determined under section 1847A based on information submitted by the manufacturer or sponsor of such drug (as required under clause (v)).
(II) In determining the amount payable under section 1847A for purposes of items (aa) and (bb) of subclause (I), subparagraphs (A) and (B) of subsection (b)(1) of such section shall be applied by substituting 102 percent for 106 percent each place it appears and paragraph (8)(B) of such section shall be applied by substituting 2 percent for 6 percent.
(ii) For purposes of this subparagraph, a DISARM antimicrobial drug is—
(I) a drug—
(aa) that—
(AA) is approved by the Food and Drug Administration;
(BB) is designated by the Food and Drug Administration as a qualified infectious disease product under subsection (d) of section 505E of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 355f(d)); and
(CC) has received an extension of its exclusivity period pursuant to subsection (a) of such section; and
(bb) that has been designated by the Secretary pursuant to the process established under clause (iv)(I)(bb); or
(II) an antibacterial or antifungal biological product—
(aa) that is licensed for use, or an antibacterial or antifungal biological product for which an indication is first licensed for use, by the Food and Drug Administration on or after June 5, 2014, under section 351(a) of the Public Health Service Act for human use to treat serious or life-threatening infections, as determined by the Food and Drug Administration, including those caused by, or likely to be caused by—
(AA) an antibacterial or antifungal resistant pathogen, including novel or emerging infectious pathogens; or
(BB) a qualifying pathogen (as defined under section 505E(f) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 355f(f))); and
(bb) has been designated by the Secretary pursuant to the process established under clause (iv)(I)(bb).
(iii) The mechanism established pursuant to clause (i) shall provide that the additional payment under clause (i) shall—
(I) with respect to a discharge, only be made to a subsection (d) hospital that, as determined by the Secretary—
(aa) is participating in the National Healthcare Safety Network Antimicrobial Use and Resistance Module of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; and
(bb) has an antimicrobial stewardship program that aligns with the Core Elements of Hospital Antibiotic Stewardship Programs of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention or the Antimicrobial Stewardship Standard set by the Joint Commission; and
(II) apply to discharges occurring on or after October 1 of the year in which the drug or biological product is designated by the Secretary as a DISARM antimicrobial drug.
(iii) For purposes of this clause, in the case of a similar reporting program described in item (aa), a subsection (d) hospital shall be treated as participating in such a program if the entity maintaining such program identifies to the Secretary such hospital as so participating.
(I) The mechanism established pursuant to clause (i) shall provide for a process for—
(aa) a manufacturer or sponsor of a drug or biological product to request the Secretary to designate the drug or biological product as a DISARM antimicrobial drug; and
(bb) the designation (and removal of such designation) by the Secretary of drugs and biological products as DISARM antimicrobial drugs.
(II) A designation of a drug or biological product as a DISARM antimicrobial drug may be revoked by the Secretary if the Secretary determines that—
(aa) the drug or biological product no longer meets the requirements for a DISARM antimicrobial drug under clause (ii);
(bb) the request for such designation contained an untrue statement of material fact; or
(cc) clinical or other information that was not available to the Secretary at the time such designation was made shows that—
(AA) such drug or biological product is unsafe for use or not shown to be safe for use for individuals who are entitled to benefits under part A; or
(BB) an alternative to such drug or biological product is an advance that substantially improves the diagnosis or treatment of such individuals.
(III) Not later than October 1, 2024, the Secretary shall publish in the Federal Register a list of the DISARM antimicrobial drugs designated under this subparagraph pursuant to the process established under subclause (I)(bb). The Secretary shall annually update such list.
(I) For purposes of determining additional payment amounts under clause (i), a manufacturer or sponsor of a drug or biological product that submits a request described in clause (iv)(I)(aa) shall submit to the Secretary information described in section 1927(b)(3)(A)(iii).
(II) The penalties for failure to provide timely information under clause (i) of subparagraph (C) section 1927(b)(3) and for providing false information under clause (ii) of such subparagraph shall apply to manufacturers and sponsors of a drug or biological product under this section with respect to information under subclause (I) in the same manner as such penalties apply to manufacturers under such clauses with respect to information under subparagraph (A) of such section.
(I) The mechanism established pursuant to clause (i) shall provide that—
(aa) except as provided in item (bb), no additional payment shall be made under this subparagraph for discharges involving a DISARM antimicrobial drug if any additional payments have been made for discharges involving such drug as a new medical service or technology under subparagraph (K);
(bb) additional payments may be made under this subparagraph for discharges involving a DISARM antimicrobial drug if any additional payments have been made for discharges occurring prior to the date of enactment of this subparagraph involving such drug as a new medical service or technology under subparagraph (K); and
(cc) no additional payment shall be made under subparagraph (K) for discharges involving a DISARM antimicrobial drug as a new medical service or technology if any additional payments for discharges involving such drug have been made under this subparagraph.
(2) Conforming amendment
Section 1886(d)(5)(K)(ii)(III) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(d)(5)(K)(ii)(III)) is amended by striking provide and inserting subject to subparagraph (N)(vi), provide.
(1) Study
The Comptroller General of the United States (in this subsection referred to as the Comptroller General), in consultation with the Director of the National Institutes of Health, the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, and the Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, shall conduct a study over a 5-year period of the barriers that prevent the development of DISARM antimicrobial drugs (as defined in section 1886(d)(5)(N)(ii) of the Social Security Act, as added by subsection (a)), including—
(A) patient outcomes in conjunction with the use of DISARM drugs, including—
(i) duration of stay in the intensive care unit;
(ii) recidivism within 30 days; and
(iii) measures of additional follow-up care;
(B) the effectiveness of antimicrobial stewardship and surveillance programs, including—
(i) changes in the percentage of hospitals in the United States with an antimicrobial stewardship program in place that aligns with the Core Elements of Hospital Antibiotic Stewardship Programs, as outlined by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention;
(ii) changes in inpatient care of clostridioides difficile infection; and
(iii) changes in inpatient rates of resistance to key pathogens; and
(C) considerations relating to Medicare payment reform, including—
(i) changes in the number of qualified antimicrobial products approved;
(ii) changes in wholesale acquisition cost of individual qualified antimicrobial products over time;
(iii) changes in year-over-year volume of individual qualified antimicrobial products sold; and
(iv) the overall cost of qualified antimicrobial products to the Medicare program as a proportion of total Medicare part A spending.
(2) Report
Not later than 5 years after the date of the enactment of this section, the Comptroller General shall submit to Congress a report containing the results of the study conducted under paragraph (1), together with recommendations for such legislation and administrative action as the Comptroller General determines appropriate.
(1) In general
Section 1860D–2(e)(2)(A) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–102(e)(2)(A)) is amended, in the first sentence—
(A) by striking and other than and inserting other than; and
(B) by inserting after benzodiazepines), the following: and other than subparagraph (A) of such section if the drug is used for the treatment of obesity (as defined in section 1861(yy)(2)(C)) or for weight loss management for an individual who is overweight (as defined in section 1861(yy)(2)(F)(i)) and has 1 or more related comorbidities,.
(2) Effective date
The amendments made by paragraph (1) shall apply to plan years beginning on or after the date that is 2 years after the date of the enactment of this section.
(1) In general
Not later than the date that is 1 year after the date of the enactment of this section, and every 2 years thereafter, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall submit a report to Congress describing the steps the Secretary has taken to implement the provisions of, and amendments made by, this section.
(2) Recommendations
Such report shall also include recommendations for better coordination and leveraging of programs within the Department of Health and Human Services and other Federal agencies that relate in any way to supporting appropriate research and clinical care (such as any interactions between physicians and other health care providers and their patients) to treat, reduce, and prevent obesity in the adult population.
(A) In general
Section 445(a)(1) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 285e–2(a)(1)) is amended—
(i) by striking (a)(1) The Director of the Institute may and inserting the following:
(1) The Director of the Institute—
(A) may
(ii) by striking disease. and inserting disease; and; and
(iii) by adding at the end the following:
(B) beginning January 1, 2024, shall enter into cooperative agreements and make grants to public or private nonprofit entities under this subsection for the planning, establishment, and operation of new such centers that are located in areas with a higher concentration of minority groups (as determined under section 444(d)(3)(D)), such as entities that are historically Black colleges and universities, Hispanic-serving institutions, Tribal colleges and universities, or centers of excellence for other minority populations.
(B) Use of funding for clinics to operate clinical trials
Section 445(b) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 285e–2(b)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(3) Federal payments made under a cooperative agreement or grant under subsection (a) from funds made available under section 7901C–6(g) of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024 shall, with respect to Alzheimer’s disease, be used in part to establish and operate diagnostic and treatment clinics designed—
(A) to meet the special needs of minority and rural populations and other underserved populations; and
(B) to operate clinical trials.
(A) Alzheimer’s disease centers
Section 445(b) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 285e–2(b)), as amended by paragraph (1)(B), is amended by adding at the end the following:
(4) Federal payments made under a cooperative agreement or grant under subsection (a) shall be used to establish engagement centers to carry out public outreach, education efforts, and dissemination of information for members of minority groups about clinical trial participation. Activities funded pursuant to the preceding sentence shall include—
(A) using established mechanisms to encourage members of minority groups to participate in clinical trials on Alzheimer’s disease;
(B) expanding education efforts to make members of minority groups aware of ongoing clinical trials;
(C) working with trial sponsors to increase the number of recruitment events for members of minority groups;
(D) conducting outreach to national, State, and local physician professional organizations, especially for members of such organizations who are primary care physicians or physicians who specialize in dementia, to increase awareness of clinical research opportunities for members of minority groups; and
(E) using community-based participatory research methodologies to engage with minority populations.
(B) Resource centers for minority aging research
Section 444(c) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 285e–1(c)) is amended—
(i) by striking (c) The Director and inserting (c)(1) The Director; and
(ii) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
(2) The Director of the Institute, acting through the Resource Centers for Minority Aging Research of the Institute, shall carry out public outreach, education efforts, and dissemination of information for members of minority groups about participation in clinical research on Alzheimer’s disease carried out or supported under this subpart.
(1) Alzheimer’s clinical research and training awards
Section 445I of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 285e–10a) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(1) In general
The Director of the Institute shall enhance diversity in the conduct or support of clinical research on Alzheimer’s disease under this subpart by encouraging the participation of individuals from groups that are underrepresented in the biomedical, clinical, behavioral, and social sciences as principal investigators of such clinical research, as researchers for such clinical research, or both.
(2) Training for principal investigators
The Director of the Institute shall provide training for principal investigators who are members of a minority group with respect to skills for—
(A) the design and conduct of clinical research and clinical protocols;
(B) applying for grants for clinical research; and
(C) such other areas as the Director of the Institute determines to be appropriate.
(2) Senior researcher awards
Section 445B(a) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 285e–4(a)) is amended by inserting, including senior researchers who are members of a minority group before the period at the end of the first sentence.
(c) Incentives To increase diversity in Alzheimer’s disease research through trial sites
Section 444(d) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 285e–1(d)) is amended—
(1) by striking (d) The Director and inserting (d)(1) The Director; and
(2) by adding at the end the following:
(2) In conducting or supporting clinical research on Alzheimer’s disease for purposes of this subpart, in addition to requirements otherwise imposed under this title, including under section 492B, the Director of the Institute shall increase the participation of members of minority groups in such clinical research through one or more of the activities described in paragraph (3).
(A) The Director of the Institute shall provide incentives for the support of clinical research on Alzheimer’s disease with clinical trial sites established in areas with a higher concentration of minority groups, including rural areas if practicable.
(B) In determining whether to conduct or support clinical research on Alzheimer’s disease, the Director of the Institute shall encourage the conduct of clinical research with clinical trial sites in areas described in subparagraph (A) as a higher-level priority criterion among the criteria established to evaluate whether to conduct or support clinical research.
(C) In determining the amount of funding to be provided for the conduct or support of such clinical research, the Director of the Institute shall provide additional funding for the conduct of such clinical research with clinical trial sites in areas described in subparagraph (A).
(D) In determining whether an area is an area with a higher concentration of minority groups, the Director of the Institute—
(i) shall consider the most recent data collected by the Bureau of the Census; and
(ii) may also consider—
(I) data from the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services on the incidence of Alzheimer’s disease in the United States by region; and
(II) such other data as the Director determines appropriate.
(4) In order to facilitate the participation of members of minority groups in clinical research supported under this subpart, in addition to activities described in paragraph (3), the Director of the Institute shall—
(A) ensure that such clinical research uses community-based participatory research methodologies; and
(B) encourage the use of remote health technologies, including telehealth, remote patient monitoring, and mobile technologies, that reduce or eliminate barriers to participation of members of minority groups in such clinical research.
(A) Clinical research on Alzheimer’s disease conducted or supported under this subpart shall ensure that such research includes outreach activities designed to increase the participation of members of minority groups in such research.
(i) Each applicant for a grant under this subpart for clinical research on Alzheimer’s disease shall submit to the Director of the Institute in the application for such grant—
(I) a budget for outreach activities to members of minority populations with respect to participation in such clinical research; and
(II) a description of the plan to conduct such outreach.
(ii) The Director of the Institute shall encourage applicants for, and recipients of, grants under this subpart to conduct clinical research on Alzheimer’s disease to engage with community-based organizations to increase participation of minority populations in such research.
(6) For purposes of this subpart:
(A) The term clinical research includes a clinical trial.
(B) The term minority group has the meaning given such term under section 492B(g).
(d) Participant eligibility criteria
Section 445I of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 285e–10a), as amended by subsection (b)(1), is amended by adding at the end the following:
(e) Participant eligibility criteria
The Director of the Institute shall take such actions as are necessary to ensure that clinical research on Alzheimer’s disease conducted or supported under this subpart is designed with eligibility criteria that ensure the clinical trial population reflects the diversity of the prospective patient population. Such actions may include the following:
(A) In general
An examination of each exclusion criterion to determine if the criterion is necessary to ensure the safety of trial participants or to achieve the study objectives.
(B) Modification of criteria
In the case of an exclusion criterion that is not necessary to ensure the safety of trial participants or to achieve the study objectives—
(i) encouraging the modification or elimination of the criterion; or
(ii) encouraging tailoring the criterion as narrowly as possible to avoid unnecessary limits to the population of the clinical study.
(2) Requirement for strong justification for exclusion
A review of each exclusion criterion to ensure that populations are included in clinical trials, such as older adults, individuals with a mild form of disease, individuals at the extremes of the weight range, or children, unless there is a strong clinical or scientific justification to exclude them.
(3) Use of adaptive design
Encouraging the use of an adaptive clinical trial design that—
(A) starts with a defined population where there are concerns about safety; and
(B) may expand to a broader population based on initial data from the trial and external data.
(e) Resource center for successful strategies To increase participation of underrepresented populations in Alzheimer’s disease clinical research
Section 444 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 285e–1) is amended by adding at the end the following:
(1) The Director of the Institute, acting through the Office of Special Populations and in consultation with the Division of Extramural Activities, shall support resource information and technical assistance to grantees under section 445 (relating to Alzheimer’s disease centers), other grantees, and prospective grantees, designed to increase the participation of minority populations in clinical research on Alzheimer’s disease conducted or supported under this subpart.
(2) The resource information and technical assistance provided under paragraph (1) shall include the maintenance of a central resource library in order to collect, prepare, analyze, and disseminate information relating to strategies and best practices used by recipients of grants under this subpart and other researchers in the development of the clinical research designed to increase the participation of minority populations in such clinical research.
(f) Annual reports
Section 444 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 285e–1), as amended by subsection (e), is amended by adding at the end the following:
(A) The Director of the Institute shall submit annual reports to the Congress on the impact of the amendments made to this subpart by the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024.
(B) The Secretary shall transmit a copy of each such report to the Advisory Council on Alzheimer’s Research, Care, and Services established under section 2(e) of the National Alzheimer’s Project Act.
(2) In each report under paragraph (1), the Director of the Institute shall include information and data on the following matters with respect to clinical trials on Alzheimer’s disease conducted during the preceding year:
(A) The number of participants who are members of a minority group in such clinical trials.
(B) The number of such clinical trials for which incentives under subsection (d)(3) were made available, the nature of such incentives, the amount of increased funding (if any) made available for research on Alzheimer’s disease, and the training provided to principal investigators who are members of a minority group and the amount of funding (if any) for such training.
(C) The number of such clinical trials for which the principal investigator is a member of a minority group.
(D) The number of such clinical trials for which a significant percentage of researchers are members of a minority group.
(E) Modifications to patient eligibility criteria in clinical trial designs under section 445I(e).
(F) Outreach and education efforts conducted under section 445(b)(4).
(3) The Director of the Institute shall make each report under paragraph (1) available to the public, including through posting on the appropriate website of the Department of Health and Human Services.
Section 8001. Definitions
In this title:
(1) Access
The term access, with respect to health information, means access described in section 164.524 of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor regulations).
(2) Certified electronic health record technology
The term certified EHR technology —
(A) has the meaning given such term in section 3000 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300jj);
(B) includes the health information infrastructure for interoperability, access, exchange, and use of electronic health information required under title XXX of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300jj et seq.); and
(C) is not limited to electronic health records maintained by doctors.
(3) EHR
The term EHR —
(A) means an electronic health record;
(B) includes the health information infrastructure for interoperability, access, exchange, and use of electronic health information required under title XXX of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300jj et seq.); and
(C) is not limited to electronic health records maintained by doctors.
(4) Interoperability
The term interoperability has the meaning given such term in section 3000 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300jj).
(a) In general
The Secretary of Health and Human Services, acting through the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services Administration, shall expand and intensify the programs and activities of the Administration (directly or through grants or contracts) to provide technical assistance and resources to health centers (as defined in section 330(a) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254b(a))) to adopt and meaningfully use certified EHR technology for the management of chronic diseases and health conditions and reduction of health disparities.
(b) Funding initiatives
The activities under subsection (a) may include funding initiatives, including establishing basic connectivity such as 5G internet for telemedicine capabilities, grant funding to implement the next generation of EHR, and funding for technology hardware.
(1) In general
Not later than 18 months after the date of enactment of this Act, the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology (referred to in this title as the National Coordinator) shall—
(A) conduct an evaluation of the level of interoperability, access, use, and accessibility of electronic health records in racial and ethnic minority communities, focusing on whether patients in such communities have providers who use electronic health records, and the degree to which patients in such communities can access, exchange, and use without special effort their health information in those electronic health records;
(B) include in such evaluation an indication of whether such providers—
(i) are participating in the Medicare program under title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.) or a State plan under title XIX of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.) (or a waiver of such plan);
(ii) have received incentive payments or incentive payment adjustments under Medicare and Medicaid Electronic Health Records Incentive Programs (as defined in subsection (c)(2));
(iii) are MIPS eligible professionals, as defined in paragraph (1)(C) of section 1848(q) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–4(q)), for purposes of the Merit-Based Incentive Payment System under such section; or
(iv) have been recruited by any of the Health Information Technology Regional Extension Centers established under section 3012 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300jj–32); and
(C) publish the results of such evaluation including the indications under subparagraph (B), the race and ethnicity of such providers, and the populations served by such providers.
(2) Evaluation of interoperability
The evaluation of the level of interoperability described in paragraph (1)(A) shall consider exchange of electronic health information, usability of exchanged electronic health information, effective application and use of the exchanged electronic health information, and impact on outcomes of interoperability.
(3) Certification criterion
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, the National Coordinator shall—
(A) promulgate a certification criterion and module of certified EHR technology that stratifies quality measures for purposes of the Merit-Based Incentive Payment System by disparity characteristics, including race, ethnicity, language, gender, gender identity, sexual orientation, socio-economic status, and disability status, as such characteristics are defined for purposes of certified EHR technology; and
(B) report to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services the quality measures stratified by race and at least 2 other disparity characteristics.
(b) National Center for Health Statistics
Not later than one year after the date of enactment of this Act, the Director of the National Center for Health Statistics shall provide to Congress a report that details the adoption of certified electronic health record systems and electronic information sharing in physicians’ offices in communities of color and rural communities during fiscal years 2017 through 2020.
(1) In general
As part of the process of collecting information, with respect to a provider, at registration and attestation for purposes of Medicare and Medicaid Electronic Health Records Incentive Programs (as defined in paragraph (2)) or the Merit-Based Incentive Payment System under section 1848(q) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–4(q)), the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall collect the race and ethnicity of such provider.
(2) Medicare and Medicaid Electronic Health Records Incentive Programs defined
For purposes of paragraph (1), the term Medicare and Medicaid Electronic Health Records Incentive Programs means the incentive programs under the following:
(A) Subsection (l)(3) of section 1814(l)(3) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395f).
(B) Subsections (a)(7) and (o) of section 1848 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–4).
(C) Subsections (l) and (m) of section 1853 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395w–23).
(D) Subsections (b)(3)(B)(ix)(I) and (n) of section 1886 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww).
(E) Subsections (a)(3)(F) and (t) of section 1903 such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396b).
(d) National Coordinator’s assessment of impact of HIT
Section 3001(c)(6)(C) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300jj–11(c)(6)(C)) is amended—
(1) in the heading by inserting, racial and ethnic minority communities, after health disparities;
(2) by inserting, in communities with a high proportion of individuals from racial and ethnic minority groups (as defined in section 1707(g)), including people with disabilities in such groups, after communities with health disparities;
(3) by striking The National Coordinator and inserting the following:
(i) In general
The National Coordinator
(3) ; and
(4) by adding at the end the following:
(ii) Criteria
In any publication under clause (i), the National Coordinator shall include best practices for encouraging partnerships between the Federal Government, States, private entities, national nonprofit intermediaries, and community-based organizations to expand outreach and education for and the adoption of certified EHR technology in communities with a high proportion of individuals from racial and ethnic minority groups (as defined in section 1707(g)), while also maintaining the accessibility requirements of section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 to encourage patient involvement in patient health care. The National Coordinator shall—
(I) not later than 6 months after the submission of the report required under section 8302(b) of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024, establish criteria for evaluating the impact of health information technology on communities with a high proportion of individuals from racial and ethnic minority groups (as so defined) taking into account the findings in such report; and
(II) not later than 1 year after the submission of such report, publish the results of an evaluation of such impact.
(a) In general
Covered entities shall ensure that electronic and information technology in their health programs or activities does not exclude individuals from participation in, deny individuals the benefits of, or subject individuals to discrimination under any health program or activity on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, age, or disability.
(b) Covered entities
In this section, the term covered entity means—
(1) an entity that operates a health program or activity, any part of which receives Federal financial assistance;
(2) an entity established under title I of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Public Law 114–148) that administers a health program or activity; or
(3) the Department of Health and Human Services.
Section 8104. Language access in health information technology
The National Coordinator shall—
(1) not later than 18 months after the date of enactment of this Act, propose a rule for providing access to patients, through certified EHR technology, to their personal health information in a computable format, including using patient portals or third-party applications (as described in section 3009(e) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300jj–19(e))), in the 10 most common non-English languages;
(2) hold a public hearing to identify best practices for carrying out paragraph (1); and
(3) not later than 6 months after the public hearing under paragraph (2), promulgate a final regulation with respect to paragraph (1).
Section 8201. Extending funding to strengthen the Health IT infrastructure in racial and ethnic minority communities
Section 3011 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300jj–31) is amended—
(1) in subsection (a), in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by inserting, including with respect to communities with a high proportion of individuals from racial and ethnic minority groups (as defined in section 1707(g)) before the colon at the end; and
(2) by adding at the end the following new subsection:
(e) Annual report on expenditures
The National Coordinator shall report annually to Congress on activities and expenditures under this section.
Section 8202. Extending competitive grants for the development of loan programs to facilitate adoption of certified EHR technology by providers serving racial and ethnic minority groups
Section 3014(e) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300jj–34(e)) is amended, in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by inserting, including with respect to communities with a high proportion of individuals from racial and ethnic minority groups (as defined in section 1707(g)) after health care provider to.
Section 8301. Data collection and assessments conducted in coordination with minority-serving institutions
Section 3001(c)(6) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300jj–11(c)(6)) is amended by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:
(i) In general
In carrying out subparagraph (C) with respect to communities with a high proportion of individuals from racial and ethnic minority groups (as defined in section 1707(g)), the National Coordinator shall, to the greatest extent possible, coordinate with an entity described in clause (ii).
(ii) Minority-serving institutions
For purposes of clause (i), an entity described in this clause is a historically Black college or university, a Hispanic-serving institution, a Tribal College or University, or an Asian-American-, Native American-, or Pacific Islander-serving institution with an accredited public health, health policy, or health services research program.
(a) In general
Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall—
(1) enter into an agreement with the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine to conduct a study on the development, implementation, and effectiveness of health information technology within medically underserved areas; and
(2) submit a report to Congress describing the results of such study, including any recommendations for legislative or administrative action.
(b) Study
The study described in subsection (a)(1) shall—
(1) identify barriers to successful implementation of health information technology in medically underserved areas;
(2) survey a cross-section of individuals in medically underserved areas and report their opinions about the various topics of study;
(3) examine the degree of interoperability among health information technology and users of health information technology in medically underserved areas, including patients, providers, and community services, which such examination shall consider the exchange of electronic health information, usability of exchanged electronic health information, effective application and use of the exchanged electronic health information, and impact on outcomes of interoperability;
(4) examine the impact of health information technology on providing quality care and reducing the cost of care to individuals in such areas, including the impact of such technology on improved health outcomes for individuals, including which technology worked for which population and how it improved health outcomes for that population;
(5) examine the impact of health information technology on improving health care-related decisions by both patients and providers in such areas;
(6) identify specific best practices for using health information technology to foster the consistent provision of accessibility and reasonable policy accommodations in health care to individuals with disabilities in such areas;
(7) assess the feasibility and costs associated with the use of health information technology in such areas;
(8) evaluate whether the adoption and use of qualified electronic health records (as defined in section 3000 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300jj)) is effective in reducing health disparities, including analysis of clinical quality measures reported by providers who are participating in the Medicare program under title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.) or a State plan under title XIX of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.) (or a waiver of such plan), pursuant to programs to encourage the adoption and use of certified EHR technology;
(9) identify providers in medically underserved areas that are not electing to adopt and use electronic health records and determine what barriers are preventing those providers from adopting and using such records; and
(10) examine urban and rural community health systems and determine the impact that health information technology may have on the capacity of primary health providers in those systems.
(c) Medically underserved area
In this section, the term medically underserved area means—
(1) a population that has been designated as a medically underserved population under section 330(b)(3) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254b(b)(3));
(2) an area that has been designated as a health professional shortage area under section 332 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254e);
(3) an area or population that has been designated as a medically underserved community under section 799B of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 295p); or
(4) another area or population that—
(A) experiences significant barriers to accessing quality health services; and
(B) has a high prevalence of diseases or conditions described in title VII, with such diseases or conditions having a disproportionate impact on racial and ethnic minority groups (as defined in section 1707(g) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300u–6(g))) or a subgroup of people with disabilities who have specific functional impairments.
(a) In general
Not later than 18 months after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall—
(1) enter into an agreement with the Office of the National Coordinator of Health Information Technology to conduct a study, in consultation with relevant stakeholders, on the impact of digital health technology on medically underserved areas (as defined in section 8302(c)); and
(2) submit a report to Congress describing the results of such study, including any recommendations for legislative or administrative action.
(b) Study
The study described in subsection (a)(1) shall—
(1) examine the overall prevalence, and historical and existing practices and their respective prevalence, of use and misuse of de-identified protected health information to discriminate against or benefit medically underserved areas;
(2) identify best practices and tools to leverage the benefits and prevent misuse of de-identified protected health information to discriminate against medically underserved areas;
(3) examine the overall prevalence, and historical and existing practices and their respective prevalence, of use and misuse of de-identified personal health information other than protected health information to discriminate against or benefit medically underserved areas; and
(4) identify best practices and tools to leverage the benefits and prevent misuse of de-identified personal health information other than protected health information to discriminate against medically underserved areas.
(c) Definition of protected health information
In this section, the term protected health information has the meaning given such term in section 160.103, title 45, Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor regulations).
(a) In general
Section 1903(t)(2)(B) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396b(t)(2)(B)) is amended—
(1) in clause (i), by striking, or and inserting a semicolon;
(2) in clause (ii), by striking the period at the end and inserting a semicolon; and
(3) by inserting after clause (ii) the following new clauses:
(iii) a rehabilitation facility (as defined in section 1886(j)(1)) that furnishes acute or subacute rehabilitation services;
(iv) a long-term care hospital described in section 1886(d)(1)(B)(iv); or
(v) a home health agency (as defined in section 1861(o)).
(b) Effective date
The amendments made by subsection (a) shall apply with respect to amounts expended under section 1903(a)(3)(F) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396b(a)(3)(F)) for calendar quarters beginning on or after the date of the enactment of this Act.
(a) In general
Section 1903(t)(3)(B)(v) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396b(t)(3)(B)(v)) is amended to read as follows:
(v) physician assistant.
(b) Effective date
The amendment made by subsection (a) shall apply with respect to amounts expended under section 1903(a)(3)(F) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396b(a)(3)(F)) for calendar quarters beginning on or after the date of the enactment of this Act.
Section 8501. Removing geographic requirements for telehealth services
Section 1834(m)(4)(C) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395m(m)(4)(C)) is amended—
(1) in clause (i), in the matter preceding subclause (I), by striking clause (iii) and inserting clauses (iii) and (iv); and
(2) by adding at the end the following new clause:
(iv) Removal of geographic requirements
The geographic requirements described in clause (i) shall not apply with respect to telehealth services furnished on or after the first day after the end of the period for which clause (iii) applies.
(a) Expanding the home as an originating site
Section 1834(m)(4)(C)(ii)(X) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395m(m)(4)(C)(ii)(X)) is amended to read as follows:
(aa) Prior to the date described in item (bb), the home of an individual but only for purposes of section 1881(b)(3)(B) or telehealth services described in paragraph (7) or clause (iii).
(bb) On or after the first day after the end of the period for which clause (iii) applies, the home of an individual.
(b) Allowing additional originating sites
Section 1834(m)(4)(C)(ii) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395m(m)(4)(C)(ii)) is amended by adding at the end the following new subclause:
(XII) Any other site determined appropriate by the Secretary at which an eligible telehealth individual is located at the time a telehealth service is furnished via a telecommunications system.
(c) Parameters for new originating sites
Section 1834(m)(4)(C) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395m(m)(4)(C)), as amended by section 8501, is amended by adding at the end the following new clause:
(I) In general
The Secretary may establish requirements for the furnishing of telehealth services at sites described in clause (ii)(XII) to provide for beneficiary and program integrity protections.
(II) Clarification
Nothing in this clause shall be construed to preclude the Secretary from establishing requirements for other originating sites described in clause (ii).
(d) No originating site facility fee for new sites
Section 1834(m)(2)(B)(ii) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395m(m)(2)(B)(ii)) is amended—
(1) in the heading, by striking if originating site is the home and inserting for certain sites; and
(2) by striking paragraph (4)(C)(ii)(X) and inserting subclause (X) or (XII) of paragraph (4)(C).
(a) In general
No person in the United States shall, on the basis of sex (including sexual orientation, gender identity, and pregnancy, including termination of pregnancy), race, color, national origin, marital status, familial status, sexual orientation, gender identity, or disability status, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under—
(1) any health program or activity, including any health research program or activity, receiving Federal financial assistance, including credits, subsidies, or contracts of insurance; or
(2) any health program or activity that is administered by an executive agency.
(b) Definition
In this section, the term familial status means, with respect to one or more individuals—
(1) being domiciled with any individual related by blood or affinity whose close association with the individual is the equivalent of a family relationship;
(2) being in the process of securing legal custody of any individual; or
(3) being pregnant.
Section 9002. Treatment of Medicare payments under title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964
For the purposes of title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000d et seq.), a payment made under part A, B, C, or D of title XVIII of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395 et seq.) to a provider of services, physician, or other supplier (including a payment made to a subcontractor of the provider of services, physician, or other supplier) shall be deemed a grant, not a contract of insurance or guaranty.
Section 9003. Accountability and transparency within the Department of Health and Human Services
Title XXXIV of the Public Health Service Act, as amended by titles I, II, III, and IV of this Act, is further amended by inserting after subtitle D the following:
(1) Name of Office
Beginning on the date of enactment of this subtitle, the Office for Civil Rights of the Department of Health and Human Services shall be known as the Office for Civil Rights and Health Equity of the Department of Health and Human Services. Any reference to the Office for Civil Rights of the Department of Health and Human Services in any law, regulation, map, document, record, or other paper of the United States shall be deemed to be a reference to the Office for Civil Rights and Health Equity.
(2) Head of Office
The head of the Office for Civil Rights and Health Equity shall be the Director for Civil Rights and Health Equity, to be appointed by the President. Any reference to the Director of the Office for Civil Rights of the Department of Health and Human Services in any law, regulation, map, document, record, or other paper of the United States shall be deemed to be a reference to the Director for Civil Rights and Health Equity.
(b) Purpose
The Director for Civil Rights and Health Equity shall ensure that the health programs, activities, policies, projects, procedures, and operations of health entities that receive Federal financial assistance are in compliance with title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000d et seq.), including through the following activities:
(1) The development and implementation of an action plan to address racial and ethnic health care disparities. Such plan shall—
(A) address concerns relating to the Office for Civil Rights and Health Equity as released by the United States Commission on Civil Rights in the report entitled Health Care Challenge: Acknowledging Disparity, Confronting Discrimination, and Ensuring Equity (September 1999), in conjunction with existing and future reports of the National Academy of Medicine (formerly known as the Institute of Medicine) including the reports titled Unequal Treatment: Confronting Racial and Ethnic Disparities in Health Care, Crossing the Quality Chasm: A New Health System for the 21st Century, In the Nation’s Compelling Interest: Ensuring Diversity in the Health Care Workforce, The National Partnership for Action to End Health Disparities, and The Health of Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender People, and other related reports of the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine;
(B) be issued in proposed form for public review and comment; and
(C) be finalized taking into consideration any comments or concerns that are received by the Office.
(2) Investigative and enforcement actions against intentional or in effect discrimination and policies and practices that have a disparate impact on racial and ethnic minority groups and communities of color pursuant to section 9007 of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024.
(3) The review of racial, ethnic, gender identity, sexual orientation, sex, disability status, socioeconomic status, and primary language health data collected by Federal health agencies to assess health care disparities related to intentional discrimination and policies and practices that have a disparate impact on minorities. Such review shall include an assessment of health disparities in communities with a combination of these classes.
(4) Outreach and education activities relating to compliance with title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, including the process of filing a complaint in accordance with section 9007 of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024.
(5) The provision of technical assistance for health entities to facilitate compliance with title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964.
(6) Coordination and oversight of activities of the civil rights compliance offices established under section 3452.
(7) Ensuring—
(A) at a minimum, compliance with the most recent version of the Office of Management and Budget statistical policy directive entitled Standards for Maintaining, Collecting, and Presenting Federal Data on Race and Ethnicity; and
(B) consideration of available data and language standards such as—
(i) the standards for collecting, monitoring, and reporting data under section 3101; and
(ii) the National Standards on Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Services of the Office of Minority Health.
(c) Funding and staff
The Secretary shall ensure the effectiveness of the Office for Civil Rights and Health Equity by ensuring that the Office is provided with—
(1) adequate funding to enable the Office to carry out its duties under this section; and
(2) staff with expertise in—
(A) epidemiology;
(B) statistics;
(C) health quality assurance;
(D) minority health and health disparities;
(E) health equity;
(F) cultural and linguistic competency;
(G) civil rights; and
(H) social, political, mental, behavioral, economic, and related determinants of health, including education access and quality, health care access and quality, neighborhood and built environment, and social and community context.
(1) Establishment
The Secretary, in collaboration with the Director Civil Rights and Health Equity and the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health, shall establish an advisory board (in this subsection referred to as the advisory board) to report in accordance with paragraph (2).
(2) Reports to Congress
Not later than December 31, 2025, and annually thereafter, the advisory board shall publish and submit to the Office, other Federal agencies, and the Congress a report that includes—
(A) the number of complaints filed in accordance with section 9007 of the Health Equity and Accountability Act of 2024 during the reporting period under title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, broken down by category;
(B) the number of such complaints investigated and closed by the Office;
(C) the outcomes of such complaints investigated;
(D) the staffing levels of the Office, including staff credentials;
(E) the number of such complaints that are pending (including backlogged complaints) in which civil rights inequities can be demonstrated and an explanation of why such complaints remain pending; and
(F) trends among filed complaints and other systemic patterns or themes, including an analysis from the Department of Justice about litigation concerning such complaints.
(3) Composition
The members of the advisory board shall include—
(A) representatives of stakeholders; and
(B) subject matter- and disciplinary-appropriate experts.
(a) In general
The Secretary shall establish civil rights compliance offices in each agency within the Department of Health and Human Services that administers health programs.
(b) Purpose of offices
Each office established under subsection (a) shall ensure that recipients of Federal financial assistance under Federal health programs administer programs, and determine and implement policies, services, and activities, in a manner that—
(1) does not discriminate, either intentionally or in effect, on the basis of race, color, national origin, language, ethnicity, sex, age, disability status, sexual orientation, or gender identity; and
(2) promotes the reduction and elimination of disparities in health and health care based on race, color, national origin, language, ethnicity, sex, age, disability status, sexual orientation, or gender identity.
(c) Powers and duties
The offices established in subsection (a) shall, with respect to the applicable agency, have the following powers and duties:
(1) The establishment of compliance and program participation standards for recipients of Federal financial assistance under each program administered by the agency, including the establishment of disparity reduction standards to encompass disparities in health and health care related to race, color, national origin, language, ethnicity, sex, age, disability, sexual orientation, or gender identity.
(2) The development and implementation of policies, procedures, and program-specific guidelines that interpret and apply Department of Health and Human Services guidance under title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and section 1557 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act to each Federal health program administered by the agency.
(3) The development of a disparity-reduction impact analysis methodology that shall—
(A) be applied to every rule issued by the agency and published as part of the formal rulemaking process under sections 555, 556, and 557 of title 5, United States Code; and
(B) include an analysis of the intersecting forms of discrimination.
(4) Oversight of data collection, reporting, analysis, and publication requirements for all recipients of Federal financial assistance under each Federal health program administered by the agency, compliance with, at a minimum, the most recent version of the Office of Management and Budget statistical policy directive entitled Standards for Maintaining, Collecting, and Presenting Federal Data on Race and Ethnicity, and consideration of available data and language standards such as—
(A) the standards for collecting and reporting data under section 3101;
(B) the National Standards on Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Services of the Office of Minority Health; and
(C) the disaggregation of all health and health care data by racial and ethnic minority group.
(5) The conduct of publicly available studies regarding discrimination within Federal health programs administered by the agency as well as disparity reduction initiatives by recipients of Federal financial assistance under Federal health programs.
(6) Annual reports to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions and the Committee on Finance of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce and the Committee on Ways and Means of the House of Representatives on the progress in reducing disparities in health and health care through the Federal programs administered by the agency.
(1) Department of Health and Human Services
The Office for Civil Rights of the Department of Health and Human Services shall provide standard-setting and compliance review investigation support services to each civil rights compliance office established under subsection (a), subject to paragraph (2).
(2) Department of Justice
The Office for Civil Rights of the Department of Justice may, as appropriate, institute formal proceedings when a civil rights compliance office established under subsection (a) determines that a recipient of Federal financial assistance is not in compliance with the disparity reduction standards of the applicable agency.
(e) Definition
In this section, the term Federal health programs mean programs—
(1) under the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 301 et seq.) that pay for health care and services; and
(2) under this Act that—
(A) provide Federal financial assistance for health care, biomedical research, or health services research; or
(B) are designed to improve the public’s health, including health service programs.
(a) Coordination within Department of Justice of activities regarding Health disparities
Section 3(a) of the Civil Rights Commission Act of 1983 (42 U.S.C. 1975a(a)) is amended—
(1) in paragraph (1), by striking and at the end;
(2) in paragraph (2), by striking the period at the end and inserting; and; and
(3) by adding at the end the following:
(3) shall, with respect to activities carried out in health care and correctional facilities, toward the goal of eliminating health disparities between the general population and members of minority groups based on race or color, promote coordination of such activities of—
(A) the Office of Justice Programs of the Department of Justice, including the Office for Civil Rights within that Office;
(B) the Office for Civil Rights within the Department of Health and Human Services; and
(C) the Office of Minority Health within the Department of Health and Human Services.
Section 9005. Sense of Congress concerning full funding of activities to eliminate racial and ethnic health disparities
It is the sense of the Congress that—
(1) health disparities negatively impact outcomes for health and human security of the Nation;
(2) reducing racial, ethnic, age, sexual, and gender disparities in prevention and treatment are unique civil and human rights challenges and, as such, Federal agencies and health care entities and systems receiving Federal funds should be accountable for their role in causing disparities and inequity;
(3) funding for the National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities, the Office of Civil Rights in the Department of Health and Human Services, the National Institute of Nursing Research, and the Office of Minority Health should be doubled by fiscal year 2025, to effectively address racial and ethnic disparities elimination in health and health care as a matter of health and national security;
(4) adequate funding by fiscal year 2025, and subsequent funding increases, should be provided for health and human service professions training programs, the Racial and Ethnic Approaches to Community Health Initiative at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the Minority HIV/AIDS Initiative, the Excellence Centers to Eliminate Ethnic/Racial Disparities Program at the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, and the National Health Service Corps Scholarship Program initiatives, programs, policies, projects, and activities that are the backbone of the Nation’s agenda to eliminate racial and ethnic health disparities and inequities;
(5) adequate funding for fiscal year 2025 and increased funding for future years should be provided for the Racial and Ethnic Approaches to Community Health Initiative’s United States Risk Factor Survey to ensure adequate data collection to track health disparities, and there should be appropriate avenues provided to disseminate findings to the general public;
(6) current and newly created health disparity elimination incentives, programs, agencies, and departments under this Act (and the amendments made by this Act) should receive adequate staffing and funding by fiscal year 2025; and
(7) stewardship and accountability should be provided to the Congress and the President for measurable and sustainable progress toward health disparity elimination under programs under this Act, including increased data collection and reporting, capacity building for impacted communities, technical assistance, training programs, and avenues to disseminate program details and successes to the public and to policymakers.
(1) In general
The Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a study on the racial and ethnic diversity among the following groups:
(A) All applicants for grants, contracts, and cooperative agreements awarded by the National Institutes of Health during the period beginning on January 1, 2025, and ending December 31, 2034.
(B) All recipients of such grants, contracts, and cooperative agreements during such period.
(C) All members of the peer review panels of such applicants and recipients, respectively.
(2) Report
Not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General shall complete the study under paragraph (1) and submit to Congress a report containing the results of such study.
(d) Annual report on activities of National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities
The Director of the National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities shall prepare an annual report on the activities carried out or to be carried out by such institute, and shall submit each such report to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and the Director of the National Institutes of Health. With respect to the fiscal year involved, the report shall—
(1) describe and evaluate the progress made in health disparities research conducted or supported by institutes and centers of the National Institutes of Health;
(2) summarize and analyze expenditures made for activities with respect to health disparities research conducted or supported by the National Institutes of Health;
(3) include a separate statement applying the requirements of paragraphs (1) and (2) specifically to minority health disparities research; and
(4) contain such recommendations as the Director of the Institute considers appropriate.
(a) In general
In carrying out the investigative and enforcement actions of section 3451(b)(2) of the Public Health Service Act, as added by section 9003 of this Act, the Director for Civil Rights and Health Equity (referred to in this section as the Director) shall pursue such investigative and enforcement actions pursuant to this section.
(A) In general
An aggrieved person may, not later than 1 year after an alleged violation of subsection (a) has occurred or concluded, file a complaint with the Director alleging inequitable provision of health care by a provider described in subsection (a).
(B) Complaint
A complaint submitted pursuant to subparagraph (A) shall be in writing and shall contain such information and be in such form as the Director requires.
(C) Oath or affirmation
The complaint and any answer made under this subsection shall be made under oath or affirmation, and may be reasonably and fairly modified at any time.
(A) In general
Upon the filing of a complaint under this subsection, the following procedures shall apply:
(i) Complainant notice
The Director shall serve notice upon the complainant acknowledging receipt of such filing and advising the complainant of the time limits and procedures provided under this section.
(ii) Respondent notice
The Director shall, not later than 30 days after receipt of such filing—
(I) serve on the respondent a notice of the complaint, together with a copy of the original complaint; and
(II) advise the respondent of the procedural rights and obligations of respondents under this section.
(iii) Answer
The respondent may file, not later than 60 days after receipt of the notice from the Director, an answer to such complaint.
(iv) Investigative duties
The Director shall—
(I) make an investigation of the alleged inequitable provision of health care; and
(II) complete such investigation within 180 days (unless it is impracticable to complete such investigation within 180 days) after the filing of the complaint.
(i) Pattern or practice
In the course of investigating the complaint, the Director may seek records of care provided to patients other than the complainant if necessary to demonstrate or disprove an allegation of inequitable provision of health care or to determine whether there is a pattern or practice of such care.
(iii) Inability to complete investigation
If the Director is unable to complete (or finds it is impracticable to complete) the investigation within 180 days after the filing of the complaint (or, if the Secretary takes further action under paragraph (6)(B) with respect to a complaint, within 180 days after the commencement of such further action), the Director shall notify the complainant and respondent in writing of the reasons involved.
(i) Final report
On completing each investigation under this paragraph, the Director shall prepare a final investigative report.
(ii) Modification of report
A final report under this subparagraph may be modified if additional evidence is later discovered.
(A) In general
During the period beginning on the date on which a complaint is filed under this subsection and ending on the date of final disposition of such complaint (including during an investigation under paragraph (2)(B)), the Director shall, to the extent feasible, engage in conciliation with respect to such complaint.
(B) Conciliation agreement
A conciliation agreement arising out of such conciliation shall be an agreement between the respondent and the complainant, and shall be subject to approval by the Director.
(C) Rights protected
The Director shall approve a conciliation agreement only if the agreement protects the rights of the complainant and other persons similarly situated.
(i) In general
Subject to clause (ii), the Secretary shall make available to the public a copy of a conciliation agreement entered into pursuant to this subsection unless the complainant and respondent otherwise agree, and the Secretary determines, that disclosure is not required to further the purposes of this subsection.
(ii) Limitation
A conciliation agreement that is made available to the public pursuant to clause (i) may not disclose individually identifiable health information.
(4) Failure to comply with conciliation agreement
Whenever the Director has reasonable cause to believe that a respondent has breached a conciliation agreement, the Director shall refer the matter to the Attorney General to consider filing a civil action to enforce such agreement.
(5) Written consent for disclosure of information
Nothing said or done in the course of conciliation under this subsection may be made public, or used as evidence in a subsequent proceeding under this subsection, without the written consent of the parties to the conciliation.
(A) In general
If the Director determines at any time following the filing of a complaint under this subsection that prompt judicial action is necessary to carry out the purposes of this subsection, the Director may recommend that the Attorney General promptly commence a civil action under subsection (d).
(B) Immediate suit
If the Director determines at any time following the filing of a complaint under this subsection that the public interest would be served by allowing the complainant to bring a civil action under subsection (c) in a State or Federal court immediately, the Director shall certify that the administrative process has concluded and that the complainant may file such a suit immediately.
(7) Annual report
Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act, and annually thereafter, the Director shall make publicly available a report detailing the activities of the Office for Civil Rights and Health Equity under this subsection, including—
(A) the number of complaints filed and the basis on which the complaints were filed;
(B) the number of investigations undertaken as a result of such complaints; and
(C) the disposition of all such investigations.
(i) In suit
A complainant under subsection (b) may commence a civil action to obtain appropriate relief with respect to an alleged violation of subsection (a), or for breach of a conciliation agreement under subsection (b), in an appropriate district court of the United States or State court—
(I) not sooner than the earliest of—
(aa) the date a conciliation agreement is reached under subsection (b);
(bb) the date of a final disposition of a complaint under subsection (b); or
(cc) 180 days after the first day of the alleged violation; and
(II) not later than 2 years after the final day of the alleged violation.
(ii) Statute of limitations
The computation of such 2-year period shall not include any time during which an administrative proceeding (including investigation or conciliation) under subsection (b) was pending with respect to a complaint under such subsection.
(B) Barring suit
If the Director has obtained a conciliation agreement under subsection (b) regarding an alleged violation of subsection (a), no action may be filed under this paragraph by the complainant involved with respect to the alleged violation except for the purpose of enforcing the terms of such an agreement.
(A) In general
In a civil action under paragraph (1), if the court finds that a violation of subsection (a) or breach of a conciliation agreement has occurred, the court may award to the plaintiff actual and punitive damages, and may grant as relief, as the court determines to be appropriate, any permanent or temporary injunction, temporary restraining order, or other order (including an order enjoining the defendant from engaging in a practice violating subsection (a) or ordering such affirmative action as may be appropriate).
(B) Fees and costs
In a civil action under paragraph (1), the court, in its discretion, may allow the prevailing party, other than the United States, a reasonable attorney’s fee and costs. The United States shall be liable for such fees and costs to the same extent as a private person.
(3) Intervention by Attorney General
Upon timely application, the Attorney General may intervene in a civil action under paragraph (1), if the Attorney General certifies that the case is of general public importance.
(A) Pattern or practice cases
The Attorney General may commence a civil action in any appropriate district court of the United States if the Attorney General has reasonable cause to believe that any health care provider covered by subsection (a)—
(i) is engaged in a pattern or practice that violates such subsection; or
(ii) is engaged in a violation of such subsection that raises an issue of significant public importance.
(B) Cases by referral
The Director may determine, based on a pattern of complaints, a pattern of violations, a review of data reported by a health care provider covered by subsection (a), or any other means, that there is reasonable cause to believe a health care provider is engaged in a pattern or practice that violates subsection (a). If the Director makes such a determination, the Director shall refer the related findings to the Attorney General. If the Attorney General finds that such reasonable cause exists, the Attorney General may commence a civil action in any appropriate district court of the United States.
(2) Enforcement of subpoenas
The Attorney General, on behalf of the Director, or another party at whose request a subpoena is issued under this subsection, may enforce such subpoena in appropriate proceedings in the district court of the United States for the district in which the person to whom the subpoena was addressed resides, was served, or transacts business.
(A) In general
In a civil action under paragraph (1), the court—
(i) may award such preventive relief, including a permanent or temporary injunction, temporary restraining order, or other order against the person responsible for a violation of subsection (a) as is necessary to assure the full enjoyment of the rights granted by this subsection;
(ii) may award such other relief as the court determines to be appropriate, including monetary damages, to aggrieved persons; and
(iii) may, to vindicate the public interest, assess punitive damages against the respondent—
(I) in an amount not exceeding $500,000, for a first violation; and
(II) in an amount not exceeding $1,000,000, for any subsequent violation.
(B) Fees and costs
In a civil action under this subsection, the court, in its discretion, may allow the prevailing party, other than the United States, a reasonable attorney’s fee and costs. The United States shall be liable for such fees and costs to the extent provided by section 2412 of title 28, United States Code.
(4) Intervention in civil actions
Upon timely application, any person may intervene in a civil action commenced by the Attorney General under paragraphs (1) and (2) if the action involves an alleged violation of subsection (a) with respect to which such person is an aggrieved person (including a person who is a complainant under subsection (b)) or a conciliation agreement to which such person is a party.
(1) In general
There is established the Federal Health Equity Commission (hereinafter in this section referred to as the Commission).
(A) In general
The Commission shall be composed of—
(i) 8 voting members appointed under subparagraph (B); and
(ii) the nonvoting, ex officio members listed in subparagraph (C).
(B) Voting members
Not more than 4 of the members described in subparagraph (A)(i) shall at any one time be of the same political party. Such members shall have recognized expertise in and personal experience with racial and ethnic health inequities, health care needs of vulnerable and marginalized populations, and health equity as a vehicle for improving health status and health outcomes. Such members shall be appointed to the Commission as follows:
(i) Four members of the Commission shall be appointed by the President.
(ii) Two members of the Commission shall be appointed by the President pro tempore of the Senate, upon the recommendations of the majority leader and the minority leader of the Senate. Each member appointed to the Commission under this clause shall be appointed from a different political party.
(iii) Two members of the Commission shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives upon the recommendations of the majority leader and the minority leader of the House of Representatives. Each member appointed to the Commission under this clause shall be appointed from a different political party.
(C) Ex officio member
The Commission shall have the following nonvoting, ex officio members:
(i) The Director for Civil Rights and Health Equity of the Department of Health and Human Services.
(ii) The Deputy Assistant Secretary for Minority Health of the Department of Health and Human Services.
(iii) The Director of the National Institute on Minority Health and Health Disparities.
(iv) The Chairperson of the Advisory Committee on Minority Health established under section 1707(c) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300u–6(c)).
(3) Terms
The term of office of each member appointed under paragraph (2)(B) of the Commission shall be 6 years.
(A) Chairperson
The President shall, with the concurrence of a majority of the members of the Commission appointed under paragraph (2)(B), designate a Chairperson from among the members of the Commission appointed under such paragraph.
(i) Designation
The Speaker of the House of Representatives shall, in consultation with the majority leaders and the minority leaders of the Senate and the House of Representatives and with the concurrence of a majority of the members of the Commission appointed under paragraph (2)(B), designate a Vice Chairperson from among the members of the Commission appointed under such paragraph. The Vice Chairperson may not be a member of the same political party as the Chairperson.
(ii) Duty
The Vice Chairperson shall act in place of the Chairperson in the absence of the Chairperson.
(5) Removal of members
The President may remove a member of the Commission only for neglect of duty or malfeasance in office.
(6) Quorum
A majority of members of the Commission appointed under paragraph (2)(B) shall constitute a quorum of the Commission, but a lesser number of members may hold hearings.
(1) In general
The Commission shall—
(A) monitor and report on the implementation of this Act; and
(B) investigate, monitor, and report on progress towards health equity and the elimination of health disparities.
(2) Annual report
The Commission shall—
(A) submit to the President and Congress at least one report annually on health equity and health disparities; and
(B) include in such report—
(i) a description of actions taken by the Department of Health and Human Services and any other Federal agency related to health equity or health disparities; and
(ii) recommendations on ensuring equitable health care and eliminating health disparities.
(A) In general
The Commission or, at the direction of the Commission, any subcommittee or member of the Commission, may, for the purpose of carrying out this section, as the Commission or the subcommittee or member considers advisable—
(i) hold such hearings, meet and act at such times and places, take such testimony, receive such evidence, and administer such oaths; and
(ii) require, by subpoena or otherwise, the attendance and testimony of such witnesses and the production of such books, records, correspondence, memoranda, papers, documents, tapes, and materials.
(B) Limitation on hearings
The Commission may hold a hearing under subparagraph (A)(i) only if the hearing is approved—
(i) by a majority of the members of the Commission appointed under subsection (a)(2)(B); or
(ii) by a majority of such members present at a meeting when a quorum is present.
(A) Issuance
A subpoena issued under paragraph (1) shall—
(i) bear the signature of the Chairperson of the Commission; and
(ii) be served by any person or class of persons designated by the Chairperson for that purpose.
(B) Enforcement
In the case of contumacy or failure to obey a subpoena issued under paragraph (1), the United States district court for the district in which the subpoenaed person resides, is served, or may be found may issue an order requiring the person to appear at any designated place to testify or to produce documentary or other evidence.
(C) Noncompliance
Any failure to obey the order of the court may be punished by the court as a contempt of court.
(A) In general
Section 1821 of title 28, United States Code, shall apply to a witness requested or subpoenaed to appear at a hearing of the Commission.
(B) Expenses
The per diem and mileage allowances for a witness shall be paid from funds available to pay the expenses of the Commission.
(4) Postal services
The Commission may use the United States mails in the same manner and under the same conditions as other agencies of the Federal Government.
(5) Gifts
The Commission may accept, use, and dispose of gifts or donations of services or property.
(A) Director
There shall be a full-time staff director for the Commission who shall—
(i) serve as the administrative head of the Commission; and
(ii) be appointed by the Chairperson with the concurrence of the Vice Chairperson.
(B) Other personnel
The Commission may—
(i) appoint such other personnel as it considers advisable, subject to the provisions of title 5, United States Code, governing appointments in the competitive service, and the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of that title relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates; and
(ii) may procure temporary and intermittent services under section 3109(b) of title 5, United States Code, at rates for individuals not in excess of the daily equivalent paid for positions at the maximum rate for GS–15 of the General Schedule under section 5332 of title 5, United States Code.
(A) Non-Federal employees
Each member of the Commission who is not an officer or employee of the Federal Government shall be compensated at a rate equal to the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay prescribed for level IV of the Executive Schedule under section 5315 of title 5, United States Code, for each day (including travel time) during which the member is engaged in the performance of the duties of the Commission.
(B) Federal employees
Each member of the Commission who is an officer or employee of the Federal Government shall serve without compensation in addition to the compensation received for the services of the member as an office or employee of the Federal Government.
(C) Travel expenses
A member of the Commission shall be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, at rates authorized for an employee of an agency under subchapter I of chapter 57 of title 5, United States Code, while away from the home or regular place of business of the member in the performance of the duties of the Commission.
(3) Cooperation
The Commission may secure directly from any Federal department or agency such information as the Commission considers necessary to carry out this Act. Upon request of the Chairman of the Commission, the head of such department or agency shall furnish such information to the Commission.
(e) Permanent Commission
Section 14 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.) shall not apply to the Commission.